MZCK403 Pages 01-51 - oldtimer-shop.de€¦ · SMITHS INSTRUMENTS . DOOR THRESHOLD PLATES . CLASSIC...

TRIUMPH TR2.TR3-3A.TR4-4A

1953-1967

Accessories Performance Products Restoration PartsInterior. Exterior... Engine. Brakes. Suspension. Steering... Panels. Hoods. Engine...

Keeping the Great

Marques Alive...

PARTS & ACCESSORIESTR2-4

MZCK403

A

Moss pioneered theRebuild Programmemany years ago andhave enabled 1000’s ofenthusiasts to put theircars back on the road.

Our revised Rebuild Programme is available tocustomers who are undertaking a majorrebuild or a reshell.

It’s purpose is two-fold - firstly it is designedto save you money on parts and accessories,and secondly you will receive expert technicaladvice from your nominated Moss technicaladvisor.

To qualify, all you need to do is spend £950.You instantly receive a 10% discount onthe initial order (excluding bodyshells)and all future orders of any value forthe duration of the rebuild (up to amaximum of two years). Shippingcosts excluded.

To get the ball rolling you only need to contactyour local branch or write to us at:

Customer Services Dept, Moss Europe Ltd,Hampton Farm Ind. Estate, Hanworth,Middlesex TW13 6DB. U.K.

Alternatively, fax or e-mail us (see theback cover for contact details).

SUSPENSION . BODY PANELS . INTERIOR FITTINGS . EXTERIOR ACCESSORIES . ENGINE

RebuildPROGRAMME

The Moss Rebuild Programme

Save 10% on all parts (excluding bodyshells) during the rebuild period. A rebuild cost of £10,000

means you will save £1000!

Expert technical advice a phone call away.

Unrivaled parts & accessories availability.

Next day delivery available if necessary.

10% OFF TERMS

Moss Europe would like to thank the TR Register and their members for their co-operation in allowing us photograph their cars, and, to the very kind andunderstanding people who allowed us to use their grounds for the location photography.

SHOCK ABSORBERS. PERFORMANCE BRAKE DISCS . EXHAUST MANIFOLDS. AIR FILTERSINTERIOR . EXTERIOR . TUNING . BOOKS . WORKSHOP . CAR CARE . INDOOR/OUTDOOR

ContentsACCESSORIES

01

Interior02-13

Exterior14-23

Performance& TUNING

24-65

Books& MANUALS

66-67

Workshop Tools& FLUIDS

68-73

Car Care& PAINTS

74-75

Penrite Oils76-77

IndoorsOUTDOORS

78-79

RestorationPARTS

80-218

OrderingINFORMATION

81

Moto-Lita and Mountney Steering Wheels, MOMO, Alloy, Wooden and Leather Gear Knobs,Seat Belts and Harnesses, Smiths Instruments, Walnut Veneer Trim, Badges and Stickers...

Hard Top, Fuel Caps, Door and Wing Mirrors, Alloy and Wire Wheels, Mudflaps, Boot Racks,Enamel Badges, Headlamps, Spot and Fog Lights, Car Covers, Bonnet Pins and Straps...

Roll Bars, Exhausts, Electronic Ignition, Sports Coil, Engine Cooling, High Torque Starter, Oil Coolers, Uprated Brake Pads, Carbs, Air Filters, Uprated Suspension, Camshafts...

General Interest Books, Road and Track Reprints, Handbooks, Carburettor MaintenanceManuals, Workshop Manuals, Engine Tuning Manuals...

Emergency Tools, Battery Care, Specialist Tools, Garage Equipment, General Tools andEquipment, Frost Restoration Tools, General Consumables...

Waxoyl, Classic Car Colours Paints, Renovo Hood Care Products, AutoGlym Car Care Products, Leather Care, Car Dusters...

Engine Oils, Gearbox Oils, Axle Oils, General Lubricants...

Lapel Pins, Factory Service Signs, Computer Mouse Pads, Bar Stools, Limited EditionPrints. Embroidered Patches, Peak Caps, Union Jack Flag, Umbrellas, Triumph Fleeces...

Production Details, Engine, Exhausts, Carburettors, Gearbox, Suspension, Axles, Wheels,Brakes, Electrics, Switches, Body Panels, Hoods, Interior Trim...

Ordering Options & Procedures

©Copyright Moss Europe Ltd. March 2004. Printed in the U.K. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,or transmitted in any form by any means, electronic, photocopying, recording or otherwise without prior written consent of Moss Europe Ltd. E&O.E.

17

19

18

MOTO-LITA STEERING WHEELS . MOUNTNEY STEERING WHEELS . MOMO STEERING WHEELS

Interior02

Moto-Lita Steering Wheels

Moto-Lita are among the finest replacement steering wheels available.Designed to enhance the appearance of the cockpit and provide animproved feel for the driver. Available in a variety of styles, as listed below,to suit your personal requirements. We recommend the use of a flat wheelto provide maximum arm reach and comfort.Moto-Lita Wheels; Flat Dished(01) 13” Leather With Polished Spokes MLW1111-13 MLW1113-13

14” Leather With Polished Spokes MLW1111-14 MLW1113-1415” Leather With Polished Spokes MLW1111-15 MLW1113-15

(02) 13” Wood-Rim With Polished Spokes MLW1115-13 MLW1116-1314” Wood-Rim With Polished Spokes MLW1115-14 MLW1116-1415” Wood-Rim With Polished Spokes MLW1115-15 MLW1116-15

(03) 13” Leather With Black Spokes MLW1112-13 MLW1114-1314” Leather With Black Spokes MLW1112-14 MLW1114-1415” Leather With Black Spokes MLW1112-15 MLW1114-15

Moto-Lita Adaptor Bosses;TR2-3A Fixed Column Original Horn Push MLW1117B22TR2-3A Fixed Column Non-Original Horn Push MLW1117B1HTR2-3A Adjustable Column MLW1117B24TR4-TR6 1961-75 MLW1117B20

Technical Tip.The original pencil brush horn contact (where fitted) must beretained when fitting a Moto-Lita or Mountney steering wheel.

Mountney Steering Wheels

Mountney steering wheels are renowned for their affordablequality. Available in a range of styles as detailed below.Leather Steering Wheels;(04) 12” Flat With Polished Spokes MSW009

13” Flat With Polished Spokes MSW00814” Flat With Polished Spokes GAC9101X13” Flat With Black Spokes MSW008B14” Flat With Black Spokes GAC9101XB

Wood-Rimmed Steering Wheels;(05) 13” Dished With Polished Spokes MDW007

13” Flat With Polished Spokes GAC9111XMountney Adaptor Bosses;

TR4-TR6 1961-75 GAC9122X

MOMO Accessories

For over 30 years MOMO has been developing and, producing automotive products to the very

highest quality. Whichever MOMO steering wheel or gear knob youchoose, they will compliment your classic interior. Available forTR44/A and TR5/6 models ONLY.Momo Steering Wheels;(06) Champion Leather MOMO1043

Corse Leather MOMO1044(07) Race Leather MOMO1045(08) Power Leather MOMO1046(09) Daytona Carbon MOMO1047

Competition Leather MOMO1048Racing Line Leather MOMO1049Millennium Leather MOMO1700Olympic Wood/Leather MOMO1071

(10) Fighter Wood/Leather MOMO1072(11) Fashion Wood/Leather MOMO1073Adaptor Boss;

TR4/4A & TR5/6 GAC6016X

Momo Gear Lever Knobs;(12) Anatomic Hide MOMO1050(13) Anatomic Wood MOMO1051

Shadow Carbon MOMO1052(14) Competition Aluminium MOMO1053(15) Sport Aluminium MOMO1054

Race Aluminium MOMO1055(16) Race Air Leather MOMO1057

Race Air Leather/Alloy MOMO1060(17) Phantom Carbon MOMO1059

Action Adjustable Wood MOMO1061(18) Action Adjustable Carbon MOMO1062

Action Adjustable Leather MOMO1063Sphere Black Leather/Aluminium MOMO1064Sphere Aluminium/Chrome MOMO1065

(19) Sphere Legno Wood MOMO1066Sphere Chrome/Wood MOMO1067

01Moto-Lita Leather 02Moto-Lita Wood 03Moto-Lita Leather

04Mountney Leather 05Mountney Wood

07MOMO Race 08MOMO Power 10MOMO Fighter

09

11MOMO Fashion

06

BRADFORD 01274 735 537 . BRISTOL 0117 923 2523 . DARLINGTON 01325 281 343

Footwell Over Carpets & Mats cont...

Carpet Over-Mats With Laurel Logo.These nylon/carpet footwell over-mats are mud and water resistant andinclude an anti-slip backing. They are supplied as a pair, with rubber heelmats sewn on to both to allow fitment to RHD and LHD models.

TR2-TR6 (Pair) MAT3

Replacement Footwell Mats & Carpets

Here we list full length rubber, and footwell carpets.

TR3A Original Rubber Floor Mats.We can offer the correct footwell mats for the TR3A - that can also be fittedto TR2/3 models. Supplied individually. Please refer to the restorationsection for durable dot fasteners that secure the mats to the bulkhead and floor.

Right Hand (Each) 701237Left Hand (Each) 701238

TR4/4A Universal Black Footwell Carpets.Manufactured exclusively for Moss by one of the country’s leading trimspecialists, these replacement footwell carpets, that are supplied as a pair,have sewn-in heel mats on both carpets. Available in nylon or wool.(25) Nylon (Pair) CSA6441

Wool (Pair) CSB6441

Embroidered Carpet Mat Set.Deep, tufted dense cut pile carpet with non-slip and rolled edge binding.Features an embroidered Triumph logo. Heavy twisted polymide yarn is crushresistant. Specially treated to minimise staining and easy to clean.

TR4-TR6 Embroidered Carpet Mat Set (Pair) 240-440

Ultra Plush Embroidered Floor Mat Set.Custom Tailored for a perfect fit, these mats are made with an ultra-denseplush carpet and non-slip rubber backing. They come embroidered with acolourful 3 1/2” TR logo.(26) TR4-TR6 Ultra Plush Mat Set (Pair) 240-740

MOMO GEAR KNOBS . TRADITIONAL GEAR KNOBS . ALLOY GEAR KNOBS . MATS . SEAT BELTS

Interior 03

Alloy & Carbon Gear Lever Knobs

A range of gear lever knobs to add some sizzle to the interior of your classic.Available in, anodised, polished aluminium or carbon fibre effect to suityour individual taste. With the Apollo you can even mix and match thecolours as we supply the lower fitting kits separately.

Type Red Blue Polished Black(20) Carbon F1 Kit N/A N/A N/A GAC8475X

F1 Fitting Kit N/A N/A N/A GAC8483XAlloy Racer GAC8476X GAC8477X N/A N/A

(21) Alloy Apollo GAC8472X GAC8473X N/A N/AApollo Fitting Kit GAC8481X GAC8482X GAC8480X N/A

Wood & Leather Gear Lever Knobs

Whether you choose polished varnished wood, or comfortable leather, bothare available bearing emblems. Available with either a nylon self threadinginsert to allow easy fitting or, with a fine machined alloy insert providing amore stable fitting.

With Self Threading Plastic Insert; Wood LeatherTriumph Shield Logo (22) GAC6050X GAC6051XWith Metal Threaded Insert; Wood LeatherTriumph TR Logo GAC6042X (23) GAC6043X

Footwell Over Carpets & Mats

Two types of mat are available; moulded rubber or hard wearing nylon/carpet. Our mats are shaped to fit neatly within the confines of the footwelland, they provide excellent protection for your carpets.

Rubber Over-Mats With TR Logo.Moulded rubber floor mats, so popular with owners who wish to prolong the life of their footwell carpets. This high quality, injection moulded,product will keep carpet wear to a minimum and is easily cleaned by usingsoap and water.(24) TR2-TR6 (Pair) AM6819-2

12MOMO Anatomic Hide

13MOMO Anatomic Wood

14MOMO Competition

15MOMO Sport Aluminum

16MOMO Race Air Leather

21Apollo Alloy

DERBY 01332 756 056 . LONDON 020 8867 2020 . MANCHESTER 0161 480 6402

Go on, feel the change!

24

26

25

20F1 Carbon

22Wooden Gearknob

23Leather Gearknob

03

Instruments & Gauges

As well as original units, we also supply a range of quality ancillaryinstruments and gauges that will not only enhance your classic, but will alsohelp you to keep an eye on what’s happening under the bonnet - or not, asthe case may be!

Electric Tachometer 80mm;(01) Black Face GAE125X

Magnolia Face GAE130MOil Pressure Gauge 2”;(Complete with connections).(02) Black Face GAE123X

Magnolia Face GAE123MOil Temperature Gauge 2”;(Complete with capillary connections).(03) Magnolia Face GAE129MWater Temperature Gauge 2”;(Complete with connections).(04) Black Face GAE124X

Magnolia Face GAE124MOil Pressure/Water Temperature Gauge 2”;(05) Black Face lbs/F° GAE127X

(Complete with connections).Black Face lbs/C° LUSJB100*(Less connections, *see Fittings).

Dynamo Ammeter 2”;30-0-30 Amps LUSIB300Battery Condition Indicator 2” GAE122

Clock 2”;(06) Black Face GAE128X

Magnolia Face GAE128MSingle Mounting Plinth;

80mm Gauge GAC8460X2” Gauge GAC8468X

Twin Mounting Plinth;(07) One 80mm & One 2” Gauge GAC8461X

Two 2” Gauges GAC8469X

S M I T H S I N S T R U M E N T S . D O O R T H R E S H O L D P L AT E S . C L A S S I C R A D I O S

Interior04

02Oil Pressure Gauge

01 04Water Temp Gauge

05Oil/Water Gauge

08Door Threshold Plates

09Replacement Dash Tops


10TR Key Fob

Door Threshold Plates

Protect your paint from scuffs and scratches. Our highly polished stainlesssteel door step threshold plates, supplied with logos, can be fitted byscrews, rivets, glue, or double sided tape. Our brushed aluminium thresholdplates can only be screw fixed to the car. Fittings not included.Door Threshold Plates;

Aluminium TR2/3A (RH) (Each) 900429*Aluminium TR2/3A (LH) (Each) 900428*Stainless TR2/3A Triumph Text (RH) (Each) 900429SS*Stainless TR2/3A Triumph Text (LH) (Each) 900428SS*Stainless TR4/6 Laurel (Each) TT7346

(08) Aluminium TR4/6 (Pair) GAC6066XStainless TR6 Logo (Each) TT7246(*Can only be screw fixed to the car).

Classic Radios

These fully restored/overhauled classics come with a 12 month warranty.5 Button LW/MW 5 Button AM/FM

Motorola Classic Radios Radio/M Radio/MCRadio Mobile Classic Radios Radio/R Radio/RC

Replacement Dash Top

This area of the car can also suffer greatly from the effects of exposure tothe elements, the vinyl can become brittle, leading to unsightly cracks.(09) TR4/4A (No Ash Tray) 904115

Leather Key Fobs

They have a stitched leather fob and a high quality enamelled badge.Triumph TR4 GAC6027XTriumph TR6 GAC6026X

(10) TR - Blue/White GAC6053XTR - Red/White GAC6054XTR World - Black 621-015TR World - Brown 621-016BMC Rosette CRSP401

(11) Union Jack Flag GAC4042Lucas King Of The Road 229-955

06Clock

07Mounting Plinth

Fittings For Oil PressureGauge/Switch;T Adaptor LUSIB748Nylon Pipe LUSIB703Male/Male Adaptor CAM6431Leather Washer 2K4936

Fittings For WaterTemperature Gauge/Bulb;Male/Male Adaptor 11K2846XMale/Female Adaptor 11K2846

23

22

D A S H T O P S . I N S U L AT I O N M AT E R I A L S . P E R I O D S T I C K E R S . K E Y F O B S

Interior 05

Engine Compartment Liner

When applied to the inside surface of your engine compartment this 3/4”thick absorbent material will greatly reduce engine noise, and the heatreflective surface will help to protect your paintwork. Easy to cut, it issupplied in 4’ x 3’ rolled sheets. Use with our heatshield insulation formaximum benefit.(12) Engine Compartment Liner GAC9976X

Space Age Heatshield Insulation

This foil covered felt not only provides excellent sound deadening qualities,it also insulates against hot and cold and provides protection against fire.Ideal for bulkheads, transmission tunnel and floor pans. Easy to cut, it issupplied in 4’ x 6’ rolled sheets.(13) Space Age Heatshield Insulation GAC9853XAdhesive & Tape;

Aluminium Foil Tape GAC9909X(14) Trim Adhesive Aerosol 200ml UBS203

Trim Adhesive 1 litre UBS110Adhesive (All Material) GAC9908X

Body & Screen Stickers

Here we have a range of transfers from the past to the present. See alsoIndoors/Outdoors for our range of embroidered badges and logos.Body Stickers;(15) BMC Rosette - Red/White/Blue CRTR208(16) Overseas Visitor CRST241(17) BMC Special Tuning Rosette CRTR207

BL Special Tuning Abingdon - Green CRST153(18) Leyland Special Tuning - Blue/Silver CRST110

(This item is usually displayed on the rocker cover).British Leyland Blue Wing Badge CRST126

Screen Stickers;BMC Rosette - Red/White/Blue CRTR204University Motors Window Transfer CRST397BMC Special Tuning Rosette CRTR207A

12Engine Comp. Liner

14Trim Adhesive

15BMC Rosette

16Overseas Visitor

18Leyland Special Tuning

20Tax Disc Holder13Heatshield Insulation


11Union Jack Key Fob 17BMC Special Tuning 21Aluminium Tax Disc Holders

Ignition Key Blanks

These key blanks must be cut locally. Order by the series numberof your original lock.

(19) Key Blanks FA Series FS Series FP SeriesGAC1050X GAC1051X GAC1052X

Vinyl Tax Disc Holder

(20) Triumph Shield CRLH413BMC Rosette CRLH402

Aluminium Tax Disc Holders

These high quality self adhesive tax disc holders are not only easy to puton, they look really good too. No more fiddling, no more guessing.Aluminium Tax Disc Holders;(21) Blue GAC4152X

Red GAC4151XSilver GAC4150X

SmartScreen

The Modern Wiper Control System For Triumph.Our SmartScreen wiper kit allows you tohave an intermittent wiper delay ofbetween three and thirty seconds.The system is programmed by usingyour existing wiper switch, so, no extraswitches or visible change to the interior.

The SmartScreen wash/ wiper kit, for all negative earth vehicles from 1967,allows you to have automatic wiper system when using your electricscreenwash. All kits are easy to fit and come with full instructions.Models To 1967;(22) Positive Earth GAC9222X

Converted To Negative Earth GAC9224XModels From 1967;

Negative Earth GAC9221X

SmartScreen Wash/Wipe System - For Models From 1967 Only.Negative Earth GAC9225X

Lexol Upholstery Care

The leather cleaner removes dulling grime from your seats, while theconditioner helps keep the leather soft and new. Vinylex is an all-in-onecleaner/protector for all vinyl and plastic surfaces.

Vinylex 220-185(23) Lexol Leather Conditioner 220-195

Lexol Leather Cleaner 220-190Lexol Conditioner Refill 220-200

19

INTRODUCTION TO MOSS TR2 & TR3/3A INTERIOR TRIM . FRONT SEAT COVERS

Interior06

TR2 Front Seat Covers

The seats on the TR2 & TR3 were the same design, but different in that TR2 hadself coloured piping, whereas the TR3 had white piping. We have available, asmentioned earlier, a virtually guaranteed supply of red, black and blue seatcovers, including leather. Originally, the full range of colours offered onTR2/TR3 included; black, blue, red, brown, grey, geranium and stone.

TR2 Front Seat Covers (Car Set);Vinyl Leather

Trim Colour Piping Part No. Part No.

Black Black SCA6111 SCL6111Red Red SCA6112 SCL6112Blue Blue SCA6117 SCL6117(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

TR3 Front Seat Covers

Passengers climbing into the back of TR2’s - apart from being brave, werefaced with a major obstacle course, as the seats did not tip forward. TheTR3 introduced the option of the passengers seat, left hand on RHD, righthand on LHD, that tipped forward for ‘ease’ of access to the rear seat. Thedrivers seat is always of a fixed design.

TR3 Front Seat Covers (Car Set);Vinyl Leather


Black White SCA6121 SCL6121Red White SCA6122 SCL6122Blue White SCA6127 SCL6127(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

TR3A Front Seat Covers

TR3A seats were of improved design and appearance over the TR2/3. Thechanges also made this seat more comfortable. They always had white pipingas standard, and had a different seat spring. The full range of colours for theTR3A seat cover originally was: black, brown, red, grey, blue, Silverstone grey,beige and targo purple. White Leather was also an option - no comment!


TR2/TR3/3A

Introduction To Moss TR2 & TR3 Interior Trim

Although Moss Europe have been the major body panel supplier for theTR2 to TR4A range of cars since the days of Cox & Buckles (1975), we nevergave a prime focus or commitment to a similar development of the trimrange, particularly for the TR2/3/3A. Until now.

The reason for this apparent lack of commitment is the unfortunate rangeof diverse and difficult to obtain colours offered as standard by Triumphwhen they were building the cars. There is a plethora of informationconcerning the different options of body colour and interior trim colour(and also complementary sidescreen colours), but unfortunately, Triumphwere like all manufactures using material of a specification that was easilyavailable at the time of the building the cars. As the years have gone on, theavailability of material has diminished considerably.There is usually a horrendous manufacturing minimum which precludemaking the odd set of seat covers or trim kit, as you would be left with arather large amount of Targo Purple in stock after you had built your oneseat cover set and trim kit. Incidentally we have sold Targo Purple piecesobtained from a Triumph salvage specialist and the colour is absolutelyappaling. We actually have, still in our possession to this day, Targo Purpledraught excluder, and, we have certainly sold a large number of glove boxlids trimmed in this less than wonderful colour.

With the publication of our catalogue, we committed in print, part numbersfor the black, red, and blue specifications. These were effectively the onlyspecifications available on TR4 & TR4A, and indeed, our coverage of the TR4range of interior trim and seats is almost complete. For the earlier cars, wewill be pleased to obtain any special colour or variant of a colour that youwould require for trimming your car but, due to the vast range of partnumbers, we are not able to supply these items from stock. Special ordersshould be dealt with by telephoning your local branch of Moss Europe, withas much clarity as possible, describing what you require.

There have been several incidents in our business experience where wehave supplied, for example, a perfect copy of the original Triumph red seatcovers, to be told by the customer that when he received the seat cover, itwas completely different to the colour on his car. We have usuallymanaged to overcome this by persuading the customer to find a piece ofhis trim that has not been through 40+ years of sun, rain, and generalhazards. This usually matches (very closely) the colour that we havesupplied, despite the customers initial scepticism. Special orders are, asyou might expect, likely to take much longer to arrive and will also cost, ingeneral, a fair bit more than the stocked range of products.

Throughout the range of the TR2 to TR4A’s, a leather covering was availableinstead of the standard vinyl finish. In fact, on the first 1200 TR2’s, vinyl wasthe option, and leather was standard. Even up to the TR4A there wasavailable from the factory, an optional leather seat cover. Unfortunately,with the advent of the TR6 and the more modern technologies, togetherwith the higher price of leather, this option was discontinued. Our seatcover range is all described with a prefix of SCA, and this implies a vinylmaterial. If you order a part number beginning SCL with the same partnumber, we will organise the manufacture of a leather seat cover set forthe model that you have specified. Please note that we will make the seatsas the originals were made, which means that the only pieces of leatherused in the construction of the seat cover are those that your back andbottom come into contact with. Contortionists need not disagree with thisstatement. All other ‘non-wearing’ faces will be in vinyl.

We believe that what we sell is genuinely suitable for your car. If you can’tfit what we supply, we will replace or refund without question right up tothe point where you take your scissors to ‘improve’ the fit, and thendiscover that it hasn’t been improved at all. At the point where you usescissors, you become the irrevocable owner of the seat kit; “You cut it, you own it, no returns considered”.If it was wrong we will replace it, but the statistics say it will fit.

IMPORTANT.While we make every effort to match colours as closely as possible; dyelots do vary. For a guaranteed ‘close as humanly possible’ match, it’s bestto order your interior as a complete set ie: seat covers, cockpit trim panelkit, and to be safe, carpets.For free samples of our upholstery materials, please request a sample.


M O S S T R 2 & T R 3 / 3 A I N T E R I O R T R I M . F R O N T & R E A R S E AT C O V E R S

Interior 07

TR3A Front Seat Covers cont...

TR3A Front Seat Covers (Car Set);Vinyl Leather



TR2 & TR3 Rear Seat Covers

The TR2 and TR3 had the same rear seat assembly, which was always anoptional extra. Our rear seat kits for TR2 and TR3 come with covers for theseat bottom, seat back, and include mounting brackets.

TR2 & TR3 Rear Seat Covers;Vinyl Leather


Black Black SCA6151 SCL6151Red Red SCA6152 SCL6152Blue Blue SCA6157 SCL6157Black White SCA6161 SCL6161Red White SCA6162 SCL6162Blue White SCA6167 SCL6167(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

TR2/TR3/3A

TR3A Rear Seat Covers

TR3A To TS60000.The TR3A rear seat kit includes only upholstered seat bottoms andbrackets. The body re-tooling change at TS60000 meant a different brack-eting after TS60001 cars.

TR3A To TS60000 Rear Seat Covers;Vinyl Leather



TR3A From TS60001 Rear Seat Covers;Vinyl Leather


Black White SCA6181 SCL6181Red White SCL6182 SCA6182Blue White SCA6187 SCL6187(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

MOSS TR2/TR3/3A COCKPIT TRIM KITS . TRIM HARDWARE & CONSUMABLES

Interior08

TR2/TR3/3A Cockpit Trim Panel Kits

All our trim panel kits are supplied as car sets, and all the same rules aboutcolours apply to trim kits, see seat cover kits.Summarised, we will stock black, red and probably blue, but other coloursare special order, Special Order = longer wait and higher price, sorry!We do not supply leather interior trim kits.

TR2 Cockpit Trim Kits.This kit comprises door panels with rectangular pocket apertures, and apiercing at the rear end of the door to take the door opening mechanism.The rear quarter panels are not piped, the rear wheel arches are piped inthe same colour as the trim kit. The interior rear bulkhead board is a plainpiece of fibreboard simply covered with vinyl.TR2 Cockpit Trim Kits;

Trim Colour Piping Part No.Black Black TKA6111Red Red TKA6112Blue Blue TKA6117(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

TR3 Cockpit Trim Kits.The door panels are the same as in the TR2 kit, having a rectangular apertureand a hole in the rear end to take the door opening mechanism. The quarterpanels are the same as the TR2, having no piping; however, the rear wheelarches are piped in white unlike the TR2. The interior rear bulkhead is a plainpiece of fibreboard but with pressed-in pleats on the material, which is thenattached by a simple adhesive to the fibre backing board.TR3 Cockpit Trim Kits;

Trim Colour Piping Part No.Black White TKA6121Red White TKA6122Blue White TKA6127(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

TR3A To TS60000 Cockpit Trim Kits.The door panel for this trim kit has a kidney shaped aperture with no holeat the rear end for the door opening. The door was opened by a cablewhich was accessed through the kidney shaped aperture. The door panel

TR2/TR3/3A Trim Panel Kits cont...

was white piped, and had squared lower corners.The rear quarter panel was white piped, as was the rear wheel arch. Thetank board was fibre covered in an assembly of sewn panels. The effect ofthese sewn panels was to mimic the later available technology of heatformed ultra-sonic-welding which puts pleats in the material.TR3A To TS60000 Cockpit Trim Kits;


TR3A From TS60001 Cockpit Trim Kits.The door board had the same shaped aperture as the earlier TR3Aspecification, but the lower rear corner was rounded to match with thedoor, which at this stage had been changed to an all metal pressing, asopposed to a part wooden assembly. The rear quarter panel was the same,as the earlier TR3A with white piping, but the rear wheel arch cover - whichwas also white piped as the earlier specification, had a different contour toallow for the changed rear floor construction in the post TS60001 cars. Thetank board was a fibreboard covered with an ultra-sonically weldedpattern in the vinyl.TR3A From TS60001 Cockpit Trim Kits;


Trim Hardware & Consumables

Trim Panel Screw AD604062Cup Washer SP132BCPVinyl Trim To Fascia Clip ANK5046AAdhesive 500ml (Tin) UBS110Adhesive 350gm (Aerosol) UBS203

See Restoration Section Page 174 for Seat Frames & Fittings.


TR2/TR3/3A


MOSS TR2/TR3/3A INTERIOR CARPET SETS . RUBBER FLOOR MATS . BOOT TRIM

Interior 09

TR2/TR3/3A Carpet Sets

Our carpet sets are available in two grades of material. There is astandard grade of material as used on most Leyland volume cars whichwas not original on the TR2/3/3A, this range has pre-fix of CSA. Althoughthere is a carpet that resembles very closely the TR3A loop pile it is, in fact,extremely uncomfortable to live with, as it actually feels more like astro-turfwhen your flesh gets into close proximity to it. We also have the woolspecification carpet, which is actually the one fitted as standard to the TR6in its early production period, and also to most Jaguars around the late1960’s and early 1970’s, this range has a prefix of CSB.

TR2/3/3A To TS60000 Carpet Sets.There were probably three different carpet sets originally supplied in thisperiod. Certainly, the gearbox tunnel cover which we supply as one piecesewn assembly, was also available as three piece fitment in the early TR2’sand TR3’s. There were also some minor modifications made around the rearsloping section of the floor in this period, but we believe the carpet set weoffer is of a good standard of fit, and only the purist will wish to cut thiscarpet up to make into the original specification - which we do notrecommend. The TR2 and TR3 was originally supplied with carpet on thefloor section in front of the driver and passenger, but the TR3A originallyhad rubber mats here, and was never fitted with carpets. Our carpet setsinclude these for people who do not wish to purchase the rubber mats, orwho wish to use our AMCO rubber mats (see Accessories) over the carpet.

TR2/3/3A To TS6000 Carpet Sets;Wool Standard

Colour Part No. Part No.Black CSB6111 CSA6111Red CSB6112 CSA6112Blue CSB6117 N/A(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

TR2/TR3/3A Carpet Sets cont...

TR3A From TS60001 Carpet Sets.This carpet set is suitable for cars with a flat floor behind the drivers compart-ment, which was introduced when the body was re-tooled at chassis TS60001.

Wool StandardColour Part No. Part No.Black CSB6211 CSA6211Red CSB6212 CSA6212Blue CSB6217 N/A(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

TR3A Rubber Floor Mats

We offer the correct rubber mats for the TR3A floors, including the durabledot fasteners to secure the rubber mats to the floor and front bulkheadarea; these mats can also be fitted to TR2/3.

Rubber Floor Mat (LH) 701237Rubber Floor Mat (RH) 701238

Carpet Hardware & Consumables

Carpet Protection Toe Pad (4 Reqd) 602221Stud 610624Rivet For Use With Stud RU608123Spike Ring 14G8736Fastener CD23803Adhesive 500ml (Tin) UBS110Adhesive 35gm (Aerosol) UBS203

See also Page 175 in the Restoration Section.

Boot Carpet & Trim

The original boot floor covering for TR2/3 models was a piece of carpetmaterial cut to the exact shape of the floor. TR3A’s were fitted with a blackHardura boot mat, also cut to fill out the boot area.

Black Boot Carpet TR2/3 552259Hardura Boot Mat TR3A 556900

TR2/TR3/3A

IMPORTANT. While we make every effort to match colours as closely aspossible; dye lots do vary. For a guaranteed ‘close as humanly possible’match, it’s best to order your interior as a complete set ie: seat covers,cockpit trim panel kit, and to be safe, carpets. For free samples of our upholstery materials, please request a sample.

I N T R O D U C T I O N T O M O S S T R 4 / 4 A I N T E R I O R T R I M . F R O N T S E AT C O V E R S

Interior10

An Introduction To TR4/4A Seats& Seat Cover Kits

The following listings refer to original seats and covers. For our Worldfamous Moss Classic Seats, please see page 13. The TR4 seats were something of a ‘dogs dinner’. There were three differentspecifications fitted throughout the range and, although we have availablethe technical information to give you the exact change points - according tothe body number of your car, this does seem pointless because they go, all-over-the-show, and are different from right hand to left hand drive. So, weplan to supply seat covers based on a drawing of the type of seat you havewith its own part number. This was should minimise the difficulty of yougetting an inappropriate seat cover for your car. You should be aware thatthe three different seat covers are not interchangeable with the threedifferent seats. Should you wish to know what was originally fitted to yourcar, we can provide this information, but you will have to write to our mainoffice in London, giving us not only the chassis number of your car but alsothe colour of trim because, believe it or not, the change points differedaccording to whether the colour was blue, red or black, and, whether thetrim was vinyl or leather. Perhaps now you can see why we have notsummarised the information on the following pages.

The first type of TR4 seat looks almost identical to the TR3A seat. In fact,the seat cover we offer is actually the same as the TR3A seat, as in allrespects involving the material, they are completely interchangeable.However, there several subtle differences in the seat runners and back,which means that although they look the same, they actually function quitedifferently. Although theoretically it will be possible for you to fit TR4 seatsin your TR3A, you would also have to fit a complete set of runners from yourTR4, otherwise, the deeper indentation in seat pan of the TR4 will, groundon the floor pan of your TR3A. Also, you will have to re-drill your TR3A floor,if this is a job you want to do. Not recommended for the faint hearted.The second type of TR4 seat is in fact - according to our experience,relatively rare on UK market specification cars. It is however (we are told)very common on American specification vehicles. It is still based on theoriginal design of having a separate seat pan attached to the squab. I.e. theback piece of the seat, with a separate cushion that is trimmed separately,and has a seat cushion which is removable.

The third seat is of a completely different design and structure, in the sensethat it has a tubular frame on which all the material and packing ‘is hung’.This design is similar to the seat offered in the Triumph Herald saloon ofthat era, and was probably fitted from mid’ 1963 to late 1964 in the latter partof the TR4 production.

TR4 Front Seat Covers Type 1

TR4 Seat Type 1.This looks like the TR3A seat, and although it is a different seat frame, thecovers are the same. The springs are not the same as TR3A. Although thereappear to have been optional coarse or fine grains on black, we supply onlythe finer, less distinct grain.

Vinyl LeatherTrim Colour Piping Part No. Part No.Black White SCA6131 SCL6131Red White SCA6132 SCL6132Blue White SCA6137 SCL6137(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).


TR4/TR4A


TR4 Seat Type 2.This seat has vertical pleats and uses the same seat spring as Type 1.



TR4 Seat Type 3.This is the frame type seat, it does not have a separate seat cushion. Thebits and pieces to overhaul this seat are given in the general seat hardwaresection on page 178.


IMPORTANT.While we make every effort to match colours as closely as possible; dyelots do vary. For a guaranteed ‘close as humanly possible’ match, it’s bestto order your interior as a complete set ie: seat covers, cockpit trim panelkit, and to be safe, carpets.For free samples of our upholstery materials, please request a sample.

01


M O S S T R 4 / 4 A I N T E R I O R T R I M . T R 4 / 4 A F R O N T & R E A R S E AT C O V E R S

Interior 11

TR4A Front Seat Covers

See also Classic and Executive Seats on page 13.Our TR4A seat covers are a superb quality product.


Rear Seat Covers TR4

Our rear seat kits include only the upholstered seat cushion, the bit you sit on. Thesomewhat weird and wonderful hood frame stowage arrangement basicallyprovides the back, squab, of the seat TR4 soft top models (not Surrey top). The fueltank board - which served as the seat back, are listed under Interior Trim Kits.


TR4A Rear Seat Covers

The TR4A rear seat kit only includes the upholstered seat cushion. A separaterear squab was never fitted as the tank board served as the seat back.


TR4/4A Rear Seat Hardware

Seat Spring Latch TR4 (2 Reqd) 562604Seat Spring Latch TR4A (2 Reqd) 618429Latch To Seat Screw (4 Reqd) TH4603Seat To Seat Pan Stud (2 Reqd) 618953Plain Washer (2 Reqd) PWZ203Locking Washer (2 Reqd) WL700101Nut (2 Reqd) HN2005

TR4 Type 1 TR4 Type 2 TR4 Type 3 TR4A

Seat Belts & Harnesses

All our seat belts/harnesses are manufactured in the U.K. to exactingstandards. The replacement belts come with fittings and are sold individually.

Inertia Reel Belt;(01) 30cm Standard Length Stalk (Each) SBS500/30

45cm Length Stalk (Each) SBS500/45Reinforcing Plates (Pair) T7968Bolts & Spacers (Car Set) TT7969

Race Harness And Mountings.Please see page 34 for our 4 point harness kits.

TR4/TR4A

T R 4 & T R 4 A C O C K P I T T R I M K I T S . T R 4 & T R 4 A C A R P E T S E T S

Interior12

TR4 & TR4A Cockpit Trim Panel Kits

TR4 Soft Top Models.In clarification this should really be called non-Surrey top models, becausethe Surrey soft top is not covered by this specification. The factory calledcars not fitted with Surrey tops - Soft tops, and we will follow that termino-logy here. The TR4 had a somewhat interesting arrangement in the rearcockpit, when the hood is not being used to protect you from the elements,it is taken off the frame and stored in the boot of the car, this is exactly thearrangement used by most sports cars of the period, including TR2/3/3A.This leaves the frame on the car, which is then folded down, and frankly,looks quite ugly. On the TR3 there is actually a hood frame stowage cover,but on the TR4 - rather ingeniously - the hood frame stowage coverbecomes part of the interior trim, and forms a kind of mini-armchair withtwo sides and a back provided with thick padding, to allow rear passengersto sit behind the driver and front seat passenger in comfort! The interiortrim kit therefore comprises a pair of door panels, white piped, a pair ofquarter panels, white piped, a pair of rear wheel arch covers, white piped,loose material to cover the inner rear wing, behind the B post, and thetriangular covers for the B post lower reinforcing gussets, as well as thethree pieces across the back of the car to provide the hood stowage cover.The only items needed to complete the interior trimming of a TR4 Soft topmodel are the front seat covers and the rear seat cushion cover.


TR4 Surrey Top Models.The interior trim kit, for TR4’s fitted with a Surrey top, has a pair of doorpanels, white piped, a pair of rear quarter panels, white piped, and a pair ofrear wheel arch covers, white piped, we also supply a tank board withvertical heat formed bars, similar to the TR5/6 models. We are not exactlysure if this tank board is correct, so for the moment we will list separatepart numbers for TR4 & TR4A kits, though, ultimately you will receive thesame item from us whichever you order. Our research will continue intothis matter and if we find there is a difference in the Surrey top TR4 trimkits, we will adjust the contents accordingly, and supply them as distinct

TR4 & TR4A Trim Panel Kits cont...

TR4 Surrey Top Models cont...from the TR4A kits. The kits also include two strips of vinyl to cover theinner rear wing, behind the B post, and two triangular boards that cover thereinforcing gusset at the bottom of the B post - where it joins the sill. Theonly items needed to complete the interior trimming of a TR4 Surrey topmodel are the front seat covers and the rear seat cushion cover.


TR4A All Models.This trim kit comprises; a pair of door panels, white piped, a pair of rearquarter panels, white piped, a pair of rear wheel arch covers, white piped,a tank board with vertical heat formed pleated pattern, not piped, loose material to cover the inner rear wing, behind the B post, and twotriangular boards that cover the reinforcing gusset at the bottom of the Bpost - where it joins the sill. The only items needed to complete the interior trimming of your TR4A are the front seat covers and the rear seatcushion cover.


TR4 & 4A Carpet Under-Felt

For TR4 and TR4A models we are able to offer an under felt kit whichcomprises the major pieces of sound deadening material to go under thecarpet pieces. This is a major advantage in keeping out road noise and anyother noise generated in the car, but needs to be used with care as it tendsto soak up water if the soft top is left down, and, in these circumstances ofcourse, it inevitably rains!

Under-Felt Set CSA6450


Transform the interiorTR4/TR4A

01TR4/4A Wood Veneer Dashboards

Biscuit Black

TR4 & TR4A Carpet Sets

Our carpet sets are available in a choice of material. There is a standardgrade material as used on most Leyland volume cars which was notoriginal on the TR4/4A, this range has pre-fix of CSA. We also have a De-luxe, 80/20 wool, specification carpet, which is actually the one fitted asstandard to the TR6 in its early production period, and also to most Jaguarsaround the late 1960’s and early 1970’s, this range has a prefix of CSB.

TR4 Carpet Sets

This carpet set is very similar to the TR4A, except for the positioning of the hand brake gaiter, which comes through the floor on the right hand side ofthe car, in common with the TR2/3/3A. This means that for drivers of RHDvehicles there is always something nagging at your left knee while you are driving. The luckier people are drivers of LHD cars, who have theirgirlfriend in the passenger seat, who are able to lean over and put the fly-off hand brake in the ‘on’, or ‘off’ position as appropriate. As Pete Cox onceexplained, this is something almost worth emigrating for!

De-Luxe StandardColour Part No. Part No.Black CSB6311 CSA6311Red CSB6312 CSA6312Blue CSB6317 N/A(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).

TR4A Carpet Sets

This specification of carpet includes a gaiter sewn into the transmissiontunnel carpet, which accommodates the hand brake. This is not original, asthe original carpets simply had a rectangular cut out and the hand brakegaiter was stapled into the fibreboard cover underneath the carpet. We areunable to supply this specification of fibreboard.

De-luxe Standard EconomyColour Part No. Part No. Part No.Black CSB6411 CSA6411 CSA6411ZRed CSB6412 CSA6412 N/ABlue CSB6417 N/A N/A(Other colours may be available to Special Order, please enquire).


TR4 & TR4A CARPET UNDERFELT KITS . CLASSIC & EXECUTIVE SEAT RANGE

Interior 13

TR4/4A Wood Veneer Dashboards

The wooden dashboards used in Triumph sports cars of the sixties andseventies tend to suffer from exposure to the elements which can lead tocracking varnish and lifting veneer. Damaged dash boards can be easilyreplaced with one of our high quality, real wood veneer panels.

RHD Models LHD ModelsBurr Gloss TR4 903504BG 903508BG

(01) Burr Gloss TR4A 904154BG 904153BG

TR4A Classic & Executive Seat Range

Classic Comfort From Moss. Our handcrafted luxury leather faced Classicseats have been designed to provide the ultimate in driver comfort and, withtheir clean styling, will compliment the cockpit of your classic. The seats providemuch improved lower back and upper leg support over the original design,making classic sports car driving far more predictable and relaxed and, becauseour classic seats have greater lateral support to hold you in place, much safer.Classic seats are finished with high quality hide facings, vertically pleated; theExecutive seats are to the same specification, but with ruched hide facingsrather than pleated. Our easy to fit Classic Seats are supplied in matching pairs,complete with leather faced head restraints and brand new seat runners.

These are the standard colours for Classic Seats. Other colour ways areavailable to Special Order, please enquire.

TR4A Classic Seat;Colour Piping Part No.

(02) Black Black SAA6021ABiscuit Biscuit SAA6021XBlack White SAA6021AW

(Other colour ways are available to Special Order, please enquire).TR4A Executive Seat;

Colour Piping Part No.(03) Black Black SAA6522A(Other colour ways are available to Special Order, please enquire).

of your classic!TR4/TR4A

02 03

Not

e: C

olou

rs m

ay v

ary

slig

htly

to s

ampl

es s

how

n he

re, d

ue to

the

limita

tions

of t

he c

olou

r prin

ting

pres

s.

08

07

B O O T R A C K S . F U E L C A P S . B O N N E T L O C K S . B O N N E T S T R A P S & H O O K S

Exterior14

Boot Racks

Boot racks are an extremely useful accessory, particularly when touring,providing invaluable extra luggage space. The bolt-on boot rack is recom-mended for TR5 models as it utilises the inner frame for support and not theboot lid edges.

Bolt-On Boot Racks.Designed to be permanently fitted, these high quality racks will give yourclassic that true British sports car look.(01) Stainless Original Specification TR2-3A 552398SS(02) Stainless Original Specification TR4-5 ASM4

Chrome TR4, TR5/250 AMCOTR4Stainless TR6 AM5347SS

Clip-On Racks 90 x 34cm.These clip-on boot racks are available in a range of styles to suit individualtaste. Choose between stainless steel or alloy, with wood or metal slats.Ideal for occasional use.(03) Alloy/Alloy Slats GAC4001

Alloy/Wood Slats GAC4005XStainless/Stainless Slats GAC4004SSStainless/Wood Slats GAC4005SS

Locking Fuel Caps

These elegantly styled locking fuel filler caps will give your classic that realfinishing touch, whichever one you choose. Note; please check whetheryou need a vented or non-vented fuel cap.

Vented Locking Fuel Caps;(04) Aston Style Polished Alloy GAC4123X

Aston Style Chrome GAC4124X(05) Monza Style Polished Alloy GAC4121X

Monza Style Chrome GAC4122XNon Vented Locking Fuel Caps;

Polished Alloy Aston Style GAC4126X

Original Flip-Up Locking Fuel Caps;Round Chrome 571086Lozenge Shape Chrome GAC6001X

Bonnet Pins, Straps & Hooks

Perfect for creating the competition look, these bonnet securing pins andcatches look great and are 100% functional. Available in stainless steel and coloured anodised aluminium. Each kitcontains two pins, catch plates, and all necessary fixings. Essential forcompetition use, they are designed for universal fitting, so some bodymodifications are required.

Stainless Steel Gold Anodised Blue Anodised Red Anodised(06) MRAC801S MRAC802 MRAC802B MRAC802M

Leather Bonnet Straps;(07) Brown Works Style (Each) GAC8423X(08) Black (Pair) GAC8422X

Rubber Bonnet Hook (Pair) HMP190136

Badges

A range of quality badges for your British classic. Suitable forboth grille and badge bar mounting.

Badges To Bar Clip GAC8041X(09) Triumph MM408-587

RAC GAC8045X(10) England/Union Jack GAC8043X

USA Stars & Stripes GAC8044X(11) BMC Drivers Club GAC9967X(12) B.R.S.C.C. (British Racing & Sports Car Club) GAC9969X(13) St. Christopher GAC9970X(14) Queen Elizabeth GAC9968X(15) Cloisonné - Black/Green/White GAC1028X(16) Original Blue Background GAC9971X(17) Vintage Healey 408-460(18) Lucas King Of The Road GAC9972XB.A.R.C. (British Automobile Racing Club);(19) Brooklands GAC9966X(20) Coat of Arms GAC9965X


01Boot Rack

06Bonnet Pin Sets

03Boot Rack

05Monza Fuel Cap

09Triumph Badge

10England

11BMC Drivers Club

12B.R.S.C.C.

02Boot Rack

04Aston Fuel Cap

26


R E P L I C A B A D G E S . D O O R M I R R O R S . B U L L E T M I R R O R S . N U M B E R P L AT E S

Exterior 15

Badge Bar

(21) TR2-3 With Brackets 552399TR3A With Brackets 552399XBadge To Bar Clip GAC8041XBadge Mounting Plate (Optional) GAC8042X

GB Letter Set

(22) Stainless Stud Mounted 83mm High MRD1034Stainless Self Adhesive 83mm High MRD1034SA

Door Mirrors

We offer a range of quality mirrors to compliment most classics. These doormounted mirrors give excellent rear vision.Door Mirror - MG/Leyland/Triumph Style;

Stainless Steel Convex (RH) GAM215AStainless Steel Convex (LH) GAM216A

(23) Black Finish Flat (RH) GAM261XBlack Finish Flat (LH) GAM262XStainless Steel Flat (RH) GAM217XStainless Steel Flat (LH) GAM218X

(24) Stainless Steel Flat Anti-Glare (RH) GAM258XStainless Steel Flat Anti-Glare (LH) GAM259XChrome TR5 O.E. Style (RH & LH) 622352Stainless Steel TR6 Flat (RH) YKC2960Stainless Steel TR6 Flat (LH) YKC2959

Wing Mirrors

Whether you fit the early Lucas type round mirrors or the later Leylandrectangular style, these period accessories will add that finishing touch.Early Lucas Long Arm Style - Fixed Type;(25) Flat Glass (RH) WM1906

Flat Glass (LH) WM1907Convex Glass (RH) WM1904Convex Glass (LH) WM1905

Late Leyland Style - Spring-Back Type;(26) Flat Glass (RH & LH) GAM118

Convex Glass (RH & LH) GAM117Flat Replacement Glass GAM207AConvex Replacement Glass GAM210

Bullet Style Mirrors

These mirrors can be used for door or wing mounting.Chrome Bullet Racing Mirror;

Flat Glass 2.25” Long Base 1” Bolt Centre GAM105X(27) Flat Glass 3.75” Long Base 2” Bolt Centre GAM105

Flat Glass 4.75” Long Base 3.75” Bolt Centre GAM105AConvex Glass 3.75” Long Base 2” Bolt Centre GAM105C

Aluminium Bullet Racing Mirror.Manufactured from lightweight aluminium, thesesuperb reproduction mirrors have a brushedoriginal finish, so they not only look good - theyare good.Aluminium Bullet Racing Mirror;(28) Flat Glass (RH & LH) 222-355

Period Style Pressed Number Plates

These number plates are a true replica of those used on cars in the 40’s,50’s and 60’s. Supplied in pairs, to special order only, you can have up toseven letters/numbers of your choice. Please contact your local Mossbranch for details.(29) Pressed Number Plate (Pair) NP1

(Note; Legal only for vehicles registered before and up to July 31st 1973).

Union Jack Flag Badges

Union Jack Badges;Self Adhesive 44 x 74mm (Pair) CRST186Magnetic 74 x 128mm (Each) MM215-330

Union Jack Badges - Cloisonné Style Enamel;(30) Badge 31 x 50mm (Each) GAC4100

Badges 31 x 50mm (Pair) GAC4101

Cloisonné Style Enamel Badges.These badges use the Japanese method of filling in areas with differentcoloured enamels.

13St. Christopher

14Queen Elizabeth

16RAC

17Vintage Healey

18Lucas King Of The Road

19B.A.R.C. Brooklands

21Badge Bar

22GB Letter Set 24Leyland Mirror

25Wing Mirror23Door Mirror20B.A.R.C. Arms

29Pressed Number Plate

27Chrome Bullet Mirror

28Alloy Racing Mirror

30Enamel Union Jack15RAC

09

10

W I R E W H E E L S . C E N T R E L O C K H U B C O N V E R S I O N . S P I N N E R S . H A M M E R S

Exterior16

Centre Lock/Splined Wire Wheels

An essential part of a British classic sportscar’s styling was the fitment ofwire wheels. Whether they were fitted as standard or not, a set of chromewire wheels will not only enhance the appearance of your car, but also thevalue. Our wire wheels have stainless steel nipples and spokes, availablein different specifications; i.e 48, 60 or 72 spoke, chrome or paint. Don’tforget that we also supply a full rage of spinners, tools, inner tubes, rimbands and tyre wall trims.

Model Spokes Size Chrome Painted(01) TR2-3 Standard 48 15” x 4.0” WWC450 WWP450(02) TR3A-5 Standard 60 15” x 4.5” WWC452 WWP452

TR3A-5 Uprated 72 15” x 5.5” WWC457C WWP457CTR6 Standard 72 15” x 5.5” WWC457C WWP457CTR3A-5 Comp.* 72 15” x 5.5” WWC370 WWP370TR6 Competition* 72 15” x 5.5” WWC370 WWP370(*Competition wheels are Centre Laced).

Important: Before fitting your tyre choice, please ensure there is adequateclearance between tyres and wheel arches.

And There’s More...For detailed listings and information for road wheels, hubs and fittings,please refer to the Restoration section in this catalogue.

Centre Lock/Splined Hub Conversion Kit

Convert your conventional steel wheel rear and front hubs to acceptsplined hubs, enabling the fitting of either chrome wire wheels or centrelock alloy wheels. Our kits contain everything you need to convert tocentre lock wheels, including full instructions, splined hubs and all thenecessary hardware, chrome spinners and a copper hide mallet. Note;Our hub conversion kits do not contain road wheels. Check localregulations for eared spinners.Centre Lock Hub Conversion TR3A, 4, 5 & 6;(03) 2 Eared GAC7049X

Octagonal GAC7050X(Important; Wheel studs will require shortening).

Centre Lock Spinners

All our centre lock spinners are made from the highest quality materialsand are precision engineered to ensure an accurate fit. We have three styles of spinner to choose from - octagonal, two or, threeeared. Two and three eared spinners can be fitted with a hammer orspanner, octagonal spinners require a spanner. See Wire Wheel Tools andAccessories. Check local regulations for eared spinners. See also RoadWheels in the Restoration section.Plain Wheel Spinners;(04) 2 Eared (RH) AHA7373

2 Eared (LH) AHA7374(05) 3 Eared (RH) 107948/3

3 Eared (LH) 107949/3Octagonal (RH) 88G606Octagonal (LH) 88G607

Wire Wheel Tools & Accessories

The use of a soft-faced hammer is essential if you do not want to damagechrome plated spinners when removing or fitting centre lock wheels.We have a choice of three soft hammers. Extra long spanners arealso available, providing much greater leverage for spinners andtherefore easier fitting. We also supply a special lubricant to helpkeep the splines in good condition.(06) Copper & Hide Hammer C27290(07) Copper Faced Hammer 11B5166(08) Zinc Alloy Hammer 88G329

Wire Wheel Cleaning Brush GAC4089Lubricant For Splines GGL9030XTyre Levers (Pair) AJJ281K(These are a very close match to the original items).

(09) Spoke Adjusting Spanner MM385-800(10) Short Octagonal Spanner AHH5839

Long Octagonal Spanner MM386-120Long 2-Eared Spanner MM386-1252 Eared Wrench* AHH5839W(*This unique double ended knock-off wrench, made fromplywood, slips over the spinners, protecting them from hammer blows).


042 Eared Spinner03Centre Lock Hub Conversion 053 Eared Spinner

120260 Spoke Wire Wheel0148 Spoke Wire Wheel

11

16


CENTRE LOCK SPORT WHEELS . REVOLUTION ALLOY WHEELS . WHEEL TRIMS

Exterior 17

Wire Wheel Essentials

Creating an air tight seal on a wire wheel can be somewhatdifficult, making the use of inner tubes necessary and, to preventthe inner tube chaffing against the spoke nipples, the fitting ofa rim band is highly recommended.(11) Inner Tube 15” x 155/165 Tyre 452-755

Inner Tube 15” x 175/185 Tyre 452-76515” Rim Band 452-750

Centre Lock Alloy Wheels

Offered as an alternative to wire wheels, these MiniLite style alloysare an ideal way to add period sporting style to your Classic. Availablein either Silver or Anthracite (dark grey) finish. The wheels are soldindividually and are for fitment to splined hubs only. They can be used inconjunction with our centre lock hub conversion kits, which are featured inthis section.(12) Silver 15” x 5.5” TR3A, 4, 5 & 6 (Each) GAC8255X

Anthracite 15” x 5.5” TR3A, 4, 5 & 6 (Each) GAC8265X

4 Stud Alloy Wheels

These eight spoke MiniLite style bolt-on alloy wheels are a timeless classicdesign, adding a period charm to your classic. They are manufacturedusing the latest techniques and testing procedures to ensure the highestquality and reliability. All wheels come with grey centre caps. Important:Before fitting your tyre choice, please ensure there is adequate clearancebetween tyres and wheelarches.

5.5” Alloy Wheel;(These 5.5” wheels require a special wheel nut, GAC8225XNT).(13) Silver 15” x 5.5” TR3-6 (Each) GAC8225X

Anthracite 15” x 5.5” TR3-6 (Each) GAC8235XWheel Nut For 5.5” Alloy Wheels (Each) GAC8225XNT

6” Alloy Wheel;(This set of 6” alloy wheels comes complete with wheel nuts).

Silver 15” x 6” TR3-6 (Set of 4) GAC8245X4Centre Cap For Alloy Wheel (Each) GAC8201XP

14Revolution Alloy Wheel 156mm Wheel Spacer Set134 Stud Alloy Wheel

06Copper & Hide Hammer 07Copper/Copper Hammer 08Zinc Alloy Hammer

17Polished Stainless Steel Wheel Trim

Revolution 5 Spoke Alloy Wheels

For Triumph TR2 To TR6.These Classic wheels are a real head turner. Our 5 spoke Revolution alloywheels for the TR2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 have traditional black spokes with diamondturned bright silver rims. They are available in road or race specification,with a choice of two rim widths; 6” or 7”. ‘Race’ wheels can be used forroad use, but they have a much lighter hub centre and use special ‘60°coned’ wheel nuts. All wheels and nuts are sold individually.

Revolution Alloy Wheels - Black/Silver;(14) Road Use 15” x 6” (Each) GAC8270X

Road Use 15” x 7” (Each) GAC8271XRace Use 15” x 6” (Each) GAC8272XRace Use 15” x 7” (Each) GAC8273X

Wheel Nut;Road Wheel (Each) (16 Reqd) GAC8274XRace Wheel (Each) (16 Reqd) GAC8275X

Wheel Spacers

These spacers will allow small adjustments to be made to the offset, toensure wheel and tyre clearance, when fitting bolt-on alloy or steel wheels.They can also be used if you don’t wish to shorten your wheel studs whenfitting alternative road wheels.

3mm Spacer Set (Pair) TT6901(15) 6mm Spacer Set (Pair) TT6902

Valve Caps

These valve caps with the classic Triumph TR shield,are a must for any true enthusiast.(16) Triumph Valve Cap Set HMP190129

Wheel Embellisher Trims

Another popular accessory from days past were wheel embellisher trims.Fitted in seconds and suitable for all models, these polished stainless steeltrims instantly improve the appearance of steel wheels - without breakingthe bank.TR2 To TR250 15” Wheel Embellisher Trim;(17) Wheel Trim (Each) 502160Z

(Suitable for TR2 to TR250 bolt-on wheels).

TR6 15” Wheel Embellisher Trim;Brushed Aluminium (Set of 4) TR525KStainless Steel (Set of 4) TR525SS

Tyre Wall Trims

A popular accessory in past years were white wall tyres,unfortunately they are not available today. However, weare able to supply a rubber ring which fits neatly between the wheelrim and tyre wall recreating the look of white wall tyres. If you want torecreate the style used in the USA, we also supply red tyre wall trims. 15”tyres only.(01) White Tyre Wall (Set of 4) GLZ227WWX4

Red Tyre Wall (Set of 4) GLZ229RWX4

Mud Flaps

These screen printed universal mud flaps will help protect your classic’sbodywork. You know they make sense.Mudflaps (Includes Clips);(02) Triumph Logo (Pair) GAC6002X

Locking Wheel Nuts

At the time of going to press, we only supply 1 type of locking wheel nuts.These locking nuts are not suitable for original steel wheels, use only withreplacement alloy wheels.TriLock System.This system uses a socket with 3 pins that are uniquely matched to thelocking nuts.(03) TriLock Wheel Nuts (Set of 4) MLN006

Aerials

We supply a wing mounted manual aerial, a fully retractable electric aerial,and a roof mounted one.(04) Manual Aerial AJM1112(05) Electric Aerial AJM1112X

Roof Mounted Aerial EEP11Yes we know, not everybody has a hard-top fitted, but you could fit one toyour other car!

07

TYRE WALL TRIMS . HALOGEN HEADLAMP CONVERSION KITS . PERIOD STYLE LAMPS

Exterior18

H4 Halogen Headlamp Conversion Kits

Fitting modern halogen head lamps is one of the most worthwhile safetyimprovements you can make to your classic car. Powerful halogen bulbscoupled with improved lens design, result in a far superior light beam and pattern.Wipac Quad Optic Kits;(06) No Pilot RHD (Pair) GAC4022

No Pilot LHD (Pair) MGE203With Pilot RHD (Pair) GAC4023ZWith Pilot LHD (Pair) WPS4699

Lucas H4 Asymmetric Kits;With Pilot RHD (Pair) GAC4023With Pilot LHD (Pair) LULUB802

You can fit standard H4 bulbs, or replace them with blue tinted, or super white xenon. Super white xenon are approx.30% brighter.H4 Replacement Bulbs 60/55W;

Standard (Each) GLB472(07) Blue Tinted (Each) GLB472BLU

Yellow (Each) GLB476Super White Xenon (Each) GLB472X100/80W Clear (Check Regulations) (Each) GLB484

Period Style Lamps

These outstanding reproductions of the Lucas units are available in twostyles; a fluted fog lamp or a clear driving lamp. Both lamps come witheither vertical, base or horizontal, back mountings. These 5” diameter unitsare supplied with bulbs.Spot Lamp;(08) Base Mounting Type (Each) MM162-700

Back Mounting Type (Each) 57H5322Spot Clear Replacement Lens (Each) 57H5015Spot Replacement Bulb (Each) GLB185

Fog Lamp;(09) Base Mounting Type (Each) MM162-800

Back Mounting Type (Each) BHA4399Fog Fluted Replacement Lens (Each) ACG5179Fog Replacement Bulb (Each) GLB323


08Period Spot Lamp

06H4 Halogen Headlamp Conversion

09Period Fog Lamp 10Cibie 35 Spot Lamp

03Locking Wheel Nuts01Tyre Wall Trims

02Mud Flaps

05Electric Aerial

04

17

Cibie Spot & Fog Lamps

Cibie are one of the most respected names in vehicle lighting, with anestablished pedigree and many years experience in motor sport.

Cibie Type 35

Probably the most popular and widely used lamp there is, with over 18million units supplied to car owners and manufacturers.(10) Cibie Type 35 Large Spot Lamp (Each) CB067570(11) Cibie Type 35 Small Fog Lamp (Each) CB067566

Cibie Oscar

This large round spot lamp is legendary, hailed throughout the world ofmotor sport as one the very best night driving lamps. 6.75” x 4.65” deep.(12) Cibie Oscar Spot Lamp (Each) CB067681

Cibie Tango

A smaller rounder lamp than the Oscar, but with up to a 40% greater lightoutput than its nearest rival. With it’s compact and slim design, this lampwill compliment any vehicle. 5.25” x 2.4”deep.(13) Cibie Tango Spot Lamp (Each) CB068738(14) Cibie Tango Fog Lamp (Each) CB068730

Replacement Bulbs;H1 Halogen Bulb (Each) GLB448H1 Xenon Bulb 30% Brighter (Each) GLB448XH2 Halogen Bulb (Each) GLB479

Wipac H3 Spot Lamps

These superb base mounting 5.5” clear lens driving lamps also comewith plastic lens covers.(15) Wipac 5.5” Lamps (Pair) WPS6007

H3 Replacement Bulb (Each) GLB453

CIBIE SPOT & FOG LAMPS . PERIOD TRIPOD HEADLAMPS . WIPAC SPOT LAMPS

Exterior 19


12Cibie Oscar

11Cibie 35 Fog Lamp 13Cibie Tango Spot Lamp

15Wipac H3 Spot Lamp

14Cibie Tango Fog Lamp

Tripod Headlamps

Original equipment on early TR’s. TheseTripod style headlamps can be retrofitted to any suitable classic, but expecta reduction in light output.Suitable for period drives in the

country on a warm summers evening.Tripod headlamps use BPF bulbs.

Please refer to restoration section for all headlamps and fittings.(16) Tripod Headlamp RHD (Each) 506370X

Tripod Headlamp LHD (Each) 506372XLight Unit RHD (Each) LU554308Light Unit LHD (Each) LU555296

Bulb BPF 45/40 Clear RHD (Each) GLB414Bulb BPF 45/40 Clear LHD (Each) GLB415

Alloy Headlamp Rims

Give your classic that individual look with these superb alloy rims, availablein anodised silver or gold.(17) Head Lamp Rim;

Silver (Each) 500929AlloyGold (Each) 500929Gold

16Tripod Headlamps

HEADLAMP RELAY KITS & GUARDS . SIDE WIND WINGS . AERO SCREEN . AIR HORNS

Exterior20

Sun Visors

Our polished and tinted plexiglass sun visors are suitable for TR2-3A andTR4. Sold individually, they fit on the top of the windscreen frame - whichrequires drilling.(04) TR2-3A (Each) MM240-300

TR4 (Each) MM647-500

Side Wind Wings

These polished clear plexiglass wind wings will only fit the TR2-3A. Theysimply clip on to the side of the windscreen frame, so there is no need for drilling.(05) TR2-3A (Pair) MM647-000

Aero Screen

Our period style Aero screens feature a polished cast Aluminium frame,Chrome plated fittings and laminated safety glass. Sold individually completewith mounting brackets. Dare you!(06) Aero Screen (Each) 700896

Feet To Scuttle Screw (Each) AD608063

Twin Air Horns

Our twin air horn set includes two tuned horns, heavy duty die castcompressor, air hose, mounting hardware and installation instructions(07) Twin Air Horns GAC9978X

Lucas-Style Windtone Horns

These superb replica horns were originally fitted to MG TD & TF models, sowhy not your TR.(08) Wind Tone Horns (Pair) 1B9007/8

Detachable Bike Rack

Rack holds up to 3 bikes securely and adapts to different vehicles. Easyinstallation and removal. Yes we know, but what about your other car!(09) Detachable Bike Rack 900-310


Headlamp Relay Kits

Early electrical systems did not include relaysin the headlamp dip or main beam circuits.The omission of relays from these circuitsmeans that the high electrical currentsrequired to power the lamps runs through theswitchgear when the lamps are used.

This is contributory to the burning and subsequent failure of light and dipswitch contact points. This situation is aggravated if the original equipmentheadlamps are uprated to a higher wattage or supplemented withadditional lights, as this increases the current load on the existing circuit.Another benefit to the installation of operating relays is that of brighterheadlamps without uprating their wattage.All models easily lend themselves to the installation of relays to controlheadlamp operating power without having to do any butchery to the wiringloom that is non reversible. It also pays back by not involuntarily melting thedip, flash or main lighting switch. The additional wiring and relays can beeasily tucked out of sight so as not to inflame the wrath of the purists.Kits Include 2 Relays & Fittings.

With 2 Square Lucas Relays GAC40252(01) With 4 Square Lucas Relays GAC40254

With 2 Round Type Relays GAC40262With 4 Round Type Relays GAC40264

Headlamp Stone Guards

Stone guards were originally developed for rallying, but are ideal forgeneral road use.(02) External Nut Type (Each) 000011Clip-On Type;

Standard Mesh (Pair) GAC8000XHeavy Duty Mesh (Pair) HSG001

Headlamp Covers

Protect your investment. Rigid clear plastic headlamp covers protect your7” headlamps from stone damage.(03) Headlamp Covers (Pair) GAC1076X

0604Sun Visors02Stone Guards

07Twin Airhorns05Side Wind Wings03Headlamp Covers

01

(10) Car Covers

Should I Invest In A Car Cover?Whether your car is outside exposed to the elements, or kept in the garage- where those little annoying mishaps can occur - a car cover will help toextend the life of your classics paint, hood, trim etc.Consider the cost to replace even one of those items and a car coverseems a very smart investment.Depending on your requirements, we have a cover to help protect your classic.

Indoor Covers

Semi-Fitted Indoor Dust Covers.These natural, off-white, Calico dust covers are ideal for protecting yourclassic in dry conditions.

TR2/3B GAC6060XTR4/TR6 GAC6061X

Universal Indoor Covers.This cover is also ideal if you store your car outside under a car porch orsimilar. Features include sewn-in elastic around the base for a snug fit.

TR2-TR3B Size 1 GAC9532XTR4-TR6 Size 2 236-445

Loose Fitting Indoor Storage Covers.Our Indoor car storage covers are made from a soft non-scratch blue poly-cotton/polyester mix material that is Scotchguarded, making it damp anddrip proof. The hems are elasticated front and rear and, to help preventpaintwork marks, the door access areas have zips.

TR2-TR6 GAC9501

Tailored-Premium Flannel Indoor Storage Covers.This is the upper end of the car cover spectrum for indoor use only. Featuresinclude double-stitched seams with neoprene elastic sewn in the front andrear bases for a snug fit, and scratch proof grommets for locking or tyingdown your cover. This cover has a body specific fit for easy installation andcarries a 2 year warranty. Suitable for garaged areas only.

TR2-TR3B GAC2012XTR4 & TR4A GAC1077X


I N D O O R C A R C O V E R S . O U T D O O R C A R C O V E R S . S T O R A G E C O V E R S

Exterior 2110Car Covers08Windtone Horns

09Bike Rack 11Universal Stowage Bag

Outdoor Covers

Universal Outdoor/Indoor Covers.This cover is also ideal if you store your car outside under a car porch orsimilar. Features include sewn-in elastic around the base for a snug fit.

TR2-TR3B Size 1 GAC9532XTR4 & TR4A Size 2 236-445

Universal Outdoor Shower Covers - Casual.Our non-abrasive polypropylene Showerproof outdoor covers are ideal forcasual use. There is built-in air vent that allows air flow, and all the seamsare Ultra-Sonically welded.

TR2-TR4A GAC9531X

Tailored Duravent Outdoor Storage Covers - Short Term.These tailored waterproof covers are ideal for short term outdoor storage,though they can be used indoors. They are fully breathable with doublestitched seams. The front and rear hems are elasticated, and havescratchproof grommets that allow you to tie the cover down.

TR2-TR3B GAC2011XTR4 & TR4A 237-420

Tailored Ultralon Outdoor Storage Covers - Medium Term.Maximum protection for your classic. Three layers of fabric offer excellentprotection from dust and moisture, yet allows condensation to evaporate.Lightweight, compact and fast drying for easy storage. This cover has anembroidered Union Jack.

TR2-TR3B 237-415TR4 & TR4A GAC1070X

Loose Fit Heavy Duty Outdoor Storage Covers - Medium/Long Term.The Waterproof Outdoor cover that we supply is suitable for medium tolong term storage. Manufactured from frost and UV resistant grey vinyl,with a soft cotton inner lining. Welded seams eliminate water penetrationwhilst a fitted air vent minimises moisture build-up between cover andbody. Front and rear hems are elasticated and there are rubber bungies forattaching to the wheels. They come in a zipped handled bag.

TR2-TR4A GAC9504(11) Universal Stowage Bag GAC2013X

Cable Lock With 2 Keys GAC2022X

M O S S H O O D S & T O N N E A U C O V E R S . M O S S H O O D S T O W A G E C O V E R S

Exterior22

Moss Hoods & Tonneau Covers

Moss Europe are committed to an intense programme of productdevelopment and re-manufacturing - one of those products is Hoods andTonneaux.

Investing for the future by preserving traditional crafts, methods and skills.The only way to ensure that a part is right for the job, is to manufacture itby the best possible means to the highest standards and, although modernproduction techniques have transformed the classic car industry,sometimes, the only way to do it is the traditional way.

The People.Any product is only as good as the people who make it. At our ownmanufacturing plant in Shropshire, we have a hand picked team ofcraftsmen and women, who are all dedicated enthusiasts of vintage andclassic cars. With a combined total of nearly 100 years experience, theyproduce hoods and tonneaux to the highest standards, some served theirapprenticeship in the manufacturers trim shops - such as Austin Healey,MG and Triumph, whilst many served their apprenticeship with traditionalindependent coach trimmers.

The Very Best Materials.Modern materials assist the craftsman to produce the best possible hood,but they must look right. Modern materials, due to their inherent strength,greatly assist traditional manufacturing methods by allowing the craftsmanto fully use his or her skills to ensure that every section of a hood is cut to a precise pattern - every time. This assists the skilled machinists toensure that every seam is perfectly formed and finished. No matter howwell the product is made, it must look and feel right, as well as being durable. To this end, we source our material from two of the worlds leadingfabric manufacturers.

...Sometimes you can’t cut corners.

Design & Development.Modern sports cars can sometimes benefit from their predecessors. Aswell as hoods and tonneau covers for classic sports cars, we also producethem for modern sports cars such as the MG-F and Mazda MX5. Our aim isto produce the best hoods by using our in-house skills and experience.

Quality Control.Every hood is checked for fit by using ‘Trim Bucks’. Not only do we fit everyhood and tonneau to a Trim Buck, a perfectly engineered OE specificationtest rig that checks fit, we also monitor each and every stage of production,from first cutting to final stitching.

“When you buy a Moss hood or tonneau, you can be sure that you have thefinest product available, produced by craftsmen.”


01TR3 Hood 02TR3 Tonneau Cover

Moss Quality Hoods For Triumph

As well as manufacturing quality hoods for Triumph, we probably carry thelargest stocks in the UK.To itemise every hood that we stock would take far more than this page, so for each individual model that we cater for, we have shown thestandard hood specification (such as non-zip or zip out window) along withthe type of material that we supply from stock, such as Vinyl, Double Duck,Mohair etc. Our vinyl hoods are made from a material of equal quality tothat used during production.All these listings are for black hoods and tonneau covers, though we cansupply them in a full range of colours - some to special order only. Pleasestate your full requirements when ordering.Note; because we manufacture our own Hoods, we may be able to matchyour own specification and requirements, please contact your local Mossbranch for details.

Moss Hoods For TR’s

IMPORTANT: All these listings are for black hoods. Other colours may beavailable to special order. See pages 210 to 213 for different options.

TR2 Single Window;Vinyl Hood 551863

TR2, TR3 & TR3A To TS28825;(Welded Window Type).(01) Vinyl Hood 703169

Double Duck Hood 703169DDMohair Hood 703169MH

TR3A From TS28826;(Welded Window Type).

Vinyl Hood 704108Mohair Hood 704108MH

TR4;(03) Vinyl Hood 705963Z

Vinyl Hood With Zip Out Window 705963ZWZDouble Duck Hood 705963DDDouble Duck Hood With Zip Out Window 705963ZWDDMohair Hood With Zip Out Window 705963MH

TR4A;Vinyl Hood 572598ZVinyl Hood With Zip Out Window 572598ZWZDouble Duck Hood 572598DDMohair Hood 572598MHMohair Hood With Zip Out Window 572598ZWMH


MOSS TONNEAU COVERS . MOSS TR2, TR3/3A SIDESCREENS . SURREY TOPS

Exterior 23

Comprehensive Service

To Fit or Not to Fit?Although our hoods can be fitted by a competent home mechanic, there are occasions when it is more convenient to have it fitted for you. For fulldetails of the different options we can offer please contact your local Moss branch.

Moss Hood/Stick Stowage Covers

Important: All these listings are for black vinyl covers. Other colours may beavailable to special order.

Hood Stick Cover 3A Type;(04) TR2-TR3A 559444Hood Stowage Cover;(05) TR4A 708722

Moss Tonneau Covers

Important: All these listings are for black tonneau covers, though we cansupply them in a range of colours - some to special order only. See pages210 to 213 for different options. If your vehicle is non-standard (such ashaving a roll bar fitted) we can supply covers to your specification tospecial order.

TR2-TR3A; RHD LHD(02) Vinyl Tonneau 559479 559478

(Less Fittings).TR4/4A, TR5 & TR250;

Vinyl Tonneau 822051 822061(06) Double Duck Tonneau TDT001 TDT004

Mohair Tonneau 822051MH N/A

Moss Sidescreens For TR2, TR3 & TR3A

All these listings are for black sidecreens. They are also available in white.Sidescreens for the TR2 have one-piece fixed window. They have a flappingcurtain with a zip in it to allow access to the door opening mechanism -which was inside the car. The TR3, TR3A to TS2885 were of the samedesign, but had sliding windows. For full details and replacement partsplease refer to page 185.

TR2 - Wedge Type;(Fixed Window, Zipped Curtain).

Sidescreen (RH) 900386BLKSidescreen (LH) 900385BLK

TR3, & TR3A To TS28825 - Wedge Type;(Sliding Window, Zipped Curtain).

Sidescreen (RH) 900683(07) Sidescreen (LH) 900682

TR3A From TS28826 - Dzus Type;(Sliding Window).

Sidescreen (RH) 901287Sidescreen (LH) 901286

TR4 & TR5 Surrey Tops

Our replacement high quality Surrey tops are a must for all TR4 and TR5owners, choose between lightweight aluminium or GRP.For full details of Surrey tops and replacement parts please refer to therestoration section page 214 in this parts catalogue.Surrey Tops;

Aluminium (Lightweight) 903979(08) GRP 566994X

Replacement Parts For Surrey Tops;Pop-In Type Headlining 713149X(Not suitable for original roofs).Perspex Rear Window 902343XSteel Reinforced GRP Rear Frame 566993X

03TR4 Hood 06TR4 Tonneau Cover

05

07TR3 Sidescreens

08TR4 Surrey Top

Care for your Soft Top...See Page 75 for our full range of RenovoHood Care Products.

TR4A Hood Stowage Cover04TR3 Hood Stowage Cover

What can I do to make my TR go faster?

There really isn’t a simple answer to this question...• Do you want higher speeds on the motorway or more mid-range torque? • Do you drive your car fairly hard on a daily basis, or just use it on weekends?• Would you like that little bit more power, or do you want maximum BHP?• Do you just want the car to be quicker through bends?• Then we could ask, have you, or are you going to, upgrade the brakes?• Are your suspension and/or steering bushes/components ok?• Will your transmission and drive train handle more power/speed?• Is your car standard, or has it been previously overhauled/uprated?

On the following pages, you will find a range of quality components that willimprove engine performance, braking, steering and the handling of yourclassic and, if you want to make it a real head turner, complete thetransformation by fitting a set of Alloy wheels. Please Don’t Forget, beforeincreasing the power output and speed of any vehicle, you should ensurethat your brakes, steering, chassis etc can cope with the modifications,and, a Roll Bar is a very sensible investment ... for all open top sports cars.

IMPORTANT Descriptions and Dimensions.As we have no control over installations/modifications, whether previous orcurrent, it is the sole responsibility of the user to ensure safe and correct fitment,tolerances and clearances. Manufacturers/suppliers descriptions and dimensionsare given in good faith at the time of publication. Errors & Omissions Excepted.

Body Panels

We supply a range of replacement Aluminium and fibre-glass panels. Forfull details please refer to page 35

Cooling

Water Cooling.Although the standard radiator is adequate in cooling the TR engine intraffic, the fitting of a Kenlowe Electric Fan has been found to be veryworthwhile, not only to improve cooling but unlike the standard fan it doesnot absorb energy, approx. 3bhp, from the engine.We also supply along with an alternator conversion kit, a narrow fan beltkit suitable for all TR2-TR4A models, for full details refer to page 40.We also stock Aluminium radiators.Engine Oil Cooling.The use of an oil cooler on this engine is probably a very good idea, youonly need to drive the car in normal motorway traffic to see the oil pressuredrop when the engine has been warmed up. The engine was not designedfor use with the modern high viscosity oils now produced.Our oil cooler kits are listed in various styles to suit all needs. The kits aresupplied with ready assembled hoses and mounting brackets. The installationkit can be supplied with a Thermostatic controlled adaptor plate for road carswhich can give you the best control of the oil temperature. We also list spin-on oil filter conversions, with a thermostatic control to use with an oilcooler if preferred.Axle Cooling.If you want to make sure that your rear TR4 IRS axle is getting maximumcooling, then check out our aluminium finned rear diff covers, see page 53.

Ignition System

Note; It is necessary for the car to be set-up on a rolling road to ascertainthe required static timing, to obtain the optimum power.

Standard Distributor.The standard distributor when in good condition, will work quite satis-factorily up to and including fast road spec cam profiles. If replacing, thenalways use the late TR4A advance curve specification for the distributor, orbetter still, our race spec unit that will cope much better with modern fuel.

Ignition System cont...

Electronic Ignition.If you are tired of setting the points, then electronic ignition is the answer,refer to page 38 for full details of the different ignition systems we supply.Lucas Advance Springs.For Lucas distributors, we are able to supply a set of five advance springs,part No. TT1903, so that the advance curve can be tailored to suit your ownrequirements. These are used to restrict the low speed advance curve toreduce the pinking problem.Mallory Distributors.If your vehicle was originally fitted with a Lucas distributor, then you can fitthe track proven Twin Point Mallory distributor.Performance HT Ignition Leads.It makes sense if you have fitted a sports coil, uprated distributor and highgrade spark plugs, to fit high performance silicone or competition plugleads.

Brake System

This is a very important area that must be attended to when carrying outany conversion work. We will continue on the assumption that the brakingsystem is in a working condition and that the brake discs/drums are not‘worn out’ or badly ‘scored’, both of which will affect the possible brakingefficiency. For some models we supply uprated brake pads that can beused with standard calipers and disc as well as complete uprated brakekits. We also stock Finned/Alloy rear brake drums, for 9” brakes.

General Brake Information.When fitting new pads/linings it is essential that they are bedded incorrectly for them to work efficiently and give the best results. Remember,some, but not all brake pads and linings, were made from asbestos; forpersonal safety do not use a brush or air line to remove brake dust, butinstead use a vacuum cleaner or a damp cloth together with a can of brakecleaner. Make sure the dust and/or cloths are disposed of properly.

G E N E R A L N O T E S O N T U N I N G . C O O L I N G S Y S T E M . I G N I T I O N S Y S T E M

Performance& TUNING

24


Steering cont...

Note; If you have solid alloy steering rack mounts - which are essential forcompetition conditions because they minimise rack movement, they do notcompensate, unlike rubber bushes, if the car is heavily kerbed.

Suspension Tuning

When rebuilding or modifying the suspension make sure you check allcomponents for wear.

The recommended order of suspension tuning for TR2 to TR4 models is;The front anti-roll bar, adjustable front shock absorbers and uprated front/rear suspension bushes, then you can tailor the rest of the suspension toyour own requirements.

The order of priority for suspension tuning for TR4A models is;1. Front Anti-Roll Bar2. Rear Springs and Rear Shock Absorbers (or conversion)3. Uprated Suspension Bushes4. Front Shock Absorbers5. Front Springs6. Rear Anti-Roll Bar

TR2/3 & TR4 Front Suspension

Anti Roll Bar.This is essential for a road car to ensure some degree of stability formodern day traffic speeds. The bar helps to maintain the inner wheel incontact with the road when cornering hard, which will make the steeringfeel much more positive whilst also reducing some of the under-steerinherent in this range. The bar is supplied complete with the mountings andbushes. See also pages 138 to 140 in the Restoration section of thiscatalogue for full detailed and illustrated listings. The standard rubber outer link bushes supplied with the front anti roll barare okay for road cars, but for they may need uprating… to hard rubber,polyurethane or Nylatron.Hard Rubber bushes are ideal for fast road use and increase the barstrength by approx. 15%.Polyurethane bushes are the best compromise between standard rubberbushes and nylatron for road going TR’s. They give improved suspensionlocation with greater wear resistance compared to their rubberequivalents and without the transmission of road noise suffered whenfitting Nylatron alternatives. They are naturally self-lubricating.Solid Nylon bushes are more suitable for sprint/competition use where thefirmer control can be adjusted to suit. Strength increase is approx. 25%Front Shock Absorbers.The rate of damping on the shock absorber must be improved - whether ornot you fit uprated road springs. We also supply uprated top shockabsorber bushes, order part number TT30161, that will fit all makes of frontshock absorbers.Refer to page 49 For full details of uprated shock absorbers.Front Springs.The road springs usually require to be improved in rate to suit modern daytraffic speeds and also adjusted in height, depending on requirements. Welist a range of springs to suit most requirements. Note; All TriumphTunesprings Must be used with our standard 2” alloy spring spacer 107682, itmay not be required for lightweight cars, and is not required when fittingstandard springs.Nylatron Bush Kits.The replacing of the inner top Wishbone rubberbush with Nylatron (which is self lubricating) ishighly recommended for improved control and lesssuspension deviation during braking and cornering.

Continued over page...

Brake System cont...

Brake drums and discs also need bedding in on low speed gentle brakingfor about 10 miles; gradually raise the speeds, but maintain the gentlebraking application. Then make 2 to 3 heavy braking applications, whichshould complete the bedding in. We also recommend the fitting of‘stainless steel braided’ hoses that give a firmer brake pedal and lesspressure drop through hose expansion. Complete brake pipe sets are alsoavailable and are supplied ready assembled with unions for easyinstallation. For racing applications the rear brake cylinder may need to bechanged to one with a smaller bore to balance the braking.Uprated Brake Components.There are no uprated pads/linings currently available for the TR3-4 modelswhich use the bolt and clamp plate pad retainers. All later models use thehorizontal pin fitting, of which there two sizes - so beware. We supply uprated front disc brake kits for TR4 & TR4 models, includingTR5/6 type ventilated brakes, and finned alloy 9” rear brake drums, alongwith uprated brake shoes, for TR3-TR4A’s. See page 44 For full details. Forracing applications the rear brake cylinder should be changed for one witha smaller bore.Brake Servo.This is recommended for all cars with single braking system. This uses aremote servo unit which is ‘plumbed’ into the brake line and inlet manifold.The increase in braking efficiency is well worth the cost of this item for aroad car and in some instances can be used for racing applications as well.

Steering

It goes without saying that all steering components/bushes must bethoroughly inspected and replaced as a matter of course if suspect. As wellas stocking Quick Racks for late TR4 & TR4A’s (which have a high ratiopinion giving you lock-to-lock in only 2.5 turns, compared to the standard3.5) that gives you ‘pin point’ steering. We also supply a steering rackconversion for TR3A models that will give 2.6 turns lock-to-lock.


B R A K E S Y S T E M . S T E E R I N G S Y S T E M . F R O N T S U S P E N S I O N S Y S T E M

Performance& TUNING

25

F R O N T S U S P E N S I O N . S H O C K A B S O R B E R S . C H A S S I S S T R E N G T H E N I N G

Performance& TUNING

26

TR2/3 & TR4 Front Suspension cont...

Our Nylatron bush Kits may reduce suspension noise and will make thevertical action much easier therefore making the whole suspension workbetter. The bushes also stop the standard excessive fore and aft movement- which even occurs if brand new standard rubber bushes are fitted. Thesame kit of Nylatron bushes/sleeves/end washers and sealing rings may beused for the upper and lower wishbone points.Top Wishbone.The top arms can be adjusted in length for competition use to attain theNegative camber setting. This is only recommended when the rest of thesuspension tuning/car set up has been done, so that the standard camberangle can be checked and then adjusted to suit. The recommended settingis 0-1 degree negative. Though a far better method would be to use our 1.5negative degree vertical links, part No TT3003, for TR2-4 cars, and to re-shim the lower wishbones on TR4A.Racing.The castor angle on the TR2-4 models prior to CT 6244 is 0 degrees. This isokay for a road car but for maximum roadholding the later type suspensionmay be used which will give the 3 degrees castor angle. This requires theuse of the later 3 degrees Trunnions and Top Wishbones plus the requiredfittings and top ball joints.Camber.The standard camber angle is set at 2 degree Positive, when fitting loweredsprings this will be reduced to 0-1 degree positive and, depending onwheels and tyres this should be reduced to 1 degree negative as a normalmaximum. Again, TT3003 negative links may assist here.Note: When used with lowered springs it is essential to check the bumpstops for adequate clearance so as to alleviate any ‘bump steer’ whencornering hard.

TR4A Front Suspension

Front Anti Roll Bar.The TR suspension design needs the assistance of the front anti-roll bar tomaintain the inner front wheel in contact with the ground road whencornering with any verve.TR4A models were not fitted with a front anti-roll bar as standard, so aninstallation kit is required.The outer bar mounting point rubbers can be changed for stronger rubber or solid nylatron. These are usually only required for competitionuse, where the fine adjustment of anti-roll bar tension can set-up the car correctly for the best roadholding, but may also be used to fine-tuneroad cars.Front Shock Absorbers.When you fit uprated springs it is essential that you also fit adjustabledampers. We also supply uprated top shock absorber bushes - order partnumber TT30161.Refer to page 49 For full details of uprated shock absorbers.Front Springs.The standard specification springs were designed primarily for the USAmarket. For the average enthusiast the rate needs to be increased to stopfront end floating at modern day speeds and the height may need to bereduced to improve the roll centre of the car.Before altering the car, measure the fitted height of the front and rearsprings. This will allow you to compare the figures and make the rightchoice for the height of the new springs, as the lengths we list are for newNew springs. Remember that a change of tyre size, 185/70 to 195/60 etc...and wheel width will also change the ground clearance.If you are still unsure please write/phone for assistance, quoting yourstandard fitted heights.For all applications we recommend that the car is set-up so that it is level,both for appearance and for road holding.Racing.For recommendations see page 47.

TR4A Front Suspension

We have re-manufactured the special ChurchillSpring Compressor tool, part No. GAC5076 - whichcan also be used for fitting new camshaft bearings.

Front Chassis Strengtheners.The inner front mounting bracket tends to be a weakpoint on the suspension design. We have thereforeproduced supporting brackets for welding intoposition. Order Part Numbers TT3259R and TT3259L.These were fitted as standard on late ‘73 and futureTR6 models.For competition use, the actual brackets must also bechecked over regularly for fracturing and damage.This is also necessary if a road car is kerbed heavily.Inner Fulcrum.The inner pivot bracket on most cars, originally used only one stud forattachment to the chassis mounting bracket. This may have beenadequate for a road car in the 1960’s, but if wide tyre/wheels are beingused, then it is recommended that the extra bolt is fitted to the pivotbracket. When fitting make sure that the new bolt head will clear thewishbone arm when installed. Note; all our new inner fulcrum brackets areof the 2 bolt fixing type, part No. 148691.Bushes.For all fast road or competition cars the inner bushes should ideally bereplaced with the Nylatron bush kit, as these give improved suspensionaction as well as vastly improved location. The bush set allows easiervertical movement which will improve suspension action whilst eliminatingfore-aft float, which occurs with the standard rubber set-up. Thesuspension may be a little noisier in it’s operation.Top Wishbone.These can be shortened for competition use, so as to induce moreNegative camber, depending on the type of front springs used. The fittedheight of the spring will also affect the amount of camber, so this can onlybe adjusted once the car is back on it’s wheels and fully loaded, the camberis then measured and adjusted as necessary. The optimum for racing useis 0-1 degree negative. The best way to achieve the desired camber is tosimply add shims to the lower inner pivot.

TR2/3 & TR4 Rear Suspension

The rear suspension only needs slight alterations to make the car handle well.Rear Anti Roll Bar.The use of this type of bar improves rear end stability, so that ride is not impaired.The fitting of the bar is fiddly but worthwhile. If used with round silencersystem, TT5001-TR2-3-3A, then the exhaust will need to be dropped slightlyfor the bar to be dropped slightly for the bar to be installed. The roll bar ratecan be adjusted with bushes, and should be adjusted for ‘balance’ againstthe front end with the bushes.

Rear Shock Absorbers.If you prefer to retain your lever arm units, we stock 25% uprated units, or, youcould fit one of our Telescopic Conversion kits. See page 48 For full details.



R E A R S U S P E N S I O N . A N T I - R O L L B A R S . C O I L S P R I N G S . W H E E L S & T Y R E S

Performance& TUNING

27

TR2/3 & TR4 Rear Suspension cont...

Rear Shock Absorber Conversion.Specially designed for the TR range, our telescopic conversion kits willgive you a far better shocker action and improved ride. The units are adjustable and allow the damping action to be made to suit yourneeds/car. The design allows the axle to be located better to stop spring ‘windup’ and as well as giving a better damping action. The conversion brackets areavailable to suit the TR3/3A and TR4 models.On the TR2/3 models with sloping rear floor there may be some internalmodifications necessary to clear the brackets, on all other models thebrackets are a direct fitment. The bracket fitted to the axle is clamped intoposition but does require one part to be welded into place for extra strength.Rear Leaf Spring.The leaf spring is available in standard, lowered or uprated specification.The lowered spring is recommended for fast road competition cars as itgives the rear-end pliability which is required for the best road holding.Early Models.For cars prior to 1962 where a flat type of spring and no spacer is used, usethe lowered spring, or for full race, use the competition spring, but if the caris very light then this will require setting to suit your application,alternatively, use the single leaf type spring.Late Models.The late models, from CT2333, are fitted with a longer spring and a spacerbelow the axle. This type does give a better ride but allows more axle wind-up, again for fast road use the lowered spring is required, but forcompetition use the early spring and a telescopic kit would be essential. Tocontrol the wind-up problems on this range, it is recommended that thetelescopic kit is used, as the standard lever-arms would not cope.Bushes: Replacement Nylatron bushes are available for the rear of the leafspring and used on the front of the spring locator kit, which allows thespring to move in a vertical direction, but will restrict the side waysdeflection that creates rear end steering.

TR4A Rear Suspension

Rear Anti Roll Bar.The rear roll bar is recommended for all fast road cars, where the actionwill improve the road holding substantially. The design allows the bar tooperate progressively, so that it does not make the car twitchy.For racing the use of the bar will depend on your own set-up and may needexperiments to be carried out, to determine the right combination to suityour own driving. Variations include the use of outer locator cones, TT3906,which improve the fitting to the rear trailing arm and also harder bushes.Lever Arm Rear Shock Absorbers.The lever arm unit can be supplied in two forms for road and racing. Wecan supply brand new or reconditioned exchange 25% road uprated units.The racing units have the damper setting increased by 50% and are basedon NEW units.

TR4A Rear Suspension cont...

Rear Shock Absorbers Telescopic Conversion.Our conversion kits enable modern adjustable telescopic units to be easilyinstalled on the car. This conversion not only gives you a much smootherride, but also allows far better location for fast road (and competitionwhere rules allow its use), allowing you to fine-tune and balance the car toyour requirements. See page 48.Rear Coil Springs.Here we have a mine field there are so many variables. Standard springs arelisted on page 146 but most owners will know that there are very few TR’s thatend up at the same fitted height. The standard springs tend to sag very easily,so again it is essential for you to measure the spring when it is fitted on thecar, IE car in normal running condition as on the road/track. For our full rangeof uprated springs and fitting recommendations please refer to page 50.Mounting Brackets.The trailing arm is mounted via four brackets to the chassis, these are inpairs, inner and outer. The fitment on the model range is listed here,identified by the notches in the bracket;

Inner OuterTR4A/TR5 & Early TR6 1 Notch 2 NotchTR6 Late Models 3 Notch 1 Notch

The late models had the 3 notch bracket fitted so that the Camber can bemaintained at 0 degrees, with the longer standard springs. When fitting theshorter springs it is possible to alter the brackets so as to maintain thecamber angle at 0-2 degrees negative. The actual combination may varyfrom above, so it may require you to install the rear spring first, checkcamber and then adjust if necessary. Normally this is not essential for roadcars, unless using the low race springs. It is important that these bracketsare fitted the correct way onto the car as this will alter the camber and‘drive-ability of the car.Trailing Arm Bushes.The rubber bush fitted to the trailing arm needs to be stronger - to copewith the improved power, by reducing rear end steerage. We have had theTT3266 specially manufactured in Polyurethane with a stepped centresleeve to stop the bush splitting when under extreme loads.This modification is very well worthwhile on pure road cars such is theimprovement ‘back end’ location.

Wheels & Tyres

These can obviously alter the overall gearing considerably, so it is animportant feature of any intended conversion. Again some applied thoughtbefore you start may save you time and money later on. With the availabilityof modern high grip, and mostly low profile tyres, this area will probablymake more difference than any other single alteration to the overallperformance of the TR.Here we show the, normal, recommendations/combinations for fitting largerwheels and tyres. This is not a definitive list as your particular requirementsmay include major suspension/body modifications.Wheels.

Standard Road/Sprint RacingModel Wheel Size Wheel Size Wheel SizeTR4/4A 4 or 4.5” 4 To 4.5” 5.5 To 6”

Tyres.The range of tyres available now is considerable, so we are not in a positionto recommend any particular brand over another. However, the size that youuse is also important not only as it alters the overall gearing but also the rideheight and weight of the steering. This chart can beused a rough guide for virtually any car.

Size/Profile 80 70 6013” 155 165 18514” 165 185 20515” 165 185 205

C L U T C H S Y S T E M . F LY W H E E L . G E A R B O X R AT I O S . U P R AT E D L AY G E A R S

Performance& TUNING

28

Transmission

Clutch System TR2 To TR4.The spring type of clutch used on these models can be retained, but it ispreferable to convert to the diaphragm type - which is quite simple.The 4A type of diaphragm clutch will accept far more power and seriouslyreduces reciprocating weight - freeing up valuable Bhp. The parts requiredare the cover, plate, release bearing and the TR4A clutch sleeve, bearingcarrier. The existing flywheel can then be re-drilled, which Moss can do foryou, to suit the clutch cover. Why not lighten the flywheel at the same time?Clutch System TR4A.The standard cover is adequate for a road modified car but if the car isrequired for mild competition work, then the uprated road cover is ideal.This is slightly heavier to operate, but still enables the clutch to be held forroad use. For full competition work the race cover is essential, but this isstrictly an in/out operation, unless you have very strong leg muscles!Uprated Clutch.These components are built specially for fast road/sport or full competitionuse, and are not recommended for pure road cars.Clutch Plate.The Diaphragm clutch plate for the standard TR gearbox uses a 11/4”diameter input shaft. This and other plates are available. See page 51 forfull range and details.Dog Clutch.We supply a set of gears and hubs convert your TR4 gearbox to dogengagement, which permit clutch-less fast gear changes. If you have toask what a dog clutch gearbox is, you probably don’t need one. This a purefull race application. Refer to page 51 For details.Flywheel.There were many design differences during the life of the TR engine, andthe flywheel may have been swapped around during the many rebuilds.The standard flywheel on the TR3 was the lightest produced with the TR4A being the heaviest, approx. 31lbs. We also supply brand new steelflywheels, weighing 9lbs/4kgs that are primarily for competition use whereimproved weight reduction can be fully used, but can be used on fast roadcars. Refer to page 51 For details.IMPORTANT: The Flywheel and Ring gear MUST be matched to the startermotor. See page 39 For our range of High-Torque Geared starters.

Gearbox Ratios

The input shaft on TR 4A/5/6 gearboxes is 10 spline x 1.25”.The input shaft on 2000 Saloons and Sprints gearboxes is 10 spline x 1.00.

Gear Ratios Are As Follows; 1st 2nd 3rd 4th O/DriveTR3B, TR4, TR4A, TR5& Early TR6 3.14 2.10 1.39 1.00 0.797Late TR6 2.99 2.10 1.39 1.00 N/AClose Ratio (TT2210 Set) 2.19 1.57 1.23 1.00 N/A

And just in case you have one of these models; 2000/2500 Saloon andDolomite Sprint (Standard) models use the same ratios as listed for TRboxes, depending on the year of manufacture of the individual gearbox.

Close Ratio Gear Sets. We stock close ratio gear sets that are suitable for all Triumph gearboxes withneedle roller constant pinion bearings, including 2000 but not Stag or Sprint.Close ratio gears are not recommended to be used with 3.7:1 ratio or higher. Forlower diff ratios for all axles using 3/8” crown wheel fixing bolts) pleaserefer to restoration section. If you want to keep the engine on Cam then thisgear set is the answer, see page 52.Wide Ratio Gear Sets. Unfortunately due to manufacturing restrictions, we are unable to supplythis product.

Gearbox Ratios cont...

Uprated Lay Gears.Since its introduction in 1961, the Achilles’ heel of the 4 speed synchro-mesh gearbox - as fitted to TR4/6, Dolomite Sprints and the Big Triumphsaloons, was the laygear and layshaft.Moss uprated laygears come withbearings pre-fitted, ready to install, with no modifications needed. Seepage 52 for details.

5-Speed Gearbox Conversion.Our precision engineered 5 speed gearbox conversion kits includeeverything you need, including a gearbox unit, to convert your classic to5 speed. See page 53.

Uprated Overdrive.We may be able to uprate your own overdrive if the unit is in goodcondition. See page 53. Strongly recommended for competition use. Pleaseask your local Moss branch for full details.

Axle Ratios

The easiest way of altering the acceleration or cruising speed, is to changethe axle ratio, either as a unit or crown wheel and pinion. Due to the manyproduction variations on the same model range some of these ratioscannot be fitted directly.The higher the numeric value of the ratio - the lower the gearing ie. lowertop speed for the same RPM.The chart here covers the range of ratio’s that have been available to suitthe TR4A.When changing the diff’ ratio, please think of the overall effect to your cars performance, including the selection of the road wheel and tyres,especially regarding 50/55/60 aspect tyres, and the ability of your engine topull maximum rev’s is also an important factor.

Diff’ Ratios.3.45:1 - 3.70:1 - 4.1:1 - 4.3:1* - 4.55:1 - 4.875:1

Limited Slip Differential Unit (LSD).Limited slip differentials allow maximum drive to the wheels giving moregrip under hard acceleration and cornering. Safety with Performance.Please Don’t Forget, before increasing the power output and speed of anyvehicle, you should ensure that your brakes, steering, chassis etc can copewith the modifications, and, a Roll Bar is a very sensible investment... for allopen top sports cars.



E X H A U S T S Y S T E M . K & N S P O R T S A I R F I LT E R S . S U C A R B U R E T T O R S

Performance& TUNING

29

General Guides To Engine Tuning

Tuning The TR Engine.The TR engine can be made to produce good reliable powerfor a road car within the normal mans budget.Special Note: Low Port Heads.For the TR2 models fitted with this type of cylinder head, thebasic unit must be checked over carefully, as the central alloycore plug tends to rise and cause early failure.Low port cylinder heads don’t necessarily mean low power,however, on high performance big bore engines it would be a large handicap.Engine Balancing.With all Triumph engines engine balancing is essential, both ingeneral rebuild or competition use. The rotating componentsare all balanced to reduce any engine vibrations in twooperations. The crankshaft, flywheel, and clutch cover arestage balanced The connecting rods are end balanced andthe pistons are then balanced to each other with the con-rodsallocated. The end result is that the vibration point usually feltat 2500 - 3400 rpm is removed or reduced to insignificant levels.

The Stages of Tuning.The correct order for engine performance improvement is as follows,which is not the same for all other engine designs.A) Balance the flywheel and fit a diaphragm clutch.B) Use larger pistons/Liners.C) Fit a tubular extractor manifold and sports exhaust system. Replace youroriginal air filters with K&N sports filters and fit carburettor needles to suit.D) Fit a gas-flowed cylinder head with standard size TriumphTune(stainlesssteel) flowed exhaust valves.Install a mild camshaft, change carburettorneedles and fit a modified distributor.E) Use a gas-flowed head with large TriumphTune, stainless steel, inletvalves and standard TriumphTune, stainless steel, flowed exhaust valves.Install a hotter cam, up to sprint, modified distributor or a race distributor.An option you have her is to fit Twin Choke carburettors.F) Big-bore exhaust manifold and exhaust system, gas-flowed head as per(E) but with serious work on the ports and large inlet and exhaust valves.Use a serious camshaft, up to full race, fit a race spec distributor and twinchoke carburettors.For all illustrations where an electric fan is fitted, we recommend you fit a damped narrow belt crankshaft pulley kit, part No TT1132, which, withbalancing, practically eliminates the classic 4 cylinder TR brokencrankshaft problem.For those who wish to retain the fan hub extension and 4 bladed fan and,are happy to exceed 4000rpm, you can use our narrow fan belt kit TT1132A.Then there is the Rocker Gear… We supply a Roller Rocker conversion,which is the ultimate solution to traditional rocker gear vagaries; ie. Everyproblem is eradicated. NOTE; when installing Roller Rockers the push rodlength must be correct!And Finally. The Crankshaft. For all applications we strongly recommendyou fit our rear lip oil seal conversion, TT1032, see page 61. Note; All Mossengines and our Billet crankshafts, are fitted with this conversion.The engine can be improved easily, but don’t forget to look at the rest of thecar to make sure that the road holding/braking is going to be adequate tocope with the new performance.

Exhaust System

Sports Exhaust Manifold.The fitting of an extractor manifold is the first step to improve power outputon these models. They improve exhaust gas flow allowing the engine tobreathe far more efficiently - unlike the restrictive basic unit.Our large bore 4-2-1 design tubular manifolds are produced using mandrillbending equipment to give full diameter pipe bends.

Exhaust System cont...

The four branch design we use will fit with all the standard starter motorcombinations, although they may be a tight fit in some cases. There is anoption on the primary pipe size, Large Primary pipes are competitionspecification only, they do NOT work on engines with less than 89mm bores.

Sports Exhaust System.All our TriumphTune exhaust systems are of the straight through design forthe efficient extraction of gases with optimum back pressure for maximumperformance. All systems are supplied with clips and mountings.They are based on the 24” round silencer which will give good flow withoutexcessive boom inside the car, also this type of silencer will reduce thestandard TR drain pipe sounding exhaust note. The system is available inmild steel and stainless steel.NOTE: We are continually developing our sports exhaust systems, sospecifications may change.

K&N Sports Air Filters

K&N filters - with their advanced filtration system, are acknowledged asbeing one of the most efficient air filters in production, and are essential forfast road and competition work. They use the suspended oil system offiltering that allows the engine to breathe properly.For any car requiring maximum performance then use the deep type offilter, as this will be quieter and more efficient, KN56-9098, use the offsettype for TR2-3A models. Check that you have sufficient clearance to thefront wheel arch. The elements must be cleaned and re-oiled, normallyafter approx. 12 to 15000 miles, using the correct fluids or they will clog upimpairing breathing.

Speedograph Sports Air Filters

We can also supply the chrome pancake type Speedograph filter for thosewho prefer the classic style filter and are not worried too much aboutefficiency. Use the offset type for TR2-3a models. These are not suitable forcompetition specification engines.

Carburation

SU Carburettors.If maximum power from SU’s is required, there have been a number ofarticles, see Books & Manuals, about how to flow these Carburettors and,if followed carefully, will allow them to perform much better at high RPM.Early TR2 models were fitted with H4’s, 1 1/4” these will have to be changedto the larger type. Most TR models are fitted with the larger SU H6 or HS6,this size can be retained if SU’s are to be used, though there is now a trendto fit 2” units on competition cars.The HS6 carburettors although having the same flanges as the H6 are madewith a smaller Tract length, that is, the distance from flange to damper unit.This means that the H6 inlet manifold must also be changed if upgrading tolater HS6 units, use the TR4A manifold.There is no major performance difference between H6 or HS6, the onlychange is to the choke mechanism, and the availability of spares.Basic Needle Chart For SU & Stromberg Carb’s.Here is a range of suggested needles that can be used as a guide to findingthe right component to suit your specification.

H6 Or HS6 H6 Or HS6 H6 Or HS6 175 CDFixed Type Fixed Type Biased Type Fixed Type83mm 86/87mm 86/87mm 86/87mm

Weak RF CIW N/A N/AStandard SM TW BAB 2ASlightly Richer RH SM BAE 2EUse With PlusPac B RG SM BAM 2DRicher/Race RB RH N/A N/A

CARBURATION . MANIFOLDS . CYLINDER LINERS . P ISTONS . CRANKSHAFTS

Performance& TUNING

30

Carburation cont...

HS6 SU Carburettor Needles.For specific use of alternative needles please refer to Page 57 in this tuningsection.

SU Carburettor Grose Jets.Grose-Jets, with their modern technology, don’t stick open like the oldneedle and valve units. Jets are sold individually.

SU Carburettor Waxstat Jets.If you have a vehicle fitted with SU carbs that use the Waxstat jets, thenhere is the answer to your prayers.Waxstat jets can give problems in hot weather/town use as they tend to‘weaken off’ the mixture too much when hot and don’t allow a good idle,this can be corrected in by installing our conversion kit, TT1459, to normalfixed jets which will cure the problem.

Stromberg Carburettors.Due to the demise of the Zenith factory in England, spares availability isgetting more and more difficult, so the chance of maintaining these inserviceable condition is very small.Therefore, we would recommend that these are replaced with the SU HS6carburettors, the same inlet manifold is retained.

Twin Choke Carburettor Conversion.Weber DCOE - Dellorto DHLA.This conversion is normally recommended for modified engines, as theimproved flow will allow these more efficient carburettor designs to workbetter. The carburettors can either be the Weber or Dellorto.We recommend the following sizes;‘40’s are for a mild road car using standard or road camshaft.‘45’ are for most applications where the full potential can be realised,especially in the mid to top end of the power curve. For listings and jetsettings please refer to page 58. Please also read very carefully ourPlusPac stage tuning guide on page 65.

DCOE & DHLA Inlet Manifolds.The TriumphTune inlet manifolds have been specially manufactured so thatthe longer tract length is ideal for all-round performance and not just purelyat the Top- end.The manifolds, which are supplied complete with studs, nuts and sealingplates, are made for easy installation and use a near horizontal carburettorfitting, and will fit comfortably under the bonnets of all 4 cylinder TR’s.

Air Filters for DCOE & DHLA.K&N filters can be fitted with the TriumphTune set-upon TR2-3-3A. Due tothe restriction on the front inner wheel arch use the KN56-9104 filter with amaximum of 16mm ram pipes.TR4-4A can use the deeper filter, KN56-9265 with either the 26 or 39mm rampipes. The deep type can also be fitted to early models if the wheel arch ismade to clear them, which will require some modification to the bodywork.

Linkage.We have a range of alternatives here to suit your own requirements. TheTriumphTune inlets are made with support posts cast into position whichcan carry the cross bar linkage for either of the following:

Rod: This uses the standard rod linkage from the bulkhead and then replacesthe ball joints etc to suit the new carburettors. The butterfly’s are operatedvia the cross bar and separate ball joint links to each carburettor.

Cable RHD: This is an improved system as it removes the worn linkage andreplaces it with a single cable, again using the bell crank and cross barlinkage to operate the carburettors.Cable LHD: For Left Hand Drive models this kit includes a new throttle pedalas well as the RHD cable components.

Carburation cont...

Twin Cable Conversion: This can be used where a new throttlepedal is fitted to the bulkhead and aligned with standardbrake/clutch pedals. The standard linkage kits (see page 58) areused for the bell-crank operation. The lever will require anextension to be welded into position to enable the carburettorsto be coupled.Note: Under carb’ linkage is NOT recommended due to theproximity of the exhaust manifold. Remember; Race Scrutineersprefer cable linkage. You Have Been Warned.

Engine Modifications

See also; General Engine Preparation on page 32 at the end ofthis section.

Cylinder Block.Apart from general preparation such as making sure that oil andwaterways are clear, you will also need to check and replace the camshaftbearings and rear cam core plug. The front bearing must also be checkedand usually needs to be replaced. We have a special tool, GAC5076, that wehave re-manufactured that can be used for fitting the cam bearings.

Cylinder Liners.When used with standard size valves no special work is required. But iflarge inlet valves are being fitted then modifications to the top edge arerecommended. The top edge of the liner, up to 87 mm size, will require to berelieved immediately below the inlet valve, so as to allow adequate gasflow. To carry out these modifications fit liners to block, smear some greasearound the top edge of each liner, install cylinder head, no gasket, andtighten down to 50 lbs. This will then leave a shaped area which requires tobe chamfered as follows. The liner must be reshaped/angled not deeperthan 3/32” above the top piston ring and angled at about 45 degrees. Note;not necessary for 89mm or larger bore size.When fitting liners make sure that the lower seals are fitted to cleansurfaces and once fitted it is recommended that retainers are always usedwith the head studs, to ensure that the liner cannot rise or move whilst thehead is not in place.When the very large sizes are being used, as below, the liner is not alwaysa direct fitment and may require careful machining work.

Pistons.For a road car we would suggest the use of the 87 mm size as being thebest all-round alternative. There are now larger sizes, 89mm and 92 mm,available, but these require specialised assembly to ensure some degreeof reliability.Pistons can be radiused on the lower edges to assist in reducing boreproblems, also the whole unit can be polished after ensuring that theheights have been equalised.They should be Decked. ie. Installed height matched to ensure correct andadequate clearance and balanced CC volumes.

Crankshaft.The standard component is perfectly suitable for road or competition workunless the ultimate in cubic capacity is required, where a special Steelbillet, balanced, crankshaft may be supplied. See page 61.The original spec crankshaft must always be balanced.If you are re-using your old crankshaft it is recommended for the oilways tobe cleaned out properly - a pipe cleaner is very good for this. If the plugsare removed use a thread sealant when refitting. Tuftride hardening of thecrankshaft is highly recommended to improve the life of the unit at areasonable cost, this can be for road or competition use. When Tuftridingis carried out, the crankshaft must then be re-machined or polished back tothe correct journal size.Normally the journals are micro polished to give a good oil surface.



C Y L I N D E R H E A D . VA LV E G U I D E S . VA LV E S P R I N G S . R O C K E R S H A F T

Performance& TUNING

31

Engine Modifications cont...

For competition work, as well as tuftriding, undercut the front main bearingto the web to approx. 5mm radius - similar to the rear one.Oil Seal; For all applications we strongly recommend you fit our rear lip oilseal conversion, TT1032, see page 61. Note; All Moss engines and our Billetcrankshafts are fitted with this conversion.

Crankshaft Pulley.We offer narrow belt 2 pulley conversion kits, along with an alternatorconversion kit. A very worthwhile investment for a road car if a completeengine rebuild is being carried out. For details of these kits please refer topage 40.

Cylinder Head.Moss High Port Cylinder Heads, Aluminium and Cast Iron, TR3/TR4.Working to original drawings, our Brand New cylinder heads are designed,as closely as possible, to resemble the original late TR4/4A units. See page59 for full details.

Modifying Standard Heads.Extensive work must be carried out to the valve throats and chambers toget the best flow from these cylinder heads. The condition of the old unitsis now a major problem, in that the way some have been repairedpreviously makes it difficult to carry out the specified modification. So insome cases, we may fit larger valves to a stage II head rather than fit seatinserts, this we cannot help as it is a case of keeping the heads incirculation, rather than scrapping the units.Stage II. modifications normally include the reshaping of standard valves,flowing the ports, throats and slight reshaping of the chamber. The upratedsprings and standard guides are then fitted.Stage Ill. uses large inlet valves, much more work to valve throats andchambers. Supplied with new valves, alloy valve caps, springs and guides.This type is recommended for road or sprint use.Stage IV. is for maximum power when Weber or Dellorto carburettors areused for road or competition use, this has the larger inlet and exhaustvalves.Compression ratio is to your own requirements depending on the countryand the application. We normally suggest that the 9.75:1 ratio is used forroad type cars and for competition use, up to 11.0:1 is required.All work is now carried out to your own unit and the modification will dependon the condition of the component when we inspect it at our works.NOTE: The required compression ratio must be stated in writing at the timeof ordering.

Valves.The shape of the standard valve restricts the flow through the seat areasubstantially, especially if fitted low in the head - due to previous repairsout of necessity. TriumphTune competition valves use a much slimmerdesign for vastly improved flow and extended life. The material we use,EN21-4, is one of the hardest available for valve application.

Engine Modifications cont...

Head Gaskets.There are two main types of gasket used on this range.The standard copper and asbestos composite type which is perfectlysuitable for all road applications up to 87 mm. See page 60.The shim Steel type is for higher compression engines, by a reduction to0.020” in installed thickness, and also enables the size of the bores to beopened out to suit race type cylinder head modifications with increasedchamber sizes up to 92mm. See page 60.

Bronze Valve Guides.Our ‘bronze alloy’ valve guides are for improved reliability and longer life,especially when being used under duress. Highly recommended for allheads and especially for any competition engine.There are two sizes of exhaust guide used in the TR’s life, all inlets are thesame size and diameter.TR2-4 models, standard, used a larger diameter exhaust valve stem andguide. Whereas, the TR4A models were fitted with a standard diameterexhaust valve of 5/16” stem size. Over the years this has also been retrofitted to some early cars by the use of a conversion guide, large outerdiameter with standard internal diameter.All our TriumphTune valves are of the standard diameter, 5/16” and we usethe conversion guide for the early heads. The heads are normally producedwith the standard iron guide, we recommend the bronze-alloy type for allapplications, but the choice is yours.

Valve Springs.The standard valve spring rates are not suitable for any sensibleperformance work. We supply road uprated springs to suit either the TR2-4 models, with three springs on the exhaust valve - when used withTriumphTune exhaust valves, the 3rd external spring may be discarded, orthe TR4A which are smaller diameter, twin springs.For any road car we suggest that the 4A type are used for all applications,as the design is better with improved reliability. For early models the TT1116alloy valve cap will convert these to the 4A style diameter.For competition use, we also have a set of stronger springs, TT1108, whichwill allow 7000 rpm, even if the crank may not!These are very worthwhile for any serious competition use or with thehigher lift camshaft profiles.It is essential to check the springs for coil binding or being solid atmaximum lift.Our TriumphTune valve springs are specially made for our high-lift cams.

Alloy Valve Spring Caps.Standard caps are adequate in strength for all applications - includingcompetition, but our TriumphTune TR4A Light alloy caps reduce valve loading,and therefore wear on cam lobes. Although stronger, weight saving isapproximately 25% - allowing the engine to rev more freely.

Rocker Shaft.Although the standard rocker shaft is strong enough for most applications,the Tuftride hardening process will provide improved reliability as well asbeing less resistant to wear. Before installation clear the internal bore ofany residual material and install new end Caps.We Recommend you use our supported alloy rocker pedestal set, 112545X, seepage 91, for any application using camshafts above sprint specification.

Rocker Gear & Arms.By reducing the weight of the moving components inthe rocker gear, followers, valves, caps etc. and alsothe resistance of the rockers, the rev range can beimproved without increasing the loading on thecamshaft.Check the rocker geometry after fitting an upratedcamshaft and/or modified cylinder head.

Rocker Arm Action

The rocker arm is designed to move across the valve tip in a wiping motion,this leaves a witness mark on the stem top. To be certain your enginegeometry is correct, remove the rocker arm and apply some Engineers blueto the valve tip and rotate the engine through one revolution with therockers correctly adjusted and the engine in its final specification. Removethe rockers and the valve tip will show the offset of the rocker geometry.

Centre.This is correct equally offset, so no excessive wear on either side of theguide will be found.

Manifold Side.If the mark is predominantly on this side, then the push rods and/or thepedestals must be shortened to correct this. With the wear on this sidethere will be excessive loading on the valve guide that will causepremature failure.

Rocker Side.If it is to this side slightly, then this is no problem. But, if it is a along way off, then you can fit a pedestal spacer shim, TT1910, see page 61, tocompensate, or alternatively, fit longer push rods.

Rocker Arm Lightening.For race engines, these can be reshaped as illustrated to improve thestrength and reduce the weight. As this work is very labour intensive wewould suggest that you carry out these alterations yourself.

Remove the shaded areas to lighten standardrockers, its also useful to polish them.

Rocker Arm Spacers.These are a set of three spacers whichreplace the standard springs between therocker arms on the shaft. The springs exertsubstantial side loading on the rockers to ensure they are correctlypositioned to the valves. The spacers are designed so that the rockers canrevolve without any side loading and therefore less restrictions. Thespacers may require some machining work to ensure that the positions arecorrect. They help retain oil where its needed and add stiffness.A very effective and inexpensive modification.

Rocker Pedestal Shims, TT1910.These are available at a set depth to allow for a nominal skim of thecylinder head. The shim is specially designed to allow for the oil supply tothe rear rocker pedestal.Also use when fitting performance High Lift camshaft.

C Y L I N D E R H E A D & C O M P O N E N T S . VA LV E S . G U I D E S . R O C K E R G E A R

Performance& TUNING

32

Rocker Arm Action cont...

Roller Rocker Conversion, TT1048.Don’t forget, we supply a Roller Rocker conversion, which is the ultimatesolution to traditional rocker gear vagaries; ie. Every problem is eradicated.NOTE; when installing Roller Rockers the push rod length must be correct!

High Pressure External Rocker Oil Feed Kit, TT1026.The cause of most failures in the rocker gear is the lack of oil, this kit willovercome the problem for all cars, road or race. This specially designedhigh pressure external rocker oil feed kit improves oil pressure at therocker shaft by giving a constant oil supply directly from the cylinder headoil passage.

Push Rods.The standard push rod is adequate for road use, however, we wouldrecommend using tubular type for sprint/racing.We offer the Tubular steel push rod for standard or high compressioncylinder heads. The push rods have machined ends and are press fitted tothe tubular bar, so that they can be amended in length to suit individualrequirements if necessary. On fitting check the rocker geometry. SeeRocker Arm Action opposite.

Camshafts.For detailed listings and specification/use, please refer to pages 62/63.

Lightened and Hardened Cam Followers.When changing the camshaft, you must fit new cam followers, otherwiseyour new cam will not last very long. The amount of weight that thecamshaft has to lift each time restricts the revving capabilities of theengine, therefore the use of our lighter cam follower, TT1009, is stronglyrecommended. The lighter variety will also reduce loading on the camshaftlobes for extended life. The length is only slightly reduced to enable thehigh ride thrust of modern high lift camshafts to be coped with.Oil drilled for extra cam lobe lubrication.

General Engine Preparation

When carrying out any engine rebuild, it is very important to use anaccurate workshop manual, this should be a genuine version as these tendto give the various model changes and the correct torque settings.When building any engine, the only correct way is to make sure that thearea being used for assembly is clean, not to mention the componentsthemselves prior to assembly, so that there is no chance of unwanted bitsgetting into the engine. If you are not sure of the correct assemblyprocedure, follow the workshop manual closely.Full engine preparation will include some or all of the following modifica-tions, depending on your own requirements.Here we shown some formulae which are useful when modifying an engine.

Swept Volume = πr2h = 3.142 x (1/2 bore diameter) 2 x strokeCubic Capacity = swept volume x no. of cylindersCompression Ratio = swept volume (divide by sign here) chamber volumechamber volume where chamber volume includes gasket, piston (if dished)and amount of deck height as well.All dimensions should be in centimetres, though of course inches are amore popular measurement in the USA.

Cylinder Block & Components

The block must be cleaned thoroughly before any machining work iscarried out and then again afterwards. The cleaning should cover theoilways and waterways to make sure that the fluids will flow correctly.

Oilways.The cleaning of the oilways will require the removal of the screwed plugsin the engine block and when re-assembling use a suitable thread sealant.


Pedestal Shim - TT1910.

Note: Do Not use lower spring collars with the innersprings when fitting TriumphTune valve springs.

Alternatively use TriumphTuneshortened push rods.

Clearance of 0.09”needed here.

Central hole to suitoil pick-up.

1” Strip toincreasecapacity.

Upper Plate.

Lower Plate.


C Y L I N D E R B L O C K & C O M P O N E N T S . P I S T O N S . C A M F O L L O W E R S . S U M P

Performance& TUNING

33

Cylinder Block & Components cont...

The machining left-overs or fazes, need to be removed whilst this work iscarried out.

Waterways.Make sure that all deposits are removed to ensure adequate water flow,this is essential if larger capacity is being used. This often requires hammerand chisel work around No. 4 liner area.

Cylinder Bores.When carrying out re-boring work make sure that the piston supplier’srecommendations are complied with, though new liners are usually a lessexpensive option.

Main Bearing Caps.The standard cap does not normally require any change although the‘smoothing’ of the surface will tend to strengthen the unit.Polish, smooth and shot-peen the caps to relieve surface stress andreshape to give a uniform cross section.It is possible - especially for racing use, to increase the oil supply to thecentre main as this in turn supplies the con-rods. Drill out the feed hole to5/16”, entry is made from oil gallery end. The distributor bush will alsorequire removal. Ensure all oil ways are clear not only of deposits, but alsoof excess swarf from production machining.

Oil Pump.Always use a new oil pump or rotor assembly and preferably improve it’scapacity - especially for competition work, by carrying out the following;Reduce the end float of the spindle/base plate, this will then restrictpressure loss.Make sure that the rotor clearances are as small as possible, as again thiswill improve the pumps performance.Always check that the rotor edges are smooth to reduce the chances ofthem picking up on the top or bottom plates.Check that the new pump outlet aligns with the cylinder block inletaperture, amend as necessary.

Oil Pressure Relief Valve.The valve itself is recommended to be seated into the block, so that the oilwill not leak past easily. The spring pressure may need to be increased toimprove the overall oil pressure, especially when an oil cooler is beingused. If the TriumphTune (uprated) spring is fitted make sure that there areno extra washers also installed. Always fit a new relief valve spring whenrebuilding the engine.

Flywheel.Lightening of the flywheel, to reduce the rotating weight, will enable theengine to pick up and rev easier which is highly recommended for fast roadcars, not to mention cars prepared for competition. This work is usuallycarried out to your own unit at the same time as balancing. Alternativelyyou can fit one of our lightweight steel flywheels. See page 51.

Cylinder Block & Components cont...

Con Rods.When rebuilding an engine always use new con rod bolts, replace the littleend bushes and ream to size.For normal use, the standard con-rods are maintained, although they canbe lightened to improve the strength (as illustrated). Unfortunately, the costof us carrying out this modification is prohibitive as a service because ofthe labour time required.A; Check the rod for twist and bend defects, and also the big end for an

out-of-round condition, replace any that are faulty.B; Check the overall length to make sure they are all equal.C; Check the little end bushes and replace, line bore to size.

Pistons.For a road car the standard piston is perfectly satisfactory. We would notrecommend the use of forged or race pistons for road use, unless it wasoriginally designed for both applications.

Piston Rings.Before final installation check that the width of ring is correct for yourpiston. Modify the ring ends after the gaps have been set, so that the edgesdo not dig into the bores.

Oil Seals.The standard crankshaft oil seals, front and rear, should be replaced at anyrebuild, the Scroll type entirely and just the rubber on the lip seal type. Therear scroll type seal should be centralised carefully to stop oil leaks at highengine speeds.

Crankshaft & Camshaft Timing Chain & Gears.If a performance camshaft profile is being used, we recommend that you fita new timing chain and check the gears. Always fit a new chain tensioner.

Tensioner.The standard tensioner should be replaced if a new chain or gear set isbeing fitted.

Sump.For a road car it is not essential to carry out any changes, but for competitionuse the sump must be Baffled to stop the oil surging away from the oil pumpwhen cornering.Details as per the diagrams, if the capacity isincreased, then extend the oil pickup pipe to suit.

Polish only.Do Not Remove Any Material.

Arrows show areas for lightening.

Equalise.

Reduce up to 30%.

Equalise both sides.

Remove cup and up to 25% only.

Full race - Polish & shot-peenwhole assembly after reshaping.

TWIST. BEND.

Baffled Sump.

04

Roll Bars Competition

Not Suitable For Road Use. These high quality bars are Jig built in 1.5” CDS (Cold Drawn Seamless)tubular steel, they are made to MSA/FIA specification. Finished in black,they are supplied with the necessary fittings.Our FIA competition roll bars are similar in style and finish to our Nationalstyle road bars. They also have a extra diagonal brace towards the driver forfurther strength and integrity. NOTE; Front Cage; Due to the forever changingsafety regulations controlled by the RAC, we are re-developing our frontcage system, for latest information please call your local Moss branch.

Front Cage;TR2/TR3 Please EnquireTR4/TR4A Please Enquire

Rear Bar;TR2/TR3 TT7053TR4/TR4A Narrow Fitting TT7153TR4/TR4A Wide Fitting TT7253

Door Bars.We also supply door bars for extra protection.

Door Bars (Cut To Fit) ADB112Door Bars (Universal) TMG70756

Seat Harnesses

Our seat belts/harnesses are manufactured in the U.K. to exactingstandards. Our high quality Securon 4 point harness kits do notinclude crotch, shoulder strap pads, or eye bolts (4 bolts perharness), all these items must be ordered separately.

Race Harness & Mountings; Red Black(03) 4 Point Harness Kit TT7965 N/A

Crotch Strap TT7966 N/A(04) Shoulder Strap Pad (Pair) TT7970 TT79702

Eye Bolts (Pair) TT7967 N/AReinforcing Plates (Pair) TT7968 N/A(Not FIA/Motorsport Approved).

AERO ROLL BAR . NATIONAL ROLL BAR . COMPETITION ROLL CAGE . SEAT HARNESSES

Performance& TUNING

34

Performance & Tuning

On the following pages, you will find a range of quality components that willgenerally improve the performance and handling of your classic. PleaseDon’t Forget, before increasing the power output and speed of any vehicle,you should ensure that your brakes, steering, chassis etc can cope with the modifications.

Roll Bars

Road Use Only.Roll bars not only look good, they are a vital piece of safety equipment forall Convertibles. Our high quality roll bars come with all necessary fittingsand full installation/fitting instructions.Narrow fitment bars mount neatly on the differential cover area betweenthe wheel arches. Wide fitment roll bars are mounted on the main floor andon top of the wheel arches. Note: Wide fitting bars reduce rearward seatmovement by approx. 2.5” (50mm). Choose between the Aero or Nationalstyle bars.

Aero Style Roll Bar - Road Use Only.The Aero style roll bar is manufactured from high quality tubular steel andis vinyl covered for that luxurious appearance.

TR2/TR3 Narrow Fitting TT7051(01) TR4/TR4A Narrow Fitting TT7151

TR4/4A Wide Fitting/Surrey Top TT7251ATR4/TR4A Wide Fitting TT7251

National Style Roll Bar - Road Use Only.Our National style roll bar is of the single hoop design with twin back-stays.Manufactured from high quality tubular steel, they are painted black to givethat true sports car look.

TR2/TR3 Narrow Fitting TT7050(02) TR4/TR4A Narrow Fitting TT7150

TR4/4A Wide Fitting/Surrey Top TT7250ATR4/TR4A Wide Fitting TT7250


01Aero Roll Bar 02National Roll Bar 03Seat Harness

07

Lightened Body Panels

Jim Clark was probably the quickest Grand Prix driver of the early 1960s.Allegedly a shy person, on the rare occasions he was interviewed,everyone listened. When asked how he drove so quickly, one word wasadequate... concentration. His boss, Colin Chapman might have hoped itwas something to do with his Lotus F1 cars. He is one of several peoplecredited with saying a variation on the add lightness theme. He certainlydid that.

The harder any vehicle is driven, the faster parts wear out. A reduction inall-up weight will slow this process. Let’s start the lightening though, whereit doesn’t cost anything, by emptying the car of all unnecessary bric-a-brac,back onto the garage shelves. Lightweight outer body panels will give youa an appreciable saving in weight, and they don’t have to be fitted in pairsor sets, merely as required. By the time the panel(s) are fitted and paintedthe material cost is not significant.

TR2/TR3 GRP Fibreglass Body Panels

This range of products are made from good quality fire retardant fibreglassto original patterns. The stocked range is in road weight specification. Raceweight panels are available to special order.

Bonnet TT7007TR2/TR3 Style Front Apron TT7001ATR3A Style Front Apron TT7001TR3A Style Grille 802174TR2/3/3A Front Wing (RH) TT7006TR3B Front Wing (RH) TT7006BTR2/3/3A Front Wing (LH) TT7005TR3B Front Wing (LH) TT7005BDoor Sill Panel (RH) TT7009Door Sill Panel (LH) TT7008TR2/3/3A Rear Wing (RH) TT7011TR3B Rear Wing (RH) TT70116BTR2/3/3A Rear Wing (LH) TT7010TR3B Rear Wing (LH) TT7010BBoot Lid Outer Panel Only TT7013Rear Valance Assembly TT7014

LIGHTENED (GRP) FIBREGLASS BODY PANELS . ALUMINIUM TR4A BODY PANELS

Performance& TUNING

3506Lightened Body Panels


05Lightened Body Panels

GRP Fibreglass Body Panels

This range of products are made from good quality fire retardant fibreglassto original patterns. The stocked range is in road weight specification.Race weight panels are available to special order.

Bonnet Assembly TT7107Bonnet Shell Only (Race Use) TT7107AUpper Valance TT7101Lower Valance TT7102Front Wing (RH) TT7106Front Wing (LH) TT7105Gearbox Cover 713569FGPlastic Gearbox Cover 713569SAPTunnel Cover 809046FGRear Wing (RH) TT7111Rear Wing (LH) TT7110Boot Lid TT7113Rear Valance Assembly TT7114Backlight Frame 566993XPerspex Backlight 902343XSurrey Roof Top 566994X

Aluminium Body Panels For TR4A

Aluminium panels will give you even more weight savings.Front Wing (RH) 950110ALFront Wing (LH) 950109ALDoor Skin (RH) 812776ALDoor Skin (LH) 812775ALRear Wing (RH) 850476ALRear Wing (LH) 850475ALBoot Lid 813650ASurrey Top Roof 903979

Fire Extinguisher

Fights A, B & C Fires*. Better to be safe than sorry. Keep one of these compactfire extinguishers in the garage, or even in the cockpit, it may just saveyour car, or a life. It has a easy to read pressure gauge and comes withmounting bracket. Not FIA/Comp legal.(07) Chrome Finish 1kg MXV9002

Carbon Effect Finish 600gm MXV9001

(05)

(06)

*Cla

ss A

: Com

bust

ible

fire

, woo

d, p

aper

, tex

tiles

. Cla

ss B

: Fue

l fire

, pet

rol,

pain

t, gr

ease

, oil.

Cla

ss C

: Gas

eous

and

ele

ctric

al fi

re.

05


01

04

E X T R A C T O R S P O R T S M A N I F O L D S . P E R F O R M A N C E E X H A U S T S Y S T E M S

Performance& TUNING

36

Moss TriumphTune Extractor Sports Manifolds

Tubular exhaust manifolds are thefirst step to improve power output.They improve exhaust gas flow allowingthe engine to breathe far more efficiently -unlike the restrictive basic unit.Our tubular manifolds are produced using mandrelbending equipment to give full diameter pipe bends.Moss TriumphTune extractor manifolds are designedto be used with Moss TriumphTune GT Performanceexhaust systems. For full details of mountings andfittings, please refer to the RestorationSection of this catalogue.

TR2, TR3/TR3A & TR4 Extractor Manifold System.For Moss TriumphTune single pipe performance exhaust system TT5001 & FS5001.Extractor manifold, Y Piece and connecting pipe replace standard down pipe.Extractor Manifold;

Low Port TR2 NCATR3-4 High Port;

2 Piece Mild Steel TT1100(01) 2 Piece Stainless Steel TT1100S

2 Piece Larger Primaries S/Steel (Fast Road/Sport*) TT1130S2 Piece Larger Primaries S/Steel (Full Race Only**) TT1130RSY Piece Adaptor Stainless Steel TR3/4 TT5019SConnecting Pipe Stainless Steel TR3/4 TT5027S(Note; Y piece, TT5019S, connects manifold to single intermediate pipe, TT5027, that connects the Y piece to the sports system).(*Note; Manifold, TT1130S, is included in our competition systems, TTK1120/ TTk1121). (**Note; Full Race Manifold, TT1130RS, can be substituted for, TT1130S, but is only suitable for 89mm engines).

TR4A Extractor Manifold System.For Moss TriumphTune single pipe performance exhaust system, TT5101,and FS5101, and for twin pipe/silencer system. Note; Extractor manifold and Ypiece replace standard down pipe, connector pipe/front silencer box.Extractor Manifold;

2 Piece Mild Steel TT11002 Piece Stainless Steel TT1100S2 Piece Larger Primaries S/Steel (Fast Road/Sport*) TT1130S2 Piece Larger Primaries S/Steel (Full Race**) TT1130RS

Y Piece Adaptor TR4A - Connects Manifold To Sports Exhaust;1 Piece Mild Steel HRSU13581 Piece Stainless Steel FSTH56

2 Piece Stainless Steel;(The 2 piece version makes things more versatile and adaptable).

Y Piece Stainless Steel TT5019SConnecting Pipe Stainless Steel TT5027S(*Note; Manifold, TT1130S, is included in our competition systems, TTK1120/ TTk1121). (**Note; Full race Manifold, TT1130RS, can be substituted for, TT1130S, but is only suitable for 89mm engines).

Moss TriumphTune PerformanceSports Exhaust Systems

These Performance Silencer systems, whichhave polished 45mm tail pipes, are specif-

ically designed for each model. Theyare designed to fit with our range

of extractor sports manifolds,but can be used with

standard manifold/down-pipes.

03

Sports Exhaust Systems cont...

Single pipe systems come complete with fitting kit.GT Single Pipe Systems Mild Steel Stainless Steel(02) TR2/3/4* TT5001 FS5001

TR4A** TT5101 FS5101(*To connect to sports tubular manifold, this system requires a front Y piece, TT5019S and connector pipe, TT5027S). (**To connect to sports tubular manifold, this system requires a front Y piece, HRSU1358, in mild steel, or, FSTH56, in stainless steel. Alternatively you can use a 2 piece con-necting system by ordering TT5019S, Y piece and TT5027S, connecting pipe).

TR4A GT Twin Pipe System.This system is for TR4A models where you wish to retain the twin silencerdesign, but with more efficient silencers. Note; this twin pipe system, whichuses 18” oval silencers, is only available as separate components. Fittingkit is supplied separately. To connect to our sports tubular manifold, thissystem requires a 1 piece front Y piece, HRSU1358 in mild steel, or FSTH56in stainless steel. Alternatively you can use a 2 piece connecting system byordering TT5019S, Y Piece and TT5027S, connecting pipe.

TR4A Twin Pipe System Mild Steel Stainless SteelRear Y Pipe Large HRSU1225 FSTH54Stepped Adaptor Pipe To Silencers N/A TT5913SS

(03) Rear Silencer 18” Oval (2 Reqd) TT5209 FSTH73Fitting Kit GFK6310X N/A

Moss TriumphTuneCompetition Exhaust Systems

These exhaust systems include stainless steel manifold, intermediatepipes and large bore single rear silencer - with rolled lip finish. Pipes aremade of polished 304 stainless steel, and all systems include a fitting kit. Afull race large bore system is also available for TR3-4-4A, please contactyour local Moss branch for more details. Note; Both systems include ourtubular manifold TT1130S, with large primary pipes, suitable for fast road/competition, both systems however can be ordered with our full race manifold,TT1130RS, but this specification is only suitable for 89mm engines.Competition Exhaust Systems Stainless Steel;(04) TR3/4 (Non-Bomb Type Starter) TTK1120

TR4A TTK1121

Falcon Stainless Steel Exhaust Systems

If you wish to keep your car exhaust system standard, but would preferto fit stainless steel, then look no further. For full details of fittings andmountings please refer to the restoration section.Falcon Stainless Steel Exhaust Systems;(05) Standard System TR2-4 FSTR24

Twin Silencers TR4A (Early Cars) FSTR24ATCross Box TR4A FSTR24AC

02

09


STAINLESS EXHAUST SYSTEMS . NEWTRONIC IGNITION . LUMENITION IGNITION

Performance& TUNING

37

Exhaust Fitting Kits

These exhaust fitting kits are for Falcon stainless steel and standard mildsteel systems.Exhaust Fitting Kits;

TR2/TR3B GFK6130TR4 GFK6210X

(06) TR4A (Twin Box) GFK6310XTR4A (Cross Box) GFK6320X

Manifold & Exhaust Insulation Wrap

Thermo-Tec Exhaust Insulation Wrap.This easy to fit insulation product can help increase power and economy,and can reduce engine compartment temperatures by up to 70% - whichwill help prolong the life of electrical components and cables. It alsoprotects against burns when you are doing engine maintenance. By insulating the exhaust manifold and pipe work, a higher temperature ismaintained internally, promoting a faster exit velocity of exhaust gaseswhich increases negative pressure, scavenging. This increases the flow ofincoming air resulting in cooler fuel being inducted into the engine.Every 10 degree drop in intake temperature increases horsepower byapprox. 1% - resulting in more power per litre.This race proven product from Thermo-Tec is manufactured from Silicabased yarns, is unaffected by oil or water, will withstand temperatures ofup to 1000 degree Celsius, and does not contain asbestos.

Hycote Paint.The extra resins and binders in this product will help to protect and preserveyour insulation wrap.

Snap-Straps.Unless you want to skin your knuckles and use clips to retain the insulationmaterial, we suggest you use our Snap-Strap fasteners. They are quickerto fit and, they cost less!

Thermo-Tec Exhaust Insulation Wrap;(Insulating a 2” diameter pipe using 2” wide wrap, a 50’ roll covers approx. 13 ft of pipe).

1” x 15’ Roll - Natural GAC1501” x 15’ Roll - Black GAC1512” x 15’ Roll - Natural GAC1522” x 15’ Roll - Black GAC153

Hy-Cote Paint 400ml Aerosol;Natural GAC160Black GAC161

Snap-Strap Kit;5’ Roll (5 Clips) GAC15825’ Roll (25 Clips) GAC159

Newtronic Ignition

Newtronic, formerly Piranha, offers the benefits of a full electronic ignitionsystem utilising an optical trigger pick-up, operated via a scanning discmounted on the distributor shaft. Kits include power pack, switch, andadaptor kit. For fast road/competition, use the gold switch unit and adaptorkit with a 12v sports coil. Please check distributor type before ordering asyour car may have a non-original distributor fitted.

Lucas Distributors; Conversion Kits Adaptor Kits(07) 22D/23D/25D Negative Earth TT2970 TT2980-01

22D/23D/25D Positive Earth TT2970/PO N/A43D/44D/45D TT2971 TT2980-09

Power Packs For Adaptor Kits;Standard Negative Earth N/A TT2977Standard Pack Positive Earth TT2977P N/AGold (Sports) Negative Earth N/A TT2978Gold (Sports) Positive Earth TT2978P N/A

06Exhaust Fitting Kit

08Lumenition Ignition07Newtronic Ignition

Lumenition Ignition

Lumenition electronic ignition kits are well known as being among thefinest after-market electronic ignition systems available. This systembasically replaces both the contact points and condenser with an opticalswitch and power module. The power module is an electronic device thatreceives a pulse from the optical trigger which switches the coil. Thetrigger eliminates contact bounce, arcing, mechanical wear and sparksplatter, reducing maintenance and increasing reliability. With minimalwiring and modifications this kit is very discreet. Note; Installation of apower module requires a Distributor fitting kit.

A Performance Ignition kit is available, it includes a power module and ahigh output coil. The Microcircuit control of the coil current gives optimumperformance across high engine speed ensuring maximum spark energy atthe coil. A fitting kit, to suit the distributor application, is also required.Positive earth wiring instructions are available from your branch. Pleasecheck your distributor type before ordering the fitting kit as many cars havenon-original distributors fitted. The identification number is cast on thedistributor body.

Please check your distributor type before ordering the fitting kit as manycars have non-original distributors fitted. The identification number is caston the distributor body. Distributor fitting kits are NOT available for LucasDM2P4 type distributors as originally used, TR2-3.

(08) Performance Ignition Kit (All Models) CEK150(Kit includes Power Module and Coil. Distributor fitting kit required).Power Module (All Models) PMA50(Distributor fitting kit required).

Power Module Mounting Bracket MK006(Optional item, tidies up installation).

Lucas Distributor Fitting Kits;(09) 22D/23D/25D LFK116

43D/44D/45D LFK117

Performance Ignition Coil (All Models) LMS4(Replacement unit, output matched to Power Module).

1” x 50’ Roll - Natural GAC1541” x 50’ Roll - Black GAC1552” x 50’ Roll - Natural GAC1562” x 50’ Roll - Black GAC157

02

MAGNETRONIC IGNITION SYSTEM . REV LIMITERS . PERFORMANCE LEADS

Performance& TUNING

38

Lumenition Magnetronic System

A budget electronic ignition conversion for owners who prefer to keep the look original, as the parts are neatly contained in the distributor. Thissystem utilises the proven Hall Effect magnetic pick-up with a uniquetriggering device.Magnetronic Ignition Kit;(01) Lucas 25D4 Distributors MTK003

Lucas 45D4 Distributors MTK007Instruction Sheet MTK106

Performance Ignition Coil.Replacement unit, output matched to Magnetronic system.

All Models LMS3

SmoothCut Rev Limiter

Perhaps you don’t use yourcar flat out, but this couldsave an expensive bill if theengine attempts to over rev.The road use rev limitercomes preset for fourcylinder cars to 6000rpm. It

allows use of full throttle up to thelimit, at which point power is gradually reduced. This unit can be preset tothe customer’s specification; please ask for details. The competition unit isfully adjustable and works by progressively mis-timing the spark -preventing an increase in engine speed, and reducing the possibility ofdamage to your engine and wallet!

Road Use TT2987(02) Competition Use RL5

Lucas Sports Coils

Lucas sports coils are designed to improve ignition performance. They givemore reliable starting power and greater performance at high rev’s thanksto the 40,000 volt output.Don’t forget to renew the plugs and leads to optimise the power.Note; your HT Lead will have to be converted to Push-in.(03) 12 Volt Sports Coil TT2981

Push-In Connector (Each) GCL1110

High Performance Ignition Leads

Get the spark from your sports coil with Silicone leads. Designed to perform.Silicone leads transmit greater energy to the spark plug creating a strongerspark and, the silicone insulation is able to withstand much higher temper-atures, improving reliability.

HT Lead Set For;(04) Lucas 25D4 Distributors TT1172

Lucas 45D4 Distributors TT1472

NGK Spark Plugs & Caps

You’ve fitted a sports coil, Performance leads, now change the plugs.TR2-4A NGK Spark Plugs;

Standard/Fast Road BP6HS(05) Fast Road/Sport BP7HS

Full Race BP7HCS

NGK Plug Caps;Straight (Each) NSB5

(06) 60 Degree (Each) NYB590 Degree (Each) NLB5

Bumble Bee Competition Ignition Lead

If you want performance leads, but want to keep the period look, then theseare for you. The leads are yellow with a black trace. Use with waterproofNGK Plug Caps.(07) Competition Lead (Sold Per Metre) TT2982M

Aluminium Distributor Pedestal

A light alloy duplicate of the original cast iron unit. For those seriouslytrying to lose weight. For full details of distributors please refer to therestoration section.(08) Aluminium Distributor Pedestal 201623ALI


01Lumenition Magnetronic

03Sports Coil

04Silicone HT Leads

05NGK Spark Plugs

07Bumble Bee Leads

08Distributor Pedestal Uprated Dist

06

12


UPRATED DISTRIBUTORS . NON-LEAK BATTERY . GEARED STARTER MOTORS

Performance& TUNING

39

Uprated Lucas Distributors

Specially modified distributor unit with an improved advance curve to suitthe modified engine, especially if a performance camshaft is fitted. It may benecessary to change your spark plugs for ones with a different heat range.Uprated Distributor;(09) New Type 45D With Vacuum Unit TT1171

New Type 45D Without Vacuum Unit TT1173Advance Spring Set (Modified) TT1903(Set of 5, specially selected range of distributor advance springs, to allow your own unit to be adjusted to suit the engine’s requirements).

Mallory Twin Point Distributors

All engines, especially tuned/modified units, benefit from a strong sparkbeing delivered at the right time. When you fit a Mallory twin point highperformance distributor, that is exactly what you will get.Mallory distributors allow you to fine tune the ignition timing, especiallywhen used with the optional advance curve kit. All our Mallory distributorsare only suitable replacements for vehicles specified with Lucasdistributors. Units do not come with tachometer drive.

(10) Mallory Distributor MM143-180Distributor Cap MM143-175Contact Points (2 Reqd) MM143-185Rotor Arm MM143-190Condenser MM143-195Advance Curve Spring Kit MM143-235(A selection of advance springs of various weights that allow you to finally tune the Mallory distributor. Comes complete with detailed instructions and advance curve diagrams).

Non-Leak 12 Volt Battery

This battery is suitable for most 12 volt applications. Because this sealedbattery will not leak acid - even when split, it really is a must for all roadusers, especially when the car is used at speed or for competition. Its safedesign also means that it can be shipped by mail-order.(11) 12 Volt Non-Leak Battery MXV1129X

(20cm x 20cm x 13cm).

Battery Isolator Switches

Obligatory on competition cars, battery cut-out switches are a good ideafor all cars. Fitting one to the main battery cable, between the battery andthe starter solenoid, enables you to quickly isolate the battery andimmobilise the car. Ideal when working on the electrical and/or fuel system,especially if you intend to put your car into storage.

Battery Isolator/Cut-Out Switch;Removable Key Type Switch BCS201

(12) RAC Period Style Switch 1B2804(13) FIA Competition Specification TT7962

(Removable key type).Cable For TT7962 TT79621Spare Key For BCS201 & TT7962 TT79641Terminal Ring (Each) LUCWB600Terminal Rubber Cap (Each) 8G548

Pre-Engaged Geared High Torque Starter Motors

These brand new, non-exchange, powerful, lightweight starter motors areHigh Torque, meaning they will not suffer the same fate as the original‘Inertia’ type, especially on high compression engines and, they are a directreplacement. No more costly motor rebuilds or excessive battery drain.

High Torque Starter Motors;TR2-TR3A To TS50000+ 201906X

(14) TR2-TR3A To TS50000+ 201906XSP**(+Shrink on flywheel).TR3A From TS50001++ GEU4412XTR4 & 4A++ GEU4412X(++Bolt on flywheel).(**This high performance starter motor is aimed specifically at TR2/3’s fitted with the shrink-on type ring gear/and or fitted with High Compression engines, 9.5:1 - 12.5:1).(To fit this starter motor, 201906XSP, you will need to fit a new ring gear, 201350. No other modification is required. Note: Always check first that your TR is fitted with the flywheel/ring gear you think it is, these starters DO NOT interchange).

10Mallory Distributor 11Non-Leak Battery

13Battery Switch

14Started Motor09tributor

DIS-CAR-NECT . ALTERNATOR CONVERSION . NARROW BELT CONVERSION KITS

Performance& TUNING

40Dis-Car-Nect

When leaving your car, simply remove the knob to isolate the starter circuit.The 16amp by-pass fuse will maintain current to all other electrical circuits,radio memory, alarm etc...Because the starter draws more than 150amps, any attempt to connecthot-wire, the starter motor will instantly cause the fuse to blow. Thisimmobilises the car until the knob is replaced.Should this happen, simply replace the 16amp fuse at a convenient time. Asan added advantage, if you unscrew the knob and remove the fuse, Dis-car-Nect will prevent battery drain if you intend to store your car. Suppliedwith nylon carry case.(01) Dis-Car-Nect GAC9980X

Spare Knob GAC9981Replacement Fuse GAC9982

Battery Quick Bolts

These Quick Bolts have a camming system to clamp down on the batteryposts. Simply replace the bolts in your cable ends with Quick Bolts and youcan connect or remove the cables without tools.(02) Battery Quick Bolt (Pair) MM900-015General Use/Heavy Duty Battery Cable;

Black (Sold Per Foot) CQB301Red (Sold Per Foot) CQB304

TR2/4 Alternator Conversion

There is no simple kit that can be offered to convert the cars still strugglingon with a dynamo - to an alternator system. Over the years many TR2-4A’shave acquired narrow belt conversions - while there will be many who are determined to retain the wide belt, even though its many negativepoints are well known. The conversion components are also listedindividually for replacement spares servicing in the future, and to assistthose who may wish to source some of their own components and obtaina bespoke system.(03) Alternator Fitting Kit (All Models) TTK3020

Spacer (1 Reqd) 147472Adjustment Link (1 Reqd) 142134Through Spacer Bolt (1 Reqd) BH605221Plain Washer (4 Reqd) GHF301Nyloc Nut (1 Reqd) GHF272Link To Water Pump Housing Screw (1 Reqd) GHF163Locking Washer (2 Reqd) GHF332Alternator To Pedestal Bolt (1 Reqd) 51K1774Belt Adjustment Screw (1 Reqd) SH605081On Screw Nut (1 Reqd) GHF201

Now Choose Your Alternator & Loom;Standard Alternator 16 Acr, 36 Amp GEU2211M

(04) Uprated Alternator 18 Acr, 45 Amp GEU2206MFan (All Models) AAU3956A(Not recommended for race applications).Wiring Loom TR2-4 To CT14913 TTK3020LAWiring Loom TR4 From CT14913 & TR4A TTK3020LB

Associated Parts.This section ensures the kit will match up to your TR and that the matingparts are in satisfactory condition, preventing premature failure, due to thealternator rattling loose, for instance, which would invalidate the warranty.

Pedestal (All Models) (1 Reqd) 59015Plain To Pedestal Washer (1 Reqd) GHF304Bracket To Block (1 Reqd) 58912Bracket To Block Screw (3 Reqd) SH505061Locking Washer Under Screw (3 Reqd) GHF332

Narrow Belt Conversion Kit

There will be many who will wish to seize the opportunity to fit a narrowbelt conversion at this time and also ensure the life of that preciouscrankshaft with the harmonic damper included in this kit.Every modern car is fitted with a damper, so this must be the key to engineharmonic stress elimination within older engines.This kit includes crank harmonic damper, spacer, bolt, washer, alternatorpulley, aluminium, water pump pulley and Fan Belt.TR2/4 Damped Narrow Belt Kit;(See also un-damped kit opposite).(05) Damped Narrow Belt Kit TT1132

The damped pulley conversion requires the use of an electric fan andremoval of the fan and fan hub extension - which is obviously the best wayto go. For those who are determined to retain the original, ratheragricultural, fan arrangement, we can supply the correct crankshaft pulley,107252A, which does allow this if used in conjunction with the water pumppulley, 105537A and the alternator pulley required for your application.(06) Alloy Crankshaft Pulley 107252A(07) Alloy Water Pump Pulley 105537A

Lastly, unless you are retaining your old wide belt pulley, you now need to choose the pulley to enable a perfect match of alternator performanceto your TR’s use. Only one of the 4 listed is essential, though you might wish to select more, for instance if the car is used for occasionalcompetition use. All these are for narrow belts. If you are retaining the widebelt, ignore this list.As the wide belt stretches, it may be necessary to re-install the oldadjustment link to obtain sufficient adjustment

Pulley 2.5” Diameter AEU1238(For normal road work. Use with fan belt GCB10965).Pulley 2.75” Diameter 12G1054(For fast road work. Use with fan belt GCB10975).Pulley 4.5” Alloy. CAEA535(For competition use only. Use with fan belt GCB11000).Pulley 4.5” Alloy Reverse Flow 102266A(Competition use only without fan. Use with fan belt GCB11000).


01Dis-Car-Nect 02Quick-Bolts

04Alternator 03Alternator Conversion Kit


ALUMINIUM RADIATORS . SILICONE RADIATOR HOSES . ELECTRIC COOLING FANS

Performance& TUNING

41

Narrow Belt Conversion Kit cont...

Note; If TT1132 is to be fitted, this kit includes the correct pulley and fanbelt, this arrangement works well for just about any type of use. Fittinginstructions are included covering all vehicles currently fitted with anoriginal starter motor and solenoid. Pre-engaged Geared starters mayrequire a different arrangement as the solenoid may have been removed.All TR’s fitted with an alternator MUST be converted to negative earth, thecoil leads will also need swapping over. This may affect some car radios.This Narrow Belt kit allows the original fan and fan hub extension to beretained. This kit must not to be used for competition purposes.

TR2/4 Un-Damped Narrow Belt Kit TT1132A(With un-damped alloy crankshaft pulley).

The Following Parts Are Available Separately;Un-Damped Alloy Crankshaft Pulley 107252AAlloy Water Pump Pulley 105537AFan Belt GCB10975

Aluminium Radiators

These well engineered aluminium radiators give you a weight saving of approx50%. With high density core with polished end tanks and standard fixing brackets.(08) With Neck Extension TR2, TR3, TR4 400412AL

Without Neck Extension TR4 402001ALTR4A 307309AL

Aluminium Water Pump Housing

For those determined to lose weight, this replicates to the original cast ironunit but in light alloy. It is also relieved at the top to allow fitment of aseriously skimmed cylinder head.

Alloy Water Pump Housing 057014A

Uprated Water Pump

Our Up-rated Water Pumps should appeal to owners of early TR’s with anup-rated engine or cars where the cooling capacity seems marginal orinadequate. The uprated pump is fitted with a six bladed curved impeller,which roughly doubles the coolant flow.

Uprated Water Pump With Pulley 501488X(09) Uprated Water Pump Without Pulley QHQCP170X

Silicone Water Hoses

Fit & Forget.Silicone Radiator Hoses;

Radiator Top Hose GRH453XBypass Hose 105598XIntermediate Hose GRH389XBottom Hose GRH389X

Silicone Heater Inlet & Outlet Hose;TR2/3/3A Models Only 602057X(For TR4/TR4A applications, simply purchase 1 x 602057X and cut to length to duplicate the original hoses).

Kenlowe Electric Cooling Fan

Kenlowe electric fans are a replacement for the standard mechanical fan.Fitting a Kenlowe fan will reduce the engine warm up time, preventexcessive cooling and allow the engine to operate closer to its optimumrunning temperature. Removal of the standard fan will help to reduceengine noise, and help improve power/mpg. A manual over-ride switch isavailable separately, allowing the fan to be operated at any time givingmaximum control of the engine’s temperature. Kit includes fan, motor,thermostatic switch, wiring, mounting hardware and instructions.Kenlowe Fan Kit & Switches;

10” Kenlowe Fan Kit TR2-3A TT29402(11) 12” Kenlowe Fan Kit TR4/4A TT29422

Capillary Thermostatic Switch* TT2952Manual Over-Ride Switch TT2948Hose Seal For Thermostatic Switch TT2947(Seal tends to degrade if used more than twice).(*See also page 93 for improved Thermostatic switches and stainless steel water return pipes, item no 29).

Uprated Heater Kit

Our improved heater kits have an uprated motor andhigh(er) volume fan.Uprated Heater Kit;

TR2/3 700899XTR4/4A 812301X

05Narrow Fan Belt Conversion Kit 08Aluminium Radiator

09Uprated Water Pump

11Kenlowe Cooling Fan Kit

10Silicone Hoses

06Crank Pulley 07Water Pump Pulley

S P I N - O N O I L F I LT E R A D A P T O R . R O C K E R O I L F E E D K I T . A L L O Y S U M P S

Performance& TUNING

42

Uprated Oil Pump

As well as shaving an Alloy body, our uprated high capacity oil pump has alarge rotor with bronze drive bushes. End plate is sealed with O ring toeliminate pressure bleed-off at low engine speed. Fits shortened racesumps and the original filter gauze - without modification.(04) Uprated Oil Pump 200155X

Oil Cooler Installation Kits

In modern traffic conditions, especially on long motorway journeys,engines tend to run at high speeds for long periods, causing the oil to thinand a reduction in pressure may occur. The fitting of an oil cooler will helpprevent the thinning of the oil and prevent possible engine damage.Our oil cooler Installation kits are available separately, allowing you tochoose your oil cooler radiator, depending upon requirements, and includerubber or braided stainless steel ready assembled hoses.Standard Non-Thermostatic Kits.These Installation kits include mounting brackets and unions with a choiceof rubber or stainless steel braided hoses. Note oil filters must be orderedseparately.Thermostatic Kits.We also supply thermostatic installation/conversion kits that use a full flowthermostat which prevents cold start oil from going through the oil cooleruntil the engine oil has reached its optimum operating temperature, givingthe engine a much quicker warm-up period.These kits include mounting brackets, unions, thermostatic oil filter adaptor(spin-on oil filter adaptor where appropriate), with a choice of rubber orstainless steel braided hoses where appropriate. Note oil filters must beordered separately.

Rubber BraidedOil Cooler Installation Kits; Hoses Hoses

TR2-4 Non-Thermo. (Use Standard Filter) TT1165 TT1167(05) TR4A Non-Thermo. (Use Standard Filter) TT1168 TT1168S

TR2-4A Non-Thermo. (Reqs. Spin-On Filter) TT1068A* TT1068S*TR2-4A Thermostatic (Use Standard Filter) TT1175 TT1175STR2-4A Thermostatic (Reqs. Spin-On Filter) TT1069A* TT1069S*TR4/4A Remote Thermostatic Standard Filter TT1178 TT1178S

TR2/4A Spin-On Filter Cartridges;*For Non-Thermostatic & Thermostatic Kits GFE166


01Spin-On Oil Filter Adaptor

03Alloy Sump

04

02Rocker Oil Feed Kit

Spin-On Oil Filter Adaptor

This adaptor makes changing the filter so much easier - and cleaner. Thesimple conversion replaces the bowl and filter assembly, an anti-drain filteris then fitted to the adaptor. Our kit includes both Purolator coarse andTecalamit fine threaded bolts.TR2-4A Models;(01) Adaptor No Oil Cooler TT10861

Oil Filter Cartridge GFE166

Oil Temperature Gauge Adaptor

If your fitting an oil temperature gauge, use our in-line oil temperature adaptor.With 1/2” Push-On Connections TT2969With 1/2” Screw-In Connections TT29691With 5/8” Push-On Connections TT29692With 5/8” Screw-In Connections TT29693

Rocker Oil Feed Kit

This stainless steel braided hose supplies much needed oil direct to therocker assembly and minimises wear and damage. The adaptor fits neatlyin-line with the oil pressure switch, and the banjo connects to an existinghole in the rear of the cylinder head.(02) All Models TT1026

Alloy Oil Sump

The 4 cylinder TR’s were fitted with two different types of pressed steelsumps. As these have been interchanged over the years, you must ensurethat the plug correctly fits the sump. If you are using a tapered plug and itonly engages on 2 or 3 threads, then plug (ULC1999) and washer (AUC2141)will be required instead. However, if you fit an alloy sump, it will come withthe correct drain plug, plus an oil gauge fixing.(03) Alloy Sump Tapered Plug Type (Road Use) 301318

Alloy Sump Tapered Plug Type (Full Race) 301318RACEMagnesium Sump Super Light (Full Race) 301318MMagnetic Oil Drain Plug Tapered 155660Sump Gasket Set GEG248Sump Fitting Kit 301318FK(Incudes: correct length bolts and washers)

Uprated Oil Pump 05Oil Cooler Installation Kits & Hoses04


U P R AT E D O I L P U M P . O I L C O O L E R I N S TA L L AT I O N K I T S . T H E R M O S TAT S

Performance& TUNING

4311Standard Brake Kit 2

Brake Fluids

When Did You Last Change Your Brake Fluid?If you have never replaced your brake fluid, we strongly recommend youinspect all seals and hoses and replace as necessary.

Brake/Clutch Fluid;Most modern day cars use DOT 4 clutch and brake hydraulic fluid - whichis the recommended minimum specification.(08) 500ml GBF4102

1 litre GBF41035 litre GBF4104

DOT5 ABF Silicone Brake/Clutch Fluid;This high performance fluid is Non-Hygroscopic, so it doesn’t promote rustproblems in the hydraulic system and won’t damage your paint work. Whensilicone is in use it will provide years of trouble free braking.(09) 500ml ABF3

1 litre ABF4

DOT5 ABF Racing Brake/Clutch Fluid;Racing fluid, DOT 5 GBF5, really is the ultimate in brake fluid. Its anti-boilproperties mean that even when the brakes get hot the fluid will remain efficient,rather than boiling locally into useless vapour - such as in the calipers. Due to itshigh Hygroscopic nature, Racing fluid should be replaced annually otherwisethe integrity and effectiveness will be drastically reduced.(10) 500ml GBF5102

1 litre GBF5103

Standard Brake Kits

Not only do you save money when you order one of our brake kits, but youknow you will have everything you need.Important; These standard brake kits are only for vehicles with 1013/16”front brake discs using Type C brake calipers and 9” rear brake systems.TR4 using 16P calipers and all TR4A. For full details of these kits pleaserefer to the restoration section.Brake Kit 1;

Standard Brake Discs, Pads, Shoes, Hoses & Fittings TGK130

Brake Kit 2;(11) Standard Brake Discs, Pads & Shoes TGK133Brake Kit 3;

Standard Brake Discs & Pads TGK135

08Brake Fluid

09Brake Fluid

10Brake Fluid

Oil Cooler Radiators

It is wise when modifying engines to allow for extra cooling, the oil shouldnot be allowed to run too cool or too hot as this can lead to rapid enginewear. A 10 row radiator is suitable for road use, a 13 row for fast road/sport,a 16 row for sport/sprints, and a 19 row for competition/race. Installationkits are available separately, allowing you the choice of cooler dependingupon your application, and include ready assembled hoses.Oil Cooler Radiator For 1/2” Hoses;

10 Row (Road) ARO9807(06) 13 Row (Road/Sport) ARA221

16 Row (Sport) ARO987519 Row (Competition) ARO9888

Oil Cooler Radiator For 5/8” Hoses;13 Row (Race) TT2963116 Row (Race) TT2964119 Row (Race) TT29651

Oil Cooler Thermostats

Use these thermostats if you already have an oil cooler fitted.

This standard oil thermostat has easy push fit connections for original rubberhoses and is supplied with hose clips. Its function is to seal off the radiatorcompletely from oil flow until 74°C is reached.

Standard Oil Thermostat TT2960

The full flow system allows oil to pressurise the oil radiator at all times, butrestricts the oil to by-pass through the thermostat until 74°C is reached.Full Flow Oil Thermostat;(07) 1/2” Screw-In Connections TT29602

5/8” Push-On Connections TT296045/8” Screw-In Connections TT29603(Push-On connections not recommended for competition applications).

Screw Unions (Pairs) For Hose Connection To Full Flow Thermostat;1/2” Straight TT99615/8” Straight TT996111/2” 45° Degree TT99625/8” 45° Degree TT996211/2” 90° Degree TT99605/8” 90° Degree TT99601

06Oil Cooler Radiator

07Oil Thermostat

03

UPRATED BRAKE PADS . UPRATED BRAKE SHOES . X-DRILLED BRAKE DISCS

Performance& TUNING

44

Make Your Classic Stop

Uprating the braking system must be the single most important improvementon any classic car, especially if you have, or are going to, increase theengine power/speed.

Uprating Your Brakes

Without drastically altering the master cylinder arrangement, i.e. to a splitfront-rear variable type, it might be thought that there is little that can bedone to alter the way the brakes perform. No doubt there will be upratingkits that will transform the road cars in days to come, but for now here arethese thoughts:If the car is genuinely uprated a harder pad material will be required toprevent fade or general brake deterioration. Ensure that the brake fluid is atleast DOT4 and bleed at the start of the season, March in UK, discarding dirtyexpressed fluid. With iron brake drums, ideally an upgraded brake liningshould be used. Competition cars, i.e. race or rally, will also need coolingducting. Alloy brake drums will probably eliminate the need for either of these,as the shoe material will run cooler. Drum 202267, item 33, will cope well withthe heat while, GAC6028X type, should only be considered up to fast road,though both are superior to iron drums. The braking system is well balancedfor road use but a hard driven car may experience imbalance, which can beaddressed by changing the rear wheel cylinders bore size from the standard0.7”, cylinder no. GWC1154, to a 0.75”, GWC1112. The smaller cylinder willincrease the sensitivity, i.e. shoe movement, while the 0.75” will decrease it.

Should brake, pad, fade be experienced air ducting will help considerably.If more serious uprating of brakes is considered cross drilled/grooved discsare the first option. Next comes standard type calipers spaced to allowfitment of vented discs. From personal experience these are totallyadequate for road use, however hard, and there is still the choice of pads.As the venting causes them to run cooler, standard pads may have to beused. Lastly, of course, is the 4 pot caliper conversion used with venteddiscs. To make these work anywhere near their limit would require a topgrade suspension rebuild with hard bushes and adjustable shockabsorbers, along with top quality tyres, such as Yoko’s, Bridgestone etc...,using 50 or 60% aspect ratio and modern sticky rubber, and an extra upratedengine to provide the speed in the first place.

Uprated Brake Pads

For standard 2-pot Type C calipers with 10 13/16” - 275mm discs.We stock replacement brake pads in Mintex M1144 and Kevlar. Upratedpads can be used with standard discs.Kevlar pads have a very wide heat range that gives exceptional cold bite,they also have the added bonus of producing less brake dust than withother materials. Some TR4s and all TR4As were fitted with 16P callipers.Earlier cars retro-fitted can use these pads.Uprated Brake Pads (Car Set);(01) Kevlar (Fast Road/Sport) TT31501KV(02) M1144 (Fast Road/Competition) TT31501

Anti-Squeal Brake Pad Strips

These strips fit between the pad and piston to help eliminate vibrations that cause brake squeal.(03) Anti-Squeal Strips GBP240ASK

(Supplied in a set of four).

Competition Brake Shoes

Suitable for all vehicles with 9” Girling rear brake drums.Competition Brake Shoes;(04) 9” TR3A-TR4A TT31524

Uprated X-Drilled Brake Discs

For standard 2-pot Type C calipers with 10 13/16” - 275mm discs.Suitable for C type calipers that were originally fitted to TR3B, TCF series,TR4/4A from CT4690, wire wheels and CT4388, steel wheels.See restoration section, page 128, for full details.Heavy braking can tax even disc brakes. Our cross-drilled discs runconsiderably cooler than standard because they dissipate heat quickerthan the standard solid versions, and, because they give more consistentbraking under all conditions, they are Ideal for really hard driving orcompetition use.(05) Cross Drilled Brake Disc Set 209327XK


02Fast Road (M1144) Brake Pads

01Kevlar Brake Pads 04Competition Brake Shoes

05Cross-Drilled Brake Discs


4-POT CALLIPER KITS . ALLOY FINNED BRAKE DRUMS . UPRATED BRAKE HOSES

Performance& TUNING

45

4-Pot Caliper Brake Conversion Kit with Vented Discs

Suitable For TR3, TR3A, TR3B, TR4 & TR4A.These 4-pot calipers with vented discs will keep things cool - helping toavoid brake fade. The ultimate in braking efficiency, our 4 pot vented brake kit is suppliedwith 4-pot alloy calipers, adaptor plates, vented discs and fast road padsfor maximum stopping power.

For standard pads and replacement brake parts please refer to therestoration section of this catalogue.4-Pot Brake Kits 10 13/16” Disc;(Includes calipers, discs, pads & fittings).(06) Vented Discs SPB3252

Vented & Cross Drilled Discs SPB3252XReplacement Pads;

Soft Brake Pad Set (Road) RD150-3668Medium Brake Pad Set (Fast Road) RD1311Hard Brake Pad Set (Race) RD1313

Alloy Finned Brake Drums

9” Rear Brakes For TR3/3A/TR4/4A.These Al-Fin brake drums, reproductions of the rare factory alloy finnedshell units with iron inserts, not only help to reduce brake fade under heavybraking, they also look good.Al-Fin Brake Drum 9” x 3/4”;(07) Radial Fins (Pair) GAC6028X

Circumferential Fins (Pair) 202267

Brake Servo

For those of us who find the brake pedal rather hard after driving modernvehicles, this remote mounted Lockheed servo kit, complete with allmountings and fittings, will greatly reduce the pedal effort and also help tobring your Spitfires brakes up to modern standards.Brake Servo Conversion Kit;(08) All Models With Single Line Brakes TT3949

Uprated Braided Stainless Steel Brake HosesThese steel braided hoses not only look great, but because they don’t swell under pressure, they give a much firmer feel to the pedal.Front brake hoses for these models are supplied in pairs unless statedotherwise.Stainless Steel Braided Hoses.Model; Front Brake Rear Brake

TR2 Lockheed TT3040 TT3042TR3-4 Girling (*2 Reqd) TT3142* TT3142

(09) TR4A TT3240 TT3242

Brake Pipe Kits

These, non-rust, brake pipe sets are ready assembled withbrass end fittings. The pipes are pliable for easy installation.RHD Models;

TR2/3 Lockheed Brakes To TS13045 HGB1010(10) TR3/3A Girling Brakes From TS13046 HGB1011

TR4 1961-64 HGB6227TR4A IRS 1965-67 HGB6228

LHD Models;TR2/3 Lockheed Brakes To TS13045 HGB1010LTR3/3A Girling Brakes From TS13046 HGB1011LTR4 1961-64 HGB6227LTR4A IRS 1965-67 HGB6228L

Adjustable Brake Pressure Balance Valve

Competition cars quite often need to finely adjust - from inside the car, the braking bias between front and rear brakes. Here we offer anadjustable brake pressure valve which reduces the supply to the rearbrakes after attaining a preset pressure, this mayprove necessary when uprated rear shoes are fittedto avoid premature locking of the rear wheels but,will depend upon the choice of front pads and thewheel/tyre combination. Note: this valve has metricconnections.

All Suitable Models TT3954

08Brake Servo

10Brake Pipe Kits

064-Pot Caliper Conversion Kit

07Alloy Finned Brake Drums

09

STEERING RACK CONVERSION . QUICK RACK . UPRATED FRONT ANTI-ROLL BARS

Performance& TUNING

46

Steering Rack Conversion Kit

Modern technology for your classic TR. Our complete steering rack conversionkit, for split/short column cars, will give you lighter, more direct steeringand can be easily installed by a competent DIY enthusiast. Comprehensivefitting instructions included with every kit. If your early TR2 or TR3 is of thelong column type, please contact Moss Europe for full conversion details,because for long column or early cars, an upper column, 121154R for RHDand 121154L for LHD, will also be required as well as the conversion kit.Steering Rack Conversion Kit;(Note; Use only with 4 Blade or Electric cooling fans).

Conversion Kit TR3A RHD TTK3000R(01) Conversion Kit TR3A LHD TTK3000L

Replacement Rack Boot/Gaiter Kit All Models GRG210Z Long Column Models Will Also Need;(Installation Notes and separate upper column kit components, refer to page 135).(02) Upper Column Kit RHD 121154R

Upper Column Kit RHD 121154L

TR4 & TR4A Steering Quick Rack

Our Quick Rack has a high ratio pinion giving you lock-to-lock in only 2.5turns, compared to the standard 3.5. Made initially for competition use,racks have a stronger outer casing with a higher grade of steel rack forincreased durability. The kit also includes solid alloy mounts to reduce theamount of steering rack float. Track rod ends not included.Quick Rack; RHD LHD(03) TR4/4A With Fittings 306829X 306830X

TR4/4A Without Fittings 306829XNF 306830XNF(For replacement solid mountings, please contact your local Moss branch).

TR4 & 4A Alloy Steering Rack Mounting Kit

The History and Background of TR Steering Rack Mounts. The rack and pinionassemblies were originally mounted to the chassis on TR4’s with U bolts andaluminium blocks. At CT20063, LHD and CT20265, RHD, the aluminium blockmountings were replaced by rubber. The aluminium block mounted rack fittedto a vertical mounting plate on the chassis. The rubber mounted racks fitted toa horizontal mounting plate on the chassis. Due to the difference in mounting tothe chassis, these racks are NOT interchangeable. The rubber mounted racksuffers from rack float when the rubber has been in use for a couple of years.For this reason we have developed a solid mounting system, similar to theearlier aluminium mounted rack for later chassis numbers. The solid mountinggives a slightly less comfortable feel to the steering, but lasts much longer.(04) Mounting Kit Fits 11/16” Rack Tube TT3255


05Uprated Front Anti-Roll Bar

06Uprated Wishbone Bush Kit

0703Quick Rack

01Steering Rack Conversion Kit

04Alloy Rack Mounts

Uprated Front Anti-Roll Bars

The standard front anti-roll bar will need uprating when the engine andsuspension are modified. We have a range of larger diameter bars whichreduce the amount of body roll when cornering. Uses front bumper iron.The centre mounting is made to connect to the bumper support arms, so ifthese have been removed you will have to make up some extensionbrackets from the chassis bolts.Anti-Roll Bar Kits- These Include Bushes And Fittings;

TR2 To TR3A 0.75” Diameter (Fast Road) TT3081TR4 0.75” Diameter (Fast Road) TT3181

(05) TR4A 0.75” Diameter (Fast Road) TT3281TR4A 0.875” Diameter (Competition) TT3282

TR2, TR3 & TR4Uprated Suspension Bushes/Kits

These bush kits are designed to improve the handling by reducing theamount of excess body/suspension movement allowed by the standardtype of bush. We have nylatron, polyurethane and uprated rubber bushes,which will tighten up the suspension nicely for road or more serious use.Polyurethane bushes are the best compromise between standard rubberbushes and nylatron for road going TR’s. They give improved suspensionlocation with greater wear resistance compared to their rubber equivalentsand without the transmission of road noise suffered when fitting Nylatronalternatives. They are naturally self-lubricating.A worthwhile addition to any car, some polyurethane bushes are suppliedindividually, with a steel sleeve where necessary. If you require furtherinformation, please contact your local Moss branch for fitting details.Front Wishbone Bushes & Kits;(06) Nylatron Upper Bush Kit TT3060

Polyurethane Upper Bush (4 Reqd) TT3062Nylatron Lower Bush Kit TT3160

Uprated Front Shock Absorber Bushes;Nylatron Front/Upper (4 Reqd) TT30161Polyurethane Front/Lower (2 Reqd) 102987P

Uprated Rear Telescopic Shock Absorber Bushes;Polyurethane Rear/Upper - Koni/Spax (4 Reqd) 517985P*Nylatron Rear/Lower - Koni/Spax (2 Reqd) TT30161*(*Use when Telescopic Conversion fitted).

Front/Rear Suspension Uprated Bush Kit

02Upper Column Kit


SUSPENSION BUSHES . STRENGTHENING BRACKETS . UPRATED FRONT SPRINGS

Performance& TUNING

47

Uprated Suspension Bushes & Kits TR4A IRS

These bush kits are designed to improve the handling by reducing theamount of excess body/suspension movement allowed by the standard typeof bush. We have nylatron, polyurethane and uprated rubber bushes, whichwill tighten up the suspension nicely for road or more serious use.Polyurethane bushes are the best compromise between standard rubber bushesand nylatron for road going TR’s. They give improved suspension location withgreater wear resistance compared to their rubber equivalents and without thetransmission of road noise suffered when fitting Nylatronalternatives. They are naturally self-lubricating. A worthwhileaddition to any car, some polyurethane bushes are suppliedindividually, with a steel sleeve where necessary.Front And Rear Suspension;

Uprated Bush Kit TTK3111(If you want the best of all worlds, this kit is for you).

Nylatron Front Wishbone Kits;Upper Bush Kit TT3160Lower/Inner Bush Kit TT3261Lower/Outer Bush Kit TT3264

Polyurethane Front Wishbone Bushes/Kit;Upper Bush (4 Reqd) TT3062Lower/Inner Bush Kit TT3263

Rear Suspension;Uprated Rear Trailing Arm (4 Reqd) TT3265

(07) Polyurethane Rear Trailing Arm (4 Reqd) TT3266Nylatron Uprated Front Shock Absorber Bushes;

Front/Upper Standard Damper (4 Reqd) TT30161Front/Lower Standard Damper (2 Reqd) TT3360

Uprated Rear Telescopic Shock Absorber Bushes;Polyurethane Rear/Upper Koni/Spax (4 Reqd) 517985P*Nylatron Rear/Lower Koni/Spax (2 Reqd) TT30161*(*Use when Telescopic Conversion fitted).

TR3-4A Alloy Front Hubs

For fitment details please refer to Front Suspension on pages 139 & 142.Front Alloy Hub - Not Suitable For Wire Wheels;

Standard Flange 114284AThick Flange (Allows Adjustment) 114284X

Strengthening Brackets For Lower Wishbone Arms

The lower front inner wishbone brackets, See Uprated Suspension andSteering Components in the restoration section of this catalogue, whichare welded to the frame are considered weak points of the frontsuspension. They are often found to be cracked or even broken away fromthe chassis. This is usually caused by running into pot holes or hittingkerbs. These brackets are easily replaced by a competent chassis repairworkshops, and represent a considerable improvement to the earlierTR2/3/3A and TR4 design.

On these earlier cars, instead of breaking a bracket, the entire spring towertwists and cracks - much more difficult and expensive to repair than abracket! It’s a good idea to periodically check these front inner wishbonebrackets, and have them replaced if they are cracked or broken, as thiscondition presents a severe safety hazard. We have followed a design fromTriumph themselves and produced a strengthening kit which comprisesthree plates that are welded to the inner wishbone bracket and the chassis.

Strengthening Kit (RH) (3 Plates Per Kit) TT3259RStrengthening Kit (LH) (3 Plates Per Kit) TT3259LReinforcement Plate Washer (4 Reqd) 139580R(Use for additional strengthening if intending to use the car on the track).

Front Coil Spring Spacers & Insulator

We supply a small spacer plate of 3mm depth that allows you to adjust thespring/ride height to suit your needs. Spacers are sold individually.Maximum of 2 recommended per side, each spacer adjusts the ride heightby approx. 5mm.

Spring Spacer Plate (3mm) MGS40904Rubber Insulator/Collar (3mm Thick) 100751Polyurethane Insulator/Collar (3mm Thick) 100751PPolyurethane Insulator/Collar (5mm Thick) 100751PX

08Uprated Front Road Springs

(08) TR2, TR3 & TR4/4A Front Road Springs

Apart from fitting an uprated anti roll bar and dampers, the next stage of tuning your suspensionis to make sure you have the correct spring rate. Note; All TriumphTune springs are designed tobe used with the standard, 2” alloy, spring collar/spacer 107682. It may not be needed forlightweight cars, and is not required when fitting standard, TR2/3/4, front springs, 210903.

Spring Details Colour Spring Fitted Fitted PartCode Rate lbs Length Length Number

TR2-TR4 TR4AStandard SpringsTR2, TR3 & TR4 Free Length 9.75” N/A 290 6.75” N/A 201898TR2, TR3 & TR4 Free Length 11” N/A 310 8.75” N/A 210903TR4A N/A 312 N/A 6.75” 213165TriumphTune SpringsRoad/Rally (Increased Height) B 390 7.10” 7.00” TT4006Fast Road (Slightly Lowered) WB 390 6.70” 6.70” TT4001Road/Competition PB 420 7.00” 7.00” TT4201Sprint/Competition (Lowered) PY 420 6.20” 6.00” TT4102Full Race (Lowered) OB 450 6.50” 6.50” TT4207

Alloy Spring Collar/Spacer (All TriumphTune Springs) 107682

TR4A IRS Owners

On page 49 you will find one of the best suspensionpacks available for TR4 IRS models.Front Lowered Spring and Damper Kit (Sprint), PartNumber TTK3140.(Choose from Spax, Koni or Gaz shock absorbers).

05

REAR TELESCOPIC BRACKET KITS . REAR UPRATED LEVER SHOCK ABSORBERS

Performance& TUNING

48

Uprated Rear Lever Shock Absorbers

Standard dampers are adequate for road use, but if you are contemplatingusing your car on the track then we recommend you fit uprated units,though these may prove to be a little stiff for road use.Alternatively as a budget solution, you can fit our competition valves,AHH7218, into brand new standard shock absorbers.Note; you can fit uprated valves into your own units, but due to the possibleage and previous, possibly unknown, wear of the components, they areunlikely to last as long as new ones, or give balanced/matched performance.We also stock Penrite shock absorber oil for those who wish to tinker withdamping rates.

TR2, TR3 & TR4 25% Uprated Shock Absorber (Fast Road/Sport);New (RH) TT3014RN

(05) New (LH) TT3014LNTR4A 25% Uprated Shock Absorber (Fast Road/Sport);

New (RH) TT3214RNNew (LH) TT3214LN

TR4A 50% Uprated Shock Absorber (Full Competition);(Not suitable for road use).

New (RH) TT3215RNNew (LH) TT3215LN

+25% Valve (Competition) (2 Reqd) AHH7218

Penrite Shock Absorber Oil;No.1 Light 500ml (Standard Road Use) GGL9038XNo.2 Heavy 500ml (Competition) GGL9039X


04Bracket Kit Type 303Bracket Kit Type 2A02Bracket Kit Type 201Bracket Kit Type 1A

Rear Telescopic Bracket Conversion Kits

To enable the fitting of the Spax, Koni or Gaz telescopic shock absorbers toyour classic, you will need to use one our bracket kits listed here. Choicedepends on the use of your car and how you prefer the brackets to mount.

Kit Type 1A offers a much improved action as well as locating the solid axlemuch better. The main bracket is bolted to the shock absorber mountingand the axle bracket is is bolted, and welded when in position.Type 1A Bracket Kit - For Solid Axle Type Models;(01) TR2-3A To TS60000 TT3118

TR3A From TS60001, TR4 TT31181

Type 1 brackets mount to the rear inner wing, they require minimal bodymodification to be carried out. Ideal for road application.Type 1 Bracket Kit;

TR4A IRS Only TT3218

Type 2 brackets are one piece brackets that bolt to the lever arm mountingpoints on the chassis, and fit outside the inner wheel arch. They are easyto install, but if the body shell is not correctly aligned to the chassis, certaincombinations of tyre and wheel sizes may cause problems.Please contact your nearest branch if in doubt.Type 2 Bracket Kit;(02) TR4A IRS Only*** TT3225X

Type 2A brackets used in this conversion are based on our very popular -and successful type 2 kit, TT3225X, which utilises the lever arm mountingpoints, that has stood the test of time. However, these conversion brackets,TT3225TUV, are of a much heavier and stronger construction. They alsohave an extra mounting point for them to be located directly to the wheelarch, which will require drilling.Please contact your nearest branch for details.Type 2A Bracket Kit - TUV Approved/Certificated;(03) TR4A IRS Only*** TT3225TUV

Type 3 bracket kit is a set of six stepped brackets and fittings to mount upthrough the bodywork and out to the inner wheel arch, creating a new dampermounting point. Brackets take a little longer to install but do strengthen andstiffen the rear of the body shell. Kit contains fittings and instructions.Type 3 Bracket Kit;(04) TR4A IRS Only*** TT3225

(***These bracket kits are fitted to the inner arch at the same height as the tyre, care must be exercised to ensure clearance during suspension travel. If excessive negative camber is already used, this must be reset before use to ensure clearance).

PolyurethaneBushes

Polyurethane bushes are avery cost effective means of improving steering andsuspension joints. They give amuch ‘tighter feel’, transmitless road noise through thecomponents, and last muchlonger than the standardrubber bushes.


SPAX, KONI & GAZ SHOCK ABSORBERS . LOWERED SPRING & DAMPER KITS

Performance& TUNING

49

TR4A IRS (Sprint) Front LoweredSprings & Damper Kit

Developed after years of research and development,these spring and damper kits will upgrade your car’ssuspension for fast road use, tightening the overallfeel of the car. This kit uses the slightly lower roadsprings for fast road or sprint work. Recommended ifstandard or larger diameter tyres are being used.

To obtain maximum benefit from this conversion, youshould fit (rear) uprated lever arm dampers or fit one ofour rear telescopic conversion kits.Fast Road Spring & Damper Kit;

With Spax Shocks TTK3140SWith Koni Shocks TTK3140KWith Gaz Shocks TTK3140G

TR4A IRS Rear Spax Shock Absorbers & Rear Telescopic Conversion Kit

Converting to telescopic damper units will improve the ride and suspensionmaking the handling more stable and predictable under pressure. This kitincludes 2 rear telescopic Spax shock absorbers, rear telescopic conversionbrackets, based on our type 1 bracket kit, and full fitting instructions.

Spax Shock Absorber/Rear Conversion Kit SPCK29

TR4A IRS Front/Rear Shock Absorber Pack & Rear Telescopic Conversion Kit

Converting to rear telescopic damper units will improve the ride andsuspension making the handling more stable and predictable underpressure. This kit includes 4 telescopic shock absorbers and a reartelescopic conversion kit, based on our type 2 bracket kit. Choose fromSpax, Koni or Gaz. If you wish to fit units more suitable for sprint/race,please contact your local Moss branch.Shock Pack/Conversion Kit;(09) With Spax TTK3112S

With Koni TTK3112KWith Gaz TTK3112G

06Spax 07Koni 08Gaz

(06) Spax Shock Absorbers

The gas adjustable units from Spax will give excellent service on allmodels, plus, they have the ability for the adjustments to be made on thecar. All Spax units come with a 3 year warranty. Supplied individually butshould be fitted in pairs. The zero setting equals the original setting.

(07) Koni Shock Absorbers

Koni adjustable shock absorbers are renowned for their reliability andgreater range of damping, which makes them suitable for road or competitionapplications. The adjustment must be made with the unit off the car. All Koni units come with a 3 year guarantee. Supplied individuallybut should be fitted in pairs. The zero setting equals the original setting.

(08) Gaz Shock Absorbers

Gaz shock absorbers come with a 3 year warranty, and are specificallydesigned for fast road/sport applications. Features include, on-caradjustment, Double Lip piston seals and Zinc plated bodies. Theseadvanced adjustable dampers are supplied Supplied individually butshould be fitted in pairs. The zero setting equals the original setting.

Spax, Koni & Gaz Replacement Shock Absorbers

The first step to improving the handling of your TR, is to fit adjustable shock absorbers. UpratedShock Absorbers should always be fitted in pairs.*These rear shock absorbers can only be used when the lever arm shock absorbers havealready been replaced with a telescopic conversion bracket kit.Important: All telescopic units are supplied individually but should only be fitted in pairs.

Spax Spax Koni Koni Gaz GazModels Front Rear Front Rear Front RearTR2, 3 & 3A TT3001 TT3111* TT3102 TMG30712* TT3103 N/ATR4 No Spacers TT3001 TT3311* TT3102 TT3312* TT3103 N/ATR4 Deep Dish Springs TT3001 TT3111* TT3102 TMG30712* TT3103 N/ATR4A IRS TT3101 TT3211* TT3102 TT3212* TT3203 TT3213*TR4A USA Solid Axle TT3101 TT3111* TT3102 TMG30712* TT3203 N/A

09Conversion Kit & Shock Absorber Pack

Uprated Rear Leaf Springs & Bush Kit

TR2, TR3 & TR4 And USA TR4A With Solid Axle.Apart from fitting anti roll bars and dampers, you must also ensure that therear spring doesn’t spoil all your hard work at the front. Our leaf springs aresupplied with new front bushes. Flat springs are standard on models priorto 1963. Long springs and spacers are used on later models, see alsoinformation for competition springs.

Lowered Springs.Our lowered springs retain the standard spring rate, but just lower the carfor improved road holding, fast road or competition use.

Flat Type TT4020(01) Long Type TT4021

Competition Springs.Specially manufactured for TriumphTune to original specification for increasedspring rate.

Flat Type (Road/Rally) TT4016Flat Type (Lowered Race) TT4016B(Lowered spring is for racing applications, special order only).

Uprated Spring Bushes.Nylatron bushes retain the rear spring laterally whilst allowing the springto pivot smoother. See restoration section for detailed listings of fittings.

Complete Rear Shackle Bush Kit TTK3010Shackle Bush (8 Reqd) TT30765Front Spring Eye Bush (Race Only) (4 Reqd) TT3067

TR4A IRS Rear Coil Spring Spacer & Insulators

We supply a small spacer plate of 3mm depth that allows you to adjust thespring/ride height suit your needs. Spacers are sold individually.Maximum of 2 recommended per side, each spacer adjusts the ride height byapprox. 5mm.

Spring Spacer (3mm) MGS40904Rubber Insulator/Collar (3mm Thick) 138823

(03) Polyurethane Insulator/Collar (3mm Thick) 138823PPolyurethane Insulator/Collar (5mm Thick) 138823PX

UPRATED REAR LEAF SPRINGS . REAR COIL SPRINGS . REAR ANTI -ROLL BARS

Performance& TUNING

50


01Uprated Rear Road Spring

Rear Suspension Bump Stops

When changing the ride height of the car, especially when lowering, moretravel must allowed. The upper bump stop must be reduced in height toallow the spring and damper to work correctly.

Upper Bump Stop Short 155719(04) Lower Bump Stop Long 136758

(Use with uprated spring TT4211 with lever dampers).

Rear Anti-Roll Bar Kits & Bushes

The addition of the rear anti-roll bar will change the characteristicsof the car considerably. It will increase road holding because it willcause the car to corner flatter by limiting roll. With modern tyresand/or more tread on the road the TR must grip better on a drysurface. The bar causes more weight transfer to the outside rearwheel, which will ultimately promote oversteer, a condition youeither love or hate.

Bars are supplied with 4 rubber link bushes. The bar can be mademore effective by the use of nylatron instead: either one each sideor two for maximum effect. It is suggested that these substitutionsare made progressively and the TR test-driven to tune thesuspension precisely to personal taste. Don’t forget, the wet roadbehaviour will change too, and oversteer in the wet can be quite achallenge, though good fun once mastered. Our rear anti-roll barkits come complete with fittings.

Rear Anti-Roll Bar Kit;(05) TR2-TR3A 0.625” TT3087

TR4 0.625” TT3187TR4A TT3288Rear Axle Mounting Alloy Cone TR4A Only TT3906

End Link Bushes

To alter the rate of the anti-roll bar, we offer the following outer link bushes.6 or 8 bushes required depending on installation requirements.

Polyurethane +15% Rate 517985PNylatron +25% Rate TT3996

Uprated Rear Coil Springs TR4A IRS

Apart from fitting an uprated anti roll bar and dampers, the next stage of tuning yoursuspension is to make sure you have the correct spring rate. Note; All TriumphTunesprings are designed to be used with the standard, 2” alloy, spring collar/spacer107682. It may not be needed for lightweight cars, and is not required when fittingstandard springs 210903.

Colour Spring Fitted PartApplication Code Rate Length Number

lbs/inStandard Springs

TR4A N/A 320 8.40” 214293

TriumphTune Rear SpringsRoad/Rally (Increased Height) WY 390 9.65” TT4211Fast Road (Slightly Lowered) GYY 420 8.85” TT4212

(02) Road/Competition YY 420 8.50” TT4216Sprint/Competition (Lowered) RY 510 8.45” TT4215Full Race (Lowered) PY 550 7.30” TT4215A

Alloy Spring Collar/Spacer (All TriumphTune Springs) 107682

02Uprated Rear Coil Springs

08


UPRATED CLUTCH . DOG CLUTCH GEAR SET . L IGHTWEIGHT STEEL FLYWHEEL

Performance& TUNING

51

TR4A Uprated Clutch Covers & Drive Plates

These components are built specially for fast road/sportor full competition use. Many TR2 to TR4’s have beenconverted to diaphragm clutch use. These models canuse the TR4A clutch components listed here. The

correct clutch release bearing and sleeve must be fitted.

For Use With Standard Gear Ratio’s (Uprated Road Use);(06) Clutch Cover 8.5” TT2201(07) Clutch Plate 8.5” (10 x 1.25” Spline) TT2202

Uprated Road/Competition;Clutch Cover 8.5” TT2503Clutch Plate 8.5” (10 x 1.25” Spline) TT2202

For Use With Close Ratio Gears** (Uprated Road Use);Clutch Cover 8.5” TT2201Clutch Plate 8.5” (23 x 1” Spline) TT2502

Full Race;Clutch Cover 8.5” TT2503XClutch Plate* 8.5” (23 x 1” Spline) TT2504(*Cerrametallic clutch plate, use only with TT2503X).

For 7.25” race cover please call your local Moss branch.

(08) Release Bearing All GRB211Standard Bearing Sleeve 147858

(09) Bronze Bearing Sleeve 147858X

Clutch Alignment Tool;Use With 10 x 1.25” Spline MM387-220Use With 23 x 1” Spline GAC5064X

(NOTE; Before ordering please refer to Clutch System, page 95, in the Restoration section of this catalogue reference interchangeability of Laycock and Borg & Beck units and early versions of our close ratio gear sets).(**Important: Earlier version close ratio gear sets, purchased before 1999, used a 10 x 1” spline input shaft and should use clutch plates, TT2702, for uprated use, or, TT2704, for sprint or race use).

03Spring Spacer

05Rear Anti-Roll Bar Kit

06

07Uprated Clutch Plate

04Bump Stop

TR4/4A Dog Clutch Gear Kit

Set of gears, mainshaft and hubs to convert your 4 synchro gearbox to dogengagement. These are straight cut gears and are not suitable, for noisereasons, for road use. Permits clutchless fast gear changes.

Non-Overdrive (Ratios: 2.013, 1.515, 1.205, 1:1) TT2215(10) J-Type Overdrive (Ratios: 2.013, 1.515, 1.205, 1:1) TT2217

Fitting Service To Your Gearbox TGK115

Should you require outright purchase of a gearboxfitted with either of the above, please telephoneyour requirements. These kits cannot be fitted tocrash 1st gearboxes, but then who would want to?If you have to ask what a dog clutch gearbox is,you probably don’t need one.

Lightened Flywheels

Your standard flywheel can be lightened to give quicker engine pick-up whilestill being useable for road applications. All work is carried out to your ownunit, weight reduction will depend on requirements and condition of unit.

Lightened Flywheel ENB11

It is preferable for this to be carried out while the engine is being balanced.We can also convert, to special order, TR2-4 Spring clutch flywheels to thelater Diaphragm type, call for details.

Lightweight Steel Flywheel

In the past, when tuning your engine, the cast iron flywheel came in forsome serious attention. As much material would be removed as deemedsafe. Years of stress caused by engine revs, heat and clutch abuse, maywell have pushed this hard-worked part into an unsafe condition.Flywheels and clutches have been known to fail catastrophically.

Our brand new steel lightweight flywheels, that only weigh 9lbs/4kgs, areprimarily for race use where improved weight reduction can be fully used- and appreciated. They can also be used for road use. Many TR2 to TR4’shave been converted to diaphragm clutch use. These models can use theTR4A clutch components listed in this section. The correct clutch releasebearing and sleeve must be fitted.

Note: Starter motors and ring gears; The starter motor must be matched tothe flywheel and ring gear. Rather than fit the original type, it would be awise precaution to fit one of our pre-engaged starter motors, see page 39.Note: Ring gear not fitted to steel flywheels, see page 89.Lightweight Steel Flywheels (Less Ring Gear);(11) TR2/4A 4 Bolt Fixing For 8.5” Diaphragm Clutch 1431065X

4 Cyl. 8 Bolt Fixing For 7.25” Competition Clutch TT2230S4 Cyl. 12 Bolt Fixing For 7.25” Competition Clutch TT2231S

11Lightened Steel Flywheel

10

09

BRAIDED CLUTCH HOSES . UPRATED LAYGEARS . CLOSE RATIO GEAR SET

Performance& TUNING

52


J-Type Overdrive01Stainless Steel Braided Clutch Hoses

04J-Type Overdrive Bracket & Fitting Kit02Uprated Laygear

05Limited Slip Differential03Close Ratio Gear Set

06Alloy Diff CoverA-Type Overdrive

SHOCK ABSORBERS. PERFORMANCE BRAKE DISCS . EXHAUST MANIFOLDS. AIR FILTERS


OVERDRIVE UPRATING . 5 SPEED CONVERSION . L IMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIALS

Performance& TUNING

53

Stainless Steel Braided Clutch Hoses

These steel braided hoses not only look great, but because they don’t swellunder pressure, they give a much firmer feel to the pedal.

TR2 Lockheed TT3041(01) TR3 & TR4 TT3041A

TR4A TT3141

Uprated Laygears

Since its introduction in 1961, the Achilles’ heel of the 4 speed synchro-meshgearbox - as fitted to TR4/6, Dolomite Sprints and the Big Triumph saloons,was the laygear and layshaft. Failure of the bearing(s) causes destruction of thelayshaft and the bore(s) of the laygear, the resulting debris often destroys manyother expensive components.

During the mid-1980’s, with racing TR’s in particular suffering repeated gearboxfailures, due to the additional power being transmitted, many reconditionersmodified laygears to take an extra bearing, which cured the fault, but theyassumed there would always be a reclaimable laygear to salvage - not alwaysthe case! The solution is to produce laygears with the maximum bearingconfiguration in the first place, to extend the life of the gearbox almostindefinitely and, cope with just about any amount of power. Moss upratedlaygears come with bearings pre-fitted, ready to install, with no modificationsneeded. For full details please contact your local Moss branch.

16 Teeth Uprated Laygear 128107UR(02) 17 Teeth Uprated Laygear UKC662UR

TR4A Uprated Outer Drive Shafts

These are Brand New uprated/performance drive shafts that can handle upto 250bhp! Need we say any more. See page 151 for full axle details.

Uprated Outer Axle Shaft TKC853UR

TR4/4A Close Ratio Gear Set

Suitable for all Triumph gearboxes with needle roller constant pinion bearings,including 2000 but not Stag or Sprint. Now uses a 1” x 23 spline input shaft toallow use of a wider range of clutches. It includes 3rd and 4th gear pairs andan adaptor enabling fitment to the ‘big nose’ or imperial ‘spigoted’ mainshaft.

Note: Earlier version close ratio gear sets, purchased before 1999, used a10 spline input shaft and should use clutch plates TT2702 for uprated use,or TT2704 for sprint or race use. Cannot be used in Stags or Sprints.

(03) Close Ratio Gear Set TT2210Constant Pinion Gear TT2210ASpigot Bearing Sleeve 145008XCountershaft Gear STR5483rd Gear (39 Teeth) STR549Countershaft Constant Gear STR552Extra High 1st Gear (31 Teeth) STR550(Note; Before ordering please refer to the Clutch System, page 95, in the Restoration section of this catalogue reference interchangeability of Laycockand Borg & Beck units, and, early versions of our close ratio gear sets).

A-Type Overdrive Uprating

See Restoration section for full details.This is only supplied as a kit to your donor overdrive unit, and built into it.The unit must be, or have been, properly rebuilt as necessary, at the sametime, to remove the chance of worn internal components failing. Thesecomponents might well have survived many more miles under normal useand standard pressure, but they certainly won’t under uprated conditions.To permit the modifications the donor unit must be of the type which has alarge welch plug visible in its base - adjacent to the drain plug. Thisprovides a final pressure outlet for the accumulator which does not havethe pressure bleed-off ports which are part of the standard two pieceaccumulator piston assembly and, which are there to provide the cushioned

A-Type Overdrive Uprating cont...

drive. Cushioning of the drive is not a significant factor on a competitionoverdrive. Due to the much more positive engagement this modificationshould not be considered for road TR’s. The kit includes: relined and upratedcone clutch, a modified uni-directional clutch, a larger accumulator piston,uprated operating valve, and replacement accumulator springs.

A-Type Overdrive Uprating Kit TGK107

J-Type Overdrive Uprating

See Restoration section for full details.This is only supplied as a kit. It requires modifications to the clutch, towhich a grippier lining is bonded, the dashpot assembly and the wholePressure Relief Valve assembly. An old clutch sliding member is required inexchange for the relined unit supplied.

J-Type Overdrive Uprating Kit TGK108(04) Bracket & Fitting Kit* 211361X

(*This Bracket Kit allows J type overdrive to fit to A type chassis, TR2 to TR4A, without modification. Comes complete with mounting).Bracket & Fitting Kit** 104086ADP(**This Bracket Kit allows allows a saloon A type overdrive casing to fit the TR mounting, 104086 (minor rear casing alterations are required)).

These Items Are Included For 2 Reasons:1. The better availability at the time of writing of new and used J-type overdrives.2. Quite often the overdrive box you’ve acquired after months of searching turnsout to be J-type. Remember the J-type O/D also requires the correct gearboxmainshaft in place, pump cam and adaptor plate. It may also require conversionto TR spec: speedo gear, operating pressure and rear flange.

5 Speed Gearbox Conversions

Our precision engineered 5 speed gearbox conversion kits includeeverything you need, including a gearbox unit, to convert your classic to 5speed. Designed to replace existing units without any body work modifi-cations. For full specifications please contact your local Moss branch

5 Speed Gearbox Conversion TR2-TR4 TGK120A

Limited Slip Differentials

Limited slip differentials allow maximum drive to the wheels giving moregrip under hard acceleration and cornering.(05) Quaife Limited Slip Differential TT2220

Plate-Type Limited Slip Differential TT2221Limited Slip Differential Conversion TGK120(Includes fitting LSD to customers own axle, new seals, and any other parts fitted as required. Either type).

Alloy & Magnesium Finned Diff Covers

For Alloy Covers for late TR3,TR4 Girling solid axles please refer to page 149.Because the original rear differential cover and separate rear mountingbracket are no longer available for TR4A IRS models, you can fit the TR6‘finned’ rear diff cover, so, rather than fit a standard cast part, why not fitone of our Aluminium or Magnesium covers.

To fit any of these, including standard, covers to a TR4A rear axle, you willalso need mounting rubbers and fittings listed here. For full details of RearAxle and Diff units please refer to the restoration section.(06) Finned Diff Cover Alloy TR4A IRS 149826X

Finned Diff Cover Magnesium TR4A IRS 149826MXDiff Front Upper Mounting (2 Reqd) 134235PDiff Front Lower Mounting (2 Reqd) 134236PMounting Rubber (2 Reqd) 147783Mounting Rubber To Cover Bolt (4 Reqd) BH605111Plain Washer (4 Reqd) GHF301Nut (4 Reqd) GHF223

06

INTERRUPTER FUEL PUMP KIT . SOLID STATE FUEL PUMP . PRESSURE REGULATOR

Performance& TUNING

54

High Capacity Fuel Pumps, Filters & Regulator

The standard fuel pump may not be able to maintain adequate fuel volumeand pressure at higher engine speeds.The range of Facet high pressure electric fuel pumps however, suit allmodified applications, the position in the car where the pump is mountedwill determine which model is used. However, near the fuel tank is best asmost pumps are designed to perform as pushers rather than pumpers.The cylindrical ‘Interrupter’ pumps can be fitted to the front or rear of thecar and can pull fuel up to 18 inches from the bottom of the fuel tank.The Cuboid Solid State pumps must be mounted close to the tank andbelow the fuel level (the installation instructions must be adhered to). Theycan pull fuel up to 18” from the bottom of the fuel tank and the filter unionmust be fitted to the suction side of the pump.They come complete with mounting bobbins and unions, but you will haveto re-plumb the fuel system around the new pump using a combination ofstandard pipes and hoses.Fine-tuning of the fuel pressure can be easily achieved by installing apressure regulator, we can supply either a simple regulator or a filterregulator with a replaceable filter. We have the road competition versionwith 1/4” and 5/16” connections and the larger competition version with all5/16” connections.With safety in mind, we also supply a Inertia fuel cut off switch, so that inthe event of an accident, fuel delivery is cut-off.

Interrupter Fuel Pump Kit

These pumps can be mounted at the front or rear of the car. Unless stated,pumps are negative earth.(01) For Road Use TMG2930K

(18gal/per Hr Flow Rate, 4.0 psi. Up to 150 Bhp).For Road Use (Positive Earth) TMG2930P(18gal/per Hr flow rate, 4.0 psi. Up to 150 Bhp).For Fast Road Use MGS2930K(25gal/per Hr Flow Rate, 5.0 psi. Up to 180 Bhp).For Competition Use TT2930(38gal/per Hr Flow Rate, 6.5-7.0 psi. 190+ Bhp).(Note: Competition pumps require extra unions, please state size and connector type required).

Solid State Fuel Pump Kit

Pumps must be mounted close to the tank and below thefuel level. Unless stated pumps are Negative earth.Solid State Fuel Pump;(02) For Road Use TMG2931K

(18gal/per Hr Flow Rate, 4.0-5.5 psi. Up to 150 Bhp).For Fast Road/Competition MGS2931(25gal/per Hr Flow Rate, 6.0-7.0 psi. Up to 180 Bhp).

We recommend you fit an in-line auxiliary Fuel Pressure Regulator/Filter for precise fuel flow.Pressure Regulator;(03) 1/4” Unions (Road/Competition) TT2925

5/16” Unions (Competition) TT2926Filter/Regulator (5/16” Unions);(04) 67mm (Road/Competition) TT2927

85mm (Competition) TT2928Fuel Inertia Switch C41220A

Fuel Pump & Filter Unions

Fuel Pump Unions.For use with high capacity fuel pumps; check size of pump thread and pipesize used on the car. JIC are for use with Aeroquip pipe sets.

Union Thread Size; Straight 90 Degree1/8” NPT 1/4” NPT 1/8” NPT 1/4” NPT

1/4” 6mm Pipe Size FPA903B N/A N/A N/A5/16” 8mm Pipe Size MOC1604 N/A MOC1841 FPA902A*3/8” 10mm Pipe Size FPA904 N/A N/A FPA902B*-6 JIC Aeroquip Thread Special MOC0726 Special MOC0725(*These unions are supplied in pairs).

Fuel Filter Unions;Filter/Union & Outlet Union (Pair) TT2932A(1/8”NPT with 1/4” Fuel Pipes).

Blanking Plate

If you are replacing your block mounted mechanical pump with a highpressure electric unit, then you will need this blanking plate.

Blanking Plate 147876Plate To Block Gasket 2138791


03Pressure Regulator

01Interrupter Fuel Pump 02Solid State Pump 07

04Filter/Regulator

10


K&N Sports filters, which are sold individually, are available for modelsequipped with SU’s or *Weber carburettors. For twin carb’s, such as SU’s,you will need to order 2 filters. *Note Weber Fitment, please check forclearance before ordering.K&N Sports Filters - Standard Depth Unless Stated;

H4 Offset Mount TR2 KN56-9128(07) H6 Offset Mount TR3, TR4 KN56-9132TR4 & 4A HS6/Stromberg;

Standard Depth KN56-1400ADeep KN56-9098Stud Kit KN56STUDKIT

K&N Engine Crankcase Filters;Crankcase Filter** KN62-1330(**Filter has 0.05” Internal inlet).

K&N For Weber/Dellorto Carburettors;These K&N filters are designed to fit Weber DCOE and Dellorto DHLA. Wesuggest that ram pipes are fitted to aid air flow.

Filter Size Depth Part No.180mm x 120mm*** 45mm KN56-1270

(08) 180mm x 120mm 45mm KN56-9106180mm x 120mm 63mm KN56-9104180mm x 120mm 83mm KN56-9265228mm x 135mm 45mm KN56-9115228mm x 135mm 63mm KN56-9110190mm x 160mm 51mm KN56-9332190mm x 160mm 54mm KN56-9233(***Not suitable for ram pipes).

K&N Service Items;(09) K&N Re-Charge Cleaning Kit 001-130

(This kit includes: 12fl oz cleaning solution and 6.5 oz filter oil).Filter Lubricating Oil;

Aerosol 400ml KN99-0516Bottle 250cc KN99-0533Sachet 57cc KN99-11312Cleaning Fluid Solution 1 litre KN99-0621

Ram Pipes for K&N Filters

Only available For Twin Choke Carburettor Applications.Ram Pipes, sometimes known as stub stacks, are essential to improve airflow into the carburettor. They feature full radiused mouths that helpreduce turbulence at the mouth of the carburettor, allowing a muchsmoother air flow. Ram Pipes produce a measurable improvement in

performance. The length of the Ram Pipe slightly changesthe engine speed at which power is developed - the

shorter the pipe, the higher the speed.

These ram pipes can be used on their own, or with aK&N sports air filter, providing there is sufficientclearance from the end of the ram pipe to the case. Allram pipes are sold individually. If unsure as to fitmentplease contact your local Moss branch.Please see notes; Important Descriptions and Dimensions

on page 24.

Ram Pipes For Twin Choke Carburettors.Can also be used with K&N Sports Air Filters.For 40 DCOE/DHLA Carburettors;

16mm Long KNSS1640(10) 26mm Long KNSS2640

39mm Long KNSS3940For 40 DCOE/DHLA Carburettors;

16mm Long KNSS164526mm Long KNSS264539mm Long KNSS3945

TR2/TR4A Fuel Tanks

For full details of fuel system please refer to the restoration section.TR2 To TS8637;(05) Aluminium Fuel Tank 301235AL

Steel Fuel Tank 301235TR2/TR3 & TR3A To TS60000;(On these models the outlet is bottom centre of the tank).

Aluminium Fuel Tank 302125ALSteel Fuel Tank 302125(Note: fuel tank 302125 is the smaller capacity fitted as standard to TR3’s and TR3A’s to TS60000. The reduced capacity of approximately half a gallonallows for the fitment of the occasional rear seat option to all TR2/3/3A’s).

TR3A From TS60001;Aluminium Fuel Tank 303999ALSteel Fuel Tank 303999

TR4 & TR4A.To rationalise fuel tanks for TR4 cars through to TR6, we have produced, inmarine quality aluminium, a fuel tank that will suit all applications.TR4/TR4A;

Aluminium Fuel Tank 312359X

Fuel Additive

UK TR’s were designed to run a high-octane fuel, so to eliminate thepossible need to adjust, i.e., retard, ignition an octane booster may also berequired. We stock a lead substitute, endorsed by the ‘Federation ofHistoric Vehicle Clubs’ that enables unleaded fuel to be safely used inengines designed for leaded fuel.(06) Superblend Fuel Additive 500ml GAC806


K&N Air Filters are renowned as being one of the most efficient air filtrationsystems available. Their reinforced cotton weave is impregnated with aspecially formulated oil to retain airborne particles. Offering muchimproved air-flow over standard paper elements, they are essential for fastroad and competition applications. K&N performance filters are designedto be used with either stub stacks or ram pipes.


F U E L TA N K S . K & N S P O R T S A I R F I LT E R S . S T U B S TA C K S & R A M P I P E S

Performance& TUNING

5508K&N Filter

05Alloy Fuel Tank

09K&N Re-Charge Cleaning Kit

05

RAMAIR PERFORMANCE FILTERS . FUEL PIPE KITS GROSE JETS . HS6 CARBS

Performance& TUNING

56

RamAir Performance Filters

The RamAir foam, multiple layer, construction ensures efficient filteringproperties with minimal air restriction. The polymer coating filters up to 8times more particles than standard paper filters. Re-treat with polymercompound every 20,000 miles.

RamAir Filter Assemblies;(01) For HS4 SU’s RS2202402

For Weber 45DCOE RS2237402

RamAir Air Socks;(02) For Weber 45 Single Trumpet CS101

(88mm dia. x 115mm long).For Weber 40/45 CS102(188mm dia. x 70mm deep).

Cleaning Fluid Solution 1 litre FCPRC3(03) Polymer Replacement (Bottle) FTDRP6

Fuel Pipe Kits

These kits include non-rust copper pipes as well as fittings and hoses.

Fuel Pipe Kits;(04) TR2/TR3A HFFK34

SU HS6 TR4/TR4A HFFK35Strombergs TR4/TR4A HFFK36

Grose-Jets

For Precision Fuel Flow.Your carburettors may reconditioned, but they still leak fuel - filling thecockpit with fumes when you lift your foot off the throttle. Grose-Jets, with their modern technology, don’t stick open like the old needle and valve units.

(05) Grose-Jet (Each) GAC9201X

HS6 SU Carburettors

New replacement HS6 carburettors with angled float chambers, suppliedwith standard jets and no needles. Please refer to Performance Notes atthe start of this section headed Carburation for details. For further detailsplease contact your local Moss branch.

(06) HS6 SU Carburettors (Pair) TT1156(This Conversion is only suitable for, High Port, TR3/3A & TR4 models,see page 110 for history of this conversion).HS6 Conversion Linkage Kit (1 Reqd) TT1261Short Throttle Rod Assembly (1 Reqd) 148496Long Throttle Rod Assembly (1 Reqd) 145077Throttle Rod Ball Joint (Original) (2 Reqd) TT9941Throttle Rod Ball Joint (Alternative) (2 Reqd) TT9941ZThrottle Support Bracket (1 Reqd) 218410Bellcrank (1 Reqd) 148960Carburettor Mounting Flange (2 Reqd) TKC1338Adaptor Plate Kit (2 Reqd) TT12561(This kit adaptor plate kit, TT12561, enables 1 1/2”, 1 3/4” and 2” SU carburettors to be rubber mounted to the manifold. Why bother?Engine vibration, especially under hard acceleration will normally be transmitted to the float chambers, severely reducing the ability of the float needle to seat and so causing flooding, possible even blowing fuel backwards into the cockpit. Rubber insulating the carburettors will stop this. The rubber insulators, TKC1338, are also available separately).Inlet Manifold 307455(Long curved tubes with tapping for PCV valve. PCV is an abbreviation for Positive Crankcase Ventilation valve, see page 117).

K&N Sports Filters;Standard Depth (45mm) KN56-1400ADeep Filter* (83mm) KN56-9098(*Check room available Prior to installation).


04Fuel Pipe Kit

06HS6 SU Carburettors

Triumph used SU carburettors on the TR until SU was acquired by BMCaround the end of 1962. It was said that Strombergs were used becauseof their ability to meet US emission laws. When Triumph came under theBMH banner along with BMC in 1965, SU’s were quickly reverted back to.

01RamAir Filer Assembly

02RamAir Air Sock

03Polymer Treatment

08


CARB DASH POT COVERS . PERIOD STYLE RAM PIPES . ANODISED RAM PIPES

Performance& TUNING

57

Progression Of Needles For HS6 SU Carb’s

This table gives you a rough guide to the needle type you may require, butneedle choice will depend on range of engine modifications. The range ofalternative needles given below should cover most needs and are allavailable from stock. Note; All models have Fixed type as original fitment,Biased only for later replacement carbs. If you are unsure, please contactyour local Moss branch.

Needle Fixed Type Fixed Type Biased Type83mm 86/87mm 86/87mm

Weak AUD1289 AUD1117Standard AUD1328 AUD1362 CUD1101Slightly Richer AUD1291 AUD1328 NZX8015Use With PlusPac B AUD1290 AUD1362 CUD1104Richer/Race AUD1286 AUD1291 CUD1111

Needle Chart ALT9001(Gives full range of needles and their dimensions).

SU Carb Dash Pot Covers

A set of these polished or anodised aluminium dash pot covers are an easyway to smarten and personalise the engine bay of your car.

Dash Pot Covers For HS4/HS6 Carburettors;(07) Chrome (Each) SFR150

Polished (Each) SFR23Anodised - Red (Each) SFR23RAnodised - Blue (Each) SFR23B

Period Style Ram Pipes

Period Style Ram Pipes For SU Carburettors;H4 & HS4 Short (Each) SFR2H4 & HS4 Long (Each) SFR8

(08) H6 & HS6 Short (Each) SFR3(09) H6 & HS6 Long (Each) SFR9

07Carb Dash Pot Covers

09Long Ram Pipe 11Twin Choke Piper Ram Pipes

Piper Ram Pipes

Not only do these Ram pipes improve air flow into the carburettor byreducing turbulence - thanks to their full radiused mouths, they also lookgood. Our ram pipes for single choke carburettors are 50mm deep, they canbe used on their own, with the Piper Air Socks, or with suitable sports airfilters, depending on installation, providing there is sufficient clearancefrom the end of the ram pipe to the sports filter case.

Twin choke application ram pipes are 30mm deep, they can be used ontheir own or with Piper Air Socks. All ram pipes are sold individually. Ifunsure as to fitment please contact your local Moss branch.Please see notes; Important Descriptions and Dimensions on page 24.

Ram Pipes For Single Choke Carburettors.Can also be used with Piper Air Socks or suitable sports air filters.For 11/2” Carburettors;(10) Polished (Each) SFR430

Anodised - Red (Each) SFR430RAnodised - Blue (Each) SFR430B

For 13/4” Carburettors;Polished (Each) SFR650Anodised - Red (Each) SFR650RAnodised - Blue (Each) SFR650B

Ram Pipes For Twin Choke Carburettors.Can also be used with Piper Air Socks.For 40 DCOE/DHLA Carburettors;(Not for use with sports air filters).

30mm - Silver (Each) SFRW403030mm - Red (Each) SFRW4030R30mm - Blue (Each) SFRW4030B

For 45 DCOE/DHLA Carburettors;(Not for use with sports air filters).

30mm - Silver (Each) SFRW453030mm - Red (Each) SFRW4530R

(11) 30mm - Blue (Each) SFRW4530B

Piper Air Socks

These are the only air socks that are designed to fit with our Piper rampipes. The socks, which are supplied in pairs, are 100mm deep and may becut-to-length to suit your application. We do not recommend that you haveless than 30mm between the ram pipe mouth and the inner face of the sock.Suitable for SU, Stromberg, Dellorto and Weber applications.

(12) Piper Air Socks (Pair) PXC1050

12Piper Air Socks10Single Choke Piper Ram Pipes


WEBER 45 DCOE CARBURETTOR CONVERSION KIT . MANIFOLDS & FITTINGS

Performance& TUNING

58

Weber 45 DCOE Conversion Kit

Increasing the size or number of carburettors on your engine can unleasha lot more power if the right combination is chosen. For maximum powerand performance, twin side-draught carburettors are the best option. Theimprovement in mid to top end breathing is considerable and verynoticeable, even on an otherwise standard engine. The jetting may needsome adjustment, depending on the customer’s own engine specification,but this may be best achieved on a rolling road.Our Weber kit consists of 2 x 45 DCOE carbs, suitable jets, inlet manifolds,throttle linkage and fittings. Carburettors can be jetted to your requirements.TR3-4A Rod Linkage;(01) Twin 45 DCOE (Fast Road) TTK1159

Weber DCOE & Dellorto DHLACarburettors & Fittings

Carburettors, manifolds and linkage kits are supplied as separate componentsto suit individual needs.Carburettors.The carburettors we supply are fitted with the basic jets/chokes that arecorrect for most applications, although these will still require final tuningon the car for maximum performance/economy.

Specification Dellorto Weber40’s Standard Road Or Mild Tune N/A TT293433145’s Fast Road Upto PlusPac C TT295834 TT293534145’s Fast Road/Sprint (Use With PlusPac C) TT295836 TT293536145’s Race* N/A TT2935381(*For maximum top-end power with 86/87mm pistons).

Weber DCOE & Dellorto DHLACarburettors & Fittings

Inlet Manifold RHD.TriumphTune cast aluminium inlet manifolds use a long tract design formaximum all-round power, the design also allows for the carbs to be asnear horizontal as possible for improved idling and fuel supply. Suppliedcomplete with sealing plates, studs, thackery washer and nyloc nuts.

Inlet Manifold (Pair) TT1150

Throttle Linkage RHD.For RHD cars the linkage is via a cable conversion which enables a smootherand more progressive action to be attained. Supplied as follows:

Throttle Cable LP4000XSpecial Adaptor For Throttle Pedal TT9918(Enables throttle cable to accept cable).

Linkage Kit - Bolt-On Cable Adaptor Kit;Weber Twin Carb. Single Cable LP4241Dellorto LP4301Twin Cable Linkage Kit TT2905(Twin parallel cables, from the bulkhead to the carb’s, opening a singlelever to the throttle spindles).

Inlet Manifold LHD.This a complete conversion kit for LHD models where the standard throttlelinkage must be retained. System uses rod-end joints and bushed pivotshaft. Supplied complete with all parts for easy installation when usingWeber carbs. Note: Dellorto can be used but no levers are supplied.

Inlet Manifold Kit TWM2041(TWM2041, can be used for RHD models if the standard rodoperated linkage is retained).

Stainless Steel Fuel Pipe Kits;Weber TT1155Dellorto TT11551

Replacement Parts;Sealing Plates (2 Plates & 4 O-Rings) TT2937A(This is a single plate with integral O-Ring).Mounting Bushes/Cups Kit (Competition) TT2939

K&N Air Filters;TR3/TR3A KN56-9104TR4/TR4A KN56-9265

01Weber Conversion Kit

Weber Carburettor Jet Settings:Note: The setting given here are a basis from which to work, theymay/will need adjustment to suit your application, and this can only becarried with your car on a rolling road.

40 DCOE 40 DCOE 40 DCOE 45 DCOERoad Fast Road Fast Road/ Race

Sprint Spec.Choke 32 34 36 38Auxiliary Venturi 4.5 3.5 3.5 4.5Main Jet 130 135 140 150Emulsion Tube F2 F16 F16 F16Air Jet 180 175 180 180Idler Jet 50F8 50F8 50F8 60F8Pump 40 40 40 45Back Bleed 0 0 0 N/A


PERFORMANCE ENGINES . ALLOY ROCKER COVERS . ALLOY CYLINDER HEADS

Performance& TUNING

5903Moss High Port Cylinder Heads

(03) TR3-TR4A Moss High Port Cylinder Heads

Aluminium & Cast Iron.For detailed specifications please call your local Moss branch.Working to original; drawings, these Brand New cylinder heads aredesigned, as closely as possible, to resemble the original, late, TR4/4Aunits. We recommend that you use as much new hardware as possibleduring installation to ensure the heads are as a good a fit as possible, suchas new cylinder head nuts, 110962. If you are fitting a Cast Iron head,ensure your cooling system has the correct anti-freeze mixture. If you arefitting a Aluminium head, you must run with 100% Summer Coolant whichcontains the correct inhibitors to prevent corrosion and electrolyticreaction. If in doubt, please contact your local Moss branch.

Torque Settings; Please call your local Moss branch for full specificationsGeneral Specification; All our heads are fully machined and, where valveseats are fitted, they are Lead Free. All are supplied with all core plugs and pushrod tubes, fitting instructions and hardware recommendations.Aluminium Heads have an A in the part number suffix. i.e: 511695AX.

The following heads do not have: valves, valve seats, springs or caps. Valveguide holes not drilled. Allows variation in valve size and position.

Cast Iron Cylinder Head 511695XXAluminium Cylinder Head 511695AXX

The following heads do not have: valves, valve seats, springs or caps. Valveguides supplied and fitted. Allows variation in valve size, not position.

Cast Iron Cylinder Head 511695XAluminium Cylinder Head 511695AX

The following heads do not have: valves, springs or caps. Valve guidessupplied and fitted, valve seats fitted for standard size valves.

Cast Iron Cylinder Head 511695Aluminium Cylinder Head 511695A

The following heads are fully finished and assembled with standard size valves.Cast Iron Cylinder Head 514748Aluminium Cylinder Head 514748A

Performance Engines

Our Engines are rebuilt by a major engine re-conditioner.All units are performance units are fully balanced complete with diaphragmclutch and flywheel.Note: Short Engines, these are based on the customers own unit, pleasecontact your local Moss branch for details.Note: Full Engines, the work is also carried out on the customers own unit. The degree of modification (including conversion to run on Lead Free Fuel) will depend on the condition of your unit, this will be advisedafter inspection.Please Note; A refundable surcharge will apply to all units unless a customersown unit is supplied. Note; completed installation shown.Short Engine 87mm;

Customers Own Unit ENG1150Full Engine 87mm;

Customers Own Unit Stage III ENG1153Customers Own Unit Stage IV ENG1154

(02) Alloy Rocker Covers & Fittings

An alloy rocker cover will not only brighten up your engine bay, but will alsohelp muffle valve noise. Triumph rocker covers, available in 2 styles, aresupplied with a chrome filler cap.Note: always fit a new gasket when replacing your rocker cover, and do not over tighten rocker nuts. Recommended 12 ft/lbs max.

TR2-4 Rocker Cover Polished BlackNon-Vented TT1037 N/ANon-Vented TT Logo TT1027 TT1020

TR4-4A Rocker CoverVented TT1137 N/AVented TT Logo TT1127 TT1120

Gasket All Models GEG437 N/A

Don’t Forget to Fit New Gaskets & Oil Seals.Whether you are fitting a tubular exhaust manifold or a stage 3 cylinderhead, you should always use new gaskets and oils seals where applicable.

Performance Engines

02Alloy Rocker Covers

TR3 & TR4 Copper Cylinder Head Gaskets

These solid copper head gaskets are suitable for both road or competition.Adaptable for standard/oversize bores and can be re-used if correctly annealedand free from damage. Suitable for flat blocks only.(01) 0.32” Thick TT1136

0.43” Thick TT11361

Shim Cylinder Head Gaskets

Use these Shim head gaskets for fast road/competition. Allows for increasedengine capacity and will also increase the compression ratio slightly.Compressed thickness 0.020”.

Shim Steel Head Gasket 202775Shim Copper Head Gasket 202775X

Uprated Valves & Bronze Valve Guides

Our slim gas flowed TriumphTune valves, which are manufactured in 21/4Nstainless steel, are essential to to maximise the flow of gases through thehead. These valves are recommended to be fitted in conjunction with ourSilicone Bronze valve guides that not only improve reliability, but give lessfriction. All our valves have 5/16” stem diameter.Uprated Valves;(02) Inlet Large Diameter 1.65” TT1134

Exhaust Standard Diameter 1.30” TT1115Exhaust Large Diameter 1.42” TT1135

Bronze Valve Guides (Set of 8);(03) TR2/3/3A & TR4 To CT21470 TT1019

TR4 Late & TR4A TT1419

(04) Push Rods & Cam Followers

Our strengthened, tubular, TriumphTune push rods suit all high compres-sion heads, and our specially lightened cam followers allow for high enginerevs while reducing the load on the camshaft.

Push Rod Standard Length 10.15” (8 Reqd) TT1131Push Rod Shortened 10.10” (8 Reqd) TT1133Cam Follower* (8 Reqd) TT1009(*Drilled for Extra Oil to Lobes).

01Copper Cylinder Head Gasket

04Pushrods & Followers

GAS FLOWED CYLINDER HEADS . COPPER HEAD GASKETS . UPRATED VALVES

Performance& TUNING

60

Gas Flowed Cylinder Heads

Our range of gas flowed cylinder heads are available to suit all needs.On some heads the work is carried out on the customers own unit. Thedegree of modification, including conversion to run on lead free fuel, willdepend on the condition of your unit, this will be advised after inspection.

Heads will be assembled with Bronze-alloy valve guides, unless iron arerequested at the time of ordering. Note: Please inform us beforehand if youintend to increase the engine capacity as the chambers need to be sizedaccordingly to obtain the correct compression ratio.

Stage II Heads.Modifications include gas flowed ports and reshaped combustionchambers. New standard valves are reshaped fitted with new guides anduprated valve springs.Stage III Heads.Further modifications to the ports and chambers. Large inlet valves arefitted with new guides, uprated valve springs and alloy valve caps.Stage IV Heads.As for stage III, but with larger exhaust valves.Important; N suffix denotes New Iron Head, NA suffix denotes New Alloy Head.If you require Iron Valve Guides, please advise us at the time of ordering.

Cylinder Heads

Triumph TR2 83mm/Low Port Head;Stage II (Customers Own Unit) TT1002Stage III (Customers Own Unit) TT1003

Triumph TR3 83mm/High Port Head;Stage II (Customers Own Unit) TT1012Stage III (Customers Own Unit) TT1113BUL

Triumph TR4 86mm/High Port Head;Stage II (Customers Own Unit) TT1022Stage III (Customers Own Unit) TT1023Stage IV (Customers Own Unit) TT1024

Triumph TR4A 86mm/High Port Head;Stage II (Customers Own Unit) TT1112Stage III (Customers Own Unit) TT1113BULStage III (New Iron Head) TT1113NStage III (New Iron Head) TT1113NA

Triumph TR3-4 87mm Or Higher;Stage II (Customers Own Unit) TT1112Stage III (Customers Own Unit see also TR4A 86mm) TT1113BUL

Triumph TR4A 87mm Or Higher;Stage IV (Customers Own Unit) TT1124BStage IV (New Iron Head) TT1124NStage IV (New Iron Head) TT1124NAUprated Cylinder Head Nut* (10 Reqd) 103810X(*Not required for alloy heads).

89mm Piston Set & Liners

Mind Blowing!For full details and listings of our range of replacement Piston and Liner sets,and a brief history of the TR engine, please refer to the restoration section.

As well as offering you an 87mm Piston and Liner, as did Hepworth andGrandage with their Power Max range, - we now supply, from stock, an89mm Piston and Liner set, so if you have always wanted show all thesemodern cars just what a circa 1950’s classic can really do - then yourprayers have just been answered. Apply for your pilots license...89mm Piston Set And Liners;

Piston Set Standard (1 Reqd) AE18510X


08


UPRATED VALVE SPRINGS . UPRATED ROCKER SHAFT & FITTINGS . OIL FEED KIT

Performance& TUNING

61

Roller Rocker Set

Eradicate once and for all your rocker problems. Use only with tubular steelpush rods and rocker oil feed kit.(07) Standard Ratio Roller Rocker Set TT1148

Rocker Oil Feed Kit

This stainless steel braided hose supplies much needed oil direct to therocker assembly and minimises wear and damage. The banjo connects toan existing hole in the rear of the cylinder head, while the other end takesadvantage of a tapped aperture in the oil gallery.(08) Rocker Oil Feed Kit TT1026

Crankshaft/Con Rod Bearings & Thrust Washers

It doesn’t make sense to use old bearings. Note: Oversizes not listed are no longeravailable in Glacier. Important: Once opened, parts cannot be returned for refund.

Standard Main Bearing Set AEM3196STD(Glacier Main bearings are available in the following oversizes; +0.010”,+0.020”, +0.050” and +0.060”. When ordering bearings please quote part number and size required (i.e. AEM3196010 for +0.010 oversize)).Standard Con Rod Bearing Set AEB4331STD(Glacier Con Rod bearings are available in the following oversizes; +0.010”and +0.020”. When ordering bearings please quote part number and sizerequired, i.e. AEB4331010 for +0.010 oversize).Standard Thrust Washer Set AEW2004STDThrust Washer Set Oversize 0·005” AEW2004005(For thickness greater than +.005”, please telephone for availability).

All bearing sizes are available in replacement bearing sets, see page 89.

Steel Billet Crankshaft

If you are going for maximum cc’s, rev’s and power, then you will need thisbrand new steel crank.

Steel Balanced Crankshaft 301815SForged Steel Conrod* (4 Reqd) 211044X(*Comes with ARP Bolts).

06Tuftrided Rocker Shaft & Spacers

07Roller Rocker Set

(05) Uprated Valve Springs & Alloy Valve Caps

Our uprated valve springs can be used with standard or sports camshafts.Our full race springs are designed for maximum RPM where valve controlis required to maintain correct cam profile/contact. All these springsmust be fitted with our aluminium valve caps.

Aluminium Valve Caps (8 Reqd) TT111Uprated Valve Springs;

TR2/3/3A & TR4 To CT21470 TT1007(Triple exhaust springs, double inlet).TR4 Late & TR4A TT1107(Double exhaust springs, double inlet).

Double Race Valve Springs;Use With Race Prepared Engines TT1108

(06) Uprated Rocker Shaft & Fittings

Use these components to maximise reliability.All cars can benefit from a replacement tuftrided rocker shaft, they willresist wear and breakage especially when using high revs. Note; theTuftrided hardened shaft must be thoroughly purged of the salts used in thehardening process, wash thoroughly before it is fitted. Before fitting anyrocker shaft it is essential to make sure that the end plugs are in position.The friction and the rocker side loads normally associated with thestandard rocker gear can be reduced and the location made more positive,by fitting the three piece steel spacer set instead of the standard shaftsprings. These also retain oil where it is needed. Pedestal Shims are for usewith standard rockers in conjunction with a higher compression cylinderhead, enabling the correct rocker angles to be obtained. They have anominal thickness of 0.040” and are supplied individually.Please contact your local Moss branch if you require more information.

Tuftrided Rocker Shaft TT1017Rocker Spacer Set TT1018(These replace the tension springs, on the rocker shaft, allowing the rocker arms to rotate much easier).Rocker Pedestal Shim TT1910(Use these shims if your cylinder head has been skimmed and the rocker angle needs to be adjusted. Nominal depth of each shim is 0.06”).Aluminium Pedestal Set 112545X(These are vital where 5000+ rpm speeds are used and where a high lift cam is fitted, to prevent breakage of the rocker shaft).

05Uprated Valve Springs & Caps02Uprated Valves

03Bronze Valve Guides

See page 89 for our Lip Type Oil Seal Conversion, TT1032.

Camshaft Lubricant, Sealant & Stud Lock

These few items will make all the difference when re-building yourstandard and/or modified engine. Especially important is the Kent camshaftBuild-up lubricant.

Cam Timing Degree Disc TT2929(01) Kent Camshaft Lubricant 250ml KEN2(02) Thread Lube 1.69floz ARPL99

Loctite Stud Lock 10ml GAC100(03) Loctite Stud Lock 3ml GAC100/3(04) Wellseal Jointing Compound 100ml 600569A(05) Hylomar Jointing Compound 100gm GGC102(06) Graphogen Engine Building Lube GGL9122X

CAMSHAFTS EXPLAINED . PERFORMANCE CAMSHAFTS . CAMSHAFT LUBRICANT

Performance& TUNING

62

Camshafts Explained

Remember that with a standard capacity engine the power band will be effective higher up the rev range than would be the case with an enlarged capacity unit. All camshaft profiles must use TT valvesprings. Be aware that road and race cams mean just that. Road camswill not produce any results whatsoever on the race track - rainy daysexcepted!

Road.This is a good profile for the TR engine giving a wide power band andallowing lots of mid-range torque to be available. When fitted with thePlusPac B conversion the cam will allow the unit to be more freerevving, producing the best power for a road car. The camshaft is foreither SU or Weber/Dellorto carburettors. The profile will peak out at5000 rpm with a gentle fall off. The best top end power is produced witha Stage Ill or IV cylinder head.

Fast Road.This profile was introduced in 1988 and was designed primarily for usewith larger carburettors and the PlusPac B conversion, as these allowthe cam profile to work properly. The profile gives good power from2500rpm right through to 5500 rpm which makes it very good for theoccasional mild competition car.

Sprint.This is a peaky camshaft profile which when used with the PlusPac Ckits will give good account of itself. The profile will peak out at 6000 RPMespecially when used with the long TriumphTune Weber inlets.

Sprint 88.This profile was introduced to enable the modified engines to obtain awider upper power band, for road sprint type use.The camshaft will give slightly more power than the sprint cam but thepower band is much wider, meaning, in that the camshaft is much moredriveable on the road.

Race.The full race profile is not suitable for a road car as the power band isfrom 4200 -6500 RPM. This is ideal for a full competition engine and mustbe used with high compression head and a maximum distributoradvance of 30 degrees.The full competition profiles TT1106 onwards are being continuouslydeveloped to suit the availability of steel reciprocating engine parts.With 89-92mm pistons and 8000 rpm capability, with careful setting up,high build quality, 200 BHP is now a reality.

Installation.Please follow the detailed instructions supplied with every TriumphTunecamshaft. If you require any further assistance please contact yourlocal Moss branch.

Valve Timing Explained.

a = angle when inlet valve opens,before top dead centre

b = angle when inlet valve closes, after bottom dead centre

c = angle when exhaust valve opens,before bottom dead centre

d = angle when exhaust valve closes,after top dead centre

a+b+180° = the period or duration duringwhich the inlet valve is open

c+d+180° = the period or duration duringwhich the exhaust valve is open

a+d = valve overlap


01Kent Lubricant

02Thread Lube

03Loctite

04Wellseal

05Hylomar

06Graphogen

Performance Camshafts

Camshafts are available as reprofiled/exchange units or New, please statepreference when ordering.To assist in selecting a suitable camshaft we have prepared a tableshowing their various characteristics, these will change from engine toengine and with other modifications such as carburettor(s), cylinder head,valve gear or valve size.Care must be taken to ensure that installation is carried out correctly andthat components all work together or you will not get the expected poweroutput or reliability. It is essential that the new cam is fitted with newfollowers as they mate with the lobe that they run on and should never beused on another lobe.Lightened and Tuftrided followers wear more slowly and put less load onhigh lift cam lobes; they are also manufactured with a drainage hole.Another essential is the special lubricant that must be used with all newcams (part number KEN2), it provides vital lubrication during initial startingand protects your cam from extreme wear in its first minute of use.Don’t forget the cam timing degree disc, TT2929, you will need this to setyour cam timing, or, camshaft assembly lubricant.IMPORTANT: All TriumphTune Camshafts are profiled on New Blanks. For‘fast road’ profiles, existing camshafts may be reground using theCustomers Own Unit (COU), but this is entirely at the customers risk as wecannot guarantee the depth of the chill hardening on the original Triumphcamshaft during the re-profiling process.Note: The power range and upper rev limit for race camshafts is dependenton individual engine preparation and reciprocating parts.Using standard con rods, the engine should not exceed 6000 rpm, though afully prepared competition engine with forged pistons can go to 6500.Steel con rods will extend this to 7000 rpm.With a billet crankshaft and steel con rods, 8000 rpm is no longer a dream.


LOCTITE . GRAPHOGEN . STANDARD CAMSHAFTS . TRIUMPHTUNE CAMSHAFTS

Performance& TUNING

63

Standard Camshafts

Part No. Inlet Exhaust Camshaft Camshaft Install* Inlet Valve Exh Valve PowerTiming Timing Duration Lift Setting Clearance Clearance Range

TR2-TR4 301466 10/50 50/10 N/A 0.260” N/A N/A N/A N/ATR4A 307036 24/56 61/29 N/A 0.265” N/A N/A N/A N/A

TriumphTune Camshafts

(07) Part No. Inlet Exhaust Camshaft Camshaft Install* Inlet Valve Exh Valve PowerTiming Timing Duration Lift Setting Clearance Clearance Range

Road TT1104N 31-67 67-31 278° 0.290” 108° 0.013” 0.013” 1000- 5000Fast Road TT1004N 37-63 73-37 280° 0.300” 103° 0.022” 0.024” 2500-5500Sprint TT11051N 38-74 74-38 290° 0.280” 108° 0.012” 0.012” 1500- 6000Sprint 88 TT1105N 42-68 78-32 292° 0.310” 106° 0.022” 0.024” 2000-7500Race TT1106N 45-75 75-45 300° 0.320” 105° 0.018” 0.018” 4200 -6500Race 96 TT11061N 45-85 85-45 310° 0.340” 103° 0.016” 0.016” N/ARace 96R TT11062N 49-81 81-49 310° 0.340” 106° 0.016” 0.016” N/ARace 97 TT1006N 49-77 77-49 320° 0.347” 106° 0.016” 0.016” N/A

*Install settings/Full Lift; When No1 Inlet valve is fully open ATDC (After Top Dead Centre).

07

TRIUMPH SPORTS CAR STAGE TUNING . RECOMMENDED PERFORMANCE PARTS

Performance& TUNING

64



TRIUMPH SPORTS CAR STAGE TUNING . RECOMMENDED PERFORMANCE PARTS

Performance& TUNING

65

PlusPac CRecommended Performance Parts. See page 36 for range of exhausts/manifolds and pages 59 & 60 for alternative cyl. heads.

With the addition of the road camshaft, performance really livens up, even with the standard carburettors. The standardpower range is extended by approx. 800 rpm, whilst the bottom end is not greatly affected. The Carburettor needleslisted here assume standard SU carburettors, please confirm with your local Moss branch before ordering.

TR2 TR3/3A TR4 TR4AParts for PlusPac C 83mm Low Port 83mm High Port 86mm High Port 86mm High Port(As well as PlusPac A & B Parts).Stage III Cylinder Head (Optional) TT1003 TT1113BUL TT1023 Spec as RequiredRoad Camshaft TT1104N TT1104N TT1104N TT1104Lightened Cam Followers TT1009 TT1009 TT1009 TT1009Spark Plugs BP7HS BP7HS BP7HS BP7HSCarburettor Needles (Fixed) AUD1290 AUD1290 AUD1362 AUD1362Carburettor Needles (Biased) N/A N/A CUD1104 CUD1104

PlusPac BRecommended Performance Parts. See page 36 for range of exhausts/manifolds and pages 59 & 60 for alternative cyl. heads.

With the addition of a gas Flowed cylinder head, the power range is increased within the main power band, and this is alsoextended slightly. The Carburettor needles listed here assume standard SU carburettors, please confirm with your localMoss branch before ordering.

TR2 TR3/3A TR4 TR4AParts for PlusPac B 83mm Low Port 83mm High Port 86mm High Port 86mm High Port(As well as PlusPac A Parts).Stage II Cylinder Head TT1002 TT1012 TT1022 TT1112Pedestal Shims (4 Reqd) TT1910 TT1910 TT1910 TT1910K&N Air Filters KN56-1390 KN56-1390 KN56-1390 KN56-1390Carburettor Needles (Fixed) AUD1291 AUD1291 AUD1328 AUD1328Carburettor Needles (Biased) N/A N/A NZX8015 NZX8015

PlusPac ARecommended Performance Parts. See page 36 for range of exhausts/manifolds and pages 59 & 60 for alternative cyl. heads.

This is the very first stage to increase the power output of your TR. These components will vastly improve the airflowthrough the engine. Our Extractor manifolds and single bore GT Exhaust Systems are available in mild steel, or StainlessSteel, your choice. For full exhaust system details please refer to the restoration section of this catalogue.

TR2 TR3/3A TR4 TR4AParts for PlusPac A 83mm Low Port 83mm High Port 86mm High Port 86mm High Port

Extractor Manifold (Stainless Steel) Not Applicable TT1100S TT1100S TT1100SY Piece Adaptor Pipe Not Applicable TT5019S TT5019S HRSU1358Front Pipe (From Y Piece To System) Not Applicable TT5027S TT5027S N/AGT Single Bore Exhaust System;

Mild Steel TT5001 TT5001 TT5001 TT5101Stainless Steel FS5001 FS5001 FS5001 FS5101

PlusPac DRecommended Performance Parts. See page 36 for range of exhausts/manifolds and pages 59 & 60 for alternative cyl. heads.

This is based on the use of either Weber or Dellorto, twin choke, carburettors to substantially increase the mid to topend power range. Depending on the camshaft profile used, on a properly modified engine that has been balanced andassembled correctly, power can be improved up to approx. 160bhp.

TR3/4 TR3/4 TR4A TR4AParts for PlusPac D 86mm High Port 87mm or larger 86mm High Port 87mm or Larger(As well as PlusPac A, B & C Parts).Stage III/IV Cyl. Head (Optional) Spec as Required Spec as Required Spec as Required Spec as RequiredInlet manifolds (Pair) TT1150 TT1150 TT1150 TT1150Weber/Dellorto Carburettors Spec as Required Spec as Required Spec as Required Spec as RequiredCamshaft Spec as Required Spec as Required Spec as Required Spec as RequiredApprox. power output will be: Fast Road Cam 135+bhp, Sprint Cam 140+bhp, Sprint 88 Cam 148+bhp.(Note: the larger the engine capacity (CC’s), the milder a camshaft profile will seem).

Stage Tuning

To explain - and simplify, thedifferent stages of engine tuningin this section, we have shown,in each PlusPac category, theparts you will need to start, andfollow, the recommended routefor tuning:

Our PlusPacs are more than arough guide, they representmany years experience ofhands-on tuning and modifying4 cylinder Triumph sports cars.

There are many other ways toimprove engine power andperformance, such as; TwinChoke Carburettors, Weber orDellorto, lightened flywheels,balanced/tuftrided crankshafts,matched/balanced sets of conrods,or by fitting oversize pistons toincrease engine capacity.

But, no matter how far you wantto go, our PlusPacs will put youon the right road. If you wish totake things further, pleasecontact your local Moss branch.

Please Don’t Forget, beforeincreasing the power outputand speed of any vehicle, youshould ensure that your brakes,steering, chassis etc can copewith the modifications, and, a RollBar is a very sensible investmentfor all open top sports cars.

Don’t Forget to Fit NewGaskets & Oil Seals

Whether you are fitting a tubularexhaust manifold or a stage 3cylinder head, you should alwaysuse new gaskets and oils sealswhere applicable.

Is Your Engine Standard?Before you start installingmodified engine parts pleasetake a few moments and checkto see if your engine unit isstandard. It may be that thecylinder head has been skimmedand/or the cylinder block hasbeen bored-out.

This is especially importantwhen fitting any modifiedcylinder head, as the compres-sion ratio has to be matched tothe engine specification. If indoubt please call us.

W O R K S H O P M A N U A L S . O W N E R S M A N U A L S . S U C A R B U R E T T O R M A N U A L S

Books& MANUALS

66

Workshop Manuals

Workshop Manuals.Reprints of genuine factory workshop manuals packed with essentialinformation for all aspects of vehicle maintenance and repairs.(01) Workshop Manuals;

Spitfire MkI-III 511243 TR4 & 4A 540322Spitfire Mk IV 545254HC TR5 (Supplement) 545053Spitfire 1500 AKM4329 TR5/6 545277HBSGT6 512947 TR6 545277SCTR2-3A (Hard Back) 502602 TR7 AKM3079BTR2-3A (Soft Back) 502602SC

Haynes Workshop Manual.Probably the most commonly found Workshop manual in any home garage,the Haynes range provide useful information on stripping and rebuildinganything from a master cylinder to a complete differential assembly.(02) TR2-4A MGL6215X

Owners Handbooks.Originally available and supplied when the car was new, these reprints areessential for day-to-day maintenance of your classic.Owners Handbooks;

Spitfire MkIII 545017 TR4 (03) 510326Spitfire Mk IV 545220 TR250 545033Spitfire 1500 545189 TR6 To 1973 545078Spitfire 1500 USA AKM4544 TR6 From 1974 545078AGT6 MkI 512944 TR6 USA 1972 545111/73GT6 MkII 545057 TR6 USA 1975 545111/75GT6 MkIII 545186 TR7 USA 1976 RTC9209Vitesse MkII 545070 TR7 Coupe AKM4332TR2 501528/1 TR8 USA AKM4779TR3-3A 501528/3 Dolomite Sprint 545601

Haynes Glovebox Workshop Manuals.Handy, compact versions of the genuine manuals, a must for the glove box.Glove Box Manuals;

Spitfire MGL0229TR5/6 545277HBS

Original Parts Catalogues.These books, which are reprints of original publications, are an essentialsource of reference.Parts Catalogues;

Spitfire MkIII 516282 TR250 516914Spitfire 1500 RTC9819CB TR6 1969-73 517785AHerald 13/60 517056 TR6 CR/CF RTC9093AVitesse MkII 517786 TR7 1975-78 RTC9814CA

(04) TR2-3A 501653HC TR7 1979 On RTC9828CCTR4 5100978 TR7/TR8 RTC9020BTR4A 514837 Stag 519579TR5 516915

Original Triumph Competition Preparation Manuals.These original booklets not only explain what you needto do, they are an absolute must for the collector ofTriumph memorabilia. As originally published by;Standard Triumph, Triumph, British Leyland, and, KasKastner, who was head of the Standard TriumphCompetition Department in the USA.Competition Preparation Manuals;(05) Spitfire MkIV MGL6711

Spitfire 1500 MGL6811GT6 & 2000 (2nd Edition) MGL6511GT6+ (2nd Edition) MGL6611TR3 & TR4 MGL6111TR250/TR6 MGL6311

Reference Library

Carburettor Maintenance.Haynes Publication.This carburettor manual covers SU, Stromberg, Weber andDellorto assemblies, giving an insight into the way theyoperate, how to maintain and tune them, plus detailedoverhaul procedures.(06) Carburettor Maintenance MGL0279

Tuning SU Carburettors.This book looks into the basic design of the SU carb’. It covers many areasincluding overhaul, tuning mixtures, jet and needle identifications. Hundredsof line illustrations of different types of carbs models as used on Triumph(and MG) models. 187 pages.(07) Tuning SU Carburettors MGL0070

SU Workshop Manual.Factory workshop manual for SU carburettors and fuel pumps.(08) SU Workshop Manual GAC1044X

Weber Carburettors.By Par Braden.Shows you how to select and tune Weber sidedraft and downdraftcarburettors. Includes theory of operation and design as well as trouble-shooting. 300 pages.(09) Weber Carburettors GAC1032X

Lucas Fault/Diagnosis Manual.This service guide presents a logical sequence of tests that may be carriedout on starters, generators, regulators, ignition and lighting systems.Written for technicians, this book can be easily understood by the non-professional. 46 pages.(10) Lucas Manual GAC1029X

Triumph Sports Cars.By William Krause.Triumph Sports Cars’ recounts Triumphs colourful history of development,disappointments, success, and the ultimate decline under British Leyland.96 pages.(11) Triumph Sports Cars GAC1047X


01Workshop Manual

02Haynes Manual

03Owners Handbook

04Parts Catalogue

06Carb Maintenance

08SU Manual

09Weber Manual

10Lucas Manual

11Triumph Sports Cars

05

07


GOLD PORTFOLIO . PURCHASE & RESTORATION GUIDE . THE COMPLETE STORY

Books& MANUALS

67

Reference Library cont...

Gold Portfolio.By Brooklands Books.Contains many examples of motoring press coverage. Similar content to theBrooklands and Road & Track reprints, but contains more in-depth reviews, andmany more examples of motoring press coverage.(12) TR2/3 MGL0270

TR4/5 & TR250 MGL6006XTR6 MGL6007X

Road & Track Tests Triumph Sports Cars.By Brooklands Books.Official reprints of original articles taken from America’s most popularmotoring magazines. With a similar content to the gold portfolios these booksoffer an interesting insight on the American’s opinion of British sportscars.

1953-67 MGL6010X(13) 1967-74 MGL6011X

1974-82 MGL6014X

Triumph Buyers Guide.By Richard Newton.This book examines all the Triumph variations from Pre-War saloons andsportscars, to the GT6 and Stag. With over 200 mono photographs, this bookis a treasure trove of details, specifications and period reviews. 176 pages.(14) Triumph Buyers Guide MGL0218

Triumph Cars - The Complete Story.By Graham Robson and Richard Langworth. Includes technical specifications, production details, clubs and much more.352 pages, 510 illustrations.(15) Triumph Cars GAC1046X

Triumph TR’s - The Complete Story.By Graham Robson.A superb book and very likely the most complete documentation available onthe 1952 through to 1981 Triumph sports car. Includes many never beforepublished drawings and photos, as well as comparison specification chartsand obscure bits of factory data. 208 pages.(16) Triumph TRs Robson-TR2

Reference Library cont...

Enthusiasts Restoration Manuals.By Roger Williams.These How to Restore publications are an absolute, must have, for all TRowners. The books cover every aspect of classic car restoration, fromcreating a restoration plan to welding techniques, and steering conversions.They also guide you through the hazards of choosing and buying, 192 pages.(17) TR2/3A MGL6024(18) TR4/4A MGL6025(19) TR5/250/TR6 MGL6026

Original Triumph TR7 & TR8.By Bill Piggot.Written by Bill Piggot, one of the most respected authors on Triumph SportsCars, this book covers the history of the TR7 and TR8 in great detail. packedwith information, and with over 200 colour photographs, this book really isthe TR7 and TR8 restorer’s guide.

Original Triumph TR7 & TR8 MGL6023

How To Improve Your TR.By Roger Williams (Foreword by Peter Cox of Moss).Compares, tests, fits and generally asses products from all the major UK partssuppliers. You will know the truth of the reading of this and could possibly saveyourself a lot of time, money and hassle.

(20) How To Improve Your TR2/3/4/4A MGL6613How To Improve Your TR5/250/6 MGL6614

Triumph TR.By Bill Piggot.This 160 page hardcover book covers Triumphs from the TR2 through the TR6.

Triumph TR 213-740

Triumph By Name - Triumph By Nature.By Bill Piggot.This book concentrates on what is regarded by many the most successfulrange of Triumph sports cars, the TR2-TR3B models. Bill Piggot looks in greatdepth into the development of the TR2 with examples of prototypes and otherliterature such as publicity and sales material. The book also covers thecompetition history of the side screen TR’s with original photographs of carsin action. 288 pages. Over 400 colour and black and white photographs.(21) Triumph By Name Piggot-3

Repairing And Restoring Classic Car Components.On modern cars, damaged components are regarded as items to be thrownaway and replaced. Spares are readily available, and the high cost oflabour makes repair uneconomic for commercial garages. But for classiccars the story is quite different. This book expertly written and clearlyillustrated, shows the enthusiast how to rescue, repair and restore oldcomponents. It will be indispensable to people wanting to keep a restoredcar on the road as well as those undertaking a full rebuild. (22) Repairing And Restoring Components MGL0297

Triumph TR2-TR8 History.96 page, hard cover book containing colour and black and white photos,drawings, charts and catalogue facsimiles. Each model is represented init’s historic and developmental aspects.(23) TR2-8 History MM213-035

12Gold Portfolio

13Road & Track

14Buyers Guide 20How To Improve Your TR

21Triumph By Name 22Classic Car Components 23TR2 & TR8 History

17Restoration Manual

19Restoration Manual16Triumph TR’s

18Triumph Cars15Triumph Cars

J U M P L E A D S . B O O T O R G A N I S E R . T O O L B A G S . E M I S S I O N S A N A LY S E R


68


Emergency Tools & Accessories For Touring

Emergency Fan Belt.Easily adjusted to any length, this belt really can get you out of trouble. Justthread the open belt over the pulleys, remove the extra links and snap theends together, and you are back on the road.(01) Emergency Fan Belt GAC9979X

Battery Jump Leads.These 8ft long high quality leads are manufactured from heavy duty coppercore cable, with copper plated steel crocodile clips and rubber grips.(02) Jump Leads DMR22413

Mini Jumper Leads.Keep a set in the glovebox! These ten foot long leads are more thanadequate for occasional or emergency use. Supplied with nylon carry case.(03) Mini Jumper Leads 900-060

Wheel Nut Wrench.Extendable wheel nut wrench with a detachable socket end, enabling anysize to be fitted, but is supplied with 19mm and 21mm sockets. Extends upto 21” long.(04) Wheel Nut Wrench DMR19152

Tyre Pressure Gauge.Properly inflated tyres help road safety - and fuel economy.(05) Tyre Pressure Gauge (Bar & PSI) GAC8049X

Warning Triangle.If you are unfortunate to have a puncture or breakdown, the first concernmust be safety and, to warn oncoming traffic. Mandatory in mainland Europe.(06) Warning Triangle GAC4136X

Reflective Safety Jacket.Let them know you are there!(07) Safety Jacket GAC2999

Boot Tool Organiser.No more loose items in the boot. Made from heavy duty vinyl with a velcrocovered spanner section and a zip pouch.(08) Tool Organiser GAC9974X

Emergency Tools & Accessories For Touring cont...

Tool Pouch.These small tool pouches will hold a small selection of handy tools.(09) Black 715091

Red 715092Blue 715097

General Tool Bag.Ideal for keeping your bits and pieces in.

Tool Bag AHA5506

Side Lift Ratchet Jack & Handle.Our side lift jacks are a true reproduction of the original, whichwere designed to lift the entire side of the car.In the rain, you can jack up your sidescreen TR while sitting inside!TR2/3/3A/3B & TR4;(10) Side Lift Jack 110774(11) Ratchet Handle 110775

TR4A Jack & Handle 212677Z

Jacks, Tool Rolls & Tyre Levers.Our Vintage type screw jacks are identical to the original and, are an idealpiece of period equipment for T Type, and MGA, Healey etc...Our jack storage bag, carefully tailored with the original type vinyl coveredburlap, is an accurate reproduction of the originals as supplied with allMGA’s. The very handy envelope tool bag matches our jack storage bag.Whilst our tool roll straps will secure it to the rear bulkhead. Our tool roll,originally for TC/TF models, is a terrific reproduction of the original.Constructed from heavy duty original type tan canvas, it will keep your toolswhere they should be.Safety Note; Once the car has been jacked-up, It is advisable to support thevehicle properly before you start working beneath it.(12) Vintage Screw Jack AHH5124K(13) Screw Jack Storage Bag AAA3447(14) Tool Roll (Original For TC, TD & TF) 385-910(15) Period Style Tool Roll ACG5247

Tool Roll Strap (2 Reqd) AAA4528(16) Tyre Lever Set (Pair) AJJ281K(17) Scissor Jack & Handle (General Use) 212677Z

09Tool Pouch

11Ratchet Handle01Emergency Fan Belt

04Wheel Wrench

03Mini Jump Leads

14Original Tool Roll

02Jump Leads 13Jack Storage Bag12Screw Jack

07Reflective Jacket

05Tyre Pressure Gauge

06Warning Triangle

08Boot Organiser

10


COLORTUNE . DIGITAL ANALYSER . SPARK TESTER . BATTERY CONDITIONER


69011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

011.3:1 Rocker

Engine Analysis

Even if you don’t need to work on your own car, these tools make idealpresents.

Gunsons Exhaust Gas Analyser.Go on, do your bit for the environment.Checks your cars exhaust for emissions. This unit could save you anaborted trip to the MOT station.(18) Gunsons Exhaust Gas Analyser MRD1207

Gunson Colortune 500.Colortune is basically a glass topped spark plug that allows you to see thecolour of combustion in the cylinders, taking the guesswork out of themixture setting/adjustment.

Comes complete with angled viewing system for awkward places, tuningprocedures and trouble shooting guide.(19) Gunsons Colortune 500 MRD1005

Gunson Flash Test.Gunsons Flash test checks the condition of your car’s ignition high-tensioncircuit by measuring the strength of the voltage at the spark plug.(20) Gunsons Flash Test MM386-875

Digital Analyser.This Digital Analyser is an essential piece of equipment to help keep aclassic in good order.Packed with features including DC measurement, voltage, current,resistance and dwell angle. Supplied complete with leads, battery andcase.(21) Digital Analyser DMR50024

Spark Tester.This tester can be safely placed in the H.T. circuit to establish if a hightension spark is present.By far the safest method of testing the spark strength.(22) Spark Tester DMR38898

Battery Care

Every battery sometimes needs a little help.See also Performance & Tuning for battery Isolator switches and cables.

Multi XS 3600 Battery Conditioner/Charger.Automatically recharge used battery cells. Suitable for all vehicle types;cars, motor bikes etc. L.E.D. monitoring display - battery status display.Permanent un-supervised use. No need to disconnect the battery. Polaritywarning signal. Charges every 12V battery up to 14.7V maximum.Weight: 500g. 12 Month guarantee. Thermal cut off fuse. Safe on sealed gelbatteries. Requires 240V supply.• Careful rapid charging of all lead-acid batteries.• Safe to use with sensitive electronics.• Maintenance charging with pulses.• Reverse polarity protected.• Low current and Winter modes.• Outdoor use.

(23) Battery Charger GBY9998Connector Kit GAC9983(This connector kit gives you the choice of using quick connectors rather than using crocodile clips).

PriorityStart.PriorityStart, automatic starting protector, monitors battery voltage. If whilethe car is parked there is a drain from the battery, at a pre-determined level,it automatically disconnects the battery, preserving enough power to startthe car. The unit senses the ignition key in the ‘on’ position, and againautomatically, reconnects.(24) PriorityStart MM459-350

Battery Acid Neutralising Mat.Made from special acid absorbent material thatneutralises acids. Easily cut with scissors to match theshape of any battery or battery tray. Ideal for use whenyour battery is out of the car to prevent contamination.(25) Battery Acid Mat GAC2029X

18Exhaust Analyser

19Colortune 500

20Flash Test

21Digital Analyser

22Spark Tester 23Battery Conditioner

24Priority Start

15Period Tool Roll

16Tyre Levers

17Scissor Jack 25Battery Acid Mat

08

C A R B S Y N C H R O N I S E R . TA P P E T T O O L . W H E E L C H O C K S . A X L E S TA N D S


70

General Garage Equipment

Oberg Tilt & Lift Engine Hoist.Tilting an engine, to clear obstructions such as the bulkhead,when removing can be difficult. This handy device allows the engine to tiltand clear obstacles. Heavy duty construction will hold up to 2000 poundsand can tilt to 90°.(11) Engine Hoist GAC9130X

Rhino Car Ramps.These light, but heavy duty ramps (manufactured from strong high densityplastic) have a gentle 17 degree incline, making them perfect for all cars, especially if you have lowered suspension and/or low profile wheelsand tyres.(12) Rhino Ramps (Pair) 400-800

Wheel Chocks.Manufactured from a very tough high density plastic, with rubber feet for asafe grip. Ideal for preventing your car from rolling when using axle standsor wheel ramps.(13) Wheel Chocks (Pair) MM900-150

Fold-Away Axle Stands.These fold-away axle stands can support 2000Kg.Height range is 235mm to 365mm.(14) Axle Stands (Pair) DMR36524

Rolling Floor Jack.Just slide the jack assembly under a wheel, press down on the pedal untilthe tyre clears the ground. Heavy duty castors allow easy movement of thecar in confined spaces. Ideal when working on the car in your garage ifspace is limited.(15) Rolling Floor Jack (Pair) 900-162

Wheel Dolly Set.These non-height adjustable units are just the thing to help you move yourcar about easily in confined spaces, simply roll your car onto the dolly.(16) Wheel Dolly Set 900-161

14Axle Stands


11Oberg Tilt Lift 13Wheel Chocks

12Rhino Ramps

01Clutch Alignment Tool

04Tenax Fastener Key

05Dzus Faster Key

02Points Gap Tool 03Timing Degree Plate

09SU Carb. Reamer06Carb. Synchroniser

Specialist Tools & Equipment

Keep These Items In Your General Tool Bag.Clutch Alignment Tool;

10 x 1.25” Spline TR2-TR6 MM387-220(01) 23 x 1” Spline TR2-TR6 GAC5064X(02) Points Gap Tool & Screwdriver 500905(03) Timing Degree Plate TT2929

Durable Dot Hood Fastener Tool Set GAC5060X(04) Tenax Hood Fastener Key GAC5063X(05) Dzus Fastener T Key 650161

Tools For SU Carburettors.Here we list a range of tools that make life so much easierwhen overhauling and re-tuning your SU carburettors.(06) Carburettor Synchroniser MM386-200(07) Jet Centring Tool GAC6101X

Carburettor Needle Chart ALT9501

(08) Jet Adjustment Spanner AUD2693(09) Carburettor Reamer 386-385

(This special reamer is designed to open up worn 5/16” throttle shaft bushings to accept 0.010” oversize throttle shafts).

Click-Adjust Tappet Adjusting Tool.Adjusting tappets is never apleasant chore. This tool takesmuch of the effort out of thisnecessary job. Requires a 1/2” drivesocket to fit tappet adjustment nut.(10) Tappet Tool MRD1299

10

07

27



WHEEL DOLLY SET . W ING COVERS . MECHANICS GLOVES . GREASE GUNS


71

General Garage Equipment cont...

Mechanics Wing Covers.Our high quality wing covers with logos, are padded with foam rubberbacking to protect your paintwork from those little accidents.Wing Covers;(17) With Triumph Logos (Pair) GAC9975X

Park Smart Parking Mat.No more guessing when putting you car in the garage. The flat tongue usesthe cars weight to keep the mat from moving.(18) Park Smart Mat (Each) 200-600

Workshop Apron With TR logo.With logos, these are Ideal for those quick, messy jobs, having adjustablestraps and three large pockets(19) Workshop Apron GAC9938X

Disposable Mechanics Gloves.Bio-degradable natural latex gloves are ideal for any messy job. They providenatural grip and feel and, fit either right or left hand. 100 gloves per box.(20) Disposable Latex Gloves 228-690

Magnetic Tray.Ideal for placing and keeping safe, small items such as; nuts, screws, washersetc. This 145mm diameter tray is made from shatter proof plastic and, with itsstrong rubber coated magnetic base, it holds securely to body panels.(21) Magnetic Tray DMR35384

Lever Action Grease Gun.Easy to use lever operated grease gun delivers a pressure of over 4000psiand has a cubic capacity of 130cc.(22) Lever Action Grease Gun DMR12681

Classic Pump Action Grease Gun.An alternative to the modern lever action grease gun, especially if you wantto keep that true classic feel.(23) Pump Action Grease Gun BHA4576

General Garage Equipment cont...

Classic Pump Action Grease Gun.An alternative to the modern lever action grease gun, especially if you wantto keep that true classic feel.(23) Pump Action Grease Gun BHA4576

Tool Caddy.This must be the handiest item in any garage. The tool caddy is a flat trolley(with lipped edges) that keeps your tools within arms reach.(24) Tool Caddy MM384-895

Compression Tester.A compression test is the most accurate way to gauge and check thecondition of the engine. This tester features a 300mm flexible hose withthreaded adaptors to suit 14mm spark plugs and a pressure release valve.(25) Compression Tester DMR37442

Oil Spill Mat.Keep working area surfaces clean when carrying out oil changes, whenworking under the car, or just as a precaution(26) Oil Spill Mat GAC2028X

Starting Handle.A true reproduction with a brass handle of thismuch loved tool. Extremely handy for adjusting the valves aswell as starting the car.(27) TR2/TR3* 107863

(*See Restoration section for stay and guide).TR3A 118366TR4** 131818(**Suitable for TR4A with correct radiator).

20Disposable Gloves

22Lever Grease Gun

23Pump Grease Gun

24Caddy

25Compression Tester

26Oil Spill Mat

15Rolling Floor Jack

17Wing Cover

16Wheel Dolly Set

18Park Smart

19Apron 21Magnetic Tray


72


B R A K E F L U I D S . E E Z I B L E E D . WAT E R W E T T E R . A N T I - F R E E Z E . B A R S L E A K

01Brake/Clutch Fluid

02Silicone Brake Fluid

Brake Fluids

When Did You Last Change Your Brake Fluid?If you have never replaced your brake fluid, we strongly recommend youinspect all seals and hoses and replace as necessary.

Brake/Clutch Fluid.Most modern day cars use DOT 4 clutch and brake hydraulic fluid - whichis the recommended minimum specification.

500ml GBF4102(01) 1 litre GBF4103

5 litre GBF4104

DOT5 ABF Silicone Brake/Clutch Fluid.This high performance fluid is Non-Hygroscopic, so it doesn’t promote rustproblems in the hydraulic system and won’t damage your paint work. Whensilicone is in use it will provide years of trouble free braking.Silicone Brake/Clutch Fluid;(02) 500ml ABF3

1 litre ABF4

DOT5 ABF Racing Brake/Clutch Fluid.Racing fluid, DOT 5 GBF5, really is the ultimate in brake fluid. Its anti-boil properties mean that even when the brakes get hot the fluid willremain efficient, rather than boiling locally into useless vapour - such asin the calipers.Due to its high Hygroscopic nature, racing fluid should be replacedannually otherwise the integrity and effectiveness will be drasticallyreduced.Racing Brake/Clutch Fluid;

500ml GBF51021 litre GBF5103

Brake System Tools

When bleeding the brakes on any car it is very important to have thecorrect tools. We supply some very useful items as an alternative to a pieceof rubber hose and a pair of pliers.

Eezibleed Kit.Eezibleed is an excellent way to take away the fuss and mess from bleedinghydraulic systems. Fed by air pressure from the spare wheel, it provides1/4 lb of pressure to the fluid container.(03) Eezibleed Kit MRD1001

Visibleed One Man Bleed Tool.This one man bleed tool is a must. Using a one way valve, the fluid isallowed through the valve but the air is prevented from returning back intothe system.(04) Visibleed One Man Bleed Tool GAC9378X

Mityvac Hydraulic Systems Tool.This popular and proven system is perfect for bleeding hydraulic systems.Our kit includes: vacuum/pressure pump, vacuum gauge, 1/4” tubing,automotive and brake bleeding adaptor packages, reservoir jar andmanual. Detailed instructions include ideas for additional uses.

Mityvac Kit 386-215

Brake Hose Clamp.The brake hose clamp is chrome plated and has a knurled securing nut.Note; these clamps should not be used on stainless steel braided hoses.(05) Brake Hose Clamp GAC8050X

Brake Cleaner - Safety first.Keep your braking system up to scratch with this special cleaner.

Brake Cleaner Aerosol 400ml MRD1090

Cooling System

Preserve And Maintain Your Cooling System.Water is a most efficient liquid for cooling engines, but it has two distinctivedrawbacks. Firstly it freezes in winter, and secondly it does nothing to stop corrosion. Classic cars can feature large amounts of aluminium, copper,brass and bronze, so it is imperative that a corrosion inhibitor be used toprotect the engine’s cooling system. There are four types of corrosion;DEPOSITS; Calcium carbonates that form hard deposits and adhere to

radiator tubes etc.OXIDATION; The combining of oxygen and iron to form rust.ELECTROLYSIS; A chemical reaction between dissimilar metals which react

with one another via water thus conducting electricity and deposits on the negative (cathode to anode) area.

EROSION; A mechanical problem caused by water turbulence and flow.

Redline Water Wetter.Another magic potion from the USA, this additive for the cooling systemimproves efficiency in three ways.Firstly, It improves the specific heat capacity of water, the amount of energy

required to raise temperature, meaning the water in the system takes more heat away from the metal parts of the engine. When the water reaches the radiator it is able to transfer more heat energy to themetal radiator core and then to the cooler air flowing through it.

Secondly, It reduces the surface tension of water allowing it to flow more freely through the system and make better contact with the metal parts, i.e: engine and radiator.

Finally, it has a lubricant quality which prolongs the life of the water pump main seal.

(06) Redline Water Wetter MM220-115

Anti-Freeze And Summer Coolant.It’s not just during the winter that you need protection for your engine andradiator. The inclusion of a glycol based Anti Freeze not only stops the waterfrom freezing during the winter, it also acts as an extra coolant during thesummer by removing heat more efficiently from the block and dispersing iteven in the worst traffic jam. It also helps to protect from corrosion.Unipart Anti-Freeze;(07) 1 litre GEC2001

2 litre GEC10025 litre GEC2005

Sealers And Inhibitors.Here we have listed items that we all know about, but sometimes forget!(08) Penrite Corrosion Inhibitor GGL9041X(09) Bars Seal Pellet GAC6073(10) Bars Leak 135ml MRD1031(11) Bars Flush 100gm MRD1032

03Eezibleed Kit 04One Man Bleed Tool

05Hose Clamp




73011.3:1 Rocker

C A R B C L E A N E R . B R A K E C L E A N E R . W D - 4 0 . R A I N - X . S H O C K F L U I D

General Consumables

A selection of very useful garage consumables that should be on the shelf(and in the car) that no enthusiast should be without.

(12) Carburettor Cleaner Aerosol 400ml MRD1023(13) Brake Cleaner Aerosol 400ml MRD1090

Graphite Grease Sachet AKF1457Graphogen Engine Assembly Lube GGL9122XAnti-Seize Compound 10oz 153317

WD40;Small 200ml GAC110

(14) Large 400ml GAC1115 litre Can & Spray Applicator GAC381

Exhaust Assembly Paste (Tin) GAC2054Exhaust Assembly Paste (Tube) GAC6080RTV Silicone Instant Gasket GAC8000

(15) Wellseal Jointing Compound 100ml 600569AHylomar Jointing Compound 100gm GGC102

Gasket Sealant Aerosol 387-500Gasket Remover Aerosol 400ml GEM317

(16) Loctite Stud-Loc 10ml GAC100Loctite Stud-Loc 3ml GAC100/3White Grease Aerosol 400ml GEM361Hammerite Rust Remover 1 litre MQC1003

(17) Trim Adhesive Aerosol 200ml UBS203Trim Adhesive 1 litre UBS110

General Consumables cont...

Rain-X.When you have treated your windscreen with Rain-X, you can drive in therain without using your wipers. Will not smear or damage your wipers.Rain-X interior Anti-Fog treats windows, mirrors - and even goggles.

(18) Rain-X Exterior 200ml GAC9995X(19) Rain-X Anti-Fog Interior 200ml GAC9992X

Dashpot Oil.For all SU/Zenith Carburettors.Specifically designed for both SU and Zenith carburettors, this oil willensure your carb’s are working as they should be.

(20) Dashpot Oil GGL9035X

Moss Hydraulic Shock Absorber Oil.Custom Blended specifically for all Girling and Armstrong lever arm shockabsorbers. Convenient flip-open pouring spout helps to minimise spills.16 fluid oz.

(21) Shock Absorber Oil AAA149M

Fuel Tank First Aid Cleaner, Etcher And Sealer.Use these products to either protect and extend the life of your fuel tank,especially useful if you wish to retain the original tank, or use on your newtank prior to fitting. The industrial cleaner allows you to clean to professional standards youroriginal tank. If you are planning to seal it, then you will need to use theEtching Agent to ensure maximum bond. The Sealing (Slushing) compoundputs a highly protective film on the inside of the tank that will prevent rust -it will even seal minor leaks/seals.

Fuel Tank First Aid;(22) Cleaner 1 U.S. Gallon GAC9858X

Etching Liquid 16oz GAC9859XSealer U.S. Quart 608591A

09

10Bars Leaks

11Bars Flush

12Carb Cleaner

13Brake Cleaner 16Loctite

17Trim Adhesive

18

19Anti Fog

20Dashpot Oil

21Shock Fluid

22Fuel Tank Cleaner

14WD-40

...no enthusiast

should be without...

06Water Wetter

07Anti-Freeze

08Corrosion Inhibitor

15Jointing Compound

W A X O Y L . G U N K C L E A N E R S . H A M M E R I T E . C L A S S I C C A R C O L O U R S

Car Care& PAINTS

74

09

Hammerite Underbody Seal & Smoothrite

Long proven products, that are easy to apply to those awkward corners.Helps to protect the underbody of your classic and give that qualityprofessional finish.

Hammerite Underbody Seal;(10) Aerosol Sealer 600ml MRD1109

Hammerite Underbody Smoothrite;Aerosol Black 400ml MRD1216

(11) Can 250ml MRD1202

Classic Car Colours

Here is a selection of the general paints we stock. For specific car colourpaints please contact your nearest branch. Aerosol paints are supplied in400ml, the brush- on is 500ml and the touch-in paint is supplied in 125ml tin,with a brush in the lid.

Engine Paint Aerosol Brush-On(12) Maroon CCEP1 CCEP1BR(13) Metallic Green CCEP2 CCEP2BR

Green CCEP3 CCEP3BREngine Black CCEP4 CCEP4BR

(14) Gold CCEP6 CCEP6BR(15) Yellow CCEP11 CCEP11BR

Bright Red CCEP10 N/A

Other Paints Aerosol Brush-OnWheel Silver CCWP1 CCWP1TU

(16) Crackle Black Paint MRD1048A N/ASuper Gloss Black CCSB1 CCSB1TU* Satin Black CCSB2 CCSB2TU*Matt Black CCMB1 N/AChassis Black CCCB1 CCCB1BR(*These paints are supplied in 125ml touch-in tins).

03Waxoyl Can

04Jumbo Trigger Spray Gun

05High Pressure Spray Gun

06Underbody Seal

08Gunk Concrete Cleaner

10Underbody Seal Aerosol

11Smoothrite Black

12Aerosol Paint Maroon

13Brush On Paint Met. Green

14Aerosol Paint Gold

15Brush On Paint Yellow

16Aerosol Crackle Black

Waxoyl

Waxoyl has long been the classic car owners best defence againstcreeping rust. Once applied, it forms a thick waxy coating that immediatelystabilises existing rust and prevents any future corrosion.

To protect your car simply apply Waxoyl liberally to inside and outside allbox sections, chassis rails etc. Our starter kit contains everything you needfor initial protection, including a 2.5 litre can of Waxoyl, pump and sprayer.

(01) Waxoyl Starter Kit WO105(02) Waxoyl Aerosol 400ml WO101(03) 5 litre Can WO104

2.5 litre Can WO1022.5 litre Cartridge WO103

(04) Jumbo Trigger Spray Gun WO107(05) High Pressure Spray Gun WO108

1 Metre Extension Probe WO109Underbody Seal 1 litre WO113

(06) Underbody Seal 500ml WO114

Gunk Cleaning Fluid

Gunk, the No.1 degreaser.

Engine Cleaner;Brush-On 1 litre MRD1040

(07) Aerosol Spray-On 400ml MRD1187(08) Concrete Cleaner 1 litre MRD1257

Hammerite Rust Remover

When any hardware and/or mechanical parts areimmersed, as instructed, this product will remove andkill rust. Ideal for special nuts/bolts. To ensure long-life, items must be properly degreased prior to beingimmersed.

(09) 1 litre MQC10035 litre MQC1002


07Gunk Aerosol

01Waxoyl Starter Kit

02Waxoyl Aerosol

22

Renovo Hood Care Products

We are very pleased to offer this unique andwell proven range of hood care products

from Renovo. If your hood or tonneau cover is looking a little tired, then theseproducts will clean, re-colour, restore and protect. The Soft Top Reviver isfor canvas hood covers, not vinyl.

Renovo Hood Care Range;(17) Dry Cleaner Shampoo Aerosol GAC9020

(For fabric hoods).(18) Liquid Cleaner 500ml GAC9025

(For vinyl hoods).

Soft Top Reviver For Canvas Hoods;(19) Black 500ml GAC9022

Black 1 litre GAC9021Blue 500ml GAC9022BLUBlue 1 litre GAC9021BLUBrown 500ml GAC9022BRNBrown 1 litre GAC9021BRN

Ultra Proofer For Canvas Hoods;500ml GAC90241 Litre GAC9023

Ultra Proofer For Vinyl Hoods;500ml GAC9026

Window Polish For Plastic Windows;30ml Bottle GAC9028100ml Bottle GAC9027

Professional Car Duster

This 100% cotton dusting mop is treated with special way to trap dust.Simply shake it out and it’s ready for use again. Ideal for show days. 20”long, supplied with carry case.

(20) Professional Car Duster 231-670

20

AutoGlym

AutoGlym car shampoo and polish are renowned for beingthe best all round car care products for body, bumpers, wheelsand interior.

(21) Super Resin Polish AG001Car Exterior Shampoo AG002Car Interior Shampoo AG003Glass Polish AG004

(22) Chrome & Metal Polish AG005Vinyl & Rubber Cream AG006Wheel Cleaner AG007

(23) Leather Care Cream AG008Engine Cleaner AG009Cutting Polish AG010Extra Gloss Polish AG011Plastic Restorer & Protector AG012Fabric Hood Maintenance Kit AG013

(24) Black Bumper Renovator AG014Silicone Spray 450ml AG015Silicone Free Spray 450ml AG016Perfect Polishing Cloth AG017

(25) Hydro Flexi-Blade Screen Cleaner AG018

Gliptone Leather Care

Leather will last indefinitely if it is properly cared for, especially if you useGliptone leather care. In order to keep leather upholstery flexible and inoriginal condition it must be fed with moisturising oils and waxes. Usingonly natural vegetable ingredients, Gliptone liquid leather has a uniqueformula which penetrates the leather’s brittle fibres providing new youthwhile re-instating that original, wonderful leather aroma.Formulated from Ph neutral ingredients.

(26) Leather Conditioner 250ml GAC2058XNeutral Leather Cleaner 250ml GAC2059X

Novus Plastic Polish

Bottle No.1 cleans and polishes plastics. Bottle No.2 restores the originalappearance of plastics. Bottle No.3 removes heavy scratches and abrasionsfrom acrylic surfaces. Final finishing requires Novus No.2.

(27) No.1 Polish 8oz 220-605No.2 Polish 8oz 220-610No.3 Polish 8oz 220-615

Kozak Dry Wash Cloth

Kozak’s specially treated long cotton fibres arewoven into a thick plush Nap which draws thedust up and away from the paintwork. Kozak keepsyour car clean without water.

(28) Kozak Dry Wash Cloth 231-620


Car Care& PAINTS

75

23Leather Care Cream

24Bumper Renovator

26Gliptone Leather Care

21Super Resin Polish


27Novus Plastic Polish

17Dry Cleaner

18Soft Top Liquid Cleaner

19Soft Top Reviver

RENOVO HOOD CARE AUTOGLYM CAR CARE . HIDE FOOD

25

28

E N G I N E O I L S . G E A R B O X O I L S . A X L E O I L S . B E A R I N G G R E A S E

Penrite Oils76

Penrite offers a complete range ofhigh performance, quality oils andlubricants, specifically formulated forveteran, vintage and classic cars.

Founded in 1926, Penrite has a wealth of experience behind its products.Indeed, the company was lubricating many of today’s vintage and classic cars,when they were new!

Modern engine lubricants do not necessarily suit older vehicles, the oils areoften too thin and, the additive packages chosen suit today’s advancedengineering and materials, not those employed in the design and manufactureof the vehicles of earlier years.Penrite engine oils are blended from high quality base stocks, combined withselected compatible additives to give the best possible performance,increased engine protection, high oil pressure and, reduced oil consumption.These oils also help reduce gumming and sludge deposits.

The Penrite philosophy of meeting and exceeding original requirements usingmodern technology extends across a wide range of lubricants - from engineoils for vehicles of all ages, transmission and steering box oils, to speciallyformulated chassis greases for veterans. Penrite lubricants provide completemechanical protection and help you care for your vehicle.

Penrite Engine Oils

Running-In Oil.Penrite Running-in oil is designed to promote and control the bedding-inprocess of newly built engines. It should be used for the first 300 miles andthen replaced with the appropriate grade of HPR oil.

(01) 1 litre GGL9015X5 litre GGL9014X

HPR 15W/60.A high viscosity semi-synthetic multigrade engine oil, specificallydeveloped for multi-valve, multi-cam high performance engines requiring a15W engine oil. This oil offers good all round protection, including goodpumpability when cold, excellent viscosity characteristics when hot.

Penrite Engine Oils cont...

It contains the necessary additives to combat wear, and bearing corrosion.HPR 15W/60 meets API SJ/CD requirements and is suitable for turbo anddiesel fuelled vehicles.


Classic 20W/50.Designed specifically for vehicles from the 1960’s and ‘70’s, this 20W/50multi-grade meets the highest API SH/CD standards. Like the original20W/50’s of the 1960’s, Classic 20W/50 is a full-bodied, hard-wearing oilgiving excellent film strength under the heaviest loads.

(03) 5 litre GGL9044X

HPR 20W/60.Replaces SAE 30 and 20W/50. Formulated for most post-war classics,particularly high performance vehicles such as MG, Porsche, Jaguar andTriumph. Suitable for cars running six volt electric systems, where startermotor cranking speeds require an engine to turn over with minimal drag.

1 litre GGL9005X(04) 5 litre GGL9004X

Penrite Gearbox Oils

For use where oils of EP80, EP90 plus 30 and 40 SAE rating were originallyrecommended. Suitable for older boxes of either straight cut, synchromesh,epicyclic design, or for overdrives, such as Laycock, both oils contains no EPadditives which can cause serious damage to gearboxes containing yellow metals,or friction modifiers which can cause slipping in overdrives and pre-selectorgearboxes.

Gearbox Oil 30.Replaces EP 80, SAE 30 and 20W/50.


01Running-in Oil

02HPR 15W/60

03Classic 20W/50

04HPR 20W/60

05Gearbox Oil 30

06Hypoid 80W/90

07Hypoid 85W/140

08Limslip 85W/140

09Mild EP

10Storage Supplement

11Graphite Grease

12Bearing Grease

14

15Corrosion Inhibitor

16Shock Absorber Oil

17Steering Box Lube

18Carb. Damper Oil

19Lead Substitute


13

STORAGE SUPPLEMENT . CAM LUBE . CORROSION INHIBITOR . POURING JUGS

77

Penrite Gearbox Oils cont...

Gearbox Oil 40.Replaces EP 90 and SAE 40.

1 litre GGL9021X5 litre GGL9020X

Penrite Axle Oils

Hypoid Oils.The crown wheel and pinion teeth in a hypoid axle slide as well as rotate againsteach other, which requires the use of extreme pressure additives. Penrite hypoidoils are formulated to meet the specific requirements of older vehicles.

Hypoid 80W/90.Replacing EP 80, this oil exceeds GL5 specifications, and is suitable formost post-1960 hypoid and spiral bevel gears.


Hypoid 85W/140.Replacing EP 90, this oil is primarily for post-1960 cars requiring a higher viscositythan Hypoid 80W/90, and commercial vehicles. Exceeds GL5 specifications.


Limslip 85W/140.Formulated especially for vehicles where high off-set hypoid gear sets areused in combination with limited slip or spin resistant devices. Ideal forcars fitted with Salisbury and similar limited slip differentials includingJaguar and Aston Martin.


Mild EP.A SAE 140 grade oil suitable for use in bevel, worm and pre-1960 hypoidgears. Rated GL4, this gear oil does not possess the additive package foundin later GL5 gear oils.

Note; GL5 oils should not be used in veteran or vintage vehicles as the additivepackages in these oils attack metals such as bronze, brass and copper.


Penrite General Products

Storage Protection Supplement.When added to either engine, gearbox and rear axle oils, it protectsinternals from acidic corrosion and seizure during long storage periods.

(10) 0.5 litre GGL9043X

Graphite Grease.Suitable for general lubrication work, being highly water resistant.Recommended for shackle and spring leaf lubrication.

(11) 500grm GGL9030X

High Melt Bearing Grease.Calcium complex base grease especially suitable for classic and vintagewheel bearings where exposure to water spray and therefore greasewash-out was a problem.

(12) 500grm GGL9040X

Penrite General Products cont...

Cam Assembly Lube.For lubricating engine compo-nents during assembly - not for use on pistons or in the ring area.

(13) 40grm GGL9031X

Pouring Jugs.These handy jugs are designed to fit in with the feel of a classic garage,also making pouring a cleaner process. Available in black and bearing thePenrite logo they are essential garage equipment.

(14) Pouring Jug 1 litre GAC8066XPouring Jug 0.5 litre GAC8065X

Cooling System Corrosion Inhibitor.Protects metals in the cooling system from corrosion. Can be used toenhance the anti-corrosion properties of anti-freeze.


Shock Absorber Oil.Use this Penrite oil if you want to tinker with your lever arm shock absorberdamping rates. No.1 Light is for most single and double acting dampersincluding lever arm. Ideal for Jackall systems. No.2 which is ideal forcompetition purposes, is a heavier grade that increases the damping rate,also suitable for non-piston type dampers.

(16) No.1 Light 500ml GGL9038XNo.2 Heavy 500ml GGL9039X

Steering Box Lube.A self levelling, high viscosity lubricant containing non-corrosive extreme pressureadditives. Ideal for veteran & vintage steering boxes. Not suitable for steering racks.

(17) Steering Box Lube 500ml GGL9028X

Water Pump Grease.Specially formulated for water pumps that require regular greasing.

Water Pump Grease 100gm GGL9034X

Carburettor Damper Oil.Specifically formulated for SU carburettors, both damped and non damped,of all ages and, some Strombergs.

(18) Carburettor Damper Oil 125ml GGL9035X

Lead SubstituteWe stock a Lead Substitute, endorsed by the ‘Federation of Historic VehicleClubs’ that enables unleaded fuel to be safely used in engines originallydesigned for Leaded fuel.

(19) Superblend 500ml GAC806

Full Penrite Lubricant Range Stocked

There are many other Penrite oils and lubricantsthat we stock but have not listed here - such aslubricants for Veteran, Vintage and/or modern highperformance engines/transmissions.

If you require a specific oil/lubricant for your vehiclethat we have not shown, please call your local Mossbranch who will only be too pleased to help you.

Penrite Oils


07


L A P E L P I N S . P E R I O D S I G N S . D A RT B O A R D . C O F F E E M U G S . B A R S T O O L S

IndoorOUTDOOR

78

50 Years Of Triumph

This striking 25” x 38” colour poster, illustrated by the renowned artist Ken Dallison, highlights Triumphsmost popular models from 1925 to 1975.(08) 50 Years Of Triumph MGL6003X

Vintage Lucas Poster

Reproduction of a circa 1930 Lucas advertising poster. Lithographed in fullcolour on good quality poster stock. 16” x 24”.(09) Vintage Lucas Poster HMP990006

Advertising Posters

We stock an ever changing range of advertising posters created by themarketing departments of MG, BMC, BL, Standard Triumph, etc... Printed incolour, they are accurate facsimiles of the originals seen in magazine andon billboards around the World. There are so many different types availablewe are unable to show or even list them all here. Suffice to say that it isworth browsing through the poster collection next time you pop into one ofour branches.

One of the most popular posters we sell is the American limited editionreprint of a 1975 US poster promoting the Triumph TR6 and Spitfire 1500.(10) British Racing Green MGL6001X

Commemorative Limited Edition Print

This specially commissioned Limited Edition Print commemorates the 21stAnniversary of the TR Register.The picture is complemented by a pictorial mount depicting some of themore modern competition TR’s. Ken Richardson - then head of the StandardTriumph Competitions Department, signed each numbered print togetherwith the artist, Lawrence Bold-de-Haughton.

The full colour 24” x 36” print has been produced to the highest standards asspecified by the Fine Arts Guild and is strictly limited to 850 prints worldwide.(11) TR Print MRD9999

01Triumph Lapel Pins

05Triumph Parking

02

04Vintage Signs03Authorised Service

06TR3 Metal Plaque

0850 Years of Triumph

10Advertising Poster

09Lucas Poster 12Bar Stool

11Limited Edition Print

Triumph Marque Lapel Pins

These colourful, attractive enamel and chrome Logo pins will look great onhat or jacket.(01) Triumph Shield Lapel Pin Badge 229-265

Triumph Globe Lapel Pin Badge GAC9948XTR6 & Union Jack Lapel Pin Badge GAC9950X

Factory Dealer & Service Signs

These screen printed multi-coloured factory signs are a perfect replica ofthe period originals.(02) Triumph Shield Service 12” x 16” GAC9932X(03) Triumph Authorised Service 12” x 48” 214-220

Austin-MG Authorised Service 12” x 48” 214-210BMC Genuine Parts 18” x 27” 214-230

(04) BMC Authorised Dealer 18” x 27” GAC9929XAustin Healey Service 6” x 24” 214-310MG Service 12” x 16” 214-320

Triumph Only Parking Sign

Protect your Triumph parking space with these American style metal restric-tion sign. (Height 305mm - width 228mm).

Parking Sign With Triumph Shield GAC8030X(05) Parking Sign With Triumph Laurel GAC8031X

TR3 Metal Plaque

This full colour pressed embossed tin period style sign is a beautifulreproduction of a period TR3 advertisement and features rolled edges.(06) TR3 Metal Plaque 214-265

Computer Mouse Mat

And why not?(07) Mouse Mat TR6 HMP122001

16

20

14


POSTERS . PEAK CAPS . EMBROIDERED PATCHES . PICNIC BLANKET . UMBRELLA

IndoorOUTDOOR

79

15Embroidered Patches 18Beige/Navy Peak Cap

17Triumph Fleece

19Spruce/Khaki Peak Cap

22Picnic Blanket

21Union Jack Flag13Triumph Dart Board

Triumph Fleeces

Dress the part in a Triumph logo (Silver) fleece jacket! These embroideredzip-up fleeces, made from 100% polyester, are available in a choice of fivecolours and are ideal for those top down driving days.

Size Navy Black Smoke Forest RedMedium GAC0016 GAC0019 GAC0022 GAC0025 GAC0028

(17) Large GAC0017 GAC0020 GAC0023 GAC0026 GAC0029X-Large GAC0018 GAC0021 GAC0024 GAC0027 GAC0030

Embroidered Peak Caps

These beige and navy peak caps are embroidered with the choice of a Triumphshield or wreath. The back features the Union Jack and the Moss logo.(18) Peak Cap Triumph Shield - Beige/Navy 219-828

Peak Cap Triumph Wreath - Beige/Navy 219-846

This quality embroidered, stone washed spruce/khaki hat will keep yourhair in place and the sun from your eyes. One size fits all.(19) Peak Cap Triumph Shield - Spruce/Khaki 219-826

Embroidered Knit Hat

Perfect for top-down driving when it’s chilly, these black and red hats,embroidered with the word “Triumph”, are serious cold weather gear.Made from heavy-weight acrylic with an anti-pill polar fleece lining thatreally makes a huge difference.(20) Knitted Hat - Black/Red 013-409

Union Jack Flag

Made from light-weight polyester, complete with metal grommets on the hoist.(21) Union Jack Flag GAC9939X

Picnic Blanket

Ideal for storing in the boot while out for a Sunday drive, this picnic blankethas a waterproof base, which folds-away neatly featuring handy carry-straps.(22) Picnic Blanket GAC8025X

Bar Stool With Logos

Ideal when you’re having a well earned respite duringthose long discussions in the garage whilst having acoffee. 14” easy clean vinyl seats with chrome platedlegs, 30” high.(12) Triumph Bar Stool 231-805

Austin Healey Bar Stool 231-810MG Bar Stool 231-800

The Triumph Car Company Official Dart Board

The perfect gift for Triumph darts enthusiasts, this 18” board is made toWorld Dart Federation regulations, and features “Standard Car Company,Coventry, England” across the bottom as well as “Triumph” at the top.(13) Triumph Dart Board GAC9963X

Triumph Logo Earrings

Enamelled miniature marque logo earrings.(14) Triumph Logo Earrings GAC9941X

(15) Embroidered Patches

Add that splash of colour to your jacket, sweater etc... and show your loyalty.Triumph (Rectangular) GAC9956XBritish Leyland (Rectangular) GAC9960XTriumph TR (Rectangular) GAC9955XUnion Jack 229-510BMC (Round) GAC9961X

Coffee Mugs

A very essential workshop item for all classic car owners.Spitfire Coffee Mug GAC8020X

(16) TR2/3 Coffee Mug GAC8014XTR4/5 Coffee Mug GAC8015X

TR2,TR3/3A & TR4/4A Restoration Parts 80

Exchange UnitsWe are able to offer a full rebuild service on numerous major components in our product range.We offer this service as an alternative to direct replacement parts, or when a brand new item isno longer available. However, the continuity of this exchange scheme needs the understanding andco-operation of our customers in relation to several important points:It is important to remember that "rebuilt" does not mean "brand new". Rebuilding a unit involvesstripping, cleaning, inspecting and re-assembling the unit. During this process, parts showingsigns of wear will either be completely replaced or suitably renovated. However, it is not alwaysfeasible for major sub-components to be replaced with brand new ones, for example, an exchangeengine will not have a new block.Due to the nature of certain product lines, some items can only be offered on a "one for one"exchange basis. This effectively means that you must offer us a viable unit before we can releasea fully rebuilt item from our stock. In some instances we can only carry out reconditioning of yourown unit. Our staff will inform you if this is the case. All exchange units are subject to a surcharge.This surcharge serves two purposes; firstly, it acts as an incentive for you to return your old unit,and secondly it provides us with financial cover if your returned unit proves unsuitable forexchange purposes.Whether or not your returned unit is suitable for exchange purposes cannot be ascertained until it ismade available to us for inspection. As a general rule, suitable for exchange basically excludes anyitems that are beyond reasonable repair (e.g. crankcases ventilated with a connecting rod) or unitsirrevocably damaged. We are also unable to accept units unless they are returned in whole, com-plete form (i.e. differential units which are returned partly stripped with no bearings and all the shimsmissing are not generally accepted), nor do we accept a "box of bits". Surcharges will only berefunded once our core department has passed the item as serviceable. Under no circumstances canany exchange unit be shipped overseas until we receive your original unit. We have predeterminedprices for our exchange units based on our experience, what it will cost to repair a gearbox, axle orengine. Occasionally, however, the damage to the unit is so great that we will contact you beforebeginning work on your unit to advise you of any additional cost that may be incurred during therebuild of the unit. We can return the unit (at your cost) if this proves unacceptable.

WarrantyAll parts are fully warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of twelve(12) months from the date of purchase. In most cases, warranty will not cover labour, failure of arelated component, failure resulting from incorrect installation or misuse, nor would liabilityexceed the cost of the original component. During the warranty period, please contact us imme-diately at the point of purchase if any problems occur. We will then advise you, before replacingthe failed component, as to the best course of action.WITH ALL CLAIMS, A COPY OF THE PURCHASE INVOICE MUST BE PRODUCED.

ReturnsAny Moss parts incorrectly supplied may be returned to any Moss branch for exchanging with thecorrect part. If you find you have bought parts which you do not require, you can return them to thebranch you bought them from within 3 months of purchase for a full credit to be used for the pur-chase of alternative Moss parts. If a refund of the purchase price is required, then a handling chargeof 15% of the value of the goods may be levied. All returned goods must be in a condition suitablefor re-sale and in their original undamaged packaging.

Customer ServiceWe value your custom and wish to ensure that you receive the very best service. Every effort willbe made to provide you with Quality Parts and Expertise in a relaxed, helpful and friendly manner.Should you consider the service you receive from us to be unsatisfactory, or you have any prob-lems with the part(s) purchased, please advise a member of the sales team at the originatingbranch. If the matter is not resolved to your satisfaction, please contact our Customer ServicesDepartment at:

Customer Services, Moss Europe Ltd.Hampton Farm Industrial Estate Hanworth, Middlesex TW13 6DB England.

We will do our very best to resolve the issue and keep you as a loyal and happy Moss customer.

British Motor HeritageMoss Europe Ltd. is a British Motor Heritage approved specialist. Our agreement with British MotorHeritage allows us the use of marque logos and some of the artwork contained within this catalogue.

Bradford4 Bolton Lane, Canal RoadBradford, West Yorkshire BD2 1DR Tel 01274 735 537 Fax 01274 735 595e-mail [email protected]

Bristol1-3 Elton Street, Bristol, Avon BS2 9EHTel 0117 923 2523 Fax 0117 942 8236e-mail [email protected]

LondonHampton Farm Industrial EstateHanworth, Middlesex TW13 6DBTel 020 8867 2020 Fax 020 8867 2030e-mail [email protected]

Manchester111-117 Stockport Road, Cheadle HeathStockport, Cheshire SK3 0JETel 0161 480 6402 Fax 0161 429 0349e-mail [email protected]

Derby850 London Road, Derby DE24 8WATel 01332 756 056 Fax 01332 572 332e-mail [email protected]

Darlington15 Allington Way, Yarm Road Ind. Est.Darlington, County Durham DL1 4QB Tel 01325 281 343 Fax 01325 485 563e-mail [email protected]


U.K. Ordering

We accept orders by mail, telephone, e-mail or fax. If you have the opportunity, we invite you tovisit one of our branches. Remember, supplying details of your car, (i.e. engine, commission orVehicle Identification Number (VIN) LHD or RHD, year of manufacture and any modifications) savestime and helps us to help you. Please inform us of your Customer Number, this is to speed up theorder processing process.

Overseas OrderingAs with the U.K. we accept orders by mail, telephone, e-mail or fax. If you visit the U.K. we wouldbe delighted if you visited one of our branches. When ordering, please ensure that you enclose fulldetails of your name, address and Customer Number, plus details of your car (i.e. engine, com-mission or Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) LHD or RHD, year of manufacture and any modifi-cations). Please note, overseas orders are often subject to local import duties, taxes and Customsclearance, which will need to be paid for at the point of entry. These charges are NOT included in theprice of the goods or delivery prices. All relevant Customs forms and documentation needed toensure the order arrives with the minimum of delay will be included with your shipment. If you haveany special requirements, please contact us to discuss them.Please remember that delivery charges are dependent upon the size and weight of the shipment.If a quotation is required prior to placing an order, please contact the export department at yourchosen branch and they will be pleased to supply a full quotation to you.

Parts Back-Order SystemA back-order system is used when a part is not in stock at the time of ordering. If the item isexpected to become available within a reasonable timeframe, then it will be put on back-order,unless the customer instructs us otherwise. When we have the parts in stock, the back-order willbe processed automatically and the item will be dispatched to the customer. If the particular partbecomes No Longer Available (NLA) or is likely to be unavailable for some time, then the customerwill be advised and asked if the order is to be cancelled.

Shipping & Despatch MethodsOrders for delivery in the UK may be dispatched by regular post (for small/lightweight items), orthrough a Next Day courier, or alternatively a 2-3 Day Courier service. Please speak to our salesstaff to choose the best delivery option for your parts order. We are constantly striving to improvethe service we offer, so please contact your local branch for the latest shipping prices.For delivery outside the UK we offer the following services:

Parcels up to 30Kg; Europe 1-3 days.Europe by road 2 to 5 days.World-wide 1 to 3 days.

Shipments up to 500Kg; Europe by road 2 to 5 daysWorld-wide by air 2 to 7 days to destination airport for collection or delivered direct to customers address.(Sea freight is now regarded as too slow for most retail parts orders)

For these services, please ask for prices when you place your order.All shipments are now ‘trackable’, (inc. Internet access for selected carriers). Please speak to oneof our sales staff to choose your best parts delivery option. Please remember, all carriage chargesare dependant on weight band, volume, destination & delivery time. If a quotation is required priorto placing your order, please contact a member of the sales department at your chosen Mossbranch who will be happy to discuss your requirements.If you prefer, you may arrange your own shipping and dispatch.

Quotations & Payment MethodsWe will be pleased to provide a full parts quotation detailing price, availability and relevant ship-ping costs. Payment may be made by cash, personal cheque (to the card guarantee limit), CertifiedBank Draft, credit or debit card including: Mastercard, Visa, Switch, Delta and, by SterlingTravellers Cheques. If you intend to make payment by Cheque or Bankers Draft when using ourfast mail-order parts service, please confirm parts availability and carriage charges.

Value Added TaxValue Added Tax (VAT) at the current (U.K.) rate will be levied on all orders being dispatched to allcountries within the European Community. VAT is not charged on goods dispatched to countriesoutside of the EC. However, such orders are often subject to local import duty, taxes and Customsclearance, which MUST be paid by you at the port of entry. Such charges are not included in thecost of the goods or delivery prices.

How To Order 81


Catalogue ContentsIdentifying Your Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 83Parts Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ./85

Engines & Components;(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ section in Accessories)

Engine Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86External Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86

Engine Gasket Sets.Cylinder Block, Fittings & Oil Sump.Engine Cover Plates.Engine Mountings.

Internal Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88Crankshaft & Flywheel.Fan (Cooling) Hub & Extension.Con Rods & Bearings.Cylinder Liners & Pistons.Camshaft & Timing Gear.Oil Pump.

Oil Filter & Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 90Cylinder Head & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 90/91

Cooling;Radiator & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92Water Pump, Thermostat & Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 93Fan Blades, Hub/Extension & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94Narrow Fan Belt Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94

Clutch;Clutch Pedal & Master Cyl Mountings . . . . . . . . . . .Page 95Clutch Drive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 95Clutch Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 96

Lockheed Hydraulic System.Girling Hydraulic System.

Gearbox;5-Speed Gearbox Units & Conversion Kit . . . . . . . . .Page 98Gearbox Units (standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 98Gearbox Casing, Gear change & Fittings . . . . . . . . .Page 98Gearbox Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 99Internal Gearbox Components;

3 synchro units (TR2/TR3/3A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 1004 synchro units (TR3B, TR4/4A) . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101

‘A’ Type Overdrive & Electrics (standard) . . . . . . . .Page 102Overdrive ‘Trouble Shooting’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 103Overdrive Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 104

Fuel System;Fuel Tank, Pump & Fittings;

TR2/TR3/3A models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 106TR4/4A models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 107

Carburettors, Components & Air Cleaners;Introduction & Identifying H series SU’s . . . . . . .Page 108TR2 (H4 SU’s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 108TR3/3A & TR4 (H6 SU’s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 110Introduction to Stromberg carburettors . . . . . . .Page 112TR4/4A (Zenith Strombergs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 112‘HS6 SU’ Conversion Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 110 & 114TR4A (HS6 SU’s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 114

Carburettor Technical Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 116Accelerator Pedal & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 117(For choke cables see ‘Instruments, Cables & Switches’)Engine Breather/Emission Controls . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 117Inlet Manifold Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 118Manifolds (Inlet & Exhaust) (Standard) . . . . . . . . . .Page 119(See also ‘Exhaust System’ for ‘Sports Tubular Manifolds’)

Exhaust System;(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ section in Accessories)

Exhaust System & Fittings;TR2/TR3/3A & TR4 models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 120TR4A models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 122

Tubular Manifolds & Sports Exhaust Systems . . . . .Page 121

Road Wheels & Tools;Road Wheels (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 123Roadside Tools & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 124Wire Wheel Technical Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 125

Brake System;(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ section in Accessories)

Master Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 126Master Cyl Mountings & Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 127Standard & Uprated Brake Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 127Front Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 128Uprated Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 127 & AccessoriesRear Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 129Brake Pipes, Hoses & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 130Handbrake & Fittings;

TR2/TR3/3A & TR4 models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 132TR4A models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 133

Steering;TR2/TR3/3A models;

Steering Box, Column & Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 134Steering Rack Conversion (TR2/3) . . . . . .Page 46 & 135

TR4/4A models;Steering Rack, Column & Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 136‘Quick Racks’ & Alloy Mounting Kits . . . . . . . . Page 137

Front Suspension (standard);TR2/TR3/3A & TR4

Front Hub & Vertical Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 138Front Spring & Shock Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 138Anti-Roll Bar (TR4 Factory option) . . . . . . . . . . .Page 140Uprating your Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 140(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories)

TR4A (IRS);Front Hub & Vertical Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 142Front Spring & Shock Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 142Anti-Roll Bar (TR6 option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 143Uprating your Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 144(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories)

Rear Suspension;(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ section in Accessories)

Rear Spring & Shock Absorber;TR2/TR3/3A & TR4 models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 145TR4A (IRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 146TR4A (USA Solid Rear Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 147

Propshaft & Rear Axle;Propshaft (All models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 147Rear Axle (Solid);

TR2/TR3/3A/TR4 & TR4A (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 148Rear Axle (Differential);

TR4A (IRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 150

Electrical System;(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ section in Accessories)

Starter Motor & Fittings (inc Pre-Engaged) . . . . . . .Page 152Dynamo & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 153Alternator Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 154Battery & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 155Horns, Relays & Miscellaneous Switches . . . . . . . .Page 156Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 158Windscreen Wiper Motor, Arms & Blades . . . . . . . .Page 160Windscreen Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 161Headlamps & Fittings (All models) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 162Front & Rear Side/Indicator/No Plate Lamps;

TR2/TR3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 163/164TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 164/165

Wiring Harness (Looms) (All models) . . . . . . . . . . .Page 166Cable Fittings & Bulb Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 167

Instruments/Cables & Switches;TR2/TR3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 168TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 170

Heating & Ventilation;All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 172

Interior Trim & Fittings;(See also ‘Interior’ section in Accessories)

TR2/TR3/3A;Dash (Fascia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 173Trim Kits (Cockpit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .see AccessoriesSeat Covers & Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .see AccessoriesSeat Frame & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 174Cockpit Cappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 174Carpet Sets/Mats . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 175 & AccessoriesTrim Fixings & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 175

TR4/4A;Dash (Fascia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 176Trim Kits (Cockpit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .see Accessories(See page 196 for Door Finishers)Seat Covers & Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .see AccessoriesSeat Frame & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 178Seat Belts (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 178Carpet Sets/Mats . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 179 & AccessoriesTrim Fixings & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 179

Body Panels & Fittings;(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ section in Accessories)

TR2/TR3/3A;Chassis Frame & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 181Introduction to Body Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 182Front Body Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 182Windscreen, Fittings & Rear View Mirror . . . . . .Page 184Doors, Sidescreens & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 185(See also ‘Exterior’ section in Accessories)Rear Body & Floor Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 186

TR4/4A;Chassis Frame & Fittings;

TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 188TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 189

Front Outer Body & Door Panels . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 190(See also Doors & Fittings)Front Inner Body Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 192Windscreen, Sun Visors & Rear View Mirror . . .Page 195Doors & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 196Rear Outer Body Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 198Rear Inner Body & Floor Panels . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 200

All Models;Body Paints & Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 194General Grommets & Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 194

Exterior Trim & Badges;(See also ‘Exterior’ section in Accessories)

TR2/TR3/3A;Front/Side Body Fittings, Grille & Bumper . . . . .Page 202Rear/Side Body Fittings & Over-riders . . . . . . . .Page 204Grommets & Blanking Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 205

TR4/4A;Front/Side Body Fittings, Grille & Bumper . . . . .Page 206Rear/Side Body Fittings & Bumper . . . . . . . . . .Page 208Grommets & Blanking Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 207

Hood, Frame & Tonneau;(See also ‘Exterior’ section in Accessories)

TR2/TR3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 210TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 211TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 212

Hard-Top (Factory);TR2/TR3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 213TR4/4A (Surrey Top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 214

General Hardware;Nuts/Bolts/Studs/Clips etc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 216

Contents82

Location of Serial Numbers...

TR2/3/3A/3B, TR4/4A Engine NumberThe engine number is stamped on the left hand side of thecylinder block.

TR2/3/3A/3B, TR4/4A Gearbox NumberThis number is stamped on the left hand side of the gear-box casing.

TR4/4A Commission NumberThis number is stamped on a plate which is riveted to theleft hand bulkhead panel.

TR2/3/3A/3B Commission NumberThis number is stamped on a plate which is riveted to theright hand bulkhead panel.


Production Dates & Commission NumbersWhen ordering parts, it is essential that you identify your car exactly, bymodel year and serial number. Since many part changes were made duringmodel years, the commission number, engine number and body numberprovide the only positive identification. Quite often a car’s title will not showthe correct model year. Before ordering parts, please record the applicablenumbers from your car. Using these numbers is the best way to ensure that you orderand receive the correct parts. Wherever possible, we have listed part applications by commissionnumber (e), body number (b) or gearbox (g). For more in formation on these numbers and years, seethe production data below.

Year Model Commission Number; From To

1953 TR2 TS1 (Aug) TS3021954 TS303 TS51921955 TS5193 TS8636 (Sept)

1955 TR3 TS8637 (Sept) TS96651956 TS9666 TS149981957 TS14999 TS22013 (Sept)

1957 TR3A TS22014 (Sept) TS256321958 TS25633 TS416291959 TS41630 TS651231960 TS65124 TS820291961 TS82030 TS82346 (Oct)

1961 TR4 CT1 (Aug) CT2470 (approx.)

TR3B* TSF1 (Mar) TSF530 (Sept)1962 TCF1 TCF2804 (Oct)

1962 TR4 CT2471 (approx.) CT18403 (approx.)1963 CT18404 (approx.) CT28485 (approx.)1964 CT28486 (approx.) CT40000 (approx.)1965 CT40001 (approx.) CT40304 (approx.)

1965 TR4A CTC50001 CTC63736 (approx.)1966 CTC63737 (approx.) CTC75000 (approx.)1967 CTC75001 (approx.) CTC78684 (approx.)

*A Note on TR3B’sThe TR3B was a very interesting and rare car. Declining sales in the late 50’s and early 60’s of the TR3series had led Triumph to carry out a major re-design of the car, which became known as the TR4. Itwas based on the TR3 running gear but had a Michelotti designed body with wind-up windows and otherfeatures designed to improve comfort.The reaction to the TR4 in America was, initially, less than favourable and there was a minor panic backin Coventry where the feeling existed that a mistake had been made in introducing the TR4, and, it wasfelt essential that the TR3 was ‘re-introduced’.The car that was re-introduced was the TR3B and in its most basic form the same as the TR3A.There were two series of commission numbers (TSF and TCF), we believe the TSF series was for the1991cc (83mm) engine and the TCF series for the 2138cc (86mm) engine. Both vehicles were fitted withthe later TR4 all-synchromesh gearbox. These are the only distinguishing features that all experts appearto agree on. Unless otherwise specified in the text, all details of the TR3B can be considered to be thesame as the post T60001 TR3A. If you have any useful information, which contradicts this statement,please drop us a line and we will be pleased to include it in future editions of this catalogue.

Supercession of PartsFor those of you in possession of original Triumph parts books you may have information which conflictswith that given in the original book. This is usually because the part has been ‘superseded’ because ofsome change in specification. For example XKC510 is the left hand A-post. It used to be 813100 (andthe right hand is still 813101), but when the TR6 USA spec’ cars had an audible buzzer fitted to adviseowners that they had opened their door and left the keys in the ignition, it required an extra hole in theA-post to sense the door being opened. Hence 813100 with one hole for a courtesy light becomesXKC510 with two holes. There are many other examples where our Research & DevelopmentDepartment staff find old Austin/Morris saloon car parts that ‘will do’ to replace ‘no longer available’ TRparts. These often utilise different part numbers to those shown in the original Triumph parts book.

TR2/3/3A/3B, TR4/4A Major Change Points

Model Commission No; Changes

TR2 TS1 TR2 introduced.TS1307 MGA, Frogeye, London Taxi type stop/tail lamps introduced.TS4002 Outer sills and ‘short door’ fitted.TS4239 Dzus fasteners replace cables to open bonnet.TS6157 Vent lid introduced.

TR3 TS8637 TR3 introduced, ‘egg-box’ grille fitted.TS12568 Windscreen wiper motor moved from right hand to the

left hand side of bulkhead.TS13046 Girling hydraulics introduced.

TR3 becomes the first mass produced car with discBrakes fitted a standard.

TR3A TS22014 Window grille, exterior door handles, different frontbumper & over-rider design.

TS28826 Dzus fasteners used on sidescreens.TS41878 Colour scheme of front badge changes from red and

black to blue and white.TS50001 Starter motor changed.TS60001 Major body redesign. ‘Raised’ hinge mounting points,

squared rear floor.One piece boot floor fitted.Windscreen stanchions held on by screws in place ofDzus fasteners.

TS83572 Last TR3A

TR3B TSF1 TR3B introduced with 1991cc engine and 4 synchro’ gearbox.TCF1 TR3B introduced with 2138cc engine and 4 synchro’ gearbox.TCF2804 Last TR3B

TR4 CT1 First TR4 introduced.CT6636 Redesigned front suspension with 3* castor.CT16801 Stromberg carburettors introduced as mixed fitment.CT23383 Deep dish rear springs introduced.CT40304 Last TR4 produced.

TR4A CTC50001 Introduction of the first IRS TR4A, (Solid axle TR4A’sWere prefixed ‘CT’ beginning at CT50001).

CTC61291 Stromberg carburettors replaced by HS6 SU’s.CT70000 (approx.) Cross box silencer introduced.CT787684 Last of the TR4A rolled of the production line (10th July 1967)

Production Data 83


These pages list only the major items in eacharea, such as body work, electrical and brakecomponents. In many cases minor fittings,clamps and linkages etc., are not shown.

AA Post, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186A Post, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Accelerator pedal & fittings . . . . . . . . . . . .117Aero screen & Fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . .20Air filters, TR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Air filters, TR3/TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Air filters, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Air vent lid, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Alternator conversion . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesAmmeter, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Ammeter, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Anti-roll bar, TR2/3/3A/TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . .140Anti-roll bar, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Apron assembly, front, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . .182Apron assembly, rear, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . .187Ash tray, TR4/TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176Axle shafts, Lockheed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Axle shafts, Girling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Axle shafts, IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

BB Post, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187B Post, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Badges, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202/204Badges, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206/208Ball joint, front susp', TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . .138Ball joint, front susp, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . .142Ball joint (steering), TR44/A . . . . . . . . . . . .137Battery, Cables & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Bearing kit, front wheel, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . .139Bearing kit, front wheel, TR4A . . . . . . . . . .143Bearing kit, rear wheel, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . .149Bearing kit, rear wheel, TR4A . . . . . . . . . .150Bearings, Lockheed rear axle, solid . . . . . .148Bearings, Girling rear axle, solid . . . . . . . .149Bearings, IRS rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Blanking plugs, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .205Blanking plugs, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Body mounting components, TR2/3/3A . . .181Body mounting components, TR4 . . . . . . .188Body mounting components, TR4A . . . . . .189Body panels (front) TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . .183Body panels (front, inner) TR4/4A . . . . . . .192Body panels (front, outer) TR4/4A . . . . . . .190Body panels (rear, inner) TR2/3/3A . . . . . .186Body panels (rear, inner) TR4/4A . . . . . . . .200Body panels (rear, outer) TR4/4A . . . . . . . .190Bonnet, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesBonnet, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . .190 & AccessoriesBonnet fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .202Bonnet fittings, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Bonnet release cable, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .206Boot TR2/3/3A;

Boot carpet set . . . . . . . .175 & AccessoriesBoot floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Boot lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Boot lid fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

Boot, TR4/4A;Boot floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Boot lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Boot lid fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Boot trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Brake adjusters, front, TR2/3 . . . . . . . . . . .128Brake adjusters, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Brake calipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128Brake drum, front, TR2/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . .128Brake drum, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Brake fluid supply tank, Girling . . . . . . . . .126Brake fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesBrake Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 & AccessoriesBrake master cylinders & Repair kits . . . . .126Brake pad sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Brake pipe sets, copper . . . . . . . . . . .130/131Brake pipes & fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . .130/131Brake shoes (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128Brake shoes (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Bulbs (see lamps)Bulb holders (general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Bulkhead assembly, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .182Bulkhead assembly, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .192Bumper, front, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202Bumper fittings, front, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . .202Bumper, front, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Bumper fittings, front, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .206Bumper, rear, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Bumper fittings, rear, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .208Bushes, front susp', TR2/3A, TR4 . . . . . . .138Bushes, front susp', TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Bushes, rear susp', TR2/3A, TR4 . . . . . . . .145Bushes, rear susp', TR4A IRS . . . . . . . . . .146Bushes, rear susp', TR4A Solid axle . . . . . .147

CCam followers (Tappets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Camshaft bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Carburettor: SU introduction . . . . . . . . . . .108Carburettor: identifying H series . . . . . . . . .108Carburettor: SU H4 type (TR2) . . . . . . . . . .108Carburettor: SU H6 type (TR3/3A, TR4) . . . .110Carburettor: SU HS6 type (TR4A) . . . . . . . .114Carburettor: Zenith Stromberg (TR4/4A) . . .112Carburettor adjusting tools . . . . . . .AccessoriesCarburettor re-bushing & tips . . . . . . . . . .116Carburettor kits (advice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Carburettor gasket kits, SU H4 . . . . . . . . . .108Carburettor gasket kits, SU H6 . . . . . . . . . .110Carburettor gasket kits, SU HS6 type . . . . .114Carburettor gasket kits, Zenith . . . . . . . . . .112Carburettor idle speed problems . . . . . . . .116Carburettor; choke adjustment . . . . . . . . .116Carburettor tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesCarpet sets & fittings

TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . .175 & AccessoriesTR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 & Accessories

Chassis, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Chassis, TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188Chassis, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Choke cable, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169Choke cable, TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Clutch alignment tool . . . . . . . . . . AccessoriesClutch cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Clutch fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Clutch hydraulics, Lockheed . . . . . . . . . . . .96Clutch hydraulics, Girling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Clutch master cylinder, Lockheed . . . . . . . .96Clutch master cylinder, Girling . . . . . . . . . . .96Clutch slave cylinder, Lockheed . . . . . . . . . .96Clutch slave cylinder, Girling . . . . . . . . . . . .97Clutch pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Clutch pedal mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Clutch pipe, Lockheed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Clutch plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Clutch release bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Clutch replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Clutch fluid supply tank (Girling) . . . . . . . . .96Cockpit cappings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . .174Coil springs (front), TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . .138Coil springs (front), TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . .142Colortune (carb' tuning) . . . .116 & AccessoriesCommission plates, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .202Commission plates, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . .206Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Connecting rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Connecting rod bearing set . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Connectors, electrical (general) . . . . . . . . .167Contact breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Control box, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Control box, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Cooling fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Core plugs, cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 & AccessoriesCrankshaft bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Crash pads (dash), TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . .176Cubby box & fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . .173Cubby box & fittings, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .176Cylinder block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Cylinder head & fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Cylinder head studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

DDash knob set, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .169Dash knob set, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171Dashpot covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesDashboard & Fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . .173Dashboard & Fittings, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .176De-mister tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Differential bearings, Solid axle . . . . . . . . .148Differential bearings, IRS axle . . . . . . . . . .150Differential carrier, IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Dipstick, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Dipstick, gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Distributor cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Doors & fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .185Doors & fittings, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196Drain plug, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Drain plug, gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Drain plug, overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Drain plug, rear axle, Lockheed, solid . . . .148Drain plug, rear axle, Girling, solid . . . . . . .148Draught excluder (door), TR2/3/3A . . . . . . .202Draught excluder (door), TR4/4A . . . . . . . .196Driving lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesDynamo & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Dynamo mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Dynamo polarisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Dzus fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 & 202

EEarth strap, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Electrical connectors (general) . . . . . . . . . .167Emission controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Engine ‘Misfire’? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Engine mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Exhaust manifold (standard) . . . . . . . . . . .119Exhaust manifold (performance) . . .AccessoriesExhaust system, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . . . .120Exhaust system, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

FFan belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Fan blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Fascia (dash) panel, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .173Fascia (dash) panel, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .173Filler plug, gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Filler plug, (solid rear axle) . . . . . . . . . . . .148Flame traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Flasher unit, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Flasher unit, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Floor mats, TR2/3/3A . . . . .175 & AccessoriesFloor mats, TR4/4A . . . . . . .179 & AccessoriesFloor panels, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Floor panels, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 & AccessoriesFog lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesForward deck sections, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . .199Fuel tank, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Fuel tank, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Fuel filler cap, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Fuel filler cap, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Fuel gauge, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Fuel gauge, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Fuel hoses, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Fuel hoses, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Fuel pipes, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Fuel pipes, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Fuel pump, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Fuel pump, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Fuel sender unit, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . .106Fuel sender unit, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Fulcrum pin, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . . . . . .138Fulcrum pin, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Fuse box, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Fuse box, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Fuse holder, line fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Fuses, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 & 167Fuses, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 & 167

GGasket sets, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Gasket, cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Gaskets, gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gearbox case & fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gearbox units & components . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gear lever knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gear lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gear lever grommets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gearbox (tunnel) cover & fittings;

TR2/TR3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

Gearbox extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gearbox gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gearbox internals, 3 synchro’ . . . . . . . . . .100Gearbox internals, 4 synchro’ . . . . . . . . . .101Gearbox mounting hardware . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gearbox selector shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Gearbox Tech Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Grilles & fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . .202Grilles & fittings, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Grommets, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205Grommets, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Grose jets (carburettor) . . . .116 & Accessories

HHT leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 & AccessoriesHT caps/connectors . . . . . .159 & AccessoriesHand brake cable;

TR2/TR3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Hand brake mechanism, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . .132Hand brake mechanism, TR4/4A . . . . . . . .133Hard top, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213Hard top, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214Hardware & fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216Headlamps & fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162Headlamp rims . . . . . . . . . .162 & AccessoriesHeater assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Headlamp stone-guards . . . . . . . .AccessoriesHeater control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Heater controls & switches . . . . . . . . . . . .172Heater hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Heater matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Heater motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Hinge, bonnet, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202Hinge, bonnet, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Hinge, boot, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204Hinge, boot, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Hinge, door, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185Hinge, door, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196History of 4cyl TR4 engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Hood, frame & fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . .210Hood, frame & fittings, TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . .211Hood, frame & fittings, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . .212Hood stick cover & fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . .210Hood stowage cover & fittings, TR4A . . . . .212Horns, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . .156 & Accessories

Horn fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Horn push components . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

Horns, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .157 & AccessoriesHorn fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Horn push assembly . . . . . . . . . .136 & 157Horn push components . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Horn relay (TR4A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Hose clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 & 172Hubs, front, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . .138

Parts Index84


Hubs, front, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Hubs, rear, solid axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Hubs, rear, IRS axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

IIgnition coil . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 & AccessoriesIgnition components . . . . . . . . . . . .158 & 159Ignition systems, electronic . . . . . .AccessoriesInstruments & Fittings;

TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

JJack (Road) . . . . . . . . . . . .124 & Accessories

KKey fobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessories

LLT leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Labels, steering switch gear, TR4/4A . . . . .136Lamps; front/side flasher, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .163Lamps; front flasher, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .165Lamps; number plate/stop, TR2/3A . . . . . .164Lamps; number plate, TR3/3A . . . . . . . . . .164Lamps; number plate, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .165Lamps; rear flasher, TR3/3A . . . . . . . . . . .163Lamps; side, TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164Lamps; side/repeater, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . .164Lamps; stop/number plate lamp, TR2/3 . . .164Lamps; stop/tail, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165Lamps; tail, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163Lifting eye, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Lower front inner wishbone brackets (TR4A) .189

MMain bearing sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Manifold identification (Inlet) . . . . . . . . . . .118Manifolds, exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Manifolds, inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Mirror, interior, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Mirror, interior, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195Mirrors, exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessories

NNumber plate Lamps, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . .164Number plate Lamps, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .165

OOil cooler kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesOil Drain plug, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Oil Drain plug, gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Oil Drain plug, overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Oil Drain plug, rear axle, Lockheed, solid . . .148Oil Drain plug, rear axle, Girling, solid . . . .148Oil filler cap (engine) . . . . . . .91 & AccessoriesOil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Oil filter conversion . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesOil filter mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Oil pressure gauge, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .168Oil pressure gauge, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . .170Oil pump assembly . . . . . . . .88 & AccessoriesOil seals, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86/89Oil seals, gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Oil seals, rear axle, solid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Oil seals, rear axle, IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Overdrive units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Overdrive Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Overdrive Electrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Overdrive isolator switch . . . . . . . . . .156/157Overdrive operating switch . . . . . . . . . . . .103Overdrive trouble shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Overdrive wiring loom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Over-riders, front, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . .202Over-riders, front, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Over-riders, rear, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . .204Over-riders, rear, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

PPCV valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Pedal rubbers (brake/clutch) . . . . . . . . . . .127Pistons (engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Piston & liner set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Piston ring sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Propshaft (All models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147Propshaft tunnel, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Push rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 & Accessories

Q‘Quick-Racks’ (Steering) TR4/4A . . . . . . . .137

RRadiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Radiator cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Radiator drain taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Radiator duct set, TR3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Radiator duct set, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Radiator hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Radiator overflow bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Rear axle casing, Lockheed . . . . . . . . . . . .148Rear axle casing, Girling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Rear axle IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Rear axle, Lockheed, solid . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Rear axle, Girling, solid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Reflector (rear) TR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163Rev’ counter, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Rev’ counter, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Rev’ counter cable, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .168Rev’ counter cable, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . .170Ring gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Rocker arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Rocker cover . . . . . . . . . . . .91 & AccessoriesRocker oil feed kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Rocker shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 & AccessoriesRotor arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

SScuttle panels, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesSeat cover kits;

TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Seat frames & fittings;TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

Seat foams, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174Seat foams/webbing, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .178Setting Ignition Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Shock absorber conversions (rear) . .AccessoriesShock absorber, front;

TR2/3/3A & TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Shock absorber, rear;TR2/3/3A & TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145TR4A (IRS rear axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146TR4A (Solid rear axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147

Sidescreens & fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . .185Sill, inner, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Sill, inner, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Sill, outer, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Sill, outer, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Solenoid, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Solenoid, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 & AccessoriesSpeedometer, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Speedometer, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Speedometer cable, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .168Speedometer cable, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .170Spigot bush, crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Spring*, coil, front, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . .138Spring*, coil, front, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Spring*, coil, rear, TR4A IRS . . . . . . . . . . .146Spring*, leaf, rear, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . .145Spring*, leaf, rear, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147*See also Accessories.Spring pan (front), TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . .139

Spring pan (front), TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Starter motor & fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Starter motor brush sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Starting handle . . . . . . . . . .124 & AccessoriesSteering ball & cage, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . .134Steering box housing, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . .134Steering column, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .136Steering column & cams, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .134Steering column bushes, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .134Steering column shroud, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .134Steering column clamps, TR4/4A . . . . . . . .136Steering column couplings, TR4/4A . . . . . .136Steering column cowl, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .136Steering drop arm lever, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . .134Steering gaiter (rack), TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .136Steering/suspension data, TR2/3/3A . . . . .135Steering inner ball joints, TR4/4A . . . . . . . .136Steering rack (Conversion) (TR2/3A) . . .46 & 135Steering rack & pinion (standard), TR4/4A . . .136Steering rack & pinion (Quick-rack), TR4/4A .137Steering rack gaiters, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .136Steering rack mounting, TR4/4A . . . . . . . .136Steering switch-gear labels, TR4/4A . . . . .136Steering wheel, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Steering wheel, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136Strengthening the Lower

Wishbone Arm Brackets, TR4A . . . . . . .189Striker plates, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185Striker plates, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196Stub axle, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .138Stub axle, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Sun visors (TR4/4A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195Sun wheel gear, differential;

Lockheed, solid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Girling, solid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Surrey (hard) top, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .214Suspension/steering data, TR2/3/3A . . . . .135Suspension, front, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . .138Suspension, front, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Suspension, rear;

TR2/3/3A & TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145TR4A (IRS rear axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146TR4A (Solid rear axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147

Suspension uprating*, front,TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . . .140 & Accessoriesfront, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . .144 & Accessories*See also Accessories.

Switch, brake lamp, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .156Switch, brake lamp, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .157Switch, headlamp dip, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . .156Switch, headlamp dip, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .157Switch, heater fan, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .168 & 172Switch, heater fan, TR4/4A . . . . . . .170 & 172Switch, ignition assembly, TR2/3/3A . . . . .168Switch, ignition assembly, TR4/4A . . . . . . .170Switch, ignition & lock, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . .170Switch, indicator, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . .168Switch, indicator, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Switch, overdrive, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .103 & 168Switch, overdrive, TR4/4A . . . . . . . .103 & 170Switch, panel light, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .168Switch, panel light, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . .170Switch, reverse lamp, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .157Switch, side & headlamp, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .168Switch, side & headlamp, TR4/4A . . . . . . .170Switch, starter, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Switch, windscreen wiper, TR2/3/3A . . . . .168Switch, windscreen wiper, TR4/4A . . . . . . .170

TTachometer drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Tappets (cam followers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Temperature gauge, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .168Temperature gauge, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .170Temperature sender, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .170Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Thermostat housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Threshold plates, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .Accessories

Threshold plates, TR4/4A . . . . . . .AccessoriesThrust washer (engine set) . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Tie rod, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Tie rod, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136Tie rod lever, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138Tie rod lever, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Timing chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Timing chain tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Timing chain cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Tonneau cover & fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . .210Tonneau cover & fittings, TR4 . . . . . . . . . .211Tonneau cover & fittings, TR4A . . . . . . . . .212Tools, roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Tools, workshop/specialist . . . . . . .AccessoriesTrailing arm, TR4A IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146Trim kit (interior), TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . .08Trim kit (interior), TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12Trunnion assembly, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . .138Trunnion assembly, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Tyre Wear Patterns. Front . . . . . . . .135 & 140

VVacuum units & fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Valance, front, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Valance, rear,

TR2/3A (apron) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199

Valve guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Valve springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Valve, exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Valve, inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Vent lid assembly, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . .182Vent lid assembly, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Vertical link, TR2/3/3A, TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . .138Vertical link, TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Voltage stabiliser, TR4/4A . . . . . . . .157 & 170

WWater pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Wheel arch, front, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . .182Wheel arch, front, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Wheel arch, rear, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . .186Wheel arch, rear, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Wheel cylinder, drum, front, TR2/3 . . . . . .128Wheel cylinder, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129Wheel cylinder repair kit, front . . . . . . . . . .128Wheel cylinder repair kit, rear . . . . . . . . . .129Wheel hammer (wire wheels) . . . . .AccessoriesWheels, wire/steel/alloy) . . . . . . . .Accessories‘Wind wings’ (TR2/3/3A) . . . . . . . .AccessoriesWindow winder fittings, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . .196Windscreen & fittings, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . .184Windscreen & fittings, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .195Windscreen rubber, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . .184Windscreen rubber, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . .195Windscreen washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161Wing bead, front, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . .202Wing bead, rear, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . .204Wing bead, front, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Wing bead, rear, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Wing front, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Wing front, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Wing rear, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Wing rear, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Wing fitting kit, front, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . .183Wing fitting kit, front, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .191Wing fitting kit, rear, TR2/3/3A . . . . . . . . .187Wing fitting kit, rear, TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . . .199Wing moulding (front), TR4/4A . . . . . . . . . .206Wiper arms & blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161Wiper motor & fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160Wire wheel adaptors . . . . . . . . . . .AccessoriesWire wheel Technical Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Wiring harness (looms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166Wiring looms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wishbone arms (front suspension);

TR2/3/3A & TR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138TR4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Parts Index 85


ill. Part Number Description Qty. DetailsNo Req.


A Brief History of the 4 Cylinder TR Engine

The 4 cylinder engine was developed from an old Massey Ferguson Tractor unit. It was built for MasseyFerguson in the Triumph Engine plant where it was ‘stolen’ to be modified for the Vanguard series. When KenRichardson was looking for a power unit for the TR, the obvious candidate was the robust Vanguard engine. Itneeded dramatic work to the head to extract a reasonable power output but, apart from the cylinder head studsthe basic ‘lower end’ was considered OK. The engine had ‘wet liners’ which means that the pistons move upand down in ‘sleeves’ fitted in the block. The sleeves, or liners,are designed to be removable from the block for repair or replacement.The movement of liners is a real pain. Usually from both angles. By that I mean that when you want to get themout they seem like they aren’t liners at all but simply ’welded’ to the block, but, when you are doing a routinede-coke they seem to move at the slightest provocation. It’s easy to see when they have moved, you end upwith a mixture of oil and water in the sump and, you have the same mixture In the radiator. Solution; liners out… new ‘figure of eight’ seals in (112789).As a precaution its best to clamp the liners when you have removed the head. Don’t Worry about the fancyChurchill tool which has been unavailable for a long time. Just get a piece of ’14 gauge’ steel and lay it flat onthe block over two liners, get an old gudgeon pin, slip the pin over a head stud and tighten a nut down over itwith a plain washer under the nut and over the gudgeon pin.The liners can be bored and fitted with oversize pistons to overhaul the engine but they MUST be removed fromthe block for this purpose.When Ken Richardson was busy trying to win Le Mans he realised that the Vanguard pistons, giving 2088cc,were something of a liability because he was racing in the over 2000 (i.e. 2 Litre) class. He therefore decided touse bigger (or should it be smaller?) liners to bring the engine to 1991cc. Even though England was very mucha ‘yards, feet and inches’ country in 1952/1953, these liners have always been known as ‘83mm liners’. TR3B’sand TR4/4A’s have an 86mm liner which gives a 2138cc engine.As well as offering you an 87mm Piston & Liner (as did Hepworth & Grandage with their ‘Power Max’ range), wenow supply (from stock) an 89mm Piston Set & Liners, so if you have always wanted show all thesemodern cars just what a circa 1950’s classic really can do , then your prayers have just been answered ....apply for your pilots license!

All liners are interchangeable between all engines (in sets of course) and you can bore The 83mm standard unitsto 87mm without risk. We are offering a range of new liners with Matching pistons in different over-sizes.All pistons come with rings, gudgeon pins and circlips.Originally Triumph had two suppliers of pistons and in the early days they would come either in 3 or 4 ring varieties.

Short Engine (Standard);(These reconditioned units are supplied on a strict exchange basis)

503707R SHORT ENGINE (std bores) 1 TR3/3A514659R SHORT ENGINE (std bores) 1 TR4/4A

Short Engine (Performance);These are fully balanced units complete with diaphragm clutch & flywheel.Please contact your local Moss branch for details.(See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories)

ENG1150 SHORT ENGINE (87mm bores) 1 Customers own Unit

Cylinder Blocks ExplainedAll 4 cylinder TR blocks are interchangeable, however those with non-replaceable cam bearings should beavoided, except where authenticity is paramount. Even the stamped engine number (see page 83) does notguarantee the internals are as per the engine number, therefore the parts book is not necessarily a guide forordering. The TR2/3/3A front engine plate is narrower between the engine mounting point hole centres (13 3/8")than the TR4/4A equivalent (14 3/4"). With the correct engine plate, complete engines are interchangeable.

Cylinder Block1 502363SR CYLINDER BLOCK 1 bare block

Engines & External Components86




Gaskets & Gasket Sets(Head Gasket Sets are sometimes called ‘De-Coke Sets’)NI 501678 GASKET SET, cylinder head 1 TR2 (Low port)NI GEG178 GASKET SET, cylinder head 1 ‘High port’ head modelsFor full details & Information of head gaskets/sets, please refer to Cylinder Heads & Fittings on page 91.Gasket set GEG178 will replace head sets for most models. Owners of TR3’s with ‘low port’ heads & H6carburettors will have to buy 2 x 106937 in addition to the gasket set as the ‘inlet/exhaust manifolds to head’gaskets provided will not fit.

NI GEG248 GASKET SET, bottom end 1(Bottom End Gasket Sets are also known as ‘Sump Set’ or ‘Conversion Set’)Gasket Set GEG248 includes all the following items.

2 211123 GASKET, sump 13 059381 CORK ‘T’ PIECE, sealing 24 058335 FELT ROPE, rear main bearing 25 125251 GASKET/SHIM, distributor pedestal 16 138586 GASKET, w/pump housing to block 17 056389 GASKET, engine plate 1The following gaskets/seal are also included in GEG248 but are not illustrated on this page.NI 138587 GASKET, water pump to housing 1NI 112146 GASKET, oil filter housing 1NI 112789 SEAL, ‘figure of 8’ 2NI 139041 GASKET, fuel pump 1NI 211122 GASKET, timing cover 1NI 056282 GASKET, oil pump to block 1

Cylinder Head StudsThere were essentially two sets of cylinder head studs. (I’ll explain the third set in a minute). The main changeoccurred when the ‘high port’ head was introduced at engine no TS13052.(An explanation of cylinder head differences is on page 90)8 110962 NUT, cylinder head stud 10

CAM4545 NUT, cylinder head stud (improved) 10 use with New Moss Heads9 WA112081 WASHER, plain 10On the ‘low port head’ (TR2, TR3 to TS13051), the head studs are as follows:NI 106959 STUD, cylinder head, 5" 6NI 106960 *STUD, cylinder head, 9" 4

*Note: These longer studs were fitted to reinforce and strengthen the block. The original Vanguard enginefrom which this engine was developed had a lower compression. When Ken Richardson decided to extract morepower (by raising the compression ratio), improved cylinder head retention was required.On the ‘high port heads’, which is TR3/3A from TS13052 and all TR4/4A’s, the head stud pattern is as shownin the illustration opposite and listed here.10 106959 STUD, cylinder head, 5" 311 113570 STUD, cylinder head, 5 3/8" 1 without lifting bracket

121734 STUD, cylinder head, 5 9/16" 1 with lifting bracket12 113570 STUD, cylinder head, 5 3/8" 213 106960 STUD, cylinder head, 9" 214 113169 STUD, cylinder head, 9 1/2" 2The third set of studs exist when the stud 5 3/8" long (item 11) is replaced to accommodate the rear engine lifting bracket (part number 121752). This stud (part no. 121734) is 5 9/16" long.

Cylinder Block Fittings & Engine Mountings16 PU1404 PLUG, oil gallery ends 217 DP514 DOWEL, locating 218 TE505111 STUD, engine plate 119 TE505111 STUD, pedestal 4 fuel pump & distributor20 GHF201 NUT 421 GHF332 WASHER, locking 422 102785 PLUG, screwed into oil gallery 323 500463 WASHER, copper, oil gallery plug 324 HU954 SCREW, oil gallery25 500464 WASHER, copper 126 102139 DIPSTICK 127 032307 SEAL, felt (on dipstick) 128 057121 BOLT, main bearing caps 629 GHF335 WASHER, locking 630 056574 SCREW, sealing block 231 SH505061 SCREW, oil sump 16 { without closed circuit

BH505101 BOLT, breather pipe to sump 2 | breather fittedSH505051 SCREW, sump to front sealing block 1 }SH505061 SCREW, oil sump 17 {BH505101 BOLT, breather pipe to sump 1 | with closed circuit

& slave cylinder stay | breather fittedSH505051 SCREW, sump to front sealing block 1 }

32 GHF332 WASHER, locking 19

33 ULC1999 PLUG, oil drain (shouldered type) 134 AUC2141 WASHER, fibre 1 use with ULC199935 114774 PLUG, oil drain, tapered 1 { square headed

22G2115 PLUG, oil drain, tapered 1 }155660 PLUG, oil drain, tapered 1 magnetic

The 4 cylinder TR’s were fitted with two different types of sumps. As these have been interchanged over theyears, you must ensure that the plug correctly fits the sump. If you are using a tapered plug and it only engageson 2 or 3 threads, then plug (item 33) and washer (item 34) will be required instead.

36 056638 SUMP, standard, shouldered type 1115350 SUMP, standard, tapered type 1301318 SUMP, Alloy, tapered type 1 Alloy

37 55810 BLOCK, front sealing 138 120211 BRACKET, breather pipe 139 205020 PIPE, breather 140 132924 PLUG (in place of breather pipe) 1 closed circuit breathing41 GHF120 SCREW, pipe to bracket 142 GHF332 WASHER, locking 143 GHF201 NUT, plain 145 044473 CORE PLUG, camshaft rear 146 061478 TAP, water drain 147 GHF346 WASHER, fibre 148 060862 OIL SEAL, crankshaft rear 1 Standard type oil sealNI TT1032 OIL SEAL CONVERSION 1 { Lip type oil seal

TT1032S OIL SEAL, crankshaft rear 1 }49 SH504051 SCREW, oil seal 850 GHF331 WASHER, locking 851 For oil filter housing hardware please refer to page 9052 For gearbox mounting hardware please refer to page 9953 056763 PEDESTAL, timing cover support 154 WF508 WASHER, fibre 155 GHF332 WASHER, locking 156 058701 PIN, timing chain tensioner pivot 157 301251 ENGINE PLATE 1 TR2/3/3A

304711 ENGINE PLATE 1 TR4/4AThe torque reaction arm (item 58) and the TR4 bonnet buffer (also used as the buffer for the torque arm) weresporadically fitted during the production of the TR4. However, over the years due to owners changing engineunits, they may also appear on TR4/4A’s even though they were never fitted during production.

58 133471 ARM, torque reaction 1 {59 650325 BUFFER, torque reaction arm 1 | TR460 GHF201 NUT 1 |61 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1 }62 SH505061 SCREW, engine plate attaching 563 GHF332 WASHER, locking 564 059180 ENGINE MOUNTING 2 {65 GHF223 NUT, mounting to engine plate 2 |66 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2 |67 GHF103 SCREW, mounting to chassis 4 |68 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4 | TR2/3/3A69 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 2 |70 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2 |71 109582 SHIM, engine mounting a/r |72 106428 BRACKET, steady 4 }75 130985 ENGINE MOUNTING, round 2 TR476 143057 ENGINE MOUNTING, rectangular 2 TR4A

These mountings (items 75 & 76) are interchangeable, and either type may be fitted in pairs. However the143057 are preferred, as they are of a ‘fail safe’ design.

77 GHF202 NUT, engine mounting 4 {78 GHF332 WASHER, locking 4 | TR4/4A79 134234 WASHER, packing a/r }80 121231 FRONT LIFTING EYE 181 GHF104 BOLT, front lifting eye 2 to engine plate82 GHF332 WASHER, locking 283 GHF201 NUT, plain 284 121752 BRACKET, rear lifting 1

Engines & External Components 87




Internal Engine Components1 203681 COVER, timing chain 1 TR2/3/3A, TR4 to CT21470

The timing cover has what looks like the leftovers of the last batch of 'polyfilla' type material stuck on the outside.Several owners of potential concourse winning cars havespent many happy hours removing this. WRONG! It’s thereas a sound deadening device. (This means that you won’tbe able to hear the broken tensioner flying around destroy-ing the timing chain, but when it breaks through the tim-ing cover not only can you hear it better, but you also getyour engine compartment rust proofed with engine oil.)

Timing Cover Fittings (Use listings with diagram)2 SH505071 (A) SET SCREW, 7/8" UNC 7

SH605051 (B) SET SCREW, 5/8" UNF 4 when lifting eye not fittedSH605051 (B) SET SCREW, 5/8" UNF 2 when lifting eye fittedGHF104 (C) SET SCREW, 11/2" UNF 2 when lifting eye fittedTE505111 (D) STUD 1DP514 (E) DOWEL, (must be cut to fit) 2

3 GHF332 WASHER, locking 12 use with A, B, C & D4 GHF201 NUT, plain 5 use with B, C & D5 056763 PEDESTAL, timing cover support 16 GHF272 NUT, timing cover to pedestal 17 GHF301 WASHER, plain 18 WF508 WASHER, fibre (under cover) 19 GHF332 WASHER, locking 110 104662 OIL SEAL, timing chain cover 111 211122 GASKET, timing chain cover 112 057151 TIMING CHAIN 113 043404 TENSIONER, timing chain 114 058701 STUD, tensioner mounting 115 WP18 WASHER a/r16 GHF500 SPLIT PIN 117 057113 CHAIN WHEEL, on camshaft 118 056370 BOLT, sprocket retaining 219 056293 TAB WASHER, cam sprocket 120 060214 CAM BEARING, front 121 056370 BOLT, shouldered 2 front bearing22 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2

23 301466 CAMSHAFT (New) 1 { TR2/3/3A. TR4301466R CAMSHAFT (exchange) 1 }307036 CAMSHAFT 1 { TR4A307036R CAMSHAFT (exchange) 1 }Camshafts with Special profiles are available, please enquire.

24 AEC3027 BEARING SET, camshaft 1 { TR3 from TS8997,113522 BEARING, camshaft, centre & rear 2 | TR3A, TR4/4A113523 BEARING, camshaft, intermediate 1 }

Note: Camshaft bearings were not fitted until engine no TS8997. Prior to this, the camshaft rotated directly inthe cylinder block.NI GAC5076 TOOL (Churchill) a/rWe have remanufactured the special Churchill Coil Spring Compressor tool (GAC5076), but, it can also be usedfor fitting new camshaft bearings.25 110462 SET SCREW, bearing retaining 3 { TR3 from TS899726 GHF301 WASHER, plain 3 } TR3A, TR4/4A27 060246 SCREWED END, tacho drive 128 060247 OIL SEAL, tacho drive 129 132472 BEARING, tacho drive 130 056305 SCREW, locking 131 GHF332 WASHER, locking 132 106184 GEAR, tacho drive 133 125251 GASKET/SHIM a/r distributor pedestal

Consult your workshop manual to determine how many shims are required.34 106981 GEAR, driving 135 500975 PIN, (fitted in gear 106981) 136 104966 SHAFT, oil pump drive 137 WKN304 KEY, gear to shaft 138 056405 BUSH, oil pump drive shaft 139 105280 STUD, distributor to pedestal 239A 201623ALI PEDESTAL, distributor 1 Aluminium40 GHF200 NUT, plain 241 GHF331 WASHER, locking 242 056282 GASKET, oil pump 1NI 200155X OIL PUMP (Uprated) 1 See Accessories for details43 200155 OIL PUMP (Standard) 144 504862 SPINDLE & ROTOR, oil pump 145 100682 FILTER 146 100682G STRAINER GAUZE 1

Internal Engine88

69 108498 *BOLT 1 TR2/3B128319 *BOLT 1 TR4/4A*Fan extension & pulley hub to crankshaft.*Bolt (part no. 128319) has a starting handle slot in the head. It was not fitted to TR4A’s, but as the bolt

that was fitted (part no. 142185) is no longer available, we recommend using 128319.70 108494 SHIM a/r71 108493 EXTENSION, fan hub 1 TR2/3B

128318 EXTENSION, fan hub 1 TR4/4A72 GHF271 NUT, nyloc, pulley to hub 673 WP127 WASHER (fits under nut) 674 HBZ411 BOLT, pulley to hub 675 107250 HUB, pulley 176 107252 PULLEY, front half, dished 177 110023 PULLEY, rear half, flat 178 GFB40975 FAN BELT 179 057196 OIL DEFLECTOR 180 055971 CHAIN WHEEL, on crankshaft 181 056522 SHIM, sprocket, 0.004" a/r

056523 SHIM, sprocket, 0.006" a/r82 WKN606 KEY, crankshaft 283 301815R CRANKSHAFT* (reground/exchange) 1 Standard type oil seal

301815X CRANKSHAFT (New) 1 { Lip type oil seal301815RX CRANKSHAFT* (reground/exchange) 1 }

*(Note; reground cranks are supplied less bearings, allowing you to choose Glacier or Replacement shells)84 AEM3196STD BEARING SET, main, std 1 *Glacier bearings

108810 BEARING SET, main, std 1 ● Replacement bearings*Glacier Main bearings are currently only available up to +0.020" oversize.When ordering Glacier bearings please quote part number & size required (i.e. AEM3196010 for +0.010).● Replacement Main bearings are available in the following oversizes.+0.010", +0.020", +0.030", +0.040" & +0.050".When ordering Replacement bearings please quote part number/size req. (i.e. 10881/010 for +0.010 oversize).85 AEW2004STD THRUST WASHER SET, std (0.0925") a/r

AEW2004005 THRUST WASHER SET, 0.005" a/rAEW2004008 THRUST WASHER SET, 0.008" a/rAdjust crankshaft end float with selective use of thrust washers. (Refer to workshop manual)

86 AEB4331STD BEARING SET, con rod, std 1 *Glacier bearings117590 BEARING SET, con rod, std 1 ● Replacement bearings

*Glacier Con Rod bearings are currently only available up to +0.020" oversize.When ordering Glacier bearings please quote part number & size required (i.e. AEB4331010 for +0.010).● Replacement Con Rod bearings are available in the following oversizes.+0.010", +0.020", +0.030", +0.040", +0.050" & +0.060".When ordering Replacement bearings please quote part number/size req. (i.e. 117590/010 for +0.010 oversize).89 DP619 DOWEL PIN, flywheel to c/shaft 190 DP408 DOWEL PIN, flywheel to c/cover 2 spring clutch

DP408 DOWEL PIN, flywheel to c/cover 3 diaphragm clutch201454 RING GEAR (shrink-on) 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS50000

91 202834 RING GEAR (bolt-on) 1 { TR3A from TS5000192 112030 BOLT, ring gear retaining 6 | TR4/4A93 115776 TAB WASHER, ring gear bolts 6 }95 056524 TAB WASHER, flywheel bolts 2 { TR2/3/TR3A96 102065 BOLT, flywheel to crankshaft 4 } TR4 to CT34071

138527 BOLT, self-locking* 4 { TR4 from CT34072(flywheel to crankshaft) } TR4A

*Note: Do NOT use tab washers with these self-locking bolts, which are a ‘stretch‘ type, similar to item 59(138528): (See also note on item 59).97 047246 BUSH, spigot 198 060862 OIL SEAL, crankshaft rear 1 Standard type oil sealNI TT1032 OIL SEAL CONVERSION 1 { Lip type oil seal

TT1032S OIL SEAL, crankshaft rear 1 }

Lightweight Steel Flywheels (Less Ring Gear);The 4 cylinder TR was fitted with 3 different types of flywheels throughout it’s production. The 3 basic types are:(1) flywheel with shrink-on ring gear was fitted on TR2/3 and TR3A to TS50000, and goes with the earlyshrouded starter motor and spring type clutch cover.(2) Flywheel with bolt-on ring gear for later starter motor and spring type clutch cover was fitted on TR3A fromTS50001 and all TR4.(3) Flywheel with bolt-on ring gear and 81/2" diaphragm clutch was fitted to all TR4A’s. None are available butdue to the owners propensity to ‘mix & match’, you could have anything fitted in your car. You should always fitthe correct starter motor for your ring gear.Remember: Shrink-on ring gear takes shrouded starter: Bolt-on ring gear goes with open bendix starter.If you mismatch they will still work … but not for long.(For help with identification of the different starter motors see page 152).These Steel flywheels all weigh around 4kg (9lbs), which leaves a sensible amount of inertia to keep the TRdriveable. The serious reduction in reciprocating mass being accelerated and decelerated is probably equivalentto 10 – 20 bhp (depending on the state of engine tune). They are primary intended for competition use.All these Flywheels are for use with Bolt-on Ring Gears, and must be used with the correct Starter Motors,preferably a High Torque Geared unit (see page 39). (See also page 51 for more Steel Flywheel text)

143105X FLYWHEEL, steel, Less ring gear 1 { TR2/4A models(4 bolt fixing use with 8.5" diaphragm clutch) }TT2230S FLYWHEEL, steel, Less ring gear 1 {(8 bolt fixing for 7.25" Competition clutch only) | 4 cyl TR modelsTT2231S FLYWHEEL, steel, Less ring gear 1 |(12 bolt fixing for 7.25" Competition clutch only) }




47 TE505111 STUD, block to pump body 348 GHF201 NUT, plain 349 GHF332 WASHER, locking 350 AESA512x4 PISTON & LINER SET, std 1 (83mm) engine set

AESA1096x4 PISTON & LINER SET, std 1 {AESA1096020x4 PISTON & LINER SET, +0·020" 1 | (86mm)AESA1096030x4 PISTON & LINER SET, +0·030" 1 | engine setAESA1096040x4 PISTON & LINER SET, +0·040" 1 }AESA1710KR PISTON & LINER, (87mm) 4 ForgedAE18510X PISTON SET standard 1 {122166 LINER, cylinder, standard 4 | (89mm)122166/020 LINER, cylinder, +0·020" 4 | Mind blowing !122166/030 LINER, cylinder, +0·030" 4 |122166/040 LINER, cylinder, +0·040" 4 }

We are always amused as to how we mix ‘millimetre’ piston sizes with ‘inch’ over-sizes !51 112789 SEAL, ‘figure of 8’, liners to block 252 AE12655STDx4 PISTON SET (83mm), standard 1 { 83mm TR2/3. TR4

AE12655020x4 PISTON SET (83mm), +0·020" 1 | (option on TR4)AE12655030x4 PISTON SET (83mm), +0·030" 1 } engine setAE15765STDx4 PISTON SET (86mm), standard 1 { 86mmAE157650/20x4 PISTON SET (86mm), +0·020" 1 | TR4/4AAE157650/30x4 PISTON SET (86mm), +0·030" 1 | engine setAE15765040x4 PISTON SET (86mm), +0·040" 1 {AE18510KR PISTON (87mm), standard 4 87mm optionAE18510X PISTON SET, (89mm) 1 89mm option

53 060254 GUDGEON PIN 454 045985 CIRCLIP 8Please note that even though we refer to pistons with an ‘AE’ prefix and then by their ‘AE’ piston number, weare forced by lack of availability to resource with other manufacturers. The ‘AE’ numbers are for reference onlyand usually do not imply that we they are manufactured by AE.55 MM817-000 RING SET (83mm), standard 1 {

MM817-020 RING SET (83mm), +0·020" 1 |MM817-030 RING SET (83mm), +0·030" 1 | 83mm 3 ring pistonsMM817-040 RING SET (83mm), +0·040" 1 | engine setMM817-060 RING SET (83mm), +0·060" 1 }MM817-100 RING SET (83mm), standard 1 {MM817-120 RING SET (83mm), 0·020" 1 |MM817-130 RING SET (83mm), 0·030" 1 | 83mm 4 ring pistonsMM817-140 RING SET (83mm), 0·040" 1 | engine setMM817-160 RING SET (83mm), 0·060" 1 }MM817-300 RING SET (86mm), standard 1 {MM817-320 RING SET (86mm), +0·020" 1 | 86mm 3 ring pistonsMM817-330 RING SET (86mm), +0·030" 1 | engine setMM817-340 RING SET (86mm), +0·040" 1 }MM817-400 RING SET (86mm), standard 1 {MM817-420 RING SET (86mm), +0·020" 1 | 86mm 4 ring pistonsMM817-430 RING SET (86mm), +0·030" 1 | engine setMM817-440 RING SET (86mm), +0·040" 1 }MM817-200 RING SET (87mm), standard 1 { 87mm optionMM817-230 RING SET (87mm), +0·030" } engine set

56 211044 CON ROD 457 C17164 BUSH, gudgeon pin 4There were several different connecting rods fitted as original. The only one available is 211044 which shouldbe matched to other 211044s. If you don’t have this type you will need to replace the set. The easy way to tellis these have a casting no. of 211046 stamped on the side and ‘stretch’ type bolts without tab washers.58 105313 TAB WASHER 4 { TR2/3/3A59 105312 BOLT (used with tab washers) 8 } TR4 to CT34071

138528 BOLT, self-locking 8 { TR4 from CT34072(used without tab washers) } TR4A

The early connecting rod bolts (part no. 105312) must be used with tab washers (105313). Tab washers mustNOT be used with the later bolts (part no. 1038528). These bolts retain their grip by being slightly stretched intotension and if tab washers are used, the continued expansion and contractions as the engine heats up/coolsdown, means the washers will allow the bolt to ‘creep’ and ultimately work loose. For this reason ‘stretch’ bolts(138528) must never re-used.As sets, 105312 plus 105313 can be used inter-changeably with 138528.Both bolt types should be torqued to 55-60 ft lbs.60 BH605111 BOLT, fan attachment 461 107857 TAB WASHER 262 108497 LOCK PLATE, crank bolt 163 107858 BALANCE PIECE 164 202025 FAN, 4-bladed 1 TR2/3/3A

209792 FAN, 4-bladed 1 TR4/4A211986 FAN, 6-bladed 1 some TR4

The 6-bladed fan (part no. 211986) for TR4A’s is no longer available, but can be replaced by the 4-blade type(part no. 209792) with no problems. All mounting bolts and hardware are the same. We have re-tooled both209792 and 202025 and they really are identical to the originals.65 GHF301 WASHER 466 108496 BUSH, rubber, fan mounting 867 108499 SLEEVE (steel) 4

Internal Engine 89

Filter HeadsThere are three different filterheads on the TR engine. As youmay expect, most items are notavailable inside these assemblies,but some are, and many will onlyfit the type you have, that is to say,for example the O’ ring (item 15) for a Purolator filter head will not fit the one for a Tecalamit head. Getting themwrong is a messy and potentially expensive mistake. You can tell the three heads apart by the these differences.



Oil Filter & Mountings

1 GHF163 BOLT, filter head, upper front 1 Bypass type112233 BOLT, filter head, upper front 1 Full flow type

2 BH505321 BOLT, filter head, upper rear 1 Bypass type112231 BOLT, filter head, upper rear 1 Full flow type

3 BH505241 BOLT, filter head, lower rear 1 Bypass type112232 BOLT, filter head, lower rear 1 Full flow type

4 112170 STUD, oil filter and banjo fitting 15 GHF332 WASHER, locking 36 BL27 BALL (on balance valve) 1 Purolator

BL28 BALL (on balance valve) 1 Tecalamit7 060416 SCREW, adjusting 1 Purolator8 030123 WASHER, lead linger/wire 19 060414 SPRING, relief valve 1 Purolator

059609 SPRING, relief valve 1 Tecalamit10 BL27 BALL 1 Purolator

BL28 BALL 1 Tecalamit11 500329 WASHER 1 Purolator12 112146 GASKET 1 all15 13H998 O’ RING, sealing, oil filter 116 GFE104 OIL FILTER 1 all

This item comes complete with BOTH types of O’ ring (item 15).BE SURE TO PUT THE CORRECT O’ RING IN YOUR FILTER HEAD.See also Performance & Tuning in the Accessories section for Spin-on Oil Filter.

17 500439 GUIDE PLATE, oil filter 1 Purolator17H942 GUIDE PLATE, oil filter 1 Tecalamit

18 500319 SPRING, on main bolt 1 Purolator19 500321 WASHER, rubber 1 Purolator

37H1173 WASHER, rubber 1 TecalamitThe following items are the same whichever filter head is fitted.20 200646 OIL PIPE 1 filter head to bulkhead, inc. banjo

200646B BANJO (fits on end of 200646) 121 14B2685 NUT, domed 122 114034 WASHER, copper (outer) 123 114033 WASHER, copper (inner) 1When you have two copper washers in your oil stained hand and you know that you have one 114034 & one114033, but can’t tell the one from the other, there is a simple rule to follow. The inner (114033) has the larg-er hole in the middle to allow the passage of oil into the banjo on the oil pipe (item 20).

25 102238 HOSE, flexible, stainless steel 1 TR2/3/3A & early TR4This hose links oil pressure gauge pipe on engine to the pipe on the bulkhead.

26 202973 PIPE (rigid) on bulkhead to gauge 1 TR2/3/3A & early TR428 138308 PIPE (nylon) replaces flexible pipe 1 TR4/4AThe nylon pipe replaces the flexible hose and rigid pipe in that it goes direct from the pipe (200646) to the oilpressure gauge. Listed as an ‘alternative’ to 202793 in the Triumph Parts Book, but standard on all TR4A’s.

29 600395 GROMMET 130 059380 CLIP, oil pressure pipe to bulkhead 2

Cylinder HeadsThe TR2 cylinder head was developed from the Standard Vanguard head. The Vanguard head had circular inletand exhaust ports and won’t fit your TR. The ‘low port’ head was so called retropesctively to distinguish it fromthe later head introduced at TS13052,which was logically enough called the‘high port’ head. The reference is tothe distance between the centre linesof the exhaust and inlet ports. Thereare also two different types of ‘lowport’ heads. Engine number TS9350saw the introduction of the ‘Le Mans’head. This was produced to match theincreased size carburettors introducedat engine number TS8991.The carburettor size was increasedfrom 1 1/2" (H4) to 13/4" (H6) and the head was improved to give more power. To identify the type of cylinder headyou have the illustrations here may help.

The TR4 & TR4A heads had their part numbers stampedon the top next to the front inlet port.The TR4 head is recognised by the part number 510084.The TR4A head was introduced at engine number CT21471.The TR4A head was generally acknowledged to be the best,and it has a part number of 511695 stamped on it, but aneasier identification is the ‘squish area’ in the carburettorport. Both types of ‘squish’ areas are illustrated here.

Moss ‘High Port’ Cylinder HeadsSee also Performance & Tuning in Accessories.For detailed specifications please call your local Moss branch.Working to original; drawings, these Brand New cylinder heads are designed (as closely as possible) toresemble the original (late) TR4/4A units. We recommend that you use as much NEW hardware as possibleduring installation to ensure the heads are as a good a fit as possible. If you are fitting a Cast head, ensure yourcooling system has the correct anti-freeze mixture. If you are fitting a a Alloy head, you MUST run with 100%Summer Coolant, which contains the correct inhibitors to prevent corrosion and electrolytic reaction.

TORQUE SETTINGS: Please call your local Moss branch for full specificationsAll our heads are fully machined and, where valve seats are fitted they are Lead Free.Alloy Heads have an ‘A’ in the part number suffix. (i.e. 511695AX)

Purolator Purolator Tecalemit‘Bypass’ Type ‘Full Flow’ Type ‘Full Flow’ Type

Oil Filter & Mountings/Cylinder Head90

Cylinder Heads (Standard/Performance)The following heads do not have: valves, valve seats, springs or caps.Valve guide holes not drilled. Allows variation in valve size & position.1 511695XX CYLINDER HEAD, Cast iron 1

511695AXX CYLINDER HEAD, Aluminium 1The following heads do not have: valves, valve seats, springs or caps.Valve guides supplied & fitted. Allows variation in valve size.

511695X CYLINDER HEAD, Cast iron 1511695AX CYLINDER HEAD, Aluminium 1

The following heads do not have: valves, springs or caps.Valve guides supplied & fitted, valve seats fitted for standard valves.

511695 CYLINDER HEAD, Cast iron 1511695A CYLINDER HEAD, Aluminium 1

The following heads are fully finished & assembled with standard valves.514748 CYLINDER HEAD, Cast iron 1514748A CYLINDER HEAD, Aluminium 1

Performance (Stage Tuned) Cylinder HeadsPlease refer to ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories (pages 59 & 60) for full listings & details.

NI CAM4545 NUT, cylinder head stud (improved) 10 use with New Moss HeadsNI 600569A WELLSEAL, jointing compound a/r 100gmNI 501678 GASKET SET, cylinder head 1 TR2NI GEG178 GASKET SET, cylinder head 1 ‘High port’ head models

Gasket set GEG178 will replace head sets for most models. Owners of TR3’s with ‘low port’ heads &H6 carburettors will have to buy 2 manifold gaskets (106937) in addition to the gasket set as the‘inlet/exhaust manifolds to head’ gaskets provided in the set will not fit.Contents of Gasket Set GEG178 are:-3 205481 GASKET, cylinder head 14 GEG437 GASKET, rocker cover 1NI 113122 GASKET, inlet/exhaust manifold 2 for high port headsNI GEG718 GASKET, Exhaust downpipe 1 TR2/3/3A, TR4NI GEG724 GASKET, Exhaust downpipe 1 TR4ANI 115467 GASKET, thermostat 2NI 112867 GASKET, carburettors (1 3/4") 4NI 138586 GASKET, water pump to housing 1NI 125251 GASKET/SHIM, distributor pedestal 15 100792 TUBE, push rod 8NI DP512 DOWEL 1 manifold face of head6 027378 CORE PLUG, dished 1 TR2/3/3A, TR4 to mid TR4A

144648 CORE PLUG, cupped 1 mid TR4A onwardsNI SH506041 SET SCREW 1 { rear of headNI 500464 WASHER, copper 1 }7 TE506241 STUD, rocker pedestal 48 TE505341 STUD (original valve cover) 2

9 GHF222 NUT, nyloc, valve cover 210 GHF301 WASHER (steel) 211 WF508 WASHER (fibre) 212 PS1603 CORE PLUG, top face of cylinder head 1NI SH506041 SET SCREW 1 { oil feedNI 500464 WASHER, copper 1 }(14) Original Rocker Covers are not available. We have a selection of aluminium rocker

covers available. See Accessories 'Performance & Tuning' (page 59) for details.15 113569 CAP, oil filler (push-on) 1 { TR2/3/3A, TR416 CRTR210 DECAL oil filler cap 1 } open circuit breathing

GZC1400 CAP, oil filler, chromed, (eared) 1 { TR4A,138176 CAP, oil filler, zinc plated, (eared) 1 } closed circuit breathing143393 CAP, oil filler 1 TR4A

Oil filler caps GZC1400 & 138176 are alternatives.20 057933 TAPPET 821 106968 PUSHROD 8Push rods supplied are the later 3/8" diameter type, which replace the early 5/16" ones that were rather weakand prone to bend, or even break, as one did on Pete Buckles while thumping up the M1 one Friday evening.22 108806 VALVE, exhaust, 3/8" dia. stem 4 TR2/3/3A, TR4 to CT21470

136567 VALVE, exhaust, 5/16" dia. stem 4 TR4 from CT21471, TR4A23 108239 GUIDE, exhaust valve (for 108806) 4 TR2/3/3A, TR4 to CT21470

058923 GUIDE, exhaust valve (for 136567) 4 TR4 from CT21471, TR4AQuite often the later valves (part no. 136567), which had ‘tulip’ shaped heads and were thus desirablysuperior, were fitted into the early heads. You can tell this when you order a 108239 valve guide and the valveyou have ‘waves’ around in it. Don’t panic. Also, don’t order a 058923 valve guide, because it will wave aroundin the cylinder head. There is a ‘conversion’ guide to use in early heads to accommodate a 136567 valve – it’scalled 136575. Don’t ask us how we are so familiar with this. Bitter experience.If your inlet & exhaust valves are the same stem diameter and you have an ‘early’ head you’ll need 136575.

136575 GUIDE ‘CONVERSION’, exh valve 4 17/32" O/D to 5/16" I/D24 107626 VALVE, inlet 425 058923 GUIDE, inlet valve 426 108242 VALVE COLLAR 4 { when triple exhaust

} valve springs fitted28 105803 COLLAR, valve spring 8 { triple exh & twin inlet

} spring type. TR2/3/3A, TR4142137 COLLAR, valve spring 8 { twin exh & twin inlet

} spring type. TR4/4ATT1116 COLLAR, valve spring, alloy 8 { twin exh & twin inlet

} spring type. TR4/4A29 TT1007 VALVE SPRING SET 1 TR2/3/3A, TR4 to CT21470

(with triple exhaust & double inlet springs)TT1107 VALVE SPRING SET 1 TR4 from CT21471, TR4A

(with double exhaust & double inlet springs)Valve spring sets to standard specification are not available and, we consider they were a bit under-designedanyway, so we offer complete sets of uprated springs.30 106663 COTTER, split, valve retaining 1631 060733 END CAP, rocker shaft 2

TT1017 SHAFT, rocker 132 111064 SHAFT, rocker 133 042880 SCREW, shaft retaining 134 WK7607 WASHER, locking, cupped 1 TR2/3/3A, TR4 (if fitted)35 500975 PIN, retainer 236 044630 SPRING, end 237 128075 SPRING, intermediate 238 128074 SPRING, centre 1

TT1018 SPACER SET, rocker shaft39 112546 PEDESTAL, front & intermediate 3 { cast iron

112545 PEDESTAL, rear (drilled) 1 }NI 112545X PEDESTAL SET (Aluminium) 1 { Suitable for standard

} & performance enginesAluminium pedestals may be used in 'complete sets' as replacements for the very early cast iron pedestals.NI TT1910 SHIM, pedestal 640 GHF202 NUT, pedestal 441 WP9 WASHER, locking 444 108012 ROCKER ARM, No.1, 3, 5, 7 445 108014 ROCKER ARM, No.2, 4, 6, 8 4

044370 BUSH, rocker arm 16There are two bushes (part no. 044370) in each rocker arm. Thus there are sixteen bushes in one car set.These bushes must be reamed to fit the rocker shaft.46 109495 ADJUSTER, rocker arm 847 51K1178 ‘JAM’ NUT 8

Rocker Feed KitThis kit enables oil to be supplied direct to the rocker shaft,increasing lubrication and thus reliability of this otherwise failure-prone component. No modifications are required to the power unit in order to fit the kit.

TT1026 ROCKER OIL FEED KIT, external 1




Cylinder Head 91




Radiator & Fittings51 400311R RADIATOR, (customers own unit) 1 { TR2 to TS1200

(with ‘centred’ inlet) } (Standard)

400412 RADIATOR, New (exchange units also available) 1 { TR2 from TS1201, TR3/3A(offset inlet with crank hole) } (Standard)

400412WO RADIATOR 1 { TR2 from TS1201, TR3/3A(offset inlet without crank hole) } (Standard)

401869 RADIATOR 1 { TR4(long neck, without crank hole) } (Standard)

402001R RADIATOR, exchange 1 { TR4 from CT9552 (option)(no neck, without crank hole) } (Standard)

134456R RADIATOR, exchange 1 { TR4 from CT9552 (option)(long neck, with crank hole) } (Standard)

52 GRH1005M HOSE, overflow, (cut to 30") 1 TR2/3/3A. TR453 GRC103 CAP, radiator, (4lb, 1" depth) 1 TR2/3/3A. TR4

GRC102 CAP, radiator, (7lb, 1" depth) 1 TR4 (with filler neck)GRC112 CAP, radiator, (7lb, 3/4" depth) 1 TR4 (without filler neck)

54 111164 ROD, radiator support 2 TR2/3/3A.131585 ROD, radiator support 2 TR4

55 WP17 WASHER, plain 4 {56 GEX7329 GROMMET 2 | TR4 from CT101657 GEX7330 WASHER, rubber 2 }58 NT605041 NUT 459 GHF201 NUT (plain), stay to radiator 260 GHF332 WASHER, locking 261 SH605061 SCREW, hexagon headed 262 061864 TAP, radiator drain 163 SH606101 BOLT, radiator mounting 2Radiator mounting screws on TR2/3/3A go from under the frame upwards to the radiator.The system illustrated is TR4.64 GHF333 WASHER, locking 265 GHF316 WASHER, plain 266 601994 PACKING, radiator mounting a/r (see note: item 84)67 803440/8 DUCT SET, radiator 1 {68 GHF423 SET SCREW 4 | TR3A69 WP4 WASHER, plain 4 }

70 307309R RADIATOR, exchange 1 TR4A (Standard)71 GRC112 CAP, radiator (7lb, 3/4" depth) 1 { TR4A radiators

} without filler neck72 137742 HOSE, overflow 1 {74 137743 CAP, overflow bottle 1 |75 12H1060 GROMMET 1 |76 137632 BOTTLE, overflow 1 |77 142804 BRACKET, overflow bottle, original 1 | TR4A

713544 BRACKET, overflow bottle, repro’ 1 |78 PT507 SET SCREW, bottle bracket 1 |79 WL700101 WASHER, locking 1 |80 HN2005 NUT, plain 1 }

81 132565 TAP, radiator drain 182 SH606101 SCREW, radiator mounting 283 GHF333 WASHER, locking 284 601994 PACKING, radiator mounting a/rThese packing pieces are used to adjust the height of the radiator to line-up exactly the top outlet with theoutlet on the thermostat housing.86 142665 BRACKET, radiator support 287 2K9679 WASHER, rubber 288 GEX7330 WASHER, rubber 289 GEX7329 BUSH 290 BH605101 BOLT, bracket to radiator 291 GHF201 NUT, plain, bracket to radiator 492 GHF332 WASHER, locking 493 WP17 WASHER, plain 296 850435 DUCT, radiator 1 {97 AB610043 SET SCREW, 1/2" 4 |98 AB610063 SET SCREW, 3/4" 3 | TR4/4A99 FU2549 NUT, fixing 7 |100 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 7 }

Aluminium Radiators (TR2-TR4A)(See also page 41 in 'Performance & Tuning'.These well engineered aluminium radiators can give you a weight saving of approx 50%.They have a high density core with polished end tanks and standard fixing brackets.NI 400412AL RADIATOR, Aluminium (with neck) 1 TR2, TR3, TR4NI 402001AL RADIATOR, Aluminium (without neck) 1 TR4NI 307309AL RADIATOR, Aluminium 1 TR4A

Preserve Your Cooling SystemHere we have listed items that we all know about, but sometimes forget!Today’s anti freezes are of a high quality chemical mix and no longer deteriorate within 6 months and ruin thecooling system of the engine. However, anti freeze should always be used as recommended by themanufacturer and any instructions given should be adhered to.The hidden benefit of using anti freeze throughout the year is that not only does it protect the cooling systemfrom freezing in cold weather, as the name suggests, but it also increases the boiling point of the water; this isideal for the hotter conditions of summer driving. Most high grade anti freeze solutions also contain an inhibitorthat will reduce or eliminate cooling system corrosion.That will stop, for example, thermostat housings and other alloy components from disintegrating.NI GEC2001 ANTI-FREEZE (1 Litre) a/rNI GEC1002 ANTI-FREEZE (2 Litre) a/rNI GEC2005 ANTI-FREEZE (5 Litre) a/rNI GGL9041X CORROSION INHIBITOR (Penrite) a/rNI GAC6073 'BARS' SEAL (Pellet) a/rNI MRD1031 'BARS' LEAK (135ml) a/rNI MRD1032 'BARS' FLUSH (100gm a/rNI MM220-115 WATER WETTER (Redline) a/r See page 72 for full details

See also page 94 for our Narrow Fan Belt Conversion & page 40 for our Alternator Conversion kit.

Cooling System92

IM50100 *THERMO’ SWITCH (82°C on - 68°C off) 1 | electric fan controlIM50120 *THERMO’ SWITCH (88°C on - 79°C off) 1 } (Continued)

*Choice of Thermostatic switch should be matched to your thermostat. Do not be tempted to use one which cutsin at too late a temperature. Remember there is approx. 7°C temperature drop through the radiator.30 GRH389 HOSE, bottom (standard) 1 { TR2/3/3A

GRH389X HOSE, bottom (Silicone) 1 }130038 HOSE, bottom (standard) 1 { TR4/4AGRH389X HOSE, bottom (Silicone) 1 }

31 501488 WATER PUMP, Standard* (with pulley) {QHQCP170 WATER PUMP, Standard* (Less pulley) | uses removable pulley501488X WATER PUMP, Uprated** (with pulley) | (item 37)QHQCP170X WATER PUMP, Uprated** (Less pulley) }

*Note: Two types of water pump were supplied. The original with a removable pulley and a Unipart replacementitem with a 'pressed-on NON-removable' pulley.**Our Up-rated Water Pumps should appeal to owners of early TR’s with an up-rated engine or cars where thecooling capacity seems marginal or inadequate. The uprated pump is fitted with a six bladed curved impellor,which roughly doubles the coolant flow.NI 060313 SEAL, gland, inner 1NI 100858 SEAL, gland, outer 1NI 100858X *SEAL, gland, outer 1

*This type of seal has been fitted to all Moss TR2-4 water pumps sold since the year 2000. and shouldonly be used for these purposes as it will not fit the early type water pumps.

32 138587 GASKET, pump to housing 133 WKN405 KEY, pulley to shaft 134 WP181 WASHER 1 { pumps with35 GHF242 NUT, self-locking (5/16") 1 } removable pulley

GHF232 NUT, nyloc (M8 metric) 1 { may be used by} replacement pumps

36 125361 GREASE NIPPLE 137 105537* PULLEY, water pump (standard) 1 original type pumps/wide belt

105537A PULLEY, water pump (Lightweight Alloy) 1 for narrow belt GCB107950*Note: Two types of water pump were supplied. The original with a removable pulley and a Unipart replacementitem with a 'pressed-on NON-removable' pulley.38 056243 STUD, water pump to housing 239 GHF333 WASHER, locking 340 GHF202 NUT 2/3 (replacement pumps use 3)41 BH506241 BOLT, water pump to housing 1 removable pulley type

TE506241 STUD, to replace bolt 1 pressed-on pulley type44 057014 HOUSING, water pump (standard) 1 Cast

057014A HOUSING, water pump (Lightweight) 1 Aluminium45 138586 GASKET, housing to block 146 GHF333 WASHER, locking 247 BH506181 BOLT, housing to block 249 GFB40975 FAN BELT (original wide belt) 1

GCB10975 FAN BELT (narrow belt) 150 GTR104 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER 1 TR4/4ASee also pages 40/41 for 'Narrow Belt' and 'Alternator' Conversion kits




Thermostat & Fittings; TR2 to TS1200Early TR2’s to TS1200 have a unique (Double chamber) thermostat housing that is unique, it is shown above inthe inset illustration (items 1 to 12).1 105584 COVER, thermostat 12 201522 HOUSING, thermostat 13 108490 COVER PLATE, thermostat housing 14 GHF332 WASHER, locking a/r5 GHF201 NUT, plain a/r6 BH505281 BOLT, housing & cover plate 17 BH505161 BOLT, housing 18 53K2171 STUD, cover plate 29 106957 STUD, thermostat cover 210 105593 GASKET, cover to housing 111 105592 GASKET, top cover 112 115467 GASKET, housing to cyl head 1Thermostat & Fittings; TR2 from TS1201, TR3/3A, TR4/4A13 124744 COVER, thermostat 114 203781 HOUSING, thermostat 115 106957 STUD, thermostat cover 2 { alternative to 1716 GHF201 NUT, plain 2 }17 BH605111 BOLT, thermostat cover 2 alternative to 15 & 1618 GHF332 WASHER, locking a/r19 BH505161 BOLT (2") thermostat housing 1/2

BH505221 BOLT (2 3/4") thermostat housing 220 115467 GASKET, thermostat housing 221 107590WW THERMOSTAT (bellows type) 1 winter

107590SSS THERMOSTAT (bellows type) 1 summer22 GTS102 THERMOSTAT, wax type, (160°F, 74°C) 1 hot climate

GTS104 THERMOSTAT, wax type, (180°F, 82°C) 1 standardGTS106 THERMOSTAT, wax type, (195°F, 88°C) 1 cold climate

All Models23 GRH453 HOSE, radiator top (standard) 1

GRH453X HOSE, radiator top (Silicone) 124 CS4029 CLIP (top hose) 2 wire type

GHC1217 CLIP (top hose) 2 jubilee type25 105598 HOSE, bypass (standard) 1

105598X HOSE, bypass (Silicone) 126 CS4020 CLIP (bypass hose) 2 wire type

GHC913 CLIP (bypass hose) 2 jubilee type27 GRH389 HOSE, intermediate (standard) 1

GRH389X HOSE, intermediate (Silicone) 128 CS4029 CLIP, intermediate & bottom hoses 4 wire type

GHC1217 CLIP, intermediate & bottom hoses 4 jubilee type29 130039 PIPE, water return (mild steel) 1

130039SS PIPE, water return (stainless steel) 1130039SST PIPE, water return (stainless steel) 1 { with adaptor for Kenlowe

} electric fan thermo' switch29a IM50250 *THERMO’ SWITCH (86°C on - 76°C off) 1 {

IM50090 *THERMO’ SWITCH (86°C on - 81°C off) 1 | electric fan control

Cooling System 93



Fan Blades, Hub/Extension & FittingsSee also ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories.

60 BH605111 BOLT, fan attachment 461 107857 TAB WASHER 262 108497 LOCK PLATE, crank bolt 163 107858 BALANCE PIECE 164 202025 FAN, 4-bladed 1 TR2/3/3A

209792 FAN, 4-bladed 1 TR4/4A211986 FAN, 6-bladed 1 some TR4The 6-bladed fan (part no. 211986) for TR4A’s is no longer available, but can be replaced by the

4-blade type (part no. 209792) without any problems. All mounting bolts and hardware are the same.We have re-tooled both 209792 and 202025 and they are identical to the originals.

65 GHF301 WASHER 466 108496 BUSH, rubber, fan mounting 867 108499 SLEEVE (steel) 469 108498* BOLT 1 TR2/3B

128319* BOLT 1 TR4/4A*Fan extension & pulley hub to crankshaft. Bolt (part no. 128319) has a starting handle slot in the

head. It was not fitted to TR4A’s, but as the bolt that was fitted (part no. 142185) is no longer available,we recommend using 128319.70 108494 SHIM a/r71 108493 EXTENSION, fan hub 1 TR2/3B

128318 EXTENSION, fan hub 1 TR4/4A72 GHF271 NUT, nyloc, pulley to hub 673 WP127 WASHER (fits under nut) 674 HBZ411 BOLT, pulley to hub 675 107250 HUB, pulley (Standard) 1 for original wide fan belt

107250A HUB, pulley (Lightweight Alloy) 1 for narrow belt GCB10795076 107252 PULLEY, front half, dished 177 110023 PULLEY, rear half, flat 178 GFB40975 FAN BELT (original wide belt) 1

GCB10975 FAN BELT (narrow belt) 1

Narrow Fan Belt Conversion (Damped)See also ELECTRICAL for 'Alternator Conversion' (on page 154) using this narrow belt conversion.There will be many who will wish to seize the opportunity to fit a ‘narrow belt’ conversion at this time, andensure the life of that precious crankshaft, with the harmonic damper included in this kit. Every moderncar is fitted with a damper, so this must be key to engine harmonic stress elimination within older engines.This kit includes Harmonic Damper (crank), Spacer, Bolt, washer, (alternator) Pulley (water pump) Pulley(Alloy) & Fan Belt.NI TT1132 NARROW BELT CONVERSION 1 Damped Alloy Pulley

The damped pulley conversion (TT1132) requires the use of an electric fan and removal of the fan & fanhub extension - which is obviously the best way to go.For those who are determined to retain the original (rather agricultural) fan arrangement, we can supplythe correct crankshaft pulley (107252A) which does allow this if used in conjunction with the water pumppulley (105537A) and the alternator pulley required for your application.NI 107252A CRANKSHAFT PULLEY (Alloy) 1NI 105537A WATER PUMP PULLEY (Alloy) 1See also ‘Narrow Fan Belt Kit (Un-Damped)’


Narrow Fan Belt Conversion cont...Lastly (unless you are retaining your old wide belt pulley), you now need to choose the pulley to enable aperfect match of alternator performance to your TR’s use. Only one of the 4 listed is essential, though you mightwish to select more, for instance if the car is used for occasional competition use. All these are for narrow belts.If you are retaining the wide belt, ignore this list. As the wide belt stretches, it may be necessary to re-install the‘old’ adjustment link to obtain sufficient adjustmentNI AEU1238 PULLEY (2.5" diameter)

(For normal road work. Use with fan belt GCB10965)NI 12G1054 PULLEY (2.75" diameter)

(For fast road work. Use with fan belt GCB10975)NI CAEA535 PULLEY (4.5" alloy)

(For competition use only. Use with fan belt GCB11000)NI 102266A PULLEY (4.5" alloy)

(Reverse flow. Competition use only without fan. Use with fan belt GCB11000)Note; If TT1132 conversion is to be fitted, this kit includes the correct pulley & fan belt, and this arrangementworks well for just about any type of use. Fitting instructions are included covering all vehicles currently fittedwith an original starter motor and solenoid.Pre-engaged & Geared starters may require a different arrangement as the solenoid may have been removed.All TR’s fitted with an alternator Must be converted to negative earth, The coil leads will also need swappingover. This may affect some car radios.

Narrow Fan Belt Kit (Un-Damped) (TR2/4)This Narrow Fan Belt kit allows the original fan & fan hub extension to be retained. This kit must not to be usedfor competition purposes.NI TT1132A NARROW BELT KIT (Un-damped) 1 { with Un-damped

} alloy crankshaft pulleyThe following parts are available separately;NI 107252A PULLEY, Crankshaft (Alloy) 1 (Un-damped)NI 105537A PULLEY, Water Pump (Alloy) 1NI GCB10975 FAN BELT 1

Hose Clips (Original wire style)These wire clamps were original equipment on Triumphs.Cadmium plated for long-lasting beauty & durability, they’re necessary for correct restoration.Just measure the outside of your hoses to determine which ones you need.

CS4011 HOSE CLIP, (3/4" to 7/8") a/rCS4020 HOSE CLIP, (1 3/16" to 1 3/8") a/rCS4025 HOSE CLIP, (1 3/8" to 1 9/16") a/rCS4026 HOSE CLIP, (1 7/16" to 1 5/8") a/rCS4029 HOSE CLIP, (1 11/16" to 1 7/8") a/rCS4038 HOSE CLIP, (2 1/4" to 2 7/16") a/rCS4042 HOSE CLIP, (2 13/32" to 1 5/8") a/r

Kenlowe Electric FanElectric cooling fans definitely improve engine efficiency when used in place of standard fixed fans, though thedifference would have to be measured over a long period. Firstly the engine warm-up time is reduced and thenengine temperature can be maintained at it’s optimum more accurately. Removal of the fixed fan produces thesecond advantage: a quieter running engine. The third reason for fitting an electric fan is a combination of thefirst two which will reduce fuel consumption and free off approx. 2 or 3 BHP.The Kenlowe is the best known of the electric fan kits.NI TT29402 COOLING FAN KIT, ‘Kenlowe’, 10" 1 TR2/TR3/3ANI TT29422 COOLING FAN KIT, ‘Kenlowe’, 12" 1 TR4/TR4ANI TT2952 *THERMO’ SWITCH KIT 1 included with kitNI TT2948 *MANUAL OVER-RIDE SWITCH KIT 1NI TT2947 HOSE SEAL (for thermostatic switch) a/r

(Seal tends to degrade if used more than twice)*See also page 93 for improved Thermostatic switches & Stainless Steel water return pipes (item no 29)

ConsumablesNI GEM317 GASKET REMOVER (400ml) a/rGasket remover is a spray-on solvent foam which will soften most jointing compounds without the need to resortto scraping, simply wipe off the results. This removes the likelihood of scratching surfaces which really need tobe as flat and scratch free as possible to ensure perfect sealing.More than one application may be needed for heavy residue.NI GAC110 WD-40 (200ml) a/r

GAC111 WD-40 (400ml) a/rNI GT85 PENETRATING OIL (400ml) a/rNI 600569A ‘WELLSEAL’ compound (100ml) a/rNI GAC100 ‘LOCTITE’ (10ml) a/rNI GAC100/3 ‘LOCTITE’ (3ml) a/rNI 153317 GREASE, anti-seize (10fl oz) a/rNI LKLPK104 GREASE, anti-seize (25ml) a/rNI GGL9041X CORROSION INHIBITOR, ‘Penrite’ a/r

Cooling System94




Clutch Drive ComponentsSee also Accessories.1 GCC127 COVER, clutch 1 {2 116638 PLATE, clutch 1 | TR2/3/3A, TR43 501608 BEARING, clutch release 1 |4 100159 SLEEVE, release bearing carrier 1 }5 GCC228* COVER (Borg & Beck), clutch 1 {5 GCC139* COVER (Laycock), clutch 1 |6 GCP143* PLATE, clutch 1 |7 GRB211 BEARING, clutch release 1 | TR4A

GCK6004X CLUTCH KIT (B&B cover, plate & bearing) 1 |Save Money & buy the kit. |

8 147858 SLEEVE, release bearing carrier 1 |9 DS811 ROLL PIN, release fork to carrier 1 }*Note; TR4A’s were originally fitted with either a Laycock or Borg & Beck clutch. Both types are interchangeableas sets. When replacing a Laycock with a Borg & Beck type it is essential to fit the clutch cover securing boltsSH505061 (item 21), as the bolts used on the Laycock type were shorter.All clutch items supplied are new and are not rebuilt.NI MM387-220 TOOL, clutch alignment (standard gears) 1 10 x 1.25" splinesNI GAC5064X TOOL, clutch alignment (close ratio gears) 1 23 x 1" splines10 106022 FORK, clutch 1 includes pins 10016411 100164 PIN, clutch fork 212 108887 SHAFT, clutch operating 1 grease-able bearings

136354 SHAFT, clutch operating 1 non-grease-able bearings13 LN30041 GREASE NIPPLE 2 grease-able clutch shaft14 WF507 WASHER, fibre 215 105752 SPRING, clutch shaft 116 158777HD PIN, fork to clutch shaft 117 EAW4321 SOFT WIRE, for locking pin 1The release fork pin (item 16) often cracks or breaks. When doing any clutch work, this pin should be replaced.The high tensile replacement pin will help ensure against premature failure and loss of clutch operation. As amatter of course we will only supply the 158777HD type.18 BH505161 BOLT, shouldered, shaft to casing a/r cut to length after fitting19 GHF332 WASHER, locking a/r20 MM387-220 TOOL, clutch alignment 121 SH505061 SCREW, pressure plate to flywheel 622 GHF332 WASHER, locking 6

Clutch ReplacementInsert your clutch alignment tool (part no MM387-220) through your new clutch plate, push the tool into the spigot bush into the crankshaft, then press the plate up flat against the flywheel. Locate the new clutch coveron the dowel pins and install the six bolts just a couple of turns each. Now, by exerting appropriate sidewayspressure on the handle of the alignment tool, position the plate so that you can slip the tool in and out of thespigot bush with minimal drag on the splines. There is one spot, with the plate perfectly centred, wherevirtually no resistance will be felt. Once the plate is in that position, tighten the bolts one turn each at a timeuntil they are all fully secure and correctly torqued to 20 foot lbs.The tool should still slip in and out very easily. If it doesn’t, repeat the procedure until it does. If the tool meetsno resistance, the gearbox input shaft will go in equally easily.Before installing the new clutch release bearing to its carrier, ensure that the surface of the front coverextension is clean and has been lightly polished with a fine abrasive.The inside surface of the release bearing carrier must also be clean and smooth. Wire brush the splines on thegearbox input shaft, then give a light coat of special grease (part no. 153317) to the splines, the spigot, and thefront cover extension. When re-assembling the gearbox to the engine, be sure to get the bell-housing parallel tothe rear engine plate once the input shaft splines enter the clutch disc; it will then slide all the way homewithout the need for brute force.

Clutch/Brake Pedals & Master Cylinder Mountings

25 106668 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045203239 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A138910 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1 TR4/4A

26 106670 COVER ASSEMBLY, pedal shaft 127 GHF201 NUT, bracket & cover to bulkhead 428 GHF332 WASHER, locking 429 SH605061 SCREW 2 cover & m/cyl to bulkhead30 GHF332 WASHER, locking 231 SH605051 SCREW, cover to bulkhead 232 GHF332 WASHER, locking 233 HU709 SCREW, pedal stop 234 JN2107 NUT, jam 2

35 106672 PEDAL, clutch, RHD 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045113363 PEDAL, clutch, RHD 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A133810 PEDAL, clutch, RHD 1 TR4/4A106766 PEDAL, clutch, LHD 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045113363 PEDAL, clutch, LHD 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A129275 PEDAL, clutch, LHD 1 TR4/4A

36 106673 PEDAL, brake, RHD 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045113366 PEDAL, brake, RHD 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A133808 PEDAL, brake, RHD 1 TR4/4A106767 PEDAL, brake, LHD 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045113364 PEDAL, brake, LHD 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A129277 PEDAL, brake, LHD 1 TR4/4A

37 100954 BUSH, pedal pivot 438 110016 SHAFT, pedal 139 106678 BRACKET, pedal shaft 240 SH606051 SCREW, bracket to shaft 241 GHF333 WASHER, locking 242 PJ8812 CLEVIS PIN 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

216421A SCREWED PIN 2 TR3 from TS13046, TR3APJ8812 CLEVIS PIN 2 TR4/4A

43 AJD7731 WASHER, double coil 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045131787 SPRING, anti-rattle 2 TR4/4A

45 GHF301 WASHER, plain 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045, TR4/4A46 PS103121 SPLIT PIN 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

GHF502 SPLIT PIN 2 TR3 from TS13046, TR3AGHF503 SPLIT PIN TR4/4A

47 105159 PEDAL RUBBER, ribbed 2 TR2, TR3 to TS1304548 122289 PEDAL RUBBER, Triumph logo 2 { TR3 from TS13046, TR3A

} TR4/4A49 057950 SPRING, pedal return 2

TR2/TR3/3A/TR4

TR4A

Clutch System 95




Clutch Hydraulics ExplainedWhen Triumph introduced the Girling disc brake system in 1957 the TR3 became the first mass produced car inthe world to be fitted with disc brakes as standard. At the same time they converted the entire hydraulicsystem to Girling including the clutch. All TR’s from 1957 were equipped with Girling hydraulics up to the TR6which had the complete Girling system, except for the utilisation of a Lockheed slave cylinder.The early Lockheed hydraulics were fitted up to chassis number TS13045. Even the most basic components arequite difficult to get for this Lockheed system. We believe Lockheed could do a better job for us in servicing thesystem, but they are a large company and don’t seem to care about owners of older cars.Ever resourceful however, we have managed to ‘cobble together’ some items from the existing Lockheed rangewhich function okay, but may not look exactly original.

Lockheed Clutch Hydraulics - TR2, TR3 to TS130451 LK36944 MASTER CYL, clutch & brake 1

LK36944X MASTER CYL, replacement kit 12 8G8224 REPAIR KIT, less bellows 1 services both types of cylinderThe original cylinder (part no. LK36944) is no longer available. The cylinder we supply (part no. LK36944X) is theclosest to the real thing, including the fact that it is ungodly in price. The clutch pipe outlet has a different threadand requires an adaptor. Originality freaks will be pleased that you can’t really see this when fitted.Our replacement is called a kit because it comes complete with a brake pipe which has a UNF thread at oneend (for attachment to the replacement master cylinder), and a BSF thread at the other end to mate with thefour-way brake banjo adaptor. This kit also includes the clutch pipe adaptor.3 513123A FILLER CAP, plastic 1 (replaces metal cap)4 501524 SEAL, filler cap 1 (for original metal cap)5 ADAPTOR, original master cyl 1

21K8564 ADAPTOR, replacement master cyl 16 233220A WASHER 1

Locates between master cylinder and adaptor7 501189 COVER (original cylinder) 18 AAA4758 SCREW, cover to body a/r9 GHF321 WASHER, star a/r10 501190 GASKET, cover (original cylinder) 111 501193 PLATE, front 112 AAA4757 GASKET (for plate 501193) 1

Must be replaced when rebuilding master cylinder13 AJH5083 SPRING 214 501775 PUSH ROD 2The push rod assembly (part no. 501775) is no longer available. As an alternative use the recommendedreplacement for the Lockheed slave cylinder push rod (items 40 to 43).17 PJ8812 PIN 218 PS103121 SPLIT PIN 219 AJD7731 WASHER, double coil spring 220 GHF301 WASHER, plain 221 501194 BELLOW, push rod 222 BH605261 BOLT, master cylinder to 2

support & adjustment bracket23 GHF302 WASHER, plain 424 GHF333 WASHER, locking 225 GHF202 NUT 2

26 108217 PIPE, m/cyl to chassis bracket 1 RHD108218 PIPE, m/cyl to chassis bracket 1 LHD

27 2K8686 NUT, hose to chassis bracket 128 WE600101 WASHER, ‘star’ 129 GVP1001 HOSE, slave cylinder, flexible 1

TT3041 HOSE, slave cylinder, braided 1 stainless steel30 GHF364 WASHER, copper 131 SLAVE CYLINDER 1

REPAIR KIT, slave cylinder 1In the event of non availability of the slave cylinder or repair kit* for the Lockheed system, the solution preferedby most customers is to buy a TR6 (Lockheed) slave cylinder, no. UKC8677. This will need to be fitted to theother (or axle) side of the slave bracket. It will also mean lengthrning the push rod. To join the flexible hose tothe cylinders will also require adaptor, no. 109746ADP. The repair kit for the TR6 slave cylinder is, no. GRK4007.*We can offer cup seal only, no. 7H7053.32 501207 BLEED NIPPLE, slave cylinder 133 106701 BRACKET, slave cylinder 134 SH605091 BOLT, slave cylinder to bracket 135 GHF332 WASHER, locking 136 GHF201 NUT 137 128043 STAY 138 GHF201 NUT, plain, stay 139 GHF222 NUT, nyloc, stay 140 504852 PUSH ROD* 1*We suggest that if you need to replace your push rod on the Lockheed clutch slave cylinder, that you purchasethe Girling equivalent (part no. 504852) and cut down the length to the size of your Lockheed push rod.41 NT605041 NUT 142 057194 FORK 143 216421A SCREW PIN, with spring 144 106347 ANCHOR PLATE 145 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 146 027645 SPRING 147 107691 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 2 cylinder adjustment48 NT604041 JAM NUT 4

Girling Clutch Hydraulics - TR3 from TS13046, TR3A

50 114530 SUPPLY TANK, twin m/cyl 151 500201A FILLER CAP 152 106095 SEAL, filler cap 153 CRST148 DECAL, ‘GIRLING WARNING’ 1

Clutch Hydraulics96




Girling Clutch Hydraulics - TR4/4A

90 GR64067758 CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER 1 includes push rodGRK1027 REPAIR KIT (0.75" cylinder bore) 118G8986 REPAIR KIT (0.70" cylinder bore) 1

BEWARE! Some vehicles may have replacement cylinders fitted with a 0.70" bore size. This is CAST onto theoutside of the cylinder.91 106095 SEAL, filler cap 192 500201A FILLER CAP 193 GHF103 SCREW, m/cylinder to bracket 294 GHF332 WASHER, locking 295 GHF202 NUT, plain 296 PJ8812 CLEVIS PIN 197 131787 SPRING, anti-rattle 198 GHF301 WASHER, plain 199 GHF503 SPLIT PIN 1100 516788 SLAVE CYLINDER 1

505704 REPAIR KIT, slave cylinder 1101 556508A BLEED NIPPLE 1102 128042 BRACKET, slave cylinder mounting 1103 SH605091 SCREW, slave cyl to bracket 1104 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1105 GHF201 NUT, plain 1106 128043 STAY, slave cylinder 1107 GHF201 NUT, plain 1108 GHF302 WASHER, plain 1109 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 1110 504852 PUSH ROD 1111 NT605041 NUT, locking 1112 057194 FORK 1113 216421A SCREW PIN, with spring 1114 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 1115 GBH415 HOSE, flexible rubber 1 {

TT3041A HOSE, stainless steel braided 1 |116 NT606041 NUT, locking, hose to bracket 1 | TR4117 GHF323 WASHER, shakeproof 1 |118 233220A WASHER, copper, hose to slave cyl. 1 }119 305385 PIPE, master cyl to bracket, RHD 1 { TR4

208531 PIPE, master cyl to bracket, LHD 1 }120 143354 HOSE, plastic tube 1 {

TT3141 HOSE, stainless steel braided 1 | TR4A121 143033 ADAPTOR, hose to slave cylinder 1 |122 598693 UNION, double ended, hose to pipe 1 }123 307321 PIPE, master cylinder to union 1 TR4 RHD124 148816 PIPE, master cylinder to union 1 TR4 LHD125 C5192A BOLT, banjo, pipe to m/cylinder 1 {126 216914 WASHER, copper 1 | TR4 RHD127 BHA4310 BANJO UNION 1 |128 233220A WASHER, copper 1 }129 143033 ADAPTOR, pipe to m/cylinder 1 {130 233220A WASHER, copper 1 | TR4 LHD131 2H400 CLIP, pipe to bulkhead 1 }132 618303 CLIP, pipe to bulkhead 1 {133 GHF421 SCREW, clip 1 | TR4A134 YA583 SCREW, clip 1 }135 106347 PLATE, anchor 1 { TR4 with spring136 027645 SPRING, return 1 } type clutch

Clutch Cross Shaft Lever End

There are three holes in the clutch cross shaftlever end.All 4 cylinder TR’s should be connected fromthe slave cylinder to the CENTRE hole, the othertwo are for use on different Triumph models.

However, the top hole, if used, would increase clutch travel relative to clutch pedal movement, but with quite apedal pressure penalty.Don’t forget to re-adjust the push rod after replacing the gearbox or working on the clutch itself, as per theworkshop manual. (1/16" clearance).

Clutch/Brake Fluids & Hydraulic System Tools

Please refer to Page 72 for full details of our range of hydraulic fluids & hydraulic service tools.

54 113368 CLIP, tank attachment 155 GHF117 SCREW 256 GHF200 NUT, plain 257 GHF331 WASHER, spring 258 505062 PIPE, tank to m/cyl 159 GR64067854 CLUTCH MASTER CYL 1

(includes push rod but not fork)GRK1027 REPAIR KIT, clutch m/cylinder 1

60 NT605041 NUT, locking 161 057194 FORK END 162 216421A SCREW PIN, with spring 163 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 164 507206 PUSHROD 165 507200 PIPE, m/cyl to hose bracket 1 RHD

507201 PIPE, m/cyl to hose bracket 1 LHD66 NT606041 NUT, locking, hose to bracket 167 GHF323 WASHER, shakeproof 168 GBH415 HOSE, slave cylinder 1

TT3041A HOSE, slave cylinder, braided 1 stainless steel69 516788 SLAVE CYLINDER 1 includes bleed nipple

505704 REPAIR KIT, slave cylinder 170 556508A BLEED NIPPLE 171 128043 STAY, slave cylinder 172 GHF201 NUT, plain 173 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 174 128042 BRACKET, slave cylinder 175 SH605091 SCREW, slave cyl to bracket 176 GHF332 WASHER, locking 177 GHF201 NUT, plain 178 504852 PUSHROD 179 NT605041 NUT, locking on push rod 180 057194 FORK END 181 216421A SCREW PIN 183 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 184 106347 ANCHOR PLATE 185 027645 SPRING, return 186 SH605071 SCREW, cylinder to bracket 287 GHF201 NUT, plain 188 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2

Clutch Hydraulics 97




5 Speed Gearbox ConversionSee also Accessories.

Our precision engineered 5 speed gearbox conversion kits include everything you need (including a gearbox unit)to convert your classic to 5 speed.Designed to replace existing units without any body work modifications.For full specifications please contact your local Moss branch.

NI TGK120A 5 Speed Gearbox Conversion 1 ‘A’ type chassis

Gearbox Units

Authentic Triumph gearboxes were numbered with TS or CT prefixes which bear little relationship to othercommission numbers on TR models using the gearbox. This number is stamped as shown here, it is a reliableway of differentiating 3 synchro’ and 4 synchro’ gearboxes. TS & UF are always 3 synchro’ and, 4 synchro’ arealways CT, LE, MD, ME, MG, MK, VA and VF.No sorry, you can’t just add a synchro’ to convert a 3 synchro’ box to a 4 synchro’, because of the internaldimensions of the gear case. Other gearbox cases may have been used for replacement during the life of thecar, and our expert advice will be required to identify the model from which yours came.

TR2/3/3A’s were originally fitted with3 synchro gearboxes.TR3B’s onwards were fitted with4 synchro gearboxes.

Gearbox Units (3 Synchro) TR2/TR3/TR3ANI 303107R GEARBOX (recon, exchange) 1 non-overdriveNI 509364R GEARBOX (recon, exchange) 1 for ‘A’ Type overdrive

Gearbox Units (4 Synchro) TR3B/TR4/TR4ANI UKC5196R GEARBOX (recon, exchange) 1 non-overdriveNI UKC816R GEARBOX (recon, exchange) 1 for ‘A’ Type overdriveNI TGK110 GEARBOX & OVERDRIVE 1 { with ‘A’ Type overdrive

(reconditioned exchange }

External Gearbox Components1 107885 KNOB, gear lever (push-on) 1 TR2 to TS2876

109045 KNOB, gear lever (screw-on) 1 { TR2 from TS2877} TR3 to TS50000

123961 KNOB, gear lever 1 TR3A from TS50001, TR3B22B19 KNOB, gear lever (spherical) 1 TR4/4A

See also Accessories for our range of alternative gear lever knobs2 603065 GROMMET, gear lever 1 TR2/3/3A/3B3 705913 GROMMET, gear lever 1 TR4/4A4 631881 GAITER & GROMMET 1 {5 709328 GROMMET, gear lever (upper) 1 ] TR4A6 709329 GROMMET, gear lever (lower) 1 }7 112442 RETAINER, spring 18 109531 SPRING, gear lever 19 107891 LEVER, gear, upper 1 { TR2 to TS287610 107888 LEVER, gear, lower 1 }Early TR2’s to TS2876 were originally fitted with a two piece gear lever, which is no longer available, it wassuperseded by Triumph to the late type (112447).11 112447 LEVER, gear 1 TR2 from TS2876, TR3/3A/3B

131507 LEVER, gear lever 1 TR412 143624 LEVER, gear lever 1 TR4ATR4/4A gear lever can be used on TR2/3/3A & 3B’s. Watch your knuckles!13 122075 SPRING, anti-rattle 1 { TR2 from TS2876,14 112424 PLUNGER, anti-rattle 1 } TR3/3A/3B TR4/4AFailure to install the spring (item 13) & plunger (item 14) can result in TR gearbox ‘death rattle’. Ensure that theplunger slides freely.15 105787 CAP, gear lever 1

Gearbox, Casing & Gear Change98

77 146129 OIL SEAL, rear 178 301039 CASING, gearbox 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS50000

206286 CASING, gearbox 1 TR3 from TS50001304692 CASING, gearbox 1 TR3B, TR4, TR4A to CT50124210622 CASING, gearbox 1 TR4A from CT50125

If replacing a 4 synchro’ gearbox case with part no. 210622, it may be found that the longer attachment boltsfor the bell housing are required as well as some ‘adjustment’ of the mounting to the chassis. This is caused bya thicker bell housing flange increasing the overall length of the gearbox.79 305048 EXTENSION, gearbox casing 1Check that the front face is slotted to clear the layshaft lock plate when fitting to 4 synchro’ gearboxes, as allTR variations carry the same part number.80 GHF163 SCREW, attaching extension 5

BH505161 BOLT, attaching extension 181 GHF332 WASHER, locking 682 104086 MOUNTING, gearbox 183 GHF109 BOLT, gearbox to mounting 1 TR2/3/3A

GHF109 BOLT, gearbox to mounting, RH 1BH608161 BOLT, gearbox to mounting, LH 1 TR3B, TR4/4AGHF204 NUT, gearbox mounting 1/2GHF335 WASHER, locking 2

84 131711 STRAP, top cover to flange 1 { TR3B, TR4/4A85 131690 SPACER 1 }86 GHF203 NUT, gearbox to mounting 287 WL600071 WASHER, locking 2

515121 GASKET SET, standard box 1 includes items 20, 63 & 69

Gearbox Mounting Hardware

Gearboxes with 11 mm mounting flange TR2/3/3A/3B, TR4 approximatelyTE505111 STUD, gearbox attachment 3BH606161 BOLT, starter attachment 2GHF202 NUT, starter attachment bolt 2GHF333 WASHER, locking 2GHF163 SCREW (into cylinder block) 6 hexagon headedGHF332 WASHER, locking 13GHF120 SCREW, attaching clutch shield 2GHF103 BOLT (clutch slave cylinder bracket) 2

Gearboxes with 14 mm mounting flange TR4/4A approximatelyCHS2513 STUD, gearbox attachment 3BH606191 BOLT, starter attachment 2GHF202 NUT, starter attachment bolt 2GHF333 WASHER, locking 2SH505101 SCREW (into cylinder block) 6 hexagon headedGHF332 WASHER, locking 13GHF103 SCREW, attaching clutch shield 2GHF104 BOLT (clutch slave cylinder bracket) 2GHF201 NUT, plain 7

Gearbox Tech’ Tips1) Remove lid; if 2nd gear playexceeds 0.020", suspect its thrustwasher is broken, which candestroy the gear and mainshaft.Exchange gearbox recommended.2) Drain oil into pan. If greycoloured lumps fall out, remove lidand look for obvious damage togears. If oil has moderate brassylook this is normal. Pieces of brassdenote broken synchro rings orbushes. Grey sludge means the layshaft and gear are destroyed. Exchange gearbox recommended.3) Test drive car before refitting tunnel or trim.4) Would you like a higher 1st gear (giving a closer ratio gearbox?). If the gearbox is the 4 synchro’ type, UKC662 layshaft & 152803 1st gear may be substituted for the existing gear pair.5) We recommend Penrite 30 or 40 grade gearbox oil for TR gearboxes, 1 litre required for non overdrive boxes,2 litres for boxes with overdrive. Precise recommendations have varied over the years, but what seems to actually work best is:30 grade - All types in cold climates and Non overdrive boxes except in very warm climates.40 grade - Non overdrive in very warm climates and all overdrive boxes in warm/moderate climates (UK & Europe).6) When filling from empty (via gearbox), allow plenty of time for oil to tranfer with overdrive and check before driving.Recommended Penrite Gearbox Oils:Gearbox Oil 30: 1 litre, GGL9019X. 5 litres: GGL9018X.Gearbox Oil 40: 1 litre, GGL9021X, 5 litres: GGL9020X.




16 BH604281 BOLT, cap retaining 117 GHF271 NUT, nyloc 118 108164 DIPSTICK, oil level 1 TR2/3/3A to TS5000019 104449 CORE PLUG, selector shaft 320 105758 † GASKET, top cover 121 BH505221 BOLT, top cover (front) 222 056370 BOLT, top cover (side) 423 HB873 BOLT, top cover (rear) 224 TKC1000 TOP COVER CASTING, bare 1TR top covers only permitted overdrive on 4th gear. Installation of part numbers; 127383 (item 35) & 127387(item 44), will add overdrive on 2nd and 3rd gears with a suitably drilled top cover, part no TKC1000).25 054505 CORE PLUG, side, dished 2 { as required26 PS1004 CORE PLUG, side, screwed 2 }27 108114 SCREW PLUG a/r blanks extra switch holes28 6K433 WASHER, sealing a/r29 106050 O’ RING, selector shaft 330 106051 RETAINER, O’ ring 131 SH604041 SCREW, securing retainer 232 GHF331 WASHER, locking 233 122071 SHAFT, 1st/2nd selector 1 TR2/3/3A

158464 SHAFT, 1st/2nd selector 1 TR3B, TR4/4A34 127386 SELECTOR, 1st/2nd 135 127383 FORK, 1st-2nd selector 1 TR2/3/3A

128067 FORK, 1st-2nd selector 1 TR3B, TR4/4A36 122653 SET SCREW, fork retaining 3 (replaces wire locked type)37 122062 SLEEVE, 1st/2nd selector 1 TR3A from TS50001

128063 SLEEVE, 1st/2nd selector 1 TR3B, TR4/4A39 BLS112 BALL, 1st/2nd detent 140 FRC7195A SPRING, for ball 141 156373 SHAFT, 3rd/4th selector 142 105788 ROLLER, interlock 143 BLS112 BALL, interlock 244 127387 FORK, 3rd/4th selector 145 117811 SLEEVE, 3rd/4th selector 1 TR3A from TS50001146 BLS112 BALL, 3rd/4th detent 1 TR2/3/3A/3B, TR4 to CT9898

106481 PLUNGER, 3rd/4th detent 1 TR4 from CT 9899, TR4A47 FRC7195A SPRING, for ball 1 TR2/3/3A/3B, TR4 to CT9898

106489 SPRING, for plunger 1 TR4 from CT 9899, TR4A109401 DISTANCE PIECE 1

48 122653 SET SCREW, selectors to shafts 249 132389 SHAFT, reverse selector 150 127385 SELECTOR, reverse 151 127389 FORK, reverse selector 1 TR2/3/3A

129780 FORK, reverse selector 1 TR3B, TR4/4A52 122064 SLEEVE, reverse selector 1 TR3A from TS50001

129799 SLEEVE, reverse selector 1 TR3B, TR4/4A53 106481 PLUNGER, reverse detent 154 106489 SPRING, for plunger 155 109401 DISTANCE PIECE, reverse detent 156 108166 PLUG, for detent springs 357 100157 EXTENSION, front cover 1 (2" sleeve)TR2 to TR4 models were originally fitted with a 2 3/8" front cover extension. These must never be used onvehicles fitted with diaphragm clutches.Shorten accordingly, if the longer type is used with diaphragm clutch installations.58 059537 † GASKET, front cover 159 141756 OIL SEAL, front 160 155541 SCREW, wedge lock 661 GHF362 WASHER, copper 662 055773 COVER, countershaft 163 055774 † GASKET, for cover 164 112445 COVER, clutch housing 165 036997 BUSH, clutch shaft, RH 1 { TR2/3/3A/3B, TR4466 036998 BUSH, clutch shaft, LH (7/8" long) 1 }

137651 BUSH, clutch shaft (3/8" long) 2 TR4(Use with non grease-able clutch shaft)

67 155660 PLUG, oil drain, magnetic 1 { alternatives114774 PLUG, oil drain, original 1 }

68 114774 PLUG, oil level/filler (on case side) 1 TR3A from TS5000169 132465 † GASKET, main case to tail housing 170 147965 GEAR, speedometer drive 171 147751 O’ RING 172 146542 BEARING, speedo drive gear 173 NKC105A OIL SEAL, speedo drive 174 60246 END CAP, speedo drive 175 107746 BOLT, bearing retaining 176 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1

Gearbox, Casing & Gear Change 99




Internal Gearbox (3 Synchro) TR2/TR3/TR3A

1 058956 CIRCLIP, bearing retaining 12 060078 WASHER 13 058391 BEARING 2 (front & centre)4 058955 CIRCLIP, bearing locating 27 060658 OIL THROWER 1

8 201712 INPUT SHAFT 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS26824204215 INPUT SHAFT 1 TR3A from TS26825

9 148949 GEAR SET, input shaft (item 7) and 1 { TR3A from TS26825constant mesh gear (item 53) }

10 055911 BUSH, input shaft 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS26824145008 BEARING, input shaft 1 TR3A from TS26825

11 201590 MAINSHAFT (non-overdrive) 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS26824204011 MAINSHAFT (non-overdrive) 1 TR3A from TS26825110736 MAINSHAFT (overdrive) 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS26824204044 MAINSHAFT (overdrive) 1 TR3A from TS26825

15 113431 SYNCHRO’ RING 316 153844 SYNCHRO’ HUB, 3rd/4th 117 BLS108 BALL, detent 318 122075 SPRING, for ball 319 037948 SHIM, to adjust spring tension

21 055707 CIRCLIP, 3rd gear to shaft 122 157054 WASHER (between circlip & gear) 123 105630 GEAR, 3rd 124 101585 BUSH, 3rd gear 125 105731 BUSH, 2nd gear 126 105629 GEAR, 2nd 127 105732 WASHER 1

30 109137 GEAR 1st speed 131 BLS108 BALL, interlock 132 106106 PLUNGER, interlock 133 BLS108 BALL, detent 334 122075 SPRING, for ball 3

037948 SHIM (to adjust spring tension) a/r

35 105627 INNER HUB, 1st speed 1

36 060569 WASHER 1 between 1st gear & bearing(Note; 060569 is to be used with mainshafts requiring 055911 brass bush)

116496 WASHER 1 between 1st gear & bearing(Note; 116496 is to be used with mainshafts requiring 145008 needle roller bearing)

37 059443 WASHER 1 (between circlip & bearing)38 058956 CIRCLIP 139 058949 WASHER, rear mainshaft 140 SP75G BEARING, rear 143 058948 FLANGE 144 PC12 SPLIT PIN 145 WP24 WASHER 146 057868 NUT 150 129955 THRUST WASHER, front 151 105626 GEAR, constant mesh 152 059465 DISTANCE PIECE 153 140509 GEAR, 3rd countershaft 154 105658 GEAR, 2nd countershaft 157 055721 RETAINER, needle bearing 458 058088 NEEDLE BEARING 4860 105625 GEAR, 1st countershaft 1

Clicks in 1st gear? (particularly for gold card holders!).That tooth flushed out with old oil used to be part of gear 105625. Catch it quickly and you may not need 111153and 109137. Leave it 100 miles and be sure, you will need the golden trio!!

61 129956 THRUST WASHER, rear 162 108168 COUNTERSHAFT 165 105727 FORK, reverse 166 105782 ROD, reverse fork 167 058951 BUSH, reverse rod 168 055815 SCREW, rod retaining 169 51K1178 NUT, screw locking 170 111153 GEAR, reverse 1NI 2A3282 BUSH 171 105757 SPINDLE, reverse gear 172 055715 SCREW, spindle retaining 173 GHF332 WASHER, for screw 1

Gearbox Internals - 3-Synchro100

41 WP24 WASHER 142 057868 NUT, flange retaining 143 PC12 SPLIT PIN 148 129955 THRUST WASHER, front, large 149 126862 BEARING, shell type 250 150339 BEARING, open cage type 2 {51 147749 CIRCLIP 2 | Alternative to 12686252 154396 SPACER, supporting 2 }53 142434 GEAR, constant mesh 154 059456 DISTANCE PIECE 155 140509 GEAR, 3rd countershaft 156 140508 GEAR, 2nd countershaft 1

Standard Laygear57 128107 LAYGEAR (16 tooth), 1st & reverse 1 use with 128100

UKC662 LAYGEAR (17 tooth), 1st & reverse 1 use with 152803

Uprated LaygearMost TR owners know that the Stag, and Police spec saloon gearboxes, were uprated by the modifications tothe weak zones of the laygear & shaft, and the replacement of the bimetal thrust washers with needle bearingthrusts. The rear end of the shaft and gearbox became ‘metric’, so this conversion would be quite difficult.Uprated laygears come complete with 3 bearings and fittings. The twin bearings fitted to the rear end each havetwice the load capacity of the original (150339). They fit the standard gearbox and layshaft, so no modificationsare required. If your gearbox has suffered such a failure, you will appreciate this is a ‘fit and forget’ solution.NI 128107UR LAYGEAR (16 tooth), 1st & reverse 1 { inc. bearings, circlipsNI UKC662UR LAYGEAR (17 tooth), 1st & reverse 1 } & thrust washers

58 129956 THRUST WASHER, rear, small 159 128105 COUNTERSHAFT, original fitment 1

128105B COUNTERSHAFT, reproduction 160 129954 SCREW, self-locking 161 129938 PLATE, shaft retaining 162 129937 SPINDLE, reverse gear 163 129894 LEVER, reverse gear 164 106448 PIN, lever fulcrum 1If bent, replace the pin 106448 and be sure to check clearance with reverse gear bush (items 69)65 WP20X WASHER 166 GHF223 NUT 168 128110 GEAR, reverse 169 129862 BUSH, reverse gear 1

See 'Performance & Tuning' (pages 51 to 53 for 'Dog' Clutch Gear Kit & Close Ratio Gear sets




Internal Gearbox (4 Synchro) TR3B/TR4/TR4ASee also Accessories.

NI TGK112 GEARBOX REPAIR KIT 1 Non Overdrive gearboxNI TGK113 GEARBOX REPAIR KIT 1 ‘A’ type Overdrive gearboxThese kits include; countershaft, bearings, seals, synchro cups, circlips & thrust washers.Everything you will need to service your gearbox.1 058956 CIRCLIP, bearing retaining 12 060078 WASHER 13 058391 BEARING, front & centre 24 058955 CIRCLIP, bearing locating 25 060658 OIL THROWER 17 204215 INPUT SHAFT 18 148949 GEAR SET 1 { input shaft (item 7) and

} constant mesh gear (item 53)9 145008 BEARING., mainshaft spigot 110 208051 MAINSHAFT (non-overdrive) 112 113431 SYNCHRO’ RING 413 153844 SYNCHRO’ HUB, 3rd/4th 1

153841X OUTER SLEEVE 114 BLS108 BALL, detent 115 122075 SPRING, for ball 318 055707 CIRCLIP, 3rd gear to shaft 119 157054 WASHER (between circlip & gear) 120 105630 GEAR, 3rd 121 129940 BUSH, (Brass), 3rd gear 1

153238 BUSH, (Steel), 3rd gear 122 129939 BUSH, 2nd gear 1

129939X BUSH, 2nd gear (uprated) 123 105629 GEAR, 2nd 1

152771X GEAR KIT, 2nd 124 129941 WASHER, 0.118" a/r

129942 WASHER, 0.121" a/r129943 WASHER, 0.124" a/r129944 WASHER, 0.127" a/r134670 WASHER, 0.132" a/r

26 153843 SYNCHRO’ HUB, 1st/2nd 127 BLS108 BALL, detent 328 122075 SPRING, for ball 331 128100 GEAR, 1st (33 teeth) 1 use with 128107

152803 GEAR, 1st (32 teeth) 1 use with UKC66232 129940 BUSH, (Brass), 1st gear 1

153238 BUSH, (Steel), 1st gear 133 116496 WASHER 135 059443 WASHER, bearing spacer 136 058956 CIRCLIP, bearing retaining 137 058949 WASHER, rear mainshaft 138 SP75G BEARING, rear mainshaft 140 058948 FLANGE, mainshaft 1

Gearbox Internals - 4-Synchro 101




A Type Overdrive

A Summary of the A Type OverdriveOVERDRIVE UNIT (series 22/61275) TR2 to TS5979OVERDRIVE UNIT (series 22/61374) { TR2 from TS5980, TR3/3A

} TR4 to October 1964OVERDRIVE UNIT (series 22/61712) { TR4 from October 1964

} through TR4A solid rear axleOVERDRIVE UNIT (series 22/61753) TR4 IRS

Overdrives can be interchanged as complete units. It is not recommended that 22/61275 is used on later cars,as it is hydraulically incapable of handling any ‘extra’ torque, especially in 2nd and 3rd gears. It is, howeverbetter than nothing, and if used on later cars should be restricted to 4th gear use only.22/61753 is the only safe unit to use on the TR4 IRS, as none of the earlier units feature the ‘cushioned’engagement. This modification was introduced in 1965 to smooth out engagement, it also lessened thelikelihood of the engagement to rip the differential mountings off the chassis.

Overdrive Units & ComponentsSee also page 104/105 for 'Overdrive Conversion' and 'Overdrive Uprating Kits'.

NI 305063 OVERDRIVE UNIT 1 { TR2/3/4305063R OVERDRIVE UNIT, recon, exchange 1 }

NI 312373 OVERDRIVE UNIT 1 { TR4A312373R OVERDRIVE UNIT, recon, exchange 1 }

NI TGK116 REPAIR KIT, overdrive 1Kit includes everything you will need to service your overdrive unit,For example; O’ rings, gaskets, circlips, spring set, piston ring set, bearings etc.

NI TGK117 SEAL & GASKET SET, overdrive 1Kit includes gaskets, seals, O’ rings & washers.

1 132465 GASKET, adaptor to gearbox 12 208098 ADAPTOR, overdrive to gearbox 13 502556 GASKET, adaptor to overdrive 14 500627 CAM 15 513891 PLUNGER ASSEMBLY, pump 16 500633 SPRING 17 505507 BODY, pump 18 513902 PLUG, pump body 1

9 509884 FILTER 110 513205 MAGNET (set of 3) 111 505551 DISTANCE TUBE 1 {12 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 1 |13 WL700101 WASHER, locking 1 | all except 22/6175314 103270 BOLT 1 |15 500641 WASHER 1 }16 500620 PLUG, oil drain 1

521814 PLUG, oil drain (alternative) 1The original drain plug 500620 can be replaced by part no. 521814, IF items 12, 13 & 14 are omitted.20 JS616A NUT, locking 421 7H5863 LOCK TAB 422 500587 BRIDGE-PIECE 223 503161 OPERATING PISTON (1 1/8" Dia) 2 { 22/6127524 503162 RING SET 2 }

513890 OPERATING PISTON (1 3/8" Dia) 2 { 22/61374,513912 O’ RING 2 } 22/61712 & 22/61753

The later pistons with O’ rings (part no. 513890) may be used to replace worn metal ring type pistons if thebores are smooth.26 506117 PLUG, operating valve 127 3H693 WASHER 128 007972 SPRING, operating valve 129 500591 PLUNGER, operating valve 130 BLS110 BALL, operating valve 131 500658 VALVE, operating 132 513908 SHAFT, operating 133 513909 LEVER, adjustment setting 134 513888 MILLS PIN, adjustment lever 135 513910 CAM, on shaft 136 500593 PIN, cam to shaft 137 BLS110 BALL, pump valve (0·3125") 1 all except 22/61753

BLS108 BALL, pump valve (0·250") 1 22/6175338 500591 PLUNGER, pump valve 139 007972 SPRING, pump valve 140 3H693 WASHER, pump valve 141 506117 PLUG, pump valve 142 502565 ACCUMULATOR PISTON, w/rings 1 {43 500605 RING, accumulator piston 2 | all except 22/6175344 500634 SPRING, accumulator, outer 1 }

A Type Overdrive Units & Components102

Overdrive Electrics

1 BHA4280 SWITCH, overdrive push-pull 1 { TR22 108437 KNOB 1 }

Can be used as an alternative to 112474 on TR3/3A.3 112474 SWITCH, overdrive, egg-shaped 1 { TR3/3A

109122 SWITCH MECHANISM 1 }4 132424 SWITCH, overdrive, chrome stalk 1 TR4/4A

147281 SWITCH, o/drive, black stalk 1 RHD147280 SWITCH, o/drive, black stalk 1 LHD

5 609795 BEZEL 16 611974 ESCUTCHEON, 1 o/drive switch to column7 131338 WIRING LOOM, switch to relay 18 131339 WIRING LOOM, gearbox top cover 1The above looms will require modification to suit screw terminals or single isolator switch installations.9 602037 GROMMET, gearbox cover 110 142169A RELAY, Lucar terminals 111 BAU1074A SWITCH, isolator, spade terminals 1The overdrive relay & isolator switch are currently available with Lucar type connections only. For TR2/3, TR3Ato TS60000, replace the ring connectors on the wires with Lucar connectors (part no. RTC220A), or by replac-ing the looms (items 7 & 8).12 502146 WASHER, switch adjusting a/rRefer to the workshop manual for adjustment instructions.14 508794 SOLENOID 115 109521 COVER, rubber 1

Overdrive Trouble Shooting (By Pete Cox)Overdrive doesn’t work! Where do you start looking for the fault?Is the oil level and type correct? NO, change or top with CLST90.5L oil.YES, remove the gearbox cover and loosen the actuating lever (A), startengine and drive away. At any speed over 20mph, irrespective of whichforward gear is engaged, move adjustment setting lever (B) forwards. Ifthe overdrive engages or merely ‘jolts’, the fault is either in the settings orelectric’s - go to your nearest Moss approved specialist.If nothing happens then return to base, jack up the rear wheels, block the front wheels, use axle stands, thencarefully loosen the operating valve plug (C) Start engine with fast tickover, engage 2nd gear and oil shouldbleed past the loosened operating valve plug. Any air should also bleed, after which the operating valve plug canbe re-tightened. If no oil bleeds out, the pump is inoperative. Usually this is merely stuck and freeing can beachieved by removal of the oil drain plug (catch oil draining out). Inspect filter and clean if necessary. Removepump body plug (D) and the base of the pump is revealed. Tap gently with a blunt instrument. Rotate wheelswith the gearbox in neutral. Pump should move up & down freely. If the pump sticks ‘down’ again, and the resultof the above produced a negative result, you guessed, - visit your nearest Moss approved specialist.

Overdrive Solenoid Operating LeverOverdrive solenoids will suffer ‘meltdown’ if the operating lever is not adjustedproperly. Refer to your workshop manual for details of the correct procedure foradjustment.When the overdrive switch is engaged, both solenoid cells are energised,causing the plunger to be pulled sharply into the solenoid. When it hits the topof the solenoid bore, the plunger opens switch ‘A’, disconnecting the closingcoil, leaving the holding coil to keep the plunger in the upward position.

If the overdrive unit’s operating lever is maladjusted so that the solenoid plunger cannot reach the switchplunger, both coils will remain energised as long as overdrive is selected. The closing coil will soon overheat tothe point of failure, as it was designed only to be in operation for the fraction of a second it takes for the plungerto open the switch and disconnect the closing coil from the circuit.Moss Europe cannot accept for return, refund, exchange, or credit, any overdrive solenoid which has beenabused electrically or mechanically.(Verbal abuse of the component is acceptable)




45 503167 SPRING, accumulator, inner 1 {46 501908 HOUSING, accumulator 1 | all except 22/6175347 501910 ‘O’ RING 1 }48 501909 ACCUMULATOR PISTON, w/rings 1 {49 505555 RING SET 1 |50 502563 SPACING TUBE 1 | 22/6175351 515131 SPRING, accumulator 1 |

513900 WASHER, packing, on spring a/r }The accumulator piston spring (item 51) loses tension over the years. Replacement often rejuvenates sluggishoverdrive engagement by restoring the oil pressure within the overdrive.52 500645 GASKET 153 502566 BRACKET, solenoid 154 502569 STONE SHIELD 155 500594 O’ RING, operating shaft 256 502567 COLLAR, for shaft 157 502568 LEVER, actuating 158 503163 BOLT, lever to shaft 159 GHF300 WASHER, plain 160 GHF200 NUT 161 508794 SOLENOID 162 109521 COVER, solenoid 164 502554 SPRING SET 165 502555 BRAKE RING 166 500610 THRUST WASHER 167 500588A WASHER, adjusting 0.113-0.114" a/r

500588B WASHER, adjusting 0.107-0.108" a/r500588C WASHER, adjusting 0.101-0.102" a/r500588D WASHER, adjusting 0.095-0.096" a/r500588E WASHER, adjusting 0.089-0.090" a/r500588F WASHER, adjusting 0.083-0.084" a/r500588G WASHER, adjusting 0.077-0.078" a/r

Total destruction of the thrust washer and its adjusting washers is a common occurrence, and will require skilledrectification to the casing and bushes.68 500660 THRUST RING 1

(Always inspect the thrust ring assembly for loose pins, & re-rivet if necessary)69 500636 CIRCLIP 170 500640 BEARING 171 500637 CIRCLIP 172 520975R CLUTCH ASSEMBLY, exchange 173 505549 SUN GEAR 175 505545 PLANET GEAR & CARRIER 176 505548 THRUST WASHER 177 505546 BEARING KIT, planet gears 378 012610 CAGE 179 BAU2061A CLUTCH INNER MEMBER 180 513208 SPRING 181 506063A ROLLER SET 183 500613A THRUST WASHER 184 500602 ANNULUS 185 217325A BEARING, annulus head 186 SP75G BEARING, annulus tail 187 500623E WASHER, adjusting 0.146" a/r

500623F WASHER, adjusting 0.151" a/r500623G WASHER, adjusting 0.156" a/r500623H WASHER, adjusting 0.161" a/r500623J WASHER, adjusting 0.166" a/r500623K WASHER, adjusting 0.171" a/r500623L WASHER, adjusting 0.176" a/r500623M WASHER, adjusting 0.181" a/r

89 146129 OIL SEAL 190 058948 FLANGE 191 WP24 WASHER 192 057868 NUT 193 PC12 SPLIT PIN 195 120694 SPEEDOMETER ANGLE DRIVE 1 { TR4A96 3H550 WASHER, adaptor to speedo drive 1 }97 107749 PINION & BEARING, speedo drive 1 standard

146542 PINION & BEARING, speedo drive 1 Alloy060247 OIL SEAL, speedo pinion shaft 1

The pinion & bearing assembly may be replaced by 147965, 146542 and 147751.(See pages 98/99, items 70, 71 & 72).98 110736 MAINSHAFT, overdrive 1 TR2/3A to TS26824

204044 MAINSHAFT, overdrive 1 TR3A from TS26825208052 MAINSHAFT, overdrive 1 TR3B, TR4/4A

99 500655 REAR CASING 1100 FHS579 STUD, rear casing, upper 4

500579 STUD, rear casing, lower 2

A Type Overdrive Units & Components 103


Overdrive Conversions & Electrics(All Synchromesh Gearboxes)Please call your local Moss branch if you require any help.

An overdrive conversion is among the most useful modifications that can be carried out on your TR. Overdriveprovides useful additional gear ratios, for use under all driving conditions. Creeping about in town, the use of2nd overdrive and 2nd gear, (on A type units only), saves on the continual 2nd to 3rd to 2nd gear changes. Itnicely bridges that 2nd to 3rd speed ratio gap.The 3rd gear gives that little extra help for high speed overtaking when an upward gear change could best beignored. The 4th gear overdrive provides effortless high-speed cruising improving long distance touring fueleconomy.The A type overdrive unit was fitted as an option to the TR5, TR250 and TR6 (CC/CP series pre 1973) andoperates in 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears. It provides a 22% reduction to the engine speed for a given road speedwhen engaged. The J type overdrive unit was fitted to TR6 (CR/CF series from 1973), operating on 3rd, and 4thgears only. It provides a 25% reduction to the engine speed for a given road speed when engaged.Overdrive can be fitted retrospectively and kits were listed accordingly by application; RHD & LHD drive, andearly and late mainshaft. These kits were beautifully presented in wooden boxes of generous proportionsbecause they contained a fibreboard replacement gearbox cover. The cover had removable aperture cover plateseach side which the standard cover lacked. The right hand one allowed access to the speedometer right angledrive and the left hand one allowed the overdrive solenoid to be viewed. The fact that the right hand seat wasin the way of the former and that the latter failed to actually permit adjustment or removal of the solenoid seemsstrange to current thinking, but that is the way it was. The wooden box would have contained an overdrive unitcomplete (with solenoid attached), to which was bolted the adaptor plate entrapping the eight disengagement

(Continued on next page)


Overdrive Conversion104

Flange Dimensions(Flanges 058948, 518109 and 160292)

If any dimensions don’t match, it isn’t ‘TR’

BasicsWhatever you do, you must thoroughly clean the gearbox &overdrive unit, paraffin is best. Remove residue from themagnetic filler plug (if fitted). Clean out overdrive filter.Inspect residue from both and decide whatrectification is needed, if any.

Watch those knuckles !Either type of gearbox from any of the mentioned donorsmay include a gear lever.

All use longer gear levers that are less cranked than TR ones, so your knuckles may strike the dashboard.Your choices: refit your TR gear lever, bend the donor’s lever and use knob switch, or live with it as it is and useknob switch - and buy a bulk pack of first aid plasters.

Overdrive Conversions79 TGK100 GEARBOX & OVERDRIVE, A-Type 1 { outright80 TGK101 GEARBOX & OVERDRIVE, J-Type 1 } purchaseSupply donor gearbox, probably ex-saloon (as both Stag and Dolomite Sprint gearboxes are now rarer than TRones), as removed from vehicle, complete with its overdrive, i.e. complete gearbox, untouched and in ‘as seen’condition. Release bearing not included.

81 TGK102 GEARBOX REBUILD & CONVERSION 1 A-Type82 TGK103 GEARBOX REBUILD & CONVERSION 1 J-TypeYour donor gearbox, fully rebuilt to TR specification, less overdrive, in exchange for your non-TR donor unitwherever it was sourced, preferably untouched, i.e. not dismantled or otherwise tampered with, but clean,drained of oil, and complete with overdrive adaptor plate. Release bearing not included.

83 TGK104 OVERDRIVE, REBUILD & CONVERSION 1(A-TYPE, overdrive & springs)

84 TGK105 OVERDRIVE, REBUILD & CONVERSION 1(J-TYPE, overdrive only)

Overdrive; Your donor overdrive rebuilt or exchanged for fully rebuilt unit to TR specification. Adaptor plate not included.

TGK106 FITTING SERVICE, labour only 1 either typeFit gearbox to overdrive, either above rebuilt units, or from your own source (which must be clean & oil free).BY PRIOR ARRANGEMENT ONLY.

There are other possible combinations of requirements and additional small parts, such as gaskets and seals which may be necessary to complete your request, so you should discuss these at the time of placing your order.Where two sources of donor units are involved, this may incur special conditions to the warranty on yourrebuild/conversion.

Uprated OverdrivesA-Type Overdrive UpratingThis is only supplied as a kit to YOUR donor overdrive unit, and built into it.The unit must be or have been properly rebuilt, as necessary, at the same time, to remove the chance ofworn internal components failing. These components might well have survived many more miles undernormal use and standard pressure, but they certainly won’t under uprated conditions.To permit the modifications the donor unit must be of the type which has a large welch plug visible in itsbase, adjacent to the drain plug. This provides a final pressure outlet for the accumulator which does nothave the pressure bleed-off ports which are part of the standard two piece accumulator piston assembly,and which are there to provide the ‘cushioned drive’. Cushioning of the drive is not a significant factor on acompetition overdrive.Due to the much more positive engagement this modification should not be considered for ‘road’ TR’s. Thekit includes: relined and uprated cone clutch, a modified unidirectional clutch, a larger accumulator piston,uprated operating valve, and replacement accumulator springs.

TGK107 OVERDRIVE UPRATING KIT 1 A-Type

J-Type Overdrive UpratingThis is only supplied as a kit.It requires modifications to the clutch, to which a 'grippier' lining is bonded, the dashpot assembly and thewhole Pressure Relief Valve assembly.An ‘old’ clutch sliding member is required in exchange for the relined unit supplied.

TGK108 OVERDRIVE UPRATING KIT 1 J-Type

Overdrive Conversion Bracket Kits85 211361X BRACKET & FITTING KIT 1Allows J type overdrive to fit to A type chassis (TR2 to TR4A) without modification.Comes complete with mounting.

88 104086ADP BRACKET 1Allows a saloon A type overdrive casing to fit the TR mounting, 104086.(minor rear casing alterations are required).




springs, a replacement top cover drilled for two extra selector switches, the relevant mainshaft (pre or postCD20281), speedo cable, the column operating switch and its bezel. There was also a sealed cardboard boxcontaining the small parts such as the right angle drive, two selector switches and adjustment washers, twolooms, top cover welch plugs, adaptor plate bolts and washers, the relay, the rear gasket, speedometer drivegear plus screws and fittings. From the introduction of the CR/CF series TR6s, J type overdrive becamestandard fitment on non-USA vehicles. The presentation was much the same for the J type kits with one lessselector switch and no relay, of course.Many years after the last of the TR’s rolled off the production line we can still supply everything that you needto convert your TR to overdrive.The kits and their contents are listed here, gearbox covers must be purchased separately.

‘A’ Type Overdrive Conversion(All synchromesh gearboxes)1 517198 OVERDRIVE CONVERSION KIT 1 RHD

517197 OVERDRIVE CONVERSION KIT 1 LHD

‘J’ Type Overdrive Conversion(All synchromesh gearboxes)41 521158 OVERDRIVE CONVERSION KIT 1 RHD

521159 OVERDRIVE CONVERSION KIT 1 LHD

Overdrive & Gearbox Cover78 713569SAP GEARBOX COVER, plastic 1

The table below details the donor units and combinations of components. The suitable donor units are:Triumph 2000, 2500, 2.5 Pi, Dolomite Sprint or Stag.

Donor Input shaft clutch plate fork nose top cover clutch cover,Unit bearing & sleeve

TR2000 retain use saloon change use TR TR2500TC version pins for from your same,2.5 PI TR Old g/box however if

you wantOverdrive

Dolomite swap for use TR plate same shorten to operate TRSprint TR or saloon to suit shaft as TR to 2" in

2nd, 3rd & 4thStag swap for use plate same shorten please call. TR

TR or saloon to suit shaft as TR to 2"

Changes to overdrivesA type:1) If non-TR donor unit is used the operating pressure is wrong and accumulator spring 515131 or 518601 willneed to be fitted to correct this.

2) Wrong solenoid bracket, solenoid may foul or strike chassis, part no. 502566 should be fitted, see OverdriveUnits & Components on page 103 item 53.

3) Rear flange won’t fit TR propshaft, swap for existing TR one from old gearbox, purchase 058948 or 518109.Or weld up and re-drill donor’s unit.

4) Speedo will read ‘low’. Either recalibrate speedo (information sheet available), or change outputshaft/annulus in overdrive. If the output shaft/annulus is changed use your original TR speedo drive pinion andright-angle drive to connect to cable.

5) Rear overdrive casing needs to be changed for a TR variety (part no. 500655).Alternatively use the conversion bracket 104086ADP which, with minor rear casing alterations allows the salooncasing to fit the TR mounting, 104086.

J type:1) If non-TR donor unit is used fit relief valve NKC36.

2) Fit TR propshaft flange 160292. Or weld up and re-drill donor’s unit.

3) Swap speedo gear in overdrive for NKC99 and fit the following components;120694 ANGLE DRIVE 1500463 WASHER, sealing 1NKC48 PINION & GEAR, speedo drive 1NKC42 SPEEDO’ DRIVE HOUSING 1NKC106 O’ RING 1NKC105 OIL SEAL 1NKC43 RETAINER ASSEMBLY 1NKC80 SCREW, attaching retainer 1NKC70 WASHER, locking 1

Overdrive Conversion 105

19 650247 GROMMET, in rear deck 1 use with items20 571086 CAP, fuel filler, locking 122 UKC9920 HOSE, rubber, filler to tank 1 (replacement)23 CS4038 CLIP, wire type 2 original filler hose

CS4042 CLIP, jubilee type 2 for UKC9920 hose25 203610R SENDER UNIT, fuel gauge 1 (exchange part)26 2H1082 GASKET, seating sender unit 128 TR6504 SCREW, sender unit to tank 629 WF702101 WASHER, locking 630 060172 UNION, fuel line connecting 131 CD23720 GROMMET, fuel line a/r through chassis32 104818 TAP ASSEMBLY, fuel 1

104818C CORK SEAL , in fuel tap 133 104842S HOSE, stainless steel braided 1 { alternative to 34, 35, 36

(tap to pump union & nuts) }34 115784 HOSE, flexible, fuel inlet to pipe 1 {35 149556 PIPE, fuel inlet to pump 1 | alternative to 3336 115780 PIPE, fuel tap outlet 1 }

If you have nothing here, use the stainless steel braided pipe (part no. 104842S) to provide a connectionbetween the fuel tap and pump.

37 109637 FUEL PUMP, replacement 1This comes with a glass bowl as original, but without the external priming lever which was fitted to the

original pumps.

38 500419 GAUZE 139 052492A SPRING, under diaphragm 140 59660 SCREW, retaining valve plate 2NI AEU2760A REPAIR KIT, fuel pump 1

includes diaphragm, valves & gaskets41 500418 GASKET, sediment bowl 142 139041 GASKET, pump to crankcase 143 052484 ‘C’ CLIP, on pivot 244 052498 SPRING, priming handle 145 GHF201 NUT, pump attachment 246 GHF332 WASHER, pump attachment 250 203121 PIPE, pump to carb. inlet hose 1 use with 203120

205048 PIPE, pump to carb. inlet hose 1 use with 11578451 TL7 OLIVE 1/252 203120 HOSE, flexible with banjos 1 { carb to carb,

} alternative to items 53-5553 115784 HOSE, flexible, pipe to front carb 1 { carb to carb,54 120329 PIPE, rigid 1 | alternative to item 5255 120331 HOSE, pipe to carb’s 2 }56 121273 PIPE, vent, rigid, to float chamber 2 { use with AUC carb’s57 120331 HOSE, flexible, vent pipes to carb’s 2 }60 206402 PIPE, fuel, rigid, tank to coupling 1 { cut & bend to fit61 303754 PIPE, fuel, rigid, coupling to fuel tap 1 }

Fuel Tank, Pipe & Pump TR2/TR3/TR3ASee also ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories.

Lead AdditiveUK TR’s were designed to run a high-octane fuel, so to eliminate the possible need to adjust (i.e., retard)ignition an octane booster may also be required.We stock a lead substitute (endorsed by the ‘Federation of Historic Vehicle Clubs’) that enables unleaded fuel tobe safely used in engines designed for Leaded fuel.NI HFFK34 FUEL PIPE KIT (TR2/3/3A) 1 copper, car setNI GAC806 LEAD SUBSTITUTE, ‘Superblend’ a/r 500ml.

1 302125 FUEL TANK 1 { TR2/3, TR3 to TS60000302125AL FUEL TANK, aluminium 1 } outlet in bottom centreNote: fuel tank 302125 is the smaller capacity fitted as standard to TR3’s & TR3A’s to TS60000.The reduced capacity of approximately half a gallon allows for the fitment of the occasional rear seatoption to all TR2/3/3A’s.303999 FUEL TANK 1 { TR3A from TS60001303999AL FUEL TANK, aluminium 1 } outlet at bottom right

2 103222 PLUG, drain 1 { original tanks only3 WF513 WASHER, on drain plug 1 }4 061917 GROMMET, 1/2" hole, vent pipe 1 alternative

600395 GROMMET, 1" hole, vent pipe 1 alternative5 201864 STRAP, tank retaining 2 TR2/3, TR3 to TS60000

203139 STRAP, tank retaining 2 TR3A from TS60001204964 STRAP, tank retaining 2 TR3A to TS60000206370 STRAP, tank retaining 2 TR3A from TS60001

6 SH606061 SCREW, hex headed (short) 2 tank strap to chassisSH606101 SCREW, hex headed (long) 2 tank strap to chassis

7 GHF333 WASHER, locking 48 107562 STRIP, felt, tank base to body 2

(The tank base felt strips must be trimmed to suit installation)9 107563 STRIP, felt, retaining strap to tank 210 AUC2141 WASHER, fibre, upper 1 {11 WF525 WASHER, fibre, lower 1 | original tanks12 102213 BANJO BOLT, fuel tank vent 1 }13 059191 CLIP 3

(vent pipe anti-rattle, and fuel line to chassis)14 704551 CAP, fuel filler, screw type 115 704551W ESCUTCHEON, chromed 116 WASHER, fibre 117 704551NECK EXTENSION, screwed to filler cap 118 613506 CAP, fuel filler, with tube extension 1 alternative to 704551If your car is missing the fuel cap, use 613506 (item 18) or 571086 (item 20), regardless of model or chassisnumber.




Fuel System TR2/TR3/3A106

25 109637 FUEL PUMP, replacement 1This comes with a glass bowl as original, but without the external priming lever which was fitted to the

original pumps.26 500419 GAUZE 127 052492A SPRING, under diaphragm 128 059660 SCREW, valve plate retaining 2

AEU2760A REPAIR KIT, fuel pump 129 500418 GASKET, sediment bowl 130 0139041 GASKET, fuel pump to crankcase 131 052484 ‘C’ CLIP, on pivot 232 052498 SPRING, priming handle 135 208495 PIPE, tank outlet 1 {36 115784 CONNECTOR, fuel pipe 2 |37 303754 PIPE, intermediate 1 | TR438 CD23720 GROMMET 2 |39 149556 PIPE, pump inlet 1 }40 305995 PIPE, pump outlet to carb’s (1/4") 1 {

205048 PIPE, pump outlet to carb’s (5/16") 1 | TR4A41 115784 CONNECTOR, pipe to carb 1 }42 120329 PIPE, carb to carb 1 TR4 H6 carburettors43 136489 PIPE, carb to carb 1 TR4/4A Stromberg carb’s44 145124 PIPE, carb to carb 1 TR4A HS6 carburettors45 120331 CONNECTOR, pipe to carb 2 TR4 H6 carburettors46 115784 CONNECTOR, feed pipe to carb 1 TR4A Stromberg carb’s

120331 CONNECTOR, feed pipe to carb 1 TR4A HS6 carburettors47 130882 CLIP, pipe to hose bracket 1 { TR4/4A48 059191 CLIP, pipe to frame 4 }49 143746 PIPE, pump inlet 1 {50 115784 CONNECTOR, fuel pipes 3 | TR4A51 CD23720 GROMMET 3 }52 212515 PIPE, pump inlet to intermediate 1 early TR4A

212799 PIPE, pump inlet to intermediate 1 late TR4A53 307378 PIPE, intermediate 1 early TR4A

307532 PIPE, intermediate 1 late TR4A54 307370 PIPE, tank to connector 1 early TR4A

143846 PIPE, tank to connector 1 late TR4A55 611793 CLIP, pipe to frame 1 { TR4A alternative

616312 CLIP, pipe to frame 1 }56 133072 CLIP, pipe to thermostat housing 1 { TR4/4A57 133083 INSULATOR, rubber, pipe to clip 1 }58 HFFK35 FUEL PIPE KIT (SU HS6 carb’s) 1 { copper, car set

HFFK36 FUEL PIPE KIT (Stromberg carb’s) 1 }




Fuel Tank, Pipe & Pump TR4/TR4ASee also ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories.

Lead AdditiveUK TR’s were designed to run a high-octane fuel, so to eliminate the possible need to adjust (i.e., retard)ignition an octane booster may also be required.We stock a lead substitute (endorsed by the ‘Federation of Historic Vehicle Clubs’) that enables unleaded fuel tobe safely used in engines designed for Leaded fuel.NI GAC806 LEAD SUBSTITUTE, ‘Superblend’ a/r 500ml.1 312359X FUEL TANK 1To rationalise fuel tanks for TR4 cars through to TR6, we have produced, in marine quality aluminium, a fuel tankthat will suit all applications.2 103222 PLUG, tank drain 13 WF513 WASHER, fibre, drain plug 14 611733 PAD, drain plug to floor 15 061917 GROMMET, 1/2" hole, vent pipe 1 { alternatives

600395 GROMMET, 1" hole, vent pipe 1 }6 611972 FELT, anti-rattle, upper 17 611973 FELT, anti-rattle, lower 18 GHF101 SCREW 69 WP120 WASHER, plain 610 GHF331 WASHER, locking 611 613506 CAP, fuel filler 112 571086 CAP, fuel filler, locking 113 650247 GROMMET, fuel cap 114 UKC9920 HOSE, rubber, filler to tank 1 replacement15 CS4038 CLIP, wire type 2 for original filler hose

CS4042 CLIP, jubilee type 2 for UKC9920 hose16 208209R SENDER UNIT, fuel gauge 1 (Smiths no: TF1002/097)

209195R SENDER UNIT, fuel gauge 1 (Smiths no: TF1002/500)214465 SENDER UNIT, fuel gauge 1 alternative

As a replacement for the original fuel sender units, we have found the use of the TR5 & TR6 item fullysatisfactory. For those owners without a complete unit for exchange we recommend you order 214465.17 2H1082 GASKET 118 TR6504 SCREW 619 WF505 WASHER, fibre 620 139908 RING, anti-rattle 1 TR4A

Fuel System TR4/4A 107



SU Carburettor IntroductionSU carburettors have been a part of the British car scene since the late 1920’s. The modern trend of fitting fuelinjection has considerably diminished the demand for carburettors, which during the 70’s & 80’s struggled tokeep up with the demands of legislation for ever increasing sophistication in the ‘management of fuel’, in bothits burnt & un-burnt state. Nevertheless, for nearly half a century SU carburettors provided a very efficient and,in their basic design, a very simple way of providing the correct fuel/air mixture for cars.When you read the following sections on H4, H6 and HS6 SU carburettors I hope you will be as surprised andamazed as we have been during the compilation of this section.SU have carried out an excellent job of making sure that even the oldest TR carburettor, produced in 1953 forthe TR2, is still essentially completely re-buildable today.SU and, more latterly, our friends at Burlen Fuel Services have worked extremely hard to ensure continuingavailability of almost every single service component for this range of carburettors.Obviously, SU did a considerable amount of development over the years, but however it happened, their policyon servicing the replacement parts has made our job much easier.It goes without saying that dropping your carburettors, and thereby cracking the bodies, or running your car overthem, or probably the most common problem of having ‘lost them’ through someone putting a ‘much nicer’ carburettor (such as Weber) on, will mean that your chances of getting your TR back to original specification areseverely diminished. There are still a large number of these carburettors around and the same basic design wasused on many 50’s & 60’s cars, this could provide a source of old units which you could then recondition,following the guidance and parts listings in this catalogue. (Incidentally, if you think losing your carburettors andfinding old units is a problem, you will realise that this pails into insignificance with a request from a customerin Portugal who came across the owner of a TR6 looking for a replacement engine. He is unfortunately not ableto embark on any exchange schemes for an engine as his car is fitted with a Escort 1300 engine and gearbox.Now that’s when you have got problems!)We hope you enjoy reading the carburettor section, and we think you will be convinced that almost no matterwhat has befallen your carb’s in the past, it is not beyond your capability to use those parts which are availableto restore your carburettors to ‘as new condition’.

H Series CarburettorsThese carburettors originally had triangular aluminium tags on the float bowl lid. These tags were stamped withthe SU identification number for that specific carburettor installation. For simplicity, we use these numbers foundon the tags in our application column. If your carburettor tags are missing, use the information here (with ourillustration) to identify your carburettors. The dimensions 11/2" and 13/4" are measured at the throttle disc endof the carburettor body, as opposed to the air/fuel passage where the air filter is fitted.

H Series Carburettors cont'

AUC721 Type H4 (11/2") TR2;These are identified by the fact that each carburettor is mounted to the inlet manifold with only 2 studs (see Inlet manifolds on page 118)

AUC786 Type H6 (13/4") TR3 to aprrox. end of 1958;Each carb' is attached to the inlet manifold by four studs. The float chamber on this application has the‘banjo’ type fitting - shown on page 111 with illustration numbers 133 to 142.

AUC878 Type H6 (13/4") TR3A from aprrox. 1959, TR3B and TR4 to CT21470;Each carburettor is attached to the inlet manifold by four studs. The float chamber on this later carb'has the fuel inlet pipes joined to the carburettor by a ‘push-on’ piece of rubber.This system is shown on page 111 with illustration numbers 145 to 149.

HS6 Series Carburettors (TR4A)These carburettors are a development of the H6 as fitted to the TR3A & early TR4.They use more up-to-date technology and generally improved design, though the principles of operation remainbasically unchanged. The jet design in particular was changed.Although never acknowledged in the Triumph parts books, SU specified two different carburettors for European(AUD209) and for USA specification vehicles (AUD284).

Carburettors & Components (TR2) (H4)AUC721T CARBURETTORS (pair), new 1prAUC721R CARBURETTORS (pair), recon’ 1pr (exchange)

1 AUC8103HB DAMPER & CAP, brass 2AUC8103A DAMPER & CAP, plastic 2

AUC8103HB is a brass capped damper assembly as fitted originally to TR2’s.AUC8103A is the ‘modern’ replacement plastic capped damper.

2 AUC4900A WASHER, fibre 23 JZX1394 SCREW, chamber to body 65 AUC8019 CHAMBER & PISTON 26 AUC2383 SCREW, needle locking 28 AUC4387* SPRING, piston return, red 210 AUC3071 THRUST WASHER 212 AUD1201* NEEDLE, jet, std. (FV) 2SU offered two different needles as standard for the TR2 (H4 SU's), but Triumph rationalised them in 1954 to theFV specification, which we supply under part number AUD1201.

H&HS Carbs (Introduction/Identifying)108


97 AUC2119 WASHER, cupped 498 AUC1158 SPRING, jet gland 299 AUC3231 BEARING, (jet), lower 2100 AUC3233 WASHER, copper, lower 2101 AUC2118 SEAL, cork 2102 AUC2117 RING, sealing (aluminium) 2103 AUC3232 NUT, sealing 2104 AUC2114 SPRING, mixture nut 2105 AUC2121 NUT, mixture adjusting 2106 WZX1595* JET ASSEMBLY KIT 2

(includes items 96, 101, 102 for one carb.)107 AUD2693 SPANNER, jet adjusting 1110 AUC1541 BOLT, shouldered 2111 AUE6 WASHER KIT (2 fibre & 1 steel) 2112 AUC2130 WASHER, steel 2The shouldered bolt is ‘nipped’ when tight, to compress the fibre washers which are designed to provide a fuelproof seal (dream on!). The steel washer between the two fibre washers provides a low friction point to allowminor movement between the float chamber and the carburettor body.Although the above parts are available at the time of writing this catalogue, we would still recommend using themounting method on AUC786 H6 type carburettors on pages 110/111.

125 AUC3495 FLOAT CHAMBER 2126 WZX1303 FLOAT, (includes gasket) 2127 AUC1147A* GASKET, float chamber lid 2128 AUC1980 LEVER, float (for original lids) 2129 AUD2285 LEVER, float (for new lids) 2130 AUC1152* PIN, lever pivot 2131 WZX1101A NEEDLE & SEAT 2

GAC9201X GROSE-JET 2 see page 116Superior replacement for standard needle & seat. Highly recommended.

132 AUE255 FLOAT LID ASSEMBLY 2AUE479 FLOAT LID 2

The float lid on carburettor AUC721 had a fuel input from the engine side and utilised a front lid - which is nolonger available. It also used the early float lever (AUC1980, item 128), and is now replaced with lid AUE479,which uses the later float lever (AUC2285, item 129). We can currently offer a complete assembly for this floatlid (with the AUC2285 type lever) under part number AUE255.

129 AUD2285 LEVER, float (for new lids) 2130 AUC1152 PIN, lever pivot 2131 WZX1101A* NEEDLE & SEAT 2134 AUC4998 ARM, float chamber support 2135 AUC2246 WASHER, fibre 2Items AUC4998 & AUC2246 were fitted to the AUC721 carburettor only. If you followed our advice (and you’d bea fool not to!) and replaced the fibre washer mounting on your float bowl with the rubber grommet type (partno. AUC1534, item 118, page 20), then we recommend you disconnect the AUC4998 float chamber support armfrom the dashpot securing screw to allow it to flex.On the AUC786 the AUC4998 is replaced by a fibre washer (AUC1928).

138 AUC1867 BANJO BOLT 2139 AUC1866 PIPE, float chamber vent 2140 AUC2698 BANJO BOLT, fuel line to lid 2141 AUC2141 WASHER, fibre 4142 AUC2139 FILTER 2155 AHH5713 INSULATING BLOCK 2 carburettor to manifoldAHH5713 is virtually a direct replacement for the Triumph part no. 102485. It is in fact, an MG-A part (sorry,nobody’s perfect), but is slightly different, and therefore should only be used for a TR2 application if fitted in pairs.

156 AEH551* GASKET, carb’ to manifold 4160 058917 STUD, carb’ to manifold 4161 056675 NUT (steel), carb’ to manifold 4

108951 NUT (brass), carb’ to manifold 4162 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4163 107356 AIR CLEANER 2164 CRTR212 DECAL, air cleaner 2167 12G2125* GASKET, air cleaner to carburettor 2168 SH605071 SET SCREW, air cleaner to carburettor 4169 GHF332 WASHER, locking 4170 MRD1023 SPRAY CLEANER 1

Carburettor Gasket Kits & Rebuild KitAUE801A GASKET KIT, ‘Major’ 2 per carburettor

(Includes mounting gaskets)AUE2 GASKET KIT, ‘Minor’ 1 for two carburettorsGAC6102X REBUILD KIT 1 for two carburettors

(includes all items marked*)




13 WZX1105 PIN & SPRING 2 c/w circlip & washersThis is called the ‘tickler pin’ in the Triumph parts book, it is used to lift the piston whilst tuning the carb's.

15 AUC2189 STOP, throttle, rear carb 116 AUC2106 PIN, tapered 217 AUC2521 SCREW, idle adjusting 318 AUC2451 SPRING, idle screws 320 AUD3080 BUSH, throttle shaft (in carb’ body) 4

(These bushes require machine shop installation. See Technical Tips on page 116)

24 AUC3419 LINK, jet lever, rear carburettor 125 AUC2381 CLEVIS PIN, link & jet 626 GHF500* SPLIT PIN 1029 AUC4667 SPRING, jet lever return 232 AUC3346 LEVER, jet, rear carburettor 133 AUC5074 CLEVIS PIN, rod to front lever 134 AUC8396 WASHER, plain a/r35 AUC2108 CLEVIS PIN, rod to rear lever 136 AUC3435 ROD, jet connecting 137 AUC2256 FORK, rod end 238 AJD8012Z LOCK-NUT (2BA) 2We have manufactured the ‘jet connecting link’ in the manner that the SU Carburettor Co. illustrated it in theirtechnical literature. Triumph showed a ‘rod & fork end’ to give adjustment at one end only. We have made areplacement as illustrated here with a rod threaded at both ends, with forks and lock nuts supplied separately.

39 058997 TRUNNION, cable clamping 140 HU503 SCREW, trunnion 141 WC702101 WASHER, plain 142 GHF220 NUT 144 AUC3234 LEVER, jet, front carb 145 AUE63 LINK, front jet lever 146 AUC4853 LINK, jet lever to fast idle lever 147 AUC3502 LEVER, fast idle 150 AUC3471 BOLT, pivot 151 AJD7722 WASHER, ‘Thackery’ 152 AUC4848 WASHER, plain 161 AUB660 BOLT, clamp 162 AJD8012Z NUT (2BA) 163 WL700101 WASHER, locking 164 AUC1462 ROD, coupling 1

Coupling rod AUC is actually an MG-B part (wash my mouth!). It is 3 1/4" long & needs to be cut to theapprox. length for the TR2, which is 3 3/16". Please use this length as a ‘rough guide’, & cut to suit your car.

65 AUE75 COUPLING ASSEMBLY 2 includes; bolt, nut & washer66 AUC2669 BOLT 467 AJD8014Z NUT 468 AUC4612 WASHER 469 AUC3242* THROTTLE SHAFT, standard 2

AUC3242RP THROTTLE SHAFT, oversize 270 WZX1323* THROTTLE DISC, 1 1/2" carb’s 2 includes screws71 AUC1358 SCREW, throttle disc 472 AUC3437 THROTTLE STOP, front carb 173 AUC4770 ANCHOR PLATE, spring 274 AUC4782 SPRING, throttle return 275 AUC4771 CLIP, return spring 276 AUC2669 BOLT, (for clip AUC4771) 277 AUC4612 WASHER, locking 278 AJD8014Z NUT 279 AUC5100 UNION, vacuum advance 1 on front carburettor80 AUE180 LEVER, throttle shaft (11/4") 1

AUC1200 LEVER, throttle shaft (1") 181 AUC2694 BOLT, for lever 182 AUC4612 WASHER, locking 283 AJD8014Z NUT 284 148496 LINK ROD, vertical (short) 185 JN2107 NUT, short rod to throttle shaft lever 186 106759 PIVOT, bellcrank 187 SH605061 SET SCREW 1 bellcrank lever to manifold88 GHF332 WASHER, locking 189 106756 LEVER, bellcrank 190 GHF301 WASHER, plain 191 GHF500 SPLIT PIN 192 106764 LINK ROD, horizontal (long) 193 WZX1593* BEARING KIT, jet 2

(includes items 94 to 105 for one carb.)94 AUC2122 WASHER, copper, upper 295 AUC3230 BEARING, (jet), upper 296 AUC2120 SEAL, cork 4

H4 SU Carburettors & Air Cleaners TR2 109




H6 SU Carburettors & Air Cleaners TR3/3A & TR4 Models

AUC786T CARBURETTORS, New 1pr TR3 to end of 1958AUC787T CARBURETTORS, New 1pr { TR3A from 1959,

} and TR4 to CT21470AUC786R CARBURETTORS, recon/exch. 1pr TR3 to end of 1958AUC787R CARBURETTORS, recon/exch. 1pr { TR3A from 1959,

} TR4 to CT21470

SU HS6 Carburettor Conversion (All models except TR2)See page 114 for illustration, and Performance & Tuning in Accessories for K&N sports air filters.NI TT1156 CARBURETTOR SET, SU HS6, pair 1 newNI TT1261 LINKAGE KIT, HS6 conversion 1NI 148496 THROTTLE ROD 1NI TT9941 BALL JOINT, throttle rod end 2 original type

TT9941Z BALL JOINT, throttle rod end 2 alternativeNI 218410 THROTTLE SUPPORT BRACKET 1NI 148490 BELLCRANK 1NI 307455 MANIFOLD, inlet 1

(long curved tubes with tapping for ‘PCV’ valve)‘PCV’ is an abbreviation for ‘Positive Crankcase Ventilation’ valve (see page 117)

The History (& TR5/TR6 Background) of this ConversionDuring the 1980s particularly, due in no small part to the rising cost of fuel, but mostly to the challenges theLucas Pi system constantly threw at TR5s and TR6s, (whose owners always seemed to be putting their handsin pockets to bale out yet another breakdown), many turned to carburettor conversions. Some fearful of losingperformance opted for twin choke set-ups. A small number toyed with Strombergs and probably regretted thechoice. Most chose SU conversions; so popular did this choice become that SU themselves produced a verycomprehensive kit, but unfortunately it utilised only 11/2" carburettors rather than the 13/4" the 2500cc enginesneeded. This mis-judgement was rapidly cashed in on by TR specialists. All the Pi cars use cable operation, andthe official SU linkage finishes at the throttle lever, (*illustration. no 16). To connect the cable to the lever is verysimple. Support bracket 218410 is required, (*illustration. no 19), which fits between the lower inner left & rightcarb. fixings. Before fitting this bracket, place it in a vice and make two hacksaw cuts about 1/2" deep, approx.3/4" apart. Bend this section at 90 degrees to the rest of the bracket. Now drill a 1/4" hole in the bent part anddeburr it. Make one more saw cut to enable the cable to pass through, and you now have your lower cablelocation. This should be directly underneath the throttle lever, which itself may be adjusted left, or right, asnecessary. Remember to leave a little slack in the cable, which may be fixed using the Pi clevis and split pin.Correctly fitted & adjusted, a standard set-up should return the kind of fuel economy for which earlier 4 cyl TR’swere famous; 30+ mpg, which definitely makes very happy motoring, and over 300 miles on a TR tank full !(*Please refer to page 114 for illustrations & Itemised listings)

NI TT12561 ADAPTOR PLATE KIT 1This adaptor plate kit allows 1 1/2", 1 3/4" and 2" SU & Stromberg carburettors to be ‘rubber’ mounted to themanifold. Why bother you may ask? Engine vibration - especially under hard acceleration, will normally betransmitted to the float chambers, severely reducing the ability of the float needle to seat properly and causeflooding, possibly even blowing fuel backwards into the cockpit.Rubber insulating the carburettors will stop this. Our kit contains 2 mounting plates, 2 insulator rubbers (part NoTKC1338, which are also available separately), mounting bolts, gaskets & Loctite ‘studloc’.NI TKC1338 INSULATING RUBBER, carburettor 2

1 AUC8102HB DAMPER & CAP 2AUC8102A DAMPER & CAP 2

AUC8102HB is a brass capped version of the damper assembly as fitted originally to TR3 & TR4 equipped withH6 carburettors. AUC8102A is the ‘modern’ replacement plastic capped damper. Some TR4’s may have hadplastic caps as alternatives to the brass ones.2 AUC4900A WASHER, fibre 23 JZX1394 SCREW, chamber to body 65 AUC8054 CHAMBER & PISTON 26 AUC2468 SCREW, needle locking 28 AUC4387* SPRING, piston return, (Red) 210 AUC3071 THRUST WASHER 2The Triumph parts book lists three needles as standard, TD, TE and SM, but eventually Triumph rationalised tosupplying SM only. We however recommend the following needle specs for rich, standard and lean as follows;12 AUD1291 NEEDLE, jet, rich (RH) 2

AUD1328* NEEDLE, jet, std. (SM) 2AUD1327 NEEDLE, jet, lean (SL) 2

It should be noted that these needles were also recommended for TR4 applications with the 2138cc engine.13 WZX1105 LIFT PIN & SPRING 2 c/w circlip & washers15 AUC2198 THROTTLE STOP, rear carb 116 AUC2106 PIN, tapered 217 AUC2521 SCREW, idle adjusting 318 AUC2451 SPRING, idle screws 320 AUD3080 BUSH, throttle shaft (in carb’ body) 4

These bushes require machine shop installation. See Carburettor Technical Tips on page 116.24 AUC4819 LINK, jet lever, rear carburettor 125 AUC2381 CLEVIS PIN, link & jet 6 with hole for split pin, item 26

H6 SU Carburettors TR3/3A & TR4110

106 AUC8183* JET ASSEMBLY (0.100") 2107 AUD2693 SPANNER, jet adjusting 1The method of mounting the float chamber to the carburettor body varies according to carb. type as follows;AUC786 H6 TR3/3A, Ceased mid 1958 (we think)115 AUC1335 BOLT, shouldered 2 {116 AUC1337 WASHER, cupped steel 2 | AUC786118 AUC1534 GROMMET, shouldered, rubber 4 }This mounting system uses shouldered rubber grommets which provide the necessary flexibility and sealing com-bination, and is superior to the TR2 type. You may not realise, but the technology at this time had only just beendeveloped allowing rubber to be used in these fuel environments, that were at the time considered ‘unfriendly’.AUC786 H6 TR3/3A/3B, TR4, mid 1958 on118 AUC1534 GROMMET, shouldered, rubber 4 {120 AJD8206Z NUT 2 |121 AUC1388 WASHER, flat, steel 2 | AUC878122 AUC1389 WASHER, flat, steel 2 |123 AUC1387 STUD, float bowl mounting 2 |124 AUC1384 WASHER, fibre 2 }

(We still don’t know why this system was introduced. Anybody got any ideas?)125 AUC3495 FLOAT CHAMBER 2126 WZX1303 FLOAT, (includes gasket) 2127 AUC1147A GASKET, float chamber lid 2128 AUC1980 LEVER, float (for original lids) 2129 AUD2285 LEVER, float (for new lids) 2130 AUC1152* PIN, lever pivot 2131 WZX1101A* NEEDLE & SEAT 2


The float lid assembly for AUC786 is AEU254, but it is no longer available. However, all the components forAEU254 are available, and you can purchase them separately. The lids that are currently available include thelater style lever (AUD2285, item 129). The earlier lid which is completely interchangeable with the above, has alever AUC1980 (item 128) which was discontinued part way through the production range of AUC786. You canservice this earlier lid with AUC1152 pin, AUC1980 lever and WZX1101 needle & seat.133 AUE254 FLOAT LID ASSEMBLY 2 {134 AUE478 FLOAT LID 2 |130 AUC1152 PIN, lever pivot 2 |129 AUD2285 LEVER, float (for new lids) 2 |131 WZX1101A NEEDLE & SEAT (standard) 2 |136 AUC1928 WASHER, fibre 2 | for AUC786137 AUC1557 WASHER, aluminium 2 |138 AUC1867 BANJO BOLT 2 |139 AUC1866 PIPE, float chamber vent 2 |140 AUC2698 BOLT, banjo, fuel line to lid 2 |141 AUC2141 WASHER, fibre 4 |142 AUC2139 FILTER 2 }145 AUC1163 BANJO BOLT 2 {146 AUC1557 WASHER, aluminium 2 |147 AUC4103 LID, float chamber, front 1 | for AUC878

AUC4104 LID, float chamber, rear 1 |129 AUD2285 LEVER, float 2 |130 AUC1152 PIN, lever pivot 2 }The float chamber lids on AUC878 carburettors utilised rubber ‘push-on’ connectors to join the fuel pipes andcarburettors. Neither the front (with 2 inlet pipes), or the rear (with one inlet pipe) are available, but the floatlever and pin is the same as AUC786.148 120331 CONNECTOR, vent pipe 2149 121273 PIPE, float chamber vent 2158 112866 INSULATING BLOCK 2 carb’ to manifold159 112867 GASKET, carb’ to manifold 4160 FHS2513 STUD, carb’ to manifold 8161 GHF201 NUT (steel), carb’ to manifold 8162 GHF332 WASHER, locking 8163 203131† AIR CLEANER 2 TR3/3A, early TR4164 CRTR212 DECAL, air cleaner 2165 GHF103 Screw, air cleaner to carburettor 4166 GHF332 WASHER, locking 4167 112892 GASKET, air cleaner to carburettor 2† Note: TR4’s with H6 carburettors could have been fitted with other types of air cleaners depending on whetheror not the closed circuit breather system was fitted. If the air cleaner (item 163) does not resemble the onefitted to your TR4, refer to ‘Stromberg Carburettors & Air Cleaners (TR4A) on page 112.Sorry, but Triumph didn’t help much with this one, the parts book gives change points of;from CT……..to CT……. – this means that the chassis numbers were not documented.

170 MRD1023 SPRAY CLEANER 1

Carburettor Gasket Kits & Rebuild KitAUE801A GASKET KIT, ‘Major’ 2 per carburettor

(includes mounting gaskets)AUE2 GASKET KIT, ‘Minor’ 1 for two carburettorsGAC6103X REBUILD KIT (for 2 carburettors) 1 AUC786 & AUC878

(includes all items marked*)




26 GHF500 *SPLIT PIN 6On some applications this fitment is as above where all clevis pins were secured with a split pin.On other applications, (we know many exist but don’t know any change points) there were four clevis pinssecured by split pins and two, which were not drilled, secured by ‘star’ washers.25 AUC2381 CLEVIS PIN, link & jet 4 with hole for split pin, item 2626 GHF500* SPLIT PIN 427 AUC5009 CLEVIS PIN, lower end of link 2

(without hole, used with star-lock washer, item 28)28 AUC5004 STAR-LOCK WASHER 229 AUC4667 SPRING, jet lever return 233 AUC1029 LEVER, jet, front & rear carb’s 235 AUC2108 PIN, rod to rear lever 136 AUC3435 ROD, jet connecting 137 AUC2256 FORK, rod end 238 AJD8012Z LOCKNUT (2BA) 2We have manufactured the ‘jet connecting link’ in the manner that the SU Carburettor Co. illustrated it in theirtechnical literature. Triumph showed a ‘rod and fork end’ to give adjustment at one end only. We have made areplacement as illustrated here with a rod threaded at both ends, with forks and lock nuts supplied separately.39 113454 PIN, cable clamp 140 AJD8204Z NUT 141 AUC1130 WASHER, plain 142 WL700101 WASHER, locking 143 GHF500 SPLIT PIN 250 AUC3471 BOLT, pivot 151 AJD7722 WASHER, locking 152 AUC4848 WASHER 155 AUC4730 CAM, fast idle 156 AUC5535 LINK, jet lever to cam 157 AUC5011 SWIVEL PIN 158 AUC5002 SPRING NUT, swivel pin & link rod 360 AUE55 LINK, front jet lever 1 includes items. 61, 62, & 6361 AUB660 BOLT, clamp 162 AJD8012Z NUT, 2BA 163 WL700101 WASHER, locking 164 AUC2414 ROD, coupling 165 AUE75 COUPLING ASSEMBLY 2 includes 2 each of 61, 62, & 6366 AUC2669 BOLT 467 AJD8014Z NUT 468 AUC4612 WASHER 469 AUC4284* THROTTLE SHAFT, standard 2

AUC4284RP THROTTLE SHAFT, oversize 270 WZX1321* THROTTLE DISC (1 3/4" carb’s) 2 includes screws (AUC1358)71 AUC1358 SCREW, throttle disc 472 AUC5049 THROTTLE STOP, front carb 173 AUC4770 ANCHOR PLATE, spring 274 AUC4782 SPRING, throttle return 275 AUC4771 CLIP, return spring 276 AUC2669 BOLT, for clip 277 AUC4612 WASHER, locking 278 AJD8014Z NUT 279 AUC5100 UNION, vacuum advance 1 on front carburettor80 AUC1200 LEVER, throttle shaft 181 AUC2694 BOLT, for lever 182 AUC4612 WASHER, locking 283 AJD8014Z NUT 284 148496 LINK ROD, vertical (short) 185 JN2107 NUT, short rod to throttle shaft lever 186 112854 PIVOT, bellcrank 187 SH605061 SET SCREW 1 bellcrank lever to manifold88 GHF332 WASHER, locking 189 106756 LEVER, bellcrank 190 GHF301 WASHER, plain 191 GHF500 SPLIT PIN 192 106764 LINK ROD, horizontal (long) 193 WZX1593* BEARING KIT, jet, 2

(includes items 94 to 105 for one carb.)94 AUC2122 WASHER, copper, upper 295 AUC3230 BEARING, jet, upper 296 AUC2120 SEAL, cork 497 AUC2119 WASHER, cupped 498 AUC1158 SPRING, jet gland 299 AUC3231 BEARING, jet, lower 2100 AUC3233 WASHER, copper, lower 2101 AUC2118 SEAL, cork 2102 AUC2117 RING, sealing (aluminium) 2103 AUC3232 NUT, sealing 2104 AUC2114 SPRING, mixture nut 2105 AUC2121 NUT, mixture adjusting 2

H6 SU Carburettors - TR3/3A & TR4 111

6 512320 WASHER 28 AIR VALVE ASSEMBLY 29 605845 SCREW, needle locking 210 512276 SCREW, retaining ring 811 RTC164 RING, diaphragm retaining 212 512278* DIAPHRAGM 2WARNING: Carburettor cleaner damages diaphragms, remove them before using the spray.

15 512323 NEEDLE, metering (2A) 2 C1825ZEB16625 NEEDLE, metering (2E) 2 C3043514835 NEEDLE, metering (2H) 2 C3069The brass tag located on top of each carb’ indicates the specification of the Strombergs fitted to your car.

If the tags are missing, then check by removing the top cover & retaining screws to read the number stampedon the metering needle (i.e. 2A, 2E or 2H)

18 512319 WASHER, jet bush 219 512318 BUSH, jet 220 RTC165A* O’ RING 221 512316 WASHER (O’ ring retaining) 222 512315 SPRING, jet 223 512313* JET 224 512312 SCREW, bush retaining 225 512311* O’ RING 226 512307 SCREW, mixture adjusting 227 512308A O’ RING 230 512310 FLOAT & ARM 131 606819A PIN, float pivot 134 BHM1079X* NEEDLE & SEAT 235 512301 WASHER, needle & seat 2NI GAC9200X GROSE-JET 2 highly recommended

Superior replacement for standard needle & seat36 FLOAT CHAMBER37 605838 SCREW & WASHER, short 638 605837A SCREW & WASHER, long 1039 512304 WASHER, locking 8




175CD Zenith-Stromberg Carburettors & Air Cleaners TR4/4A Models

Stromberg carburettors were introduced to TR’s in the middle of the TR4 range, and frankly were never as easyto ‘tinker’ with and tune as the good old faithful SU. Having said that, it was the Stromberg carburettor whichwas called upon by Triumph to get the TR6 through the emission control regulations, which were tightened upduring the 1970’s to reduce the elements of what came out of the exhaust pipe.The Spitfire & Midget 1500 engines were also equipped with Stromberg carburettors to enable them to getthrough the American smog regulations and latterly the MG-B, which was never a particularly fast car, was alsoequipped with a single Zenith Stromberg carburettor, by which time it had more plumbing on it than theaverage 3 bedroom house, and, was producing a massive 64 horse power. The standard phrase used to describethis vehicle so equipped is "so slow it couldn’t get out of its own way".Luckily the Stromberg equipped TR4 did not have any power loss due to the change from the SU carburettor,and following the closure of the Stromberg factory it would be reasonable to expect that availability of spareparts for the carburettors would deteriorate down to approximately zero.Once again, reality is completely the reverse of your expectations, and the supply of components to overhaul &repair Zenith Stromberg carburettors is quite favourable.There are still a reasonable number of items that we are unable to supply, but there is nothing that should causethe actual rebuild of your carburettor to be rendered impossible.

NI TT12561 ADAPTOR PLATE KIT 1This adaptor plate kit allows 1 1/2", 1 3/4" and 2" SU & Stromberg carburettors to be ‘rubber’ mounted to themanifold. Why bother you may ask? Engine vibration - especially under hard acceleration, will normally betransmitted to the float chambers, severely reducing the ability of the float needle to seat properly and causeflooding, possibly even blowing fuel backwards into the cockpit.Rubber insulating the carburettors will stop this. Our kit contains 2 mounting plates, 2 insulator rubbers (part NoTKC1338, which are also available separately), mounting bolts, gaskets & Loctite ‘studloc’.NI TKC1338 INSULATING RUBBER, carburettor 2

1 518432A DAMPER & CAP 22 COVER, suction chamber 23 605847A* SCREW & WASHER, cover 85 516946A SPRING, air valve 2

175CD Zenith-Stromberg Carburettors TR4/4A112




41 512309* GASKET, float chamber 245 512326 PIN, air valve lifting 246 512325 SPRING 247 512324* CLIP, pin retaining 249 512314 SCREW, choke cable clamp 150 512281 SCREW, throttle stop 151 512282 SPRING, for screw 252 605800A* DISC, throttle 253 C28932* SCREW, original throttle shaft 454 512285 SHAFT, throttle 255 AUD3080 BUSH, throttle shaft 4 see carb. Tech' Tips on page 11856 512286 SPRING, throttle return, front carb 157 512321 SPRING, throttle return, rear carb 158 512289 THROTTLE STOP, front carb’ 159 512332 THROTTLE STOP, rear carb’ 160 512333 WASHER, spacing, rear throttle shaft 161 512288 SCREW, fast idle 162 512287 NUT, for screw 163 512290 LEVER, throttle, front carb’ 164 JN2107 NUT, short rod to throttle lever 165 512292 NUT, throttle shaft & front starter bar 366 GHF322* STAR WASHER 3 for throttle shaft & front starter bar68 512297 STARTER BAR, front carburettor 1

512329 STARTER BAR, rear carburettor 169 512298 CIRCLIP, starter bars 470 512296 SPRING, starter bar, front 1

512330 SPRING, starter bar, rear 173 512295 CAM, fast idle, front carburettor 174 512293 LEVER, for cam 175 512294 SPRING, fast idle cam 176 512328 ELBOW, vacuum advance line 1 front carburettor77 P26 PLUG, vacuum advance boss 1 rear carburettor79 512336 SPINDLE, throttle shaft coupling 1

512337 SPINDLE, starter bar coupling 180 AUE75 COUPLER 4 includes one each of 81 to 8381 AUC2669 BOLT 882 AUC4612 WASHER 883 AJD8014Z NUT 884 148496 LINK ROD, short (vertical) 185 GHF332 WASHER, locking, on rods 486 136481 BELLCRANK 188 GHF301 WASHER, plain 189 136482 BOLT, shouldered 190 106764 LINK ROD, long (horizontal) 195 209269 AIR CLEANER 2

CRTR212 DECAL, air cleaner 2SH605071 SET SCREW, air cleaner to carb 4GHF332 WASHER, locking 4

104 AEC375 GASKET, air cleaner to carb 2105 112867 GASKET, carburettor to manifold 2106 112866 INSULATING BLOCK 2 carb’ to manifold107 GHF201 NUT, carburettor to manifold 8108 GHF332 WASHER, locking 8110 MRD1023 SPRAY CLEANER 1WARNING: Carburettor cleaner damages diaphragms, remove them before using the spray.

Carburettor Gasket Kits & Rebuild KitGP58* GASKET KIT, ‘Major’ 2 per carburettorincludes all gaskets & seals for one carburettor.CDRK6 REBUILD KIT (for 2 carburettors) 1includes all items marked*

TR4/4A Air FiltersAt the time of writing, we can supply airfilters for all but the TR4 with closed circuitengine breather system fed to the aircleaners by a ‘Y’ piece from the rocker cover.

1 209269 AIR CLEANER 2 {2 CRST256 DECAL, air cleaner 2 | TR4 with closed3 BH605221 BOLT, air cleaner to carb 2 | circuit engine4 BH605241 BOLT, ‘Y’ piece to air cleaner/carb 2 | breather system,5 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4 | separate air cleaner6 GHF332 WASHER, locking 4 |7 GHF201 NUT, plain 4 |8 112892 GASKET, air cleaner to carb 2 }

10 212278 AIR CLEANER ELEMENT 2 {11 CRST257 DECAL 2 |12 BH605261 BOLT, air cleaner to carburettors 4 |13 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4 | TR4 with closed14 GHF332 WASHER, locking 4 | circuit engine15 GHF201 NUT, plain 4 | breather system16 112892 GASKET 6 | and air box for17 149994 HOSE, breather 1 | air cleaners

(filter box to rocker cover) |18 212277 PLATE, air filter box backplate 1 |19 212275 COVER, air filter box cover 1 |20 SH604041 SCREW, air filter backplate to cover 1 |21 GHF331 WASHER, locking, backplate to cover 1 |22 GHF300 WASHER, plain, backplate to cover 1 }

25 212278 AIR CLEANER 2 {26 CRST257 DECAL 2 | TR4A with27 BH605241 BOLT, filter attaching 4 | separate air cleaner,28 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4 | standard fitment29 GHF332 WASHER, locking 4 |30 GHF201 NUT, plain 4 |31 112892 GASKET, air cleaner to carb 2 }

34 212278 AIR CLEANER ELEMENT 2 {35 CRST257 DECAL 2 |36 BH605261 BOLT, air cleaner to carb’s 4 |37 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4 | TR4 with38 GHF332 WASHER, locking 4 | air box type air cleaner,39 GHF201 NUT, plain 4 | optional fitment40 212276 PLATE, air filter box backplate 1 |41 212275 COVER, air filter box cover 1 |42 112892 STRIP, sealing, backplate to cover 6 |43 SH604041 SCREW, backplate to cover 1 |44 GHF331 WASHER, locking, backplate to cover 1 |45 GHF300 WASHER, plain, backplate to cover 1 |46 112892 GASKET, air cleaner to carb 6 }

175CD Zenith-Stromberg Carburettors TR4/4A 113




HS6 SU Carburettors & Air Cleaners TR4A Models

These carburettors are a development of the H6SU’s as fitted to the TR3A & early TR4. It uses more up-to-datetechnology and generally improved design, though the principles of operation remain basically unchanged. Thejet design in particular was changed.Although never acknowledged in the Triumph parts books, SU specified two different carburettors for European(AUD209) and for USA specification vehicles (AUD284).

AUD209T CARBURETTORS, new 1pr { EuropeanAUD209R CARBURETTORS, recon/exch. 1pr } specification

AUD284T CARBURETTORS, new 1pr { USAAUD284R CARBURETTORS, recon/exch. 1pr } specification

1 AUD9255 LID, float chamber, front 1AUD9258 LID, float chamber, rear 1

3 AUC1152* PIN, float pivot 24 WZX1300 FLOAT 25 AUC8459A* GASKET 26 WZX1101A* NEEDLE & SEAT 2


7 JZX1394 SCREW, float chamber lid 68 WL700101 WASHER, locking 69 AUC1310 FLOAT CHAMBER 210 AUD2072 ADAPTOR, front float chamber 1

AUD2071 ADAPTOR, rear float chamber 115 AUC8114A DAMPER ASSEMBLY 2 for AUD209 carb’s

AUC8103A DAMPER ASSEMBLY 2 for AUD284 carb’s16 AUC4900A WASHER, fibre 217 AUC4387 SPRING, air piston return, Red 2

The TR4 parts book describes this spring as blue, which suggests that the author was perhaps a littlecolour blind. All TR4A’s should be fitted with red springs.

20 JZX1394 SCREW, chamber to body 621 AUD9187 CHAMBER & PISTON 2 for AUD209 carb’s

AUD9632 CHAMBER & PISTON 2 for AUD284 carb’s22 AUC2057 SCREW, needle locking 223 AUD1337 NEEDLE, metering, rich (SW) 2

AUD1362 NEEDLE, metering, std (TW) 2 for AUD209 carb’sAUD1284 NEEDLE, metering, std (QW) 2 for AUD284 carb’sAUD1117 NEEDLE, metering, lean (C1W) 2

25 WZX1112 PIN, piston lifting 2 for AUD209 carb’sWZX1105 PIN, piston lifting 2 for AUD284 carb’s

27 WZX1341 BEARING ASSEMBLY, jet 2Each jet bearing assembly includes one of items 28 to 32

28 AUC8460 BEARING, jet 229 AUC8478 WASHER 230 AUC2002 SCREW, jet bearing 231 AUC2114 SPRING 232 AUC8461 NUT, mixture adjusting 233 AUD2693 SPANNER, jet adjusting 134 AUD9148A* JET ASSEMBLY, rear 1 { for AUD209 carb’s

AUD9149* JET ASSEMBLY, front 1 }AUD9141A JET ASSEMBLY, rear 1 { for AUD284 carb’sAUD9142A JET ASSEMBLY, front 1 }WZX1857 ‘SURVISKIT’ 1 for AUD209 carb’s

‘Surviskit’ includes a complete set of all items marked* for 2 carb’s

36 AUD9090† LEVER & LINK, rear 1 { original fitmentAUD9091† LEVER & LINK, front 1 }LZX1275 LEVER & LINK, rear 1 { replacement type,LZX1274 LEVER & LINK, front 1 } must be fitted in pairs

† Note: Due to supply difficulties with the above items, we can only offer (at the moment) later type HS seriesreplacements that should be fitted in pairs. They do however reduce the fast idle when the choke is operated.The lower engine speed can be corrected by filing the lost motion lever stop on the link to give a largerrotational clearance before the jet lever is actuated. If that sounds too hard, fit & forget.

38 AUC8462 SPRING, jet return, rear 1AUC1375 SPRING, jet return, front 1

40 AUD3347 CAM, fast idle, rear 1AUD3346 CAM, fast idle, front 1

41 AUD2431 SPRING, fast idle cam, rear 1AUD2049 SPRING, fast idle cam, front 2

HS6 SU Carburettor Conversion (High Port) TR3/3A & TR4 Models(See page 110 for history of this conversion)15 TT1156 CARBURETTOR SET, SU HS6, pair 1 newNI TT2928 FUEL REGULATOR, competition 1 { Recommended when electricNI TT2927 FUEL REGULATOR, road } fuel pump is fitted.16 TT1261 LINKAGE KIT, HS6 conversion 117 148496 THROTTLE ROD 118 TT9941 BALL JOINT, throttle rod end 2 original type

TT9941Z BALL JOINT, throttle rod end 2 alternative19 218410 THROTTLE SUPPORT BRACKET 1NI 148960 BELLCRANK 120 TKC1338 MOUNTING FLANGE, carburettor 221 TT12561 ADAPTOR PLATE KIT 2This adaptor plate kit allows 1 1/2", 1 3/4" & 2" SU carb's to be ‘rubber’ mounted to the manifold. Why bother you ask?Engine vibration - especially under hard acceleration, will normally be transmitted to the float chambers, severelyreducing the ability of the float needle to seat properly and cause flooding, possibly even blowing fuel backwards intothe cockpit. Rubber insulating the carburettors will stop this. Our kit contains 2 mounting plates, 2 insulator rubbers(part No TKC1338, which are also available separately), mounting bolts, gaskets & Loctite ‘studloc’.NI 307455 MANIFOLD, inlet 1

(long curved tubes with tapping for ‘PCV’ valve)‘PCV’ is an abbreviation for ‘Positive Crankcase Ventilation’ valve (see page 117)

HS6 SU Carburettor Rebuild & Gasket KitsAUE812A GASKET KIT, ‘Major’ 2 all modelsIncludes all gaskets & seals for one carburettor. (Note, this gasket kit is included Rebuild Kits)

GAC6104X REBUILD KIT (for 2 carburettors) 1 for AUD209’s carb’s(GAC6104X includes all items listed here)

3 AUC1152 PIN, lever pivot 26 WZX1101A NEEDLE & SEAT 210 AUD2072 ADAPTOR, front float chamber 1

AUD2071 ADAPTOR, rear float chamber 117 AUC4387 SPRING, piston return, red 223 AUD1362 NEEDLE, jet, std. (TW) 227 WZX1341 BEARING KIT, jet 234 AUD9148A JET ASSEMBLY KIT, rear 1

AUD9149 JET ASSEMBLY KIT, front 149 WZX1178 THROTTLE SHAFT, std. 250 WZX1321 THROTTLE DISC, 13/4" 2100 MRD1023 SPRAY CLEANER 1

AUE812A GASKET SET, for one carb 2

GAC6105X REBUILD KIT (for 2 carb’s) 1 for AUD284’s carb’s(GAC6105X includes all items listed here)

3 AUC1152 PIN, lever pivot 26 WZX1101A NEEDLE & SEAT 210 AUD2072 ADAPTOR, front float chamber 1

AUD2071 ADAPTOR, rear float chamber 117 AUC4387 SPRING, piston return, red 223 AUD1284 NEEDLE, jet, std. (QW) 227 WZX1341 BEARING KIT, jet 234 AUD9141A JET ASSEMBLY KIT, rear 1

AUD9142A JET ASSEMBLY KIT, front 149 WZX1178 THROTTLE SHAFT, standard 250 WZX1326 THROTTLE DISC, 1 3/4" 2100 MRD1023 SPRAY CLEANER 1

AUE812A GASKET SET, for one carburettor 2

HS6 Carburettor Conversion & Components114




42 WZX1331 PIVOT BOLT 244 AUE34 STOP, cable, front carb’ 145 AUD3017 BOLT, float chamber mounting 246 GHF300 WASHER, plain 247 GHF331 WASHER, locking 248 AUD3080 BUSH, throttle shaft 4

See Carburettor Technical Tips on page 116.49 WZX1178 THROTTLE SHAFT, standard 2

WZX1178RP THROTTLE SHAFT, oversize 250 WZX1321 THROTTLE DISC 2 for AUD209 carb’s

WZX1326 THROTTLE DISC 2 for AUD284 carb’s51 AUC1358 SCREW, throttle disc 452 WZX1130 SUNDRIES KIT, throttle shaft 2

sundries kit WZX1130 contains one of each item 53 to 5653 AUC2625 WASHER, brass 254 JZX1328 LEVER, lost motion 255 AUC1424 NUT, throttle 256 AUC1206 TAB WASHER 257 AUD2788 LEVER, throttle, rear 1

AUD2787 LEVER, throttle, front 158 WZX1140 SUNDRIES KIT, throttle linkage 2

sundries kit WZX1140 contains one of each item 59 to 6259 AB606051 SCREW, jet to lever 260 AUC8483 SCREW, idle and fast idle 261 AUC2451 SPRING, idle and fast idle screw 262 AUC5004* ‘STAR’ WASHER, lever and link 263 145074 ROD, throttle connecting 164 AUE586 LEVER, throttle rod to rear carb 1 { includes one each of65 AUE587 LEVER, throttle rod to front carb 1 } items 66 to 6866 AUC2694 BOLT 267 AUC8396 WASHER 268 AJD8012Z NUT 269 AUC2438 ROD, jet lever connecting 1

70 AUE586 LEVER, jet lever to rear carb 1 { includes one each of71 AUE587 LEVER, jet lever to front carb 1 } items 72 to 7472 AUC2694 BOLT 273 AUC8396 WASHER 274 AJD8012Z NUT 275 148496 LINK ROD, short (vertical) 176 GHF331 WASHER, locking, fitted on rods 477 JN2107 NUT, short rod to throttle lever 178 145073 BELLCRANK 179 136482 BOLT, shouldered 180 GHF301 WASHER, plain 181 GHF332 WASHER, locking 182 GHF201 NUT 183 145077 LINK ROD, long (horizontal) 184 218410 BRACKET 185 145197 SPRING, throttle 286 212278 AIR CLEANER 2 (see page 113 for details)87 112892* GASKET, air cleaner to carb 2/6Applications with the optional air-box fitted require 6 of the 112892 gaskets. One is fitted either side of eachair cleaner, and another is required between the air-box and each carburettor.

88 BH605261 BOLT, air cleaner to carburettor 489 GHF332 WASHER, locking 490 GHF301 WASHER, plain 491 GHF201 NUT 492 112867* GASKET, carb. to manifold 493 112866 INSULATOR BLOCK 2 carburettor to manifold94 GHF201 NUT, carburettor to manifold 895 GHF332 WASHER, locking 8100 MRD1023 SPRAY CLEANER 1

Carburettor Rebuild & Gasket KitsSee listings on opposite page at lower far left

HS6 SU Carburettors & Components TR4A 115

Carburettor Technical Tips

Carburettors rarely go ‘out of tune’ by themselves. When engine condition changes, the carburattionrequirements of the engine are altered. A compromise is sometimes possible by adjusting the carburettor(s) tosuit, but the overall performance will be below what it should be. When you think your car needs a carburettortune-up, make sure that everything else ‘on & in’ the engine is in proper condition and correctly adjusted.It is impossible to adjust the carburettors properly if the engine is not in a correct condition.

Re-bushing Carburettor BodiesRe-bushing carburettor bodies and fitting new throttle shafts is a major part of a carburettor rebuild which isoften overlooked. Vacuum leaks due to worn bodies and shafts cause rough idle, poor performance and poorfuel economy.Checking the shaft and body clearance is a simple matter of wiggling the shafts in the carburettor bodies. Anyappreciable play indicates wear in the bodies or on the shafts, or both. Dome wear is to be expected, butperformance is seriously affected when clearances are over 0.005" (five thousandths of an inch). Verification isdone with the engine running at idle by spraying aerosol carburettor cleaner (MRD1023) on the shafts where

they enter the carburettor body. If the idle changes, theshafts and/or the bodies are worn.

Quite often, the problem can be fixed by simply replacingthe throttle shafts.Remove the couplings, springs, and other fittings from theends of the shafts. Mark the butterfly plates with a felt-tippen to indicate which end is installed upwards, and removethe two securing screws. Pull the plates out and slide theshaft sideways until a clean, unworn section of the shaft isin each side of the body. Now wiggle the shaft up & down,

and forwards & backwards to determine if any play is present. If none, a new pair of standard throttle shaftsshould solve the problem. Oversize shafts (if not already fitted) can be purchased to take up slight wear in thecarburettor body.Since the holes in the bodies generally wear to a slight ‘oval’ shape, it is advisable when fitting oversize shaftsto ream the carburettor bodies to the diameter of the particular new shaft, plus 0.002" clearance. Standard SUshafts measure 0.310" to 0.311" diameter, while Zenith-Stromberg shafts measure 0.313" to 0.314". Oversizeshafts vary in diameter, but are generally 0.005" to 0.010" larger than the standard shafts. If the carburettorbodies are found to be worn too badly for oversize shafts to b effective, the bodies must be re-bushed.

To re-bush bodies, the old bushes (or the bodies themselves, if the particular carburettors don’t have bushes)must be drilled out to a diameter just smaller than the Outside Diameter (O.D.) of the new bushes and to a depthjust short of entering the venturi. Since each side of the body must be drilled out separately, accurate alignmentof the two holes is difficult to maintain. Several members of our staff have found that an easy way to do this isto chuck the appropriate drill in a lathe, and run the carburettor body onto the drill with the tailstock centre. Newbushes are then pressed into the bodies and reamed to fit the new shafts with the minimum clearance whichallows free rotation. This is best accomplished with a 5/16" adjustable reamer with a pilot long enough to ridein the opposing bush. Sometimes it is necessary to ‘lap’ the shafts in the bushes by chucking the projecting endof the shaft in an electric drill and running it dry in the bushes. Do not use any abrasive compound; the darkoxide that is formed is enough. Add a drop or two of light oil and continue until the shaft rotates freely in thebushes. After re-installation of the throttle plates, springs and linkage, the rest of the rebuild is routine. Keep inmind that the throttle plates must centralised before the screws are tightened.

Do not spray carburettor cleaner into Zenith-Stromberg carburettors without first removing the diaphragms, asthe carburettor cleaner will quickly render the diaphragms useless.

Carburettor Adjusting ToolsSee also Accessories

The proper tools will give you an edge in the correct tuning and maintenance of your carburettors. Pictured hereare just a few of the items we offer. Pictured left to right are;See also Accessories; ‘Workshop & Tools’

Uni-Scan carburettor Synchroniser MM386-200SU Tool Kit (rear centre) GAC101XSU Jet Spanner (front centre) AUD2693Jet Centring Tool GAC6106X

Choke Adjustment

Adjustment of the ‘choke’ mechanism of SU’s and Zenith-Strombergs is of great importance, but seems to belittle understood. Technically speaking, SU’s do not have true ‘choke’ mechanisms by which a richer mixture iscreated by restricting the airflow, but accomplish the same result by keeping the airflow the same & increasingthe flow of fuel.TR4/4A Zenith-Strombergs use a true ‘choke’; a starter bar which rotates up under the air piston, at oncerestricting the airflow and increasing the fuel flow. Before any choke adjustments can be made accurately, thecarburettors must be synchronised and balanced, and the choke cable disconnected from the carburettors.Of Primary consideration is the physical condition of the choke and fast idle linkages.Excess looseness or binding prevent proper adjustment and operation. Replace any worn or damaged parts.Next, the choke linkages of the two carburettors must be synchronised. If you have any doubts as to how to dothis, refer to a good workshop manual. In general, back-off the fast idle screws so they won’t get in the way,loosen the interconnecting linkage, and re-tighten so that both chokes begin to operate at the same time.Adjust the fast-idle screws so that in the ‘rest’ position, there is about 1/32" clearance between the screws andthe fast-idle cams. Re-connect the choke cable leaving it a bit slack, as you do not want any pre-load on thechoke mechanism that would hinder its return to ‘rest’ when the choke is in the ‘off’ position.

Idle Speed Adjustment ProblemsIf difficulty is encountered in adjusting to a proper idle speed, check for;1) Vacuum leaks2) Jet/choke linkage position3) Interference between the fast-idle adjusting screw and the fast-idle cam.Check all of this after you are sure that the ignition system and the rest of the engine are in good working order.

Colortune (The Tune-up Window)

There is another way to make surethat your carburettor mixture is correct- pay a huge sum of money to amechanic who has an expensive exhaustgas analyser, or use Colortune.Using Colortune is as simple as fitting a sparkplug, and lets you see into the engine! The Colourof the burning mixture lets you know whether fuel is being mixed and burnt properly or being wasted, and if themixture is wrong Colortune provides the means to make accurate adjustments with ease.According to the AA (the world’s largest automobile association), Colortune can save up to 10% of the fuel youput into the tank

Colortune MRD1005

GROSE JETS: Precision Fuel Flow Your carburettors may be reconditioned, but they still leak fuel all over the place, and stink out the interior whenyou lift your foot off the accelerator. Put away the polishing cloth and don’t buy a fire extinguisher. Instead, buyGrose jets, the ball valve jets that don’t stick open (unlike old fashioned needle & seat valves). Your car may looktraditionally British, but it no longer needs to smell like it. (Sold individually).

Grose Jets;for H & HS Type SU Carb’s GAC9201Xfor Zenith-Stromberg Carb’s GAC9200X

Useful Advice on Carburettor Kits(By Peter Wigglesworth)Through the depths of time, standing behind a retail counter, I learnt and remembered some buying habits,trends and preferences of TR owners.A favourite question was; "What parts do I need to rebuild the SU carburettors on my car". This innocent requestcan be tackled in one of many ways depending on certain factors and conditions, only identifiable by experts.The request can be handled as follows:1) Tell them we don’t stock carburettor spares and give the phone number of a local carburettor specialist whois usually even more unhelpful (for Ford owners).2) Sell them a packet of gaskets and assure them that’s all that goes wrong (for Midget & Spitfire owners).3) Suck in about a gallon of air, tutt, open the carburettor spares book & sell them everything listed, regardless(for Jaguar owners).4) Insist special tools and facilities are required to undertake any work on carburettors. Follow up with a pair ofrebuilt exchange or new carb’s (MG owners love that one).5) Offer the rebuild kit that we have put together after years of spares experience. The kit may not include allyou need to repair a ‘basket case’, and conversely would be over the top for the solution of a float lid gasketleak. Either way, we have found the kits universally acceptable without ‘overkill’ (for TR owners).

We offer two rebuild kits for H series SU’s; GAC6102X for the TR2’s with AUC721 specification carburettors, andGAC6103X for either TR3 with AUC786 or TR3A & TR4 with AUC878.


Carburettor Technical Tips116




Engine Breather/Emission Controls TR4/4A Models

The TR4 had a closed circuit breather system introduced at chassis no CT25394. The oil breather pipe (pages86/87, item 39) was removed and a core plug (item 40) replaced it. The crankcase breathing was then achievedby a pipe from the rocker box cover into the air filter.1 149995 HOSE, rocker cover to pipe 1 {2 138078 PIPE 1 |3 149995 HOSE, pipe to flame trap 1 |4 138073 FLAME TRAP 1 | TR4 from CT235945 137974 HOSE, flame trap to air filter 2 |6 209269 AIR FILTER, replacement type 2 |

with breather hose fittings }See page 113 for details of air cleaner nightmares.

7 13H5191 ‘PCV’ VALVE* 1 {8 27H7758 DIAPHRAGM 1 |9 143323 HOSE, rocker cover to valve 1 |10 143314 HOSE, valve to inlet manifold adaptor 1 |11 CS4011 CLIP, wire type 4 |

GHC507 CLIP, jubilee type 4 | TR4A12 138530 ADAPTOR, in manifold 1 |13 AUC2141 WASHER , fibre 1 |14 143313 BRACKET 1 |15 GHF101 SCREW, bracket to valve 1 |16 GHF271 NUT, nyloc 1 }*Note: ‘PCV’ is an abbreviation for ‘Positive Crankcase Ventilation’ valve

Accelerator Pedal & Fittings (Right Hand Drive)

1 208437 PEDAL, accelerator 1 TR4AA209411 PEDAL, accelerator 1 TR4/4A

2 106752 BRACKET, pedal 2 TR2/3/3A131253 BRACKET, pedal 2 TR4/4A

3 WS600061 WASHER, double coil spring 14 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 25 WP20X WASHER, plain 26 HU706P SCREW, bracket 47 GHF331 WASHER, locking 48 SH604161 SCREW, pedal limit stop 19 JN2107 NUT, locking 110 058282 BUSH, pedal support 111 105226 PLATE, bush retaining 212 AB610031 SCREW, plate retaining 413 106753 LEVER ASSEMBLY 114 DS1312 PIN, locating lever to shaft 115 027645 SPRING, return 1

Blanking Details (RHD only)HU706P SCREW 3GHF331 WASHER, spring 3RFN224 PLUG, blanking 1 1/2" diameter 1

Accelerator Pedal & Fittings (Left Hand Drive)20 106749 PEDAL, accelerator 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS29820

206590 PEDAL, accelerator 1 TR3A from TS29821, TR4/4AThe complete pedal assembly for TR3A from TS29821, and TR4/4Acan be fitted to TR2/3/3A’s prior to TS29820.

21 106762 BAR, connecting pedal to lever 1 { TR2/3, TR3A to TS2982022 108614 BUSH, connector, pedal to shaft 1 }

120443 BUSH, on pedal shaft 1 TR3A from TS29821, TR4/4A23 DS1312 PIN, locating bush and shafts 1/224 106763 BRACKET, shaft 125 HU706P SCREW, bracket 226 GHF331 WASHER, locking 227 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 128 WP20X WASHER, plain 129 106753 LEVER ASSEMBLY 130 WS600061 WASHER, double coil spring 131 DS1312 PIN, locating lever 132 058282 BUSH, pedal support 233 105226 PLATE, bush retaining 434 AB610031 SCREW, plate retaining 835 SH604161 SCREW, pedal limit stop 136 JN2107 NUT, jam 137 027645 SPRING, return 1

Accelerator Pedal & Emmission Controls 117


1 301145 TR2 Low Port Cylinder Head taking twin 11/2" H4 type SU carburettors

Port to HeadDiameter = 1 13/32" (35.5mm)

301145 cast on underside of balance tubeLog Type

2 302006 TR3 Low Port Cylinder Head taking twin 13/4" H6 type SU carburettors

Port to HeadDiameter = 1 1/2" (38mm)


Cut away to clear mounting studs

3 302119 TR3/3A High Port Cylinder Head taking twin 13/4" H6 type SU carburettors



4 305547 TR3A/3B High Port Cylinder Head taking twin 13/4" H6 type SU carburettors Boss cast on balance tube



5 305744 TR4 High Port Cylinder Head taking twin 13/4" HS type SU carburettors or 175CD Stromberg carburettors

Boss cast on balance tube


305744 cast on underside of balance tubeFlow Curved Tube Type

6 307455 TR4/TR4A High Port Cylinder Head taking twin 13/4" HS type SU carburettors or 175CD Stromberg carburettors

Adaptor fitted here for ‘PCV’ valve in balance tube


307455 cast on underside of balance tubeFlow Curved Tube Type

Interchange and Swaps

Inlet ManifoldsThe TR4/4A flow curved inlet tube type of manifold is acknowledged as the most efficient design for the TR. Thistype will fit TR4’s instead of the log type without major problems. It will also fit ‘high port’ cylinder head enginesin TR3/3A, but if used with H-type carburettors, no air cleaners can be fitted in the minimal gap left between theinner wheel arch and carburettor inlet face. The best solution is to fit the curved inlet manifold with twin 13/4"HS6 carburettors (you will need to re-route the heater feed hose through he bulkhead and lengthen the chokecable). If air cleaners are required, upwards offset type will have to be fitted. This modification in general is goodfor improved engine breathing and running.

TR3 ‘low port’ cylinder head engines can be fitted with this manifold but serious ‘port to manifold’ mismatchoccurs along with stud and manifold Impingement – lots of chopping and filing is needed to complete this mod-ification.

The TR2 ‘low port’ cylinder head will accept ‘low port’ TR3 manifold and carburettors, but in all honesty you arebetter off with the ‘low port’ set-up and, live with slightly less power and better fuel economy with the TR2.

Standard or Tubular Exhaust Manifold;For full details & listings of our tubular sports manifolds & full range of Sports exhaust systems pleaserefer to 'Performance & Tuning' on page 36 in the Accessories section.

The choice of a standard TR4A manifold would clearly be the best, but in the event that you are seeking animprovement in performance - with little or no disadvantage in terms of flexibility of the engine, you should fitour TriumphTune sports extractor manifold (TT1100 in mild steel or TT1100S in Stainless Steel).This 2-piece sports manifold is designed to fit around both models of TR starter motor.If you are fitting this sports manifold to a TR2/3/3A or TR4, you will need 2 adaptors (TT5019 & TT5027) to join itto the main silencer (HRSU331), but, it will mate to the standard TR4A 'Y' pipe (HRSU1358) without an adaptor.Our TriumphTune extractor manifolds are manufactured on our own jigs.See also Performance & Tuning (page 36) for details of our Moss TriumphTune 'Competition' exhaust systems (TTK1120 & TTK1121) that come with our Fast Road/Sport Tubular Manifold (TT1130S) withlarge primary pipes.We also supply a Full Race Tubular Manifold (TT1130RS), that is only suitable for 89mm engines.

Inlet Manifold Identification 118




Manifolds (Inlet & Exhaust)For Sports Tubular Manifolds see ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories (page 36).

1 301145 MANIFOLD, inlet, low port, 1 { TR2for 1 1/2" carb’s }

302006 MANIFOLD, inlet, low port, 1 { TR3 to TS9349for 1 3/4" carb’s }

2 302119 MANIFOLD, inlet, high port 1 { TR3 from TS9350} to TS13052E

305547 MANIFOLD, inlet, high port 1 { TR3 from TS13053with boss on balance tube } TR3A

3 305744 MANIFOLD, inlet, long curved 1 {tubes no tapping with boss | TR4 to CT21470on balance tube }

307455 MANIFOLD, inlet, long curved 1 { TR4 from CT21471tubes with tapping for ‘PCV’ valve } TR4A

‘PCV’ is an abbreviation for ‘Positive Crankcase Ventilation’ valve (see page 117)

4 058917 STUD, carb. to manifold 4 {5 56675 NUT, steel 4 | TR2/3 to TS89966 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4 }

7 FHS2513 STUD, carb. to manifold 8 { TR3 from TS89978 GHF201 NUT, steel 8 | TR3, TR4/4A9 GHF332 WASHER, locking 8 }

10 TE605141 STUD, inlet to exhaust manifold 2 TR2/3 to TS899711 FHS2513 STUD, inlet to exhaust manifold 2 { TR2/3 to TS8997

} TR3A, TR4/4A

12 106937 GASKET, manifold 2 TR2/3 to TS934913 113122 GASKET, manifold 2 { TR3 from TS9350

} TR3, TR4/4A

14 102474 STUD, manifold, 2 1/16" 4 upper107055 STUD, manifold, 2 3/8" 2 lower centre058688 STUD, manifold, 11 1/16" 1 lower front058688 STUD, manifold, 11 1/16" 1 lower rear (no lifting eye)058917 STUD, manifold, 11 5/16" 1 lower rear (with lifting eye)

15 033148 CLAMP, manifold, large 216 058258 CLAMP, manifold, small 417 GHF333 WASHER, locking, manifold 818 056675 NUT, manifold, steel 8

108951 NUT, manifold, brass 819 DP514 DOWEL, plain, 2 inlet manifold to cyl head

20 301144 MANIFOLD, exhaust 1 TR2/3 low port head304164 MANIFOLD, exhaust 1 TR3A, TR4 high port head

21 GEG718 GASKET, manifold to front pipe 122 101442 STUD, manifold to front pipe 3 {23 GHF333 WASHER, locking 3 | TR2/3/3A. TR424 108951 NUT, brass 3 }28 GHF332 WASHER, locking, inlet to 229 GHF201 NUT, inlet to exhaust manifold 230 306378 MANIFOLD, exhaust 131 GEG724 GASKET, manifold to front pipe 1 {32 115696 STUD, manifold to front pipe 4 | TR4A33 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4 |34 108951 NUT, brass 4 }

Manifolds 119




Exhaust System TR2/TR3/3A & TR4

Stainless Steel ExhaustIf you want peace of mind, then fitting a Stainless Steel exhaust system really is a worthwhile investment.Available as a complete system, or as individual components. System utilises standard mountings.

FSTR24 EXHAUST SYSTEM 1FSTH20 Downpipe 1FSTH21 Silencer, main 1FSTH28 Silencer & Tail Pipe 1

Mild Steel Exhaust System1 201763 DOWN PIPE 12 HRSU331 SILENCER, front 13 202009 TAIL PIPE, (mild steel) 1 { TR2, TR3 to TS11716

202009SS TAIL PIPE, (stainless steel) 1 }TR2’s up to TS2531 had an 18" silencer with a plain tail pipe (202009). From TS2532 through TR3 to TS11716,there was a 24" silencer (HRSU331) with a plain tail pipe fitted. On TR3’s from TS11716 onwards, the systemutilised a double silencer system (HRSU331 & HRSU358). We can supply the 202009 for the original TR2 ‘roar’.Buy your passenger a pair of ear plugs and have some fun.4 HRSU358 SILENCER & TAIL PIPE 1 { TR3 from TS11717,

} TR3, TR4

Mountings & Fittings5 HRTT9177 EXTENSION, tail pipe (chrome) 1 press-on typeNI 107602 CLAMP, tail pipe extension 1 for original clamp-on8 GEG718 GASKET, head pipe to manifold 19 101442 STUD, head pipe to manifold 310 GHF333 WASHER, locking 311 108951 NUT, brass 312 107642 CLAMP, lower half 1 { TR2 to TS430913 107643 CLAMP, upper half 1 }14 110397 CLAMP, one piece 1 { TR2 to TS4310,

} TR3 to TS11716

For cars up to TS11716 the mounting brackets for the centre of the exhaust (items 12, 13 & 14) are currentlynot available. The TR4 two piece mounting (items 33 & 34) which suspends the exhaust from the RH gearboxmounting, is the best and simplest solution if you are missing these brackets. The TS4311 and TS11716 can be‘faked’ with the bracket used from the TS117126 onwards. A similar ‘faking’ could be achieved on earliermodels, but remember it does require drilling, cutting and filing.

15 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 2 { TR2 to TS4309,1 | TR2 from TS43101 } TR3 to TS11716

16 GHF201 NUT, plain 3 { TR2 to TS4309,2 | TR2 from TS43102 } TR3 to TS11716

17 GEX7329 BUSH, fitted in bracket or chassis 1 { TR2 to TS4309,| TR2 from TS4310} TR3 to TS11716

18 GEX7330 WASHER, rubber 1 { TR2 to TS4309,19 WP17 WASHER, plain 1 | TR3 to TS1171620 GHF103 SCREW, clamp to chassis 1 }

BH605201 BOLT, clamp to chassis 1 { TR2 from TS4310,} TR3 to TS11716

21 GEX7044 STRAP, flexible 122 GEX7510 PLATE, clamp on flexible strap 223 SH605091 SCREW, strap attaching 2 { TR2 to TS4309,24 GHF201 NUT, plain, strap to clamp 2 } TR3 to TS1171625 GHF332 WASHER, locking 5 { TR2 to TS4309,

4 } TR3 to TS1171626 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4 { TR2 to TS4309,

3 } TR3 to TS1171627 114074 CLAMP & BRACKET, one piece 1 {28 GEX7329 BUSH, fitted in chassis 4 |29 GHF242 NUT, locking (mounting bolts) 3 | TR3 from TS11717, TR3A30 WP17 WASHER, plain 6 |31 BH605201 BOLT, bracket to chassis 2 |32 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 1 }

Exhaust System TR2/TR3/3A & TR4120




33 130888 BRACKET, mounting 1 {34 130890 RING CLAMP 1 |35 GHF103 SCREW, clamping pipe 1 |36 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1 | TR437 GHF201 NUT, plain 1 |38 SH608141 BOLT, bracket to mount 1 |39 GHF335 WASHER, locking on bolt 1 }40 GEX7497 CLAMP, original (alternative) 1 {

GEX7500 CLAMP, original (alternative) 1 |41 BH605221 BOLT, clamp 1 | all models42 GHF301 WASHER, plain 2 |43 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1 |44 GHF201 NUT, plain 1 }45 105578 BRACKET (right angle) 1 {46 GEX7044 STRAP (flexible) 1 |47 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 2 | TR4 from CT11454448 GEX7510 PLATE, clamp 2 |49 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2 |50 GHF201 NUT, plain 2 }51 107602 BRACKET, clamp 1 {52 GEX7044 STRAP (flexible) 1 |53 GHF301 WASHER, plain 3 |54 BH605241 BOLT 1 |55 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 2 | all models56 GEX7510 PLATE, clamp 2 |57 GHF332 WASHER, locking 3 |58 GHF201 NUT, plain 3 }

Exhaust Fitting KitsOwners of cars with a chassis number earlier than TS11716 should purchase the individual components listedin the illustration. Currently we cannot supply the key parts to the cruciform mounting for TR2, TR3 to TS11716(items 12, 13 or 14).The TR4 fitting kit is in our belief far superior to the original TR2/3/3A type. It allows the whole exhaust system to‘rock’ as the engine moves on its mountings, causing minimal torsional forces on the individual boxes. The early(TR2/3) system ‘rigidly’ mounts both silencers to the cruciform, and the movement of the engine causes torsionalstress on the joint between the downpipe & the silencers. This frequently reduces the life of this joint.Purists will want the GFK6130X, but realists will buy GFK6210X for their TR2/3/3A.

TR3 from TS11717, TR3ANI GFK6130X FITTING KIT (exhaust) 1

(Includes all the part & quantities listed here)8 GEG718 GASKET, front pipe to manifold 19 101442 STUD, front pipe to manifold 310 GHF333 WASHER, locking 311 108951 NUT, brass 327 114074 CLAMP & BRACKET (one piece) 128 GEX7329 BUSH, fitted in chassis frame 429 GHF242 NUT, locking, for mounting bolts 330 WP17 WASHER, plain 631 BH605201 BOLT, bracket to chassis frame 232 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 140 GEX7500 CLAMP, original type 141 BH605241 BOLT, clamp 142 GHF301 WASHER, plain 243 GHF332 WASHER, locking 144 GHF201 NUT, plain 151 107602 CLAMP 152 GEX7044 STRAP (flexible) 153 GHF301 WASHER, plain 354 BH605221 BOLT 155 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 256 GEX7510 PLATE, clamp 257 GHF332 WASHER, locking 358 GHF201 NUT, plain 3

TR4GFK6210X FITTING KIT (exhaust) 1(Includes all the part numbers & quantities listed below)

8 GEG718 GASKET, front pipe to manifold 19 101442 STUD, front pipe to manifold 310 GHF333 WASHER, locking 311 108951 NUT, brass 331 130888 BRACKET (on RH gearbox mount) 132 TT9934 RING CLAMP 133 GHF103 SCREW, clamping pipe 134 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1

35 GHF201 NUT, plain 136 SH608141 BOLT, bracket to g/box mounting37 GHF335 WASHER, locking on bolt 140 GEX7500 CLAMP 141 BH605221 BOLT, clamp 142 GHF301 WASHER, plain 243 GHF332 WASHER, locking 144 GHF201 NUT, plain 145 105578 BRACKET 1 {46 GEX7044 STRAP (flexible) 1 |47 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 2 | TR4 from CT11454 only48 GEX7510 PLATE, clamp 2 |49 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2 |50 GHF201 NUT, plain 2 }51 107602 CLAMP 152 GEX7044 STRAP (flexible) 153 GHF301 WASHER, plain 354 BH605221 BOLT 155 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 256 GEX7510 PLATE, clamp 257 GHF332 WASHER, locking 358 GHF201 NUT, plain 3

Sports Exhaust Manifolds & Exhaust Systems

Tubular Exhaust Manifolds;The choice of a standard TR4A manifold would clearly be the best, but in the event that you are seeking animprovement in performance - with little or no disadvantage in terms of flexibility of the engine, you should fitour TriumphTune sports extractor manifold (TT1100 in mild steel or TT1100S in Stainless Steel).This 2-piece sports manifold is designed to fit around both models of TR starter motor.If you are fitting this sports manifold to a TR2/3/3A or TR4, you will need 2 adaptors (TT5019 & TT5027) to join itto the main silencer (HRSU331), but, it will mate to the standard TR4A 'Y' pipe (HRSU1358) without an adaptor.Our TriumphTune extractor manifolds are manufactured on our own jigs.

See also Performance & Tuning (page 36) for details of our Moss TriumphTune 'Competition' exhaustsystems (TTK1120 & TTK1121) that come with our Fast Road/Sport Tubular Manifold (TT1130S) withlarge primary pipes.We also supply a Full Race Tubular Manifold (TT1130RS), that is only suitable for 89mm engines.

Sports Exhausts;These GT Sports systems for the TR2/4A range are available in either mild or Stainless steel.For TR2 to TR4 owners, if you don’t wish to fit a tubular manifold, they will connect to your standard downpipe.

TR2, TR3/3A & TR4Please note where a ‘TT’ part number for an individual component ends with an S (IE: TT1100S) it denotes that the part is manufactured in Stainless Steel. Sports Systems include fittings.

TUBULAR MANIFOLD NCA TR2TT1100 TUBULAR MANIFOLD (2 piece) mild steel 1 TR3/3A & TR4TT1100S TUBULAR MANIFOLD (2 piece), stainless 1TT5019S ADAPTOR (‘Y’ piece) 1 { stainless steelTT5027S FRONT PIPE 1 }TT5001 SPORTS SYSTEM (Mild Steel) 1 { includes fitting kitFS5001 SPORTS SYSTEM (Stainless Steel) 1 }

TR4A (Single System)Please note where a ‘TT’ part number for an individual component ends with an S (IE: TT1100S) it denotes thatthe part is manufactured in Stainless Steel. Sports Systems include fittings.

TT1100 TUBULAR MANIFOLD (2 piece) 1 mild steelTT1100S TUBULAR MANIFOLD (2 piece) 1 stainless steelHRSU1358 ADAPTOR (‘Y’ piece) 1 mild steelFSTH56 ADAPTOR (‘Y’ piece) 1 stainless steelTT5101 Sports SystemSports System (Mild Steel) 1 { includes fitting kitFS5101 SPORTS SYSTEM (Stainless Steel) 1 }

TR4A (Twin System)This system allows you to retain the twin system design, but with far more efficient silencers.Sports exhaust for these models are only available as separate parts.

TT1100 TUBULAR MANIFOLD (2 piece) 1 mild steelTT1100S TUBULAR MANIFOLD (2 piece) 1 stainless steelHRSU1358 ADAPTOR (Front) (‘Y’ piece) 1 mild steelFSTH56 ADAPTOR (Front) (‘Y’ piece) 1 stainless steelHRSU1225 REAR ‘Y’ PIPE (Large) 1 mild steelFSTH54 REAR ‘Y’ PIPE (Large) 1 stainless steelTT5913SS STEPPED ADAPTOR 1 stainless steelTT5209 SILENCER 2 mild steelFSTH73 SILENCER 2 stainless steelGFK6310X FITTING KIT 1

Exhaust System TR2/TR3/3A & TR4 121




15 GHF201 NUT, plain 916 142531 BRACKET (on RH gearbox mount) 117 TT9934 RING CLAMP 118 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 519 GEX7359 STRAP, flexible 220 GEX7510 PLATE, clamp 421 155249 SLEEVE, distance 4

Cross-Box Rear Silencer System22 GEX1255 DOWN PIPE, twin 123 HRSU1358 Y’ Pipe 124 213214 INTERMEDIATE PIPE 125 307697 SILENCER, mild steel 1

FSTH57 SILENCER, stainless steel 1 to original patternNote: The original design mild steel rear silencer for this system is difficult to obtain. We suggest the use

of the stainless steel item, or if mild steel is preferred, the TR250 twin tail pipe silencer (part no. 308329)26 GFK6320X FITTING KIT, (cross box exhaust) 1

(Includes all the part numbers & quantities listed here)27 GEG724 GASKET, flange 128 115696 STUD, manifold to down pipe 429 GHF333 WASHER, spring 430 108951 NUT, brass 431 GEX7506 CLAMP, exhaust, original 232 BH605241 BOLT, on exhaust clamp 333 GHF301 WASHER, plain 834 GHF332 WASHER, locking 835 GHF201 NUT, plain 836 142531 BRACKET (on RH gearbox mount) 137 TT9934 RING CLAMP 138 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 539 GEX7360 STRAP, flexible 140 GEX7510 PLATE, clamp 641 105578 BRACKET, angle 142 GEX7500 CLAMP, original type 143 GEX7359 STRAP, flexible 144 155249 SLEEVE, distance

See Page 121 for Sports Exhaust Systems.

Stainless Steel ExhaustIf you want peace of mind, then fitting a Stainless Steel exhaust system really is a worthwhile investment.Available as a complete system, or as individual components. System utilises standard mountings.

Twin Rear Silencer System (Stainless Steel)NI FSTR4AT EXHAUST SYSTEM 1

FSTH47 Down Pipe (twin) 1FSTH48 Silencer, front 1FSTH54 ‘Y’ Piece, large 1FSTH50 Silencer, RH rear 1FSTH49 Silencer, LH rear 1

Cross-Box Rear Silencer System (Stainless Steel)NI FSTR4AC EXHAUST SYSTEM 1

FSTH47 Down Pipe (twin) 1FSTH56 ‘Y’ Piece, small 1FSTH55 Intermediate Pipe 1FSTH57 Silencer (Cross box) 1

Mild Steel Exhausts & All Exhaust Mountings

Twin Rear Silencer System1 GEX1255 DOWN PIPE, twin 12 HRSU1224 SILENCER, front 13 HRSU1225 Y’ PIPE 14 HRSU1226 SILENCER, LH rear 15 HRSU1227 SILENCER, RH rear 16 GFK6310X FITTING KIT, (twin box exhaust) 1

(Includes all the part numbers & quantities listed here)7 GEG724 GASKET, flange 18 115696 STUD, manifold to downpipe 49 GHF333 WASHER, locking 410 108951 NUT, brass 411 GEX7506 CLAMP, original 412 BH605241 BOLT, hexagon headed 413 GHF301 WASHER, plain 814 GHF332 WASHER, locking 9

Exhaust System TR4A122




4 301672 ROAD WHEEL, (Steel, 4 x 15) 5 TR2, TR3 to TS13045302262 ROAD WHEEL, (Steel, 4.5 x 15) 5 { TR3 from TS13046, TR3A,

} TR4/4A5 502160 TRIM RING, chrome 56 109586 WHEEL NUT 167 201870 HUB CAP 48 101042 MEDALLION, enamelled 4 TR2/3/3A

113256 MEDALLION, painted 4 TR3A, TR4/4A9 HN2005 NUT, retaining medallion 410 WL700101 WASHER, locking 411 WWP450 WIRE WHEEL, painted, 4J x 15 5 { 48 spoke

WWC450 WIRE WHEEL, chrome, 4J x 15 5 }WWP452 WIRE WHEEL, painted, 4.5J x 15 5 { 60 spokeWWC452 WIRE WHEEL, chrome, 4.5J x 15 5 }

NI 452-755 INNER TUBE, (15" x 165 tyre) a/r452-765 INNER TUBE, (15" x 185 tyre) a/r

NI 452-750 RIM BAND, (15") a/rSee also Accessories

12 108277 HUB, wire wheel, front, RH 1 {108278 HUB, wire wheel, front, LH 1 |

13 109457 PEG, collar locating 2 | TR2, TR3 to TS1304514 107950 PEG, brake drum to hub 6 | fitted with Lockheed brakes15 107942 COLLAR, tapered, wire wheel 2 |16 217602 HUB, wire wheel, rear, RH 1 |

217603 HUB, wire wheel, rear, LH 1 }For information on converting steel wheel Girling solid axle and IRS TR’s to wire wheels, please refer toTR2/TR3/3A Front Suspension.

17 217602 EXTENSION, hub, splined, RH 2 { TR3 from TS13046,217603 EXTENSION, hub, splined, LH 2 | TR3A &

18 110366 NUT, extension to hub 16 } TR4/4A19 AHA7373 WHEEL NUT, RH knock-off 2 { 2-eared

AHA7374 WHEEL NUT, LH knock-off 2 }20 107948/3 WHEEL NUT, RH knock-off 2 { 3-eared

107949/3 WHEEL NUT, LH knock-off 2 }21 88G606 WHEEL NUT, RH knock-off 2 { octagonal

88G606 WHEEL NUT, LH knock-off 2 }

HUB (Wire Wheel) Conversion KitsNote; Kits do NOT include wheels. See also Accessories.28 GAC7050X HUB CONVERSION KIT 1 {

Kit includes splined hubs, bevelled nuts, | 2-earedspinners and a hide hammer. }

29 GAC7049X HUB CONVERSION KIT 1 {Kit includes splined hubs, bevelled nuts, | octagonalspinners and a hide hammer. }

Road WheelsSee also Accessories

The road wheels fitted to TR’s of the late 1950’s and 60’s were of a relatively narrow width due to the tyretechnology in use at that time. All the TR’s (TR2 to TR6) have 15" inch diameter wheels. The TR2 originallyhad 4J wheel. This was appropriate for 155x15 or 5.60x15 tyres (according to whether it was radial or crossply). The wheels were painted the same colour as the car, but eventually ended up as silver or creamy white.Steel disc wheels were also fitted with an embellishing chrome hub cap incorporating, in the middle, aTriumph globe medallion.The 4.5J wheels were introduced during the early production of the TR2. It’s all somewhat academic as neitherof these wheels are available. The 4.5 inch wheel was then fitted all the way through the TR3, TR3A, TR4 andTR4A range, and was silver grey in colour as standard fitment, although some cream wheels seem to have beenfitted as standard to some TR4 or TR4A vehicles.Having given you the bad news that original wheels are no longer available, we have two very attractivealternative aftermarket wheels. They are both 5.5Jx15 and are designed to fit all TR’s from TR2 through to TR6(not recommended for Lockheed rear axle cars due to the inherent weakness of the rear half shaft & bearingarrangement). These replica ‘Minilite’ wheels are made from aluminium rather than the Magnesium originals.The difference in the wheels is that a GAC8225X is designed to simply bolt-on with four securing nuts asoriginal. The GAC8255X has a centre lock spline and is secured to the car by knock-on nuts of either theoctagonal or ‘two-eared’ variety. Of course, this wheel requires a splined hub adaptor to be fitted to the carbefore it can be used.For owners of chromed wire wheels who want an easy to clean wheel for winter use these alloys are ideal.

Some TR4/4A owners have experienced clearance problems between the top ball joint mounting bolts on thefront suspension and the inside edge of the ‘Minilite’ replica alloy wheels. The reduction in length of the outermounting bolt, so that only ‘3 threads’ protrude through the nut, will help to stop the impingement problem. Ifthe problem persists we suggest the use of a spacer kit (TT6902). One spacer to be fitted between each frontwheel and the front hub flange. Remember that special wheel nuts are required to fit these ‘Minilite’ replicawheels to your TR. (Set of 16 nuts = GAC4116X)Wire wheels were available in either a painted or chrome finish, and standard fitment on TR2’s and TR3’s wasthe 48 spoke 4J wheel, which was frankly rather weak. (t is the same wheel fitted to all MGA’s)

From TR3A onwards, including most TR4’s & all TR4A’s, a stronger 60 spoke 4.5J was fitted, this could also befitted to all TR2 and TR3 cars which came with 48 spoke wheels, without modification to body or suspension. Itshould be noted that the wider wheels may put a strain on the early Lockheed rear axle oil seals, so you shouldbe prepared to change these probably once every two to three years to avoid major oil leaks, rendering the rearbrakes ineffective. The 4.5 wheels (both steel & wire) are suitable for fitment with 165x15 or 5.90x15 tyres.Wider tyres are not recommended, as the flexibility of the side walls can actually reduce the cars ability tohandle, rather than improve it.We stock and sell only genuine Dunlop wire wheels. We avoid selling spokes and nipples, because to make awire wheel needs considerable training (& skill) – and we don’t ever want to be responsible for helping people‘bodge’ up a worn-out wheel. Rarely is it possible to find anyone in the UK who will rebuild a wheel, the cost faroutweighs the purchase of a replacement – rebuilding is always the last resort.New Dunlop wire wheels are still produced by hand (the only way to do the job) by highly trained staff in India,where labour costs are significantly lower allowing a reasonable price.The huge cap medallion on the TR2 to TR4 A was of two varieties. Both the Lockheed and early Girling cars werefitted with a very nice cloisenne, period enamelled item, while late Girling cars were fitted with an item madefrom aluminium and painted with blue & red paint. We are unsure as to when the change point occurred, butthanks to a letter from Kenneth Rawson of Todmorden, Lancashire, we know that the cloisenne example wasfitted to TR3A models as late as commission number 20504.If you can be sure of continued use after this commission no. we would be glad to hear from you.

1 GAC8225X MINILITE ‘Replica’ (Silver) 4 { (Bolt-on)GAC8235X MINILITE ‘Replica’ (Flint) 4 } 5 1/2"J X 15See also AccessoriesTT6902 HUB SPACER KIT a/r { (if required, see intro text)

2 GAC4116X WHEEL NUT SET 1 } for bolt-on Minilite ‘Replicas’3 GAC8255X MINILITE ‘Replica’ (Silver) 4 { (Centre lock)

GAC8265X MINILITE’ ‘Replica’ (Flint) 4 } 5 1/2"J X 15See also Accessories

Road Wheels 123


Roadside Tools & EquipmentSee Accessories for our full range of Tools & Garage equipment

1 107863 STARTING HANDLE 1 TR2/3118366 STARTING HANDLE 1 TR3A131818* STARTING HANDLE 1 TR4 (option)*Note: May be used on TR4’s with ‘starter hole’ in radiator

2 516677 SPANNER, wheel nut 13 110774 JACK 1 { TR2/3/3A, TR44 121790 HANDLE, ratchet, for jack 1 }Note: TR2 to TS5468 used a very different jack. The jack listed here will work on these early cars.

5 212677 JACK 1 { TR4A6 UKC4389 HANDLE, for jack 1 }

7 509816 COMBINATION TOOL 1 hub cap removal

8 C27290 HAMMER, wire wheels 1 copper/hide88G329 HAMMER, wire wheels 1 lead

9 MM385-800 SPANNER, wire wheel spokes 1This wide faced spanner is the correct size to tighten spoke nipples without rounding them off. Quality steel isused and the spanner is plated.

10 TYRE PUMP NCA11 GAC4089 BRUSH, wire wheels 112 AHH5839 SPANNER, wire wheel ‘octagon nut’ 113 JRC7954 STRAP, spare tyre removal 1It is worth noting that if have a TR2/3 or TR3A to TS60000, and fit 4.5 inch wide wheels with a 165x15 (or5.90x15) tyre, it will be a real struggle to get it into the spare wheel compartment. That struggle however, willpale in to insignificance compared with getting the little ….. out! Recommended is our strap with ends pro-truding to help pull it out. The TR3A from TS60001 has a larger space.

14 GAC5051 SPANNER, brake adjusting 1 Girling brakes1/4" and 5/16" square holes to fit both early and late Girling adjusters.

15 NAM1412 TOOL, headlamp rim removal 1 Clip-on type16 650161 T’ HANDLE, for Dzus fasteners 1 TR2/3/3A

17 MM647-100 TOOL ROLL (coated jute) 1 TR2/3MM647-110 TOOL ROLL (vinyl) 1 TR3AMM647-120 TOOL ROLL (vinyl) 1 TR4/4A


Roadside Tools & Equipment124

So You Think You’ve Got Wobbly Wire Wheels?(By Pete Cox)

Back in the good old days when Pete Buckles and myself were just young lads, we were able to buyvirtually direct from Dunlop, so the wire wheels were inexpensive. These British made wheels were soldmostly to the TR Register members at insanely low prices. 4.5" x 60 spoke wire wheels went out at£4.10.0d!, with no VAT to pay and we still made a pound on each wheel! The low prices enabled me to indulge in experiments: if they didn’t work (or fit), offending wheels wouldalways be ‘sold on’ and a couple of ‘bob’ profit could still be made.

So my TR2, an attractive beast wearing glistening Midnight Blue paint work and not so glistening (butby then typical), rusty quarter panels, finalised it’s development with the unusual combination of 6"Cobra wheels at the front and, 5.5" TR6 wheels at the rear. This was because the TR2 was alwaysenthusiastically driven and the growing pile of Lockheed half shafts finally stopped growing the day asecond hand TR4 rear axle was installed, its extra width requiring the above wheel combination tobalance its cornering habits.

Now, wire wheels are built to flex (or bend) andthis was brought shockingly home to me on oneoccasion when Pete Buckles visited me inBirmingham (remember Clapgate Lane?). Wewere off to visit a supplier (who incidentally, stillstamps out trunnion blanks for Moss). Pete’s TR3followed my TR2 down an interestingly twistyroad which I happened to know particularly well,and, after exiting a seriously exciting corner Ilooked in the mirror to check on the progress ofour illustrious leader, and was horrified to see hiscar in a lurid slide (he maintained it was undercontrol) with its outside front wheel keeling overat a crazy angle, almost 6° off vertical.This memory has remained vivid ever since, andis one explanation why Moss Europe (formerlyCox & Buckles) do not sell second hand orreconditioned wire wheels.

If it is assumed that both hub & rim of awire wheel are in good condition, it maybe worth having the wheel re-spoked‘as necessary’ and then trued up by acompetent re-builder. The wheel willprobably need shot blasting and stoveenamelling which will bring the cost tonear to (or possibly over) the price of anew wheel. Remember also that youhave got a used, worn wheel, not a nicenew one. Bear in mind then, that thewheel is capable of being flexed by 4"(i.e., the hub is fixed and the top of thewheel is 4" further out than the bottom),while it is rotating at speed on the road,and it is then supposed to return to theoriginal shape.

NOW decide if you still want the wheel re-built!We certainly would not want to guarantee one.

Slight sideways run-out (or ‘out of true’) with wire wheels is therefore not significant: a couple of hardcorners will soon re-arrange the wheel spokes anyway. Vertical ‘run out’ should not be permitted, ever.By far the most common cause of wire wheel ’wobbles’ is an incorrect method employed in balancing.A simple spirit level balancer is the thing to seek out. Under no circumstances should balancing beattempted on the now common dynamic machine without the use of the special sprung cones shown inthe illustration, because, although the wheel locates correctly on its inner coned surface, these machines‘try’ and locate onto the inside of the wire wheels outer flange - which is NOT a true machined surface.This incorrect technique appears as terrific sideways run-out and the balancing ‘specialist’ alwaysblames the wheel. Now you know the truth.

It is always best to check the wire wheel by clamping it onto a front hub, using the correct knock-on nutBEFORE fitting the tyre.Spin the wheel on the hub & check sideways or vertical run-out as shown in the illustration, and observeor measure the run-out. + or – 1/16" is not a problem, even +/- 1/8" is barely detectable on the road.

So the conclusion is summarised as followsOur new wire wheels are built and assembled to the highest standardsWhen your wheel/tyre fitter says they are no good, there is a very, very strong chance that he is not usingthe equipment in a fashion which is appropriate for wire wheels. The above tips will allow you to checkthe ‘truth’ of the wire wheel, whether the wheel is new or used.

It’s a sad truth wire wheels have a bad reputation that they don’t deserve, but the people who give thema bad reputation, actually deserve it themselves. We have total confidence in the Dunlop product we sell.

Pete Cox

How To Balance Centre Lock Wire WheelsWe show here the advice given to tyre fitters, produced by Motor Wheel Service.

These notes are intended as a guide inhelping to solve problems that are commonlyencountered when balancing centre lock wirewheels on a electronic balancer.The diagrams show the centre spline of awire wheel attached to a balancer

Diagram A ...is the correct method of locating the wheel.

Diagram B ...shows the wrong method and one whichgives false readings, giving the appearanceof untrue or wheels that require largeamounts of weights to balance the wheel.

Points To Check• The original high degree of balance may beaffected by wheel damage as well as by otherfactors related to the tyres such as uneventread wear, cover or tube repairs.• If vibration or high speed steeringproblems develop, and this cause is notdisclosed by mechanical investigation, thenthe complete tyre & wheel assembly should be checked for balance.• It is IMPERATIVE that the hubs are located in the balancing machine in exactly the same manner aslocated on the car, and the factory truing jigs. Alternatively, balance on the vehicle, this operation canonly be done on the front wheels.

‘Motor Wheel Services’ dedicate considerable time to ensure that your wheels are of the highestquality & reliability. Following this guide, and the information contained in our centre-lock brochure willprovide the highest level of customer satisfaction.


Technical Tips On Wire Wheels 125




Brake Master Cylinder

One of the nicer things about the early TR’s are the simple ways that Triumph used to improve the performance.Brakes were gradually improved and these ‘simple ways’ allow great inter-change-ability, even of TR4 to TR6parts on the earlier TR’s. This does create a problem for the TR owner as he may not necessarily be aware ofthe source of the parts, so hopefully the following pages will unravel the mysteries. Some of the changes mayhave been caused by non-availability of original parts. The most common change is the total replacement of theTR2/3 Lockheed axle with the Girling axle, and all its related brake parts.

For master cylinder support brackets see ‘Master Cylinder Mountings & Pedal’

Lockheed Brake Hydraulics (TR2, TR3 to TS13045)1 LK36944 MASTER CYL, clutch & brake 1 (original)

LK36944X MASTER CYL, clutch & brake 1 (replacement)The original cylinder (part no. LK36944) is no longer available. The cylinder we supply (part no. LK36944X) isthe closest to the real thing, including the fact that it is ungodly in price. The clutch pipe outlet has a differentthread and requires an adaptor.Originality freaks will be pleased that you can’t really see this when fitted.Our replacement is called a kit because it comes complete with a brake pipe which has a UNF thread at oneend (for attachment to the replacement master cylinder) and a BSF thread at the other end to mate with thefour-way brake banjo adaptor. This kit also includes the clutch pipe adaptor.

2 8G8224 REPAIR KIT, services both types 1 (bellows not included)3 501189 COVER (original cylinders) 14 513123A FILLER CAP, plastic 1 (replaces metal cap)

5 501524 WASHER 1 (for original metal cap)6 AAA4758 SCREW, cover to body a/r7 WN707 WASHER, star a/r8 501190 GASKET, cover (original cylinders) 19 501193 PLATE, front 110 AAA4757 GASKET, for plate 1 (replace when rebuilding cyl)12 AJH5083 SPRING 213 059267 CHECK VALVE (brake only) 114 501194 BELLOW, push rod 215 501775 PUSH ROD ASSEMBLY 2 see item 2016 PJ8812 CLEVIS PIN 217 AJD7731 WASHER, double coil 218 GHF301 WASHER, plain 219 PS103121 SPLIT PIN 2The original push rod (501775) is no longer available. Those of you missing the original push rod can make onewith the following parts, (items 20 to 24).20 504852 PUSH ROD, (cut to fit) 221 057194 FORK 222 216421A SCREW PIN, with spring 223 NT605041 NUT, ‘jam’, for fork 224 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 225 ADAPTOR, clutch pipe (original)

21K8564 ADAPTOR, clutch pipe 1 (replacement)26 233220A WASHER, copper 127 BH605261 BOLT, master cylinder 228 GHF302 WASHER, plain 429 GHF333 WASHER, locking 230 GHF202 NUT 231 107691 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 2 cylinder adjustment32 NT604041 NUT, ‘jam’ 4

Girling Brake Hydraulics (TR3 from TS13046, TR3A)

35 114530 RESERVOIR, brake & clutch fluid 136 500201A FILLER CAP 137 106095 SEAL, filler cap 138 113368 CLAMP, reservoir mounting 139 CRST148 DECAL, ‘GIRLING WARNING’ 140 GHF117 SCREW 241 GHF200 NUT, plain 242 GHF331 WASHER, locking 243 505062 PIPE, brake & clutch 145 GR64067854 MASTER CYLINDER, brake 146 GRK1027 REPAIR KIT 147 111163 SPACER 1Internal components of Girling cylinders fitted on TR3/3A up to TS34311 may vary. Therefore, if in doubt, fitGR64067854 cylinder assembly.48 057194 FORK 149 216421A SCREW PIN, with spring 150 NT605261 NUT, ‘jam’, for fork 151 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 152 507206 PUSH ROD 153 SH605071 SCREW, cylinder to support bracket 254 GHF201 NUT, plain 155 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2

Girling Brake Hydraulics (TR4/4A)

60 131661 MASTER CYL, brake 1 TR4 (0.75" bore)132909 MASTER CYL, brake 1 TR4A (0.70" bore)

61 GRK1027* REPAIR KIT 1 TR4 (0.75" bore)18G8986* REPAIR KIT 1 TR4A (0.70" bore)

62 510844 CAP 163 606404A SEAL, filler cap 164 111163 SPACER 165 510197 PUSH ROD 1Note: TR4’s to CT5783 used a cylinder with a 0.75" bore. All later cars had 0.70" bores.Cylinders are identified by rings cast in the bodies. Part no 131661 had one ring and has a 0.75" bore, part no132909 had two rings and has a 0.70" bore.66 PJ8812 CLEVIS PIN 167 131787 SPRING, anti-rattle 268 GHF301 WASHER, plain 169 GHF503 SPLIT PIN 170 GHF103 SCREW, cylinder to bracket 271 GHF202 NUT, plain 172 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2

Brake Master Cylinders126

Master Cylinder Mountings & PedalFor numbered illustration please refer to page 95.

NI 106668 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045203239 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A138910 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1 TR4/4A

NI 106670 COVER ASSEMBLY, pedal shaft 1NI GHF201 NUT, bracket & cover to bulkhead 4NI GHF332 WASHER, locking 4NI SH605061 SCREW 2 cover & m/cyl to bulkheadNI GHF332 WASHER, locking 2NI SH605051 SCREW, cover to bulkhead 2NI GHF332 WASHER, locking 2NI HU709 SCREW, pedal stop 2NI JN2107 NUT, jam 2NI 106672 PEDAL, clutch, RHD 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

113363 PEDAL, clutch, RHD 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A133810 PEDAL, clutch, RHD 1 TR4/4A106766 PEDAL, clutch, LHD 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045113363 PEDAL, clutch, LHD 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A129275 PEDAL, clutch, LHD 1 TR4/4A

NI 106673 PEDAL, brake, RHD 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045113366 PEDAL, brake, RHD 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A133808 PEDAL, brake, RHD 1 TR4/4A106767 PEDAL, brake, LHD 1 TR2, TR3 to TS13045113364 PEDAL, brake, LHD 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A129277 PEDAL, brake, LHD 1 TR4/4A

NI 100954 BUSH, pedal pivot 4NI 110016 SHAFT, pedal 1NI 106678 BRACKET, pedal shaft 2NI SH606051 SCREW, bracket to shaft 2NI GHF333 WASHER, locking 2NI PJ8812 CLEVIS PIN 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

216421A SCREWED PIN 2 TR3 from TS13046, TR3APJ8812 CLEVIS PIN 2 TR4/4A

NI AJD7731 WASHER, double coil 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045131787 SPRING, anti-rattle 2 TR4/4A

NI GHF301 WASHER, plain 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045, TR4/4ANI PS103121 SPLIT PIN 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

GHF502 SPLIT PIN 2 TR3 from TS13046, TR3AGHF503 SPLIT PIN TR4/4A

NI 105159 PEDAL RUBBER, ribbed 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045NI 122289 PEDAL RUBBER, ‘Triumph’ logo 2 { TR3 from TS13046, TR3A

} TR4/4ANI 057950 SPRING, pedal return 2




Standard & Uprated Brake Kits/ComponentsSee also Performance & TuningOnly For Vehicles with;10.13/16" Front Brake Discs using Type C Brake Calipers and 9" Rear Brake Systems.Brake Kit 1 (Standard Brake Discs, Pads, Shoes, Hoses & Fittings)1 TGK130 BRAKE KIT 12 209327 BRAKE DISC, front brake caliper 23 113150 BOLT, friction disc to front hub 84 WL209 WASHER, locking 85 510792 PISTON, caliper 46 601960 SEAL SET, caliper, car set 18 GBK1003 PAD FITTING KIT 19 108756 SCREW, bleed nipple 210 GBP114 BRAKE PAD SET, standard 112 GRSP2750 SHIM SET, anti-squeal 114 GBH176 HOSE, flexible, front 215 GWC1154 REAR WHEEL CYLINDER 216 GRSP2862 FITTING KIT 1 cylinder to back plate17 BAU1420A FITTING KIT 1 brake shoe hold down set18 GRSRS8 FITTING KIT 1 brake shoe return springs19 GBS778AF BRAKE SHOE SET, standard 120 GBH178 HOSE, flexible, rear LH 121 GBH177 HOSE, flexible, rear RH 1Brake Kit 1A (Standard Brake Discs, Pads & Shoes)22 TGK133 BRAKE KIT 12 209327 BRAKE DISC 210 GBP114 BRAKE PAD SET 1 { standard19 GBS778AF BRAKE SHOE SET 1 }Brake Kit 1B (Standard Brake Discs & Pads)24 TGK135 BRAKE KIT 12 209327 BRAKE DISC 210 GBP114 BRAKE PAD SET 1 standard

Cross-Drilled Brake Disc SetThese specially drilled brake discs will dissipate heat and shed water quicker than the standard solid versions,assuring faster and more consistent braking under all conditions.26 209327XK BRAKE DISC SET, cross-drilled 1 (Note;discs are handed RH/LH)

4 Pot (283mm) Vented Brake Caliper KitsThe ultimate in braking efficiency, our 4 pot vented brake kit is supplied with 4 pot alloy calipers, adaptor plates,vented discs and fast road pads for maximum stopping power.27 SPB3252 VENTED BRAKE KIT 1

SPB3252X VENTED BRAKE KIT 1 Cross-drilled discs28 SPB32524 BRAKE DISC SET, vented 1

SPB32524X BRAKE DISC SET, vented & cross-drilled 129 RD150-3668 BRAKE PAD SET, soft 1 road

RD1311 BRAKE PAD SET, medium 1 fast road/test dayRD1313 BRAKE PAD SET, hard 1 race

for Uprated Pads & Shoes (See page 128/129 & Performance & Tuning)for Al-Fin Alloy Brake Drums (See page 129 & Performance & Tuning)for Uprated Clutch hoses (See pages 96/97) & Performance & Tuning for Brake Hoses)

Master Cylinder Mountings & Brake Kits 127

Front Brakes1 301126 BRAKE DRUM, (10") front 2 {2 V5435 SCREW, drum retaining 4 |3 LKKB1010R SHOE SET, (10"), front, (relined) 1 |4 7H7936 SPRING, brake return 4 |6 GWC110 WHEEL CYLINDER, RH 2 |

GWC111 WHEEL CYLINDER, LH 2 |7 8G8245 REPAIR KIT 4 |8 7H7941 PISTON ASSEMBLY 4 |10 SH605051 SCREW, 5/16" (one per cylinder) 4 |11 GHF332 WASHER, locking, 5/16" 4 | TR2, TR3 to TS1304512 SH604031 SCREW, 1/4" (one per cylinder) 4 |13 GHF331 WASHER, locking, 1/4" 4 |14 3H2428 BLEED NIPPLE 2 |15 7H7931 ADJUSTER 4 |16 7H7930 MASK, adjuster 4 |17 BRIDGE PIPE, (see page 131) |

(Note; Bridge pipes are only supplied in our Brake Pipe Sets) |18 TR6504 SCREW, grease catcher retaining 8 |19 HN2005 NUT, plain 8 |20 WL700101 WASHER, locking 8 }21 203544E CALIPER ASSEMBLY RH 1 { ‘A’ type

203543E CALIPER ASSEMBLY LH 1 | solid calipers22 601960 REPAIR KIT (for 2 calipers) 1 |23 GBP172 PAD SET 1 | Illustration A24 510792 PISTON 4 | TR3 from TS13046,

510792SS PISTON, stainless steel 4 | TR3A to TS56376,25 504833 PLATE, pad retaining 4 | (wire wheels)26 119245 SPRING, anti-rattle 4 | & to TS5683827 SH604041 SCREW, for plate & spring 4 | (steel wheels)28 GHF331 WASHER, locking 4 |29 601959 BLEED SCREW 2 |30 234957A CAP, bleeder screw 2 |31 504854 BRIDGE PIPE RH (9") 1 |

504853 BRIDGE PIPE LH (9") 1 }35 205396E CALIPER ASSEMBLY RH 1 { ‘B’ type

205395E CALIPER ASSEMBLY LH 1 | Split calipers36 601960 REPAIR KIT (for 2 calipers) 1 |37 510792 PISTON 4 | Illustration B

510792SS PISTON, stainless steel 4 | TR3A from TS5637738 GBP172 PAD SET 1 | (wire wheels)40 509051 PLATE, pad retaining 4 | TS56834 (steel wheels)41 509049 SPRING, anti-rattle 4 | TR3B (TSF series)42 SH604041 SCREW 4 | TR4 to CT4689 (wire wheels)43 GHF331 WASHER, locking 4 | & CT4387 (steel wheels)44 601959 BLEED NIPPLE 2 |45 234957A CAP, bleed nipple 2 }

50 27H2988E CALIPER ASSEMBLY, RH, rebuilt 1 { ‘C’ type27H2989E CALIPER ASSEMBLY, LH, rebuilt 1 | Split calipers

51 601960 REPAIR KIT (for 2 calipers) 1 |52 510792 PISTON 4 |

510792SS PISTON, stainless steel 4 | Illustration C55 GBP114 PAD SET, standard 1 | TR3B, (TCF series)

TT31501KV PAD SET, Kevlar (fast road/sport) 1 | TR4/4A fromTT3150 PAD SET, Mintex M1144 (fast road/race) 1 | CT4690 (wire wheels)GRPFK1 FITTING KIT, brake pads | & CT4388 (steel wheels)

56 GRPS2750 SHIM SET, anti-squeal 1 |57 011368A PIN, pad retaining 4 |58 011369A CLIP, for pin 4 |59 556508A BLEED NIPPLE 2 |60 234957A CAP, bleed nipple 2 }

65 203189 BRAKE DISC (11") 2 use with calipers A & B209327 BRAKE DISC, (10 13/16"), standard 2 { use with209327XK BRAKE DISC, (10 13/16"), cross drilled 2 } type C calipers

66 113150 BOLT, disc to front hub 867 GHF333 WASHER, locking, for bolt 870 BTB610 BOLT, caliper mounting 471 WL600071 WASHER, locking, for bolt 472 560199 LOCK TAB 2 (alternative to WL600071)73 115682 SHIM, caliper mounting a/r

use to centralise the caliper on the disc.

75 204378 DUST COVER, RH 1 { use with calipers A & B204379 DUST COVER, LH 1 }209325 DUST COVER, RH 1 { use with type C calipers209326 DUST COVER, LH 1 } (except TR4A)307226 DUST COVER, RH 1 { TR4A307227 DUST COVER, LH 1 }

76 141124 BRACKET, brake hose 2

Caliper TipWe do not recommend that Girling ‘split’ type calipers (B & C) are separated.They were not designed for separation and re-assembly, and proper torque specifications are not published(inner and outer bolts are torqued differently). Also, the screwed plug in type ‘A’ should not be undone.




A

B

C

Front Brakes128

Lockheed System (TR2, TR3 toTS1304)1 210578 BRAKE DRUM, (9") rear 2 TR2 to TS5442

301126 BRAKE DRUM, (10") rear 2 { TR2 from TS5443,} TR3 to TS13045

2 V5435 SCREW, drum retaining 43 GWC1111 WHEEL CYLINDER 2 gaiter for lever not included4 8G8243 REPAIR KIT 2 includes gaiter for lever5 7H7940 EXPANDER 26 7H7939 SPRING 27 17H7203 PIN 28 27H7395 LEVER, handbrake cable 2There were originally 2 types of rear wheel cylinders fitted on TR2 & TR3 to TS13045, the only difference beingthe handbrake cable lever. Both have superseded to the GWC1111 (item 8), When replacing these cylindersmake sure you fit a pair.

12 059258 CONNECTOR 213 7H7847 BOLT, banjo 214 3H550 WASHER, bolt to connector 215 233220A WASHER, connector to cylinder 216 27H7166 BLEED NIPPLE 217 234957A COVER, bleed nipple 220 7H7931 ADJUSTER 221 7H7930 MASK, for adjuster 222 7H7932 ABUTMENT ASSEMBLY 223 AJD8105Z NUT, plain 424 GHF332 WASHER, locking 425 17H7499 SPRING, abutment end 226 7H7936 SPRING, wheel cylinder end 227 LKKB1007R BRAKE SHOE SET, rear 1 9" brakes

LKKB1010R BRAKE SHOE SET, rear 1 { 10" brakes28 AAA4714 SPRING, shoe retaining 4 }

Girling System10" Brake System (TR3/3A to approx. TS56376)Varying the rear wheel cylinder bore will have the effect of altering front to rear brake balance.When replacing rear wheel cylinders make sure you fit a pair.

35 301126 BRAKE DRUM, (10") rear 2 { TR3 from TS13046, TR3A} to (approx TS56376.)

37 GWC1112 WHEEL CYLINDER 2 { TR3 from TS13046(0.75" bore, flat piston) | to TS15331

38 18G9065 REPAIR KIT (axle set) 1 } (10" brakes)GWC1118 WHEEL CYLINDER 2 { TR3 from TS15332,

(0.75" bore, slotted piston) | TR3A to TS3440318G9065 REPAIR KIT (axle set) 1 } (10" brakes)119600 WHEEL CYLINDER 2 { TR3A from TS34404

(5/8" bore - 0.625") | to TS56376GRSP2030 REPAIR KIT (axle set) 1 } (10" brakes)

50 7H4997 ADJUSTER ASSEMBLY 251 505084 WEDGE 452 GHF201 NUT, plain 453 GHF322 WASHER, shake-proof 454 505351 BRAKE SHOE, rear, (sold each) 455 505081 RETURN SPRING, cylinder end 2 9" & 10" brakes56 FRC3234 RETURN SPRING, adjuster end 258 17H7993 PIN, brake shoe retaining 4 { 10" brakes59 17H4374 WASHER 8 ] TR3 from60 504877 SPRING 4 } TS13046 to TS1533161 505349 STEADY POST, brake shoe 4 { 10" brakes62 505359 NUT 4 ] TR3 from TS15332,63 7H4429 FELT BUSH 4 } TR3A to TS56376 (approx.)

9" Brake System (TR3A from approx. TS56377, TR4/4A)Varying the rear wheel cylinder bore will have the effect of altering front to rear brake balance.When replacing rear wheel cylinders make sure you fit a pair.35 210578 BRAKE DRUM, (9") rear 2 { TR3A from TS56377 (approx.)

} TR4/4AGAC6028X ALFIN BRAKE DRUM SET, radial fins 1 { 9 x 1 3/4"202267 ALFIN BRAKE DRUM circumferential fins 2 } (as originally supplied Triumph)

37 GWC1112 WHEEL CYLINDER 2 { TR3A from TS56377, TR3B(0.75" bore) | TR4 to CT5655 (wire wheels)

18G9065 REPAIR KIT (axle set) 1 } & CT5782 (steel wheels)GWC1154 WHEEL CYLINDER 2 { TR4 from CT5656

(0.70" bore) | (wire wheels) &38 512351 REPAIR KIT (axle set) 1 } CT5783 (steel wheels)50 37H6134 ADJUSTER ASSEMBLY 251 111054 WEDGE 452 GHF200 NUT, plain 453 GHF321 WASHER, shake-proof 454 GBS778AF BRAKE SHOES, rear (Standard) 1 { set of 4NI TT31524 BRAKE SHOES, rear (Uprated) 1 }55 505081 RETURN SPRING, cylinder end 2 9" & 10" brakes

508817 RETURN SPRING, adjuster end 257 GRSRS8 KIT, brake pull off springs, per axle 165 BAU1420A KIT, shoe hold down, (axle set) 1

All Models36 V5435 SCREW, drum retaining 439 556508A BLEED NIPPLE 240 234957A CAP, bleed nipple 242 GRSP2862 KIT, cylinder retaining, (axle set) 143 505091A SPRING PLATE 244 7H4907 LOCKING PLATE, w/cylinder 245 7H4925 WASHER, spacer, (locking plate) 246 505093A DUST COVER 247 157672 LEVER, handbrake cable 2




Lockheed System

Girling System

Rear Brakes 129

Girling System (TR3 from TS13046, TR3A, TR4)

35 GBH206 BRAKE HOSE, front 2 standardTT3142 BRAKE HOSE, front 2 Stainless Steel Braided

36 NT606041 NUT, brake hoses 337 GHF323 WASHER, locking, brake hoses 338 059380 CLIP, pipe to bulkhead a/r39 279412 CONNECTION, 5-way 1 { TR3 from TS13046

} TR3A, TR4 to CT26929565719A CONNECTION, 4-way 1 TR4 from CT26930

40 BH604101 BOLT, connector to chassis 141 GHF271 NUT, nyloc 142 GHF300 WASHER, plain 143 116197 RESTRICTOR VALVE 1

44 21B291 SWITCH, brake light 1 { TR3 from TS130469} TR3A,TR4 to CT26929

The above switch has spade type terminals and the correct UNF thread for the original 5 way connection. TheTR3 from TS13046 and TR3A to TS60000 originally had a switch with screw type connectors, but this is notavailable. The later switch (21B291) can easily be installed into the early loom by replacing the ‘spades’ withLucar connectors (RTC220A).

45 134529 SWITCH, brake light 1 {mounted on master cylinder bracket |

46 NT608041 NUT, nyloc, (use with 134529) 1 |47 WF600081 WASHER, shakeproof 1 | TR4 from CT2693048 138911 BRACKET, mounting switch 1 |49 WF600081 WASHER, star 1 |50 NT608041 NUT, nyloc 1 }

51 CD23720 GROMMET, pipe to chassis, front 252 059191 CLIP, pipe to frame 354 GBH122 BRAKE HOSE, rear 1 standard

TT3142 BRAKE HOSE, rear 1 Stainless Steel Braided55 233220A WASHER, copper, hose to connector 156 BTB657 CONNECTOR, 3-way 157 GHF120 SCREW, connector to chassis 158 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 159 GHF301 WASHER, plain 160 GHF1268 CLIP, pipes to axle housing 3 plastic replacement

041674 CLIP, pipes to axle housing 3 metal replacement




Lockheed System (TR2/3 to TS13045)

1 108595 BRAKE HOSE, front 2 standardTT3040 BRAKE HOSE SET, front (1pr) 1pr Stainless Steel Braided

3 233220A WASHER, copper, hose to cylinder 24 059380 CLIP, pipe to bulkhead a/r5 059258 CONNECTOR, RH 16 WE600101 WASHER, locking 37 2K8686 NUT, on hoses 38 233220A WASHER, copper 3 hose to connector9 059246 WASHER, copper 2 adaptor to connector10 27H7167 ADAPTOR, RH 111 27H7189 CONNECTOR, banjo, LH 112 059293 ADAPTOR, LH 113 13H2303 SWITCH, brake light 1 screw type contacts14 C16062A SWITCH, brake light 1 Lucar type contacts

These 2 brake light switches have BSP threads.

15 RTC220A LUCAR CONNECTOR a/rUse for converting from screw type switch.

16 CD23720 GROMMET, pipe to chassis 218 059191 CLIP, pipe to chassis 4

24 108596 BRAKE HOSE, rear 1 standardTT3042 BRAKE HOSE, rear 1 Stainless Steel Braided

25 501505 CONNECTOR, 3-way, rear 126 SH605041 SCREW, connector to chassis 127 GHF331 WASHER, locking 128 GHF1268 CLIP, pipes to axle housing 3 plastic

041674 CLIP, pipes to axle housing 3 metal

TR2/3 to TS13045 (Lockheed) TR3, TR3A & TR4 (Girling)

Brake Pipes, Hoses & Fittings130

TR4A

65 309723 PIPE, hose to calipers 2

66 GBH176 BRAKE HOSE, front 2 standardTT3240 BRAKE HOSE SET, front, (1pr) 1pr Stainless Steel Braided

67 NT606041 NUT, 5/7 { IRS models use 768 GHF323 WASHER, locking 5/7 }69 2H400 CLIP, brake/clutch pipe to bulkhead 170 618386 CLIP, pipe to chassis 171 059191 CLIP, pipe to chassis 272 565719A CONNECTOR, 4-way 173 BH604101 BOLT, connector to chassis 174 GHF271 NUT, nyloc 175 GHF300 WASHER, plain 176 116197 RESTRICTOR VALVE 1 (not always fitted)77 134529 SWITCH, brake light 178 NT608041 NUT, nyloc, (use with 134529) 179 WF600081 WASHER, shakeproof 180 138911 BRACKET, switch mounting 181 WF600081 WASHER, star 182 NT608041 NUT, nyloc 1

84 ACB5559 UNION, double ended 1 {85 BTB657 CONNECTOR, 3-way 1 |86 BH604281 BOLT, connector to chassis 1 |87 GHF271 NUT, nyloc 1 |88 GHF300 WASHER, plain 1 |89 233220A WASHER, copper 1 | TR4A (IRS)90 GBH178 BRAKE HOSE, rear LH (standard) 1 |91 GBH177 BRAKE HOSE, rear RH (standard) 1 |

TT3242 BRAKE HOSE SET, rear, (1pr) 1pr |Stainless Steel Braided |

92 615836 CLIP, pipes to trailing arms 2 }

94 GBH216 BRAKE HOSE, rear (standard) 1 {TT3340 BRAKE HOSE, rear 1 |

Stainless Steel Braided | TR4A solid axle95 233220A WASHER, copper 1 |96 GHF1268 CLIP, pipes to axle, plastic 2 |

041674 CLIP, pipes to axle, metal 2 }




Brake Pipe Sets

Complete sets of ready assembled pipes in copper with brass end fittings.The pipes in our kits are pliable allowing you ‘form’ them on installation, for that factory look.

HGB1010 BRAKE PIPE SET (Lockheed) 1 TR2/3 to TS13045, RHDHGB1010L BRAKE PIPE SET (Lockheed) 1 TR2/3 to TS13045, LHD

HGB1011* BRAKE PIPE SET (Girling) 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A, RHDHGB1011L* BRAKE PIPE SET (Girling) 1 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A, LHD

*These kits inc caliper bridge pipes, which are not used after TS56376 (wire wheels) and TS56383 (steel wheels).

HGB6227 BRAKE PIPE SET 1 TR4 RHDHGB6227L BRAKE PIPE SET 1 TR4 LHD

HGB6228 BRAKE PIPE SET 1 TR4A IRS RHDHGB6228L BRAKE PIPE SET 1 TR4A IRS LHD

HGB6229 BRAKE PIPE SET 1 TR4A solid axle, RHDHGB6229L BRAKE PIPE SET 1 TR4A solid axle, LHD

TR4A (I.R.S Rear Axle) TR4A (Solid Rear Axle)

Brake Pipes, Hoses & Fittings 131




HandbrakeTR2/TR3/3A & TR4

At the time of writing this catalogue, and for the foreseeable future, we do expect to be able to supply all theparts of the handbrake assembly. However, the main wearing parts of the actual handbrake are the pawl &ratchet (items 14 & 15), and these together with all the cables and clevis pins – which are available, will allowyou to keep your handbrake in first rate condition. Do not forget to grease the main cable (item 30) once everysix months. The grease nipple is about halfway down the car and a couple of strokes of the grease gun willensure that the cable does not seize and cause problems with your annual test.

1 108457 GRIP, screw-on 1 TR2/3/3A131312 GRIP, push-on 1 TR4

2 107637 LEVER, for screw-on grip 1 TR2/3/3A131321 LEVER, for push-on grip 1 TR4

3 107636 BUTTON 14 104740 SPRING, pawl release 15 GHF301 WASHER, plain 17 107633 ROD, pawl release 18 501026 PIN, pawl release 19 AUC2108 PIN, pawl to lever 110 PWZ203 WASHER 111 GHF500 SPLIT PIN 112 AAA4129 BUSH, lever pivot 114 107632 PAWL 115 107631 RATCHET 116 GHF120 BOLT, ratchet to plate 117 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 118 107630 PLATE, handbrake 120 SH605051 SCREW, plate to chassis 221 107953 TAB WASHER 122 107634 BOLT, pivot 123 GHF275 NUT, pivot bolt securing 125 101247 FORK END, cable to lever 126 PJ8806 CLEVIS PIN, fork to lever 127 GHF301 WASHER, plain 128 GHF500 SPLIT PIN 129 JN2107 NUT, jam 130 202069 CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 lever to compensator31 UHN400 GREASE NIPPLE 132 HBZ411 BOLT, cable support 2

33 GHF331 WASHER, locking 234 GHF200 NUT 236 060274 SPRING, cable conduit to tunnel 138 PJ8708 CLEVIS PIN 139 GHF300 WASHER, plain 140 PS103121 SPLIT PIN 3

41 112469 CABLE ASSEMBLY, RH 1 TR2/3/3A129284 CABLE ASSEMBLY, RH 1 TR4

42 105811 CABLE ASSEMBLY, LH 1 TR2 to TS5443112470 CABLE ASSEMBLY, LH 1 TR2 from TS5443, TR3/3A129283 CABLE ASSEMBLY, LH 1 TR4

43 057190 CLEVIS ASSEMBLY 244 057192 CLEVIS PIN 245 057239 SPRING 246 057191 CLEVIS FORK 247 PJ8808 CLEVIS PIN 248 GHF301 WASHER, plain 249 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 251 100571 COMPENSATOR LEVER 152 LN30041 GREASE NIPPLE 153 100569 COMPENSATOR BAR 154 100572 SEAL, felt 255 WB600071 WASHER, plain 2

56 700922 GAITER, handbrake lever 1 {57 602138 PLATE, gaiter to tunnel 1 |58 AB610043 SCREW, securing plate 2 |59 GHF713 SPRING NUT 2 | TR2/3/3A60 602137 PLATE, gaiter to floor 1 |61 AB604062 SCREW, securing plate 3 |62 WP4 WASHER, plain 3 }

63 700922 GAITER, handbrake lever 1 {64 610942 PLATE, gaiter to floor 1 | TR465 AB604062 SCREW, securing plate 3 |66 WP4 WASHER, plain 3 }

Handbrake TR2/TR3/3A & TR4132




HandbrakeTR4A

1 131312 GRIP 12 141635 LEVER, handbrake 13 GHF223 NUT, nyloc, for fulcrum pin 14 142754 BUSH, fulcrum 25 142755 FULCRUM PIN 17 141688 ROD, pawl release 18 104740 SPRING, pawl release 19 134143 PAWL 1 {

104737 PAWL 1 } alternativesThe pawl for the TR4A (134143) is not available. In the original fitment the TR4A handbrake was a ‘fly-off’ typefollowing the style of the TR2/3/3A and TR4. However, if your 134143 is damaged beyond repair, we suggestthat you use the alternative fitment which is part number 104737, the pawl from the TR6 handbrake.The TR6 handbrake is not a ‘fly-off’ type and you will have to re-educate yourself in the use of the handbrake,but at least you will be able to drive and have a car that is able to pass your annual vehicle inspection.

10 104738 PIN, pawl to lever 111 148083 RATCHET PLATE 114 140374 LINK, compensator 115 CLZ410 CLEVIS PIN, link to lever 116 WM93 WASHER 117 GHF500 SPLIT PIN 1

19 CLZ314 CLEVIS PIN, link to compensator 120 WC701121 WASHER 121 PS103121 SPLIT PIN 1

23 140375 COMPENSATOR SECTOR 124 602037 GROMMET, cable to heel-board 225 140373 CABLE ASSEMBLY 227 GHF200 NUT 228 GHF331 WASHER, locking 229 138247 FORK END, cable 2

30 JN2107 NUT, jam, fork end to cable 231 CN1 NUT, square 2 fork end to cable33 PJ8808 CLEVIS PIN 2 fork end to w/cyl lever34 GHF301 WASHER, plain 2 35 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 238 GAITER, handbrake lever

The gaiter is only available as part of the carpet set. See page 13

39 809046 COVER, handbrake mechanism 1 (fibreboard)40 AB606031 SCREW, cover to side of tunnel 841 AB606054 SCREW, cover to top of tunnel 142 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 143 GHF711 SPIRE NUT 1

Handbrake TR4A 133

Steering Box, Column & Wheel TR2/TR3/3ASee opposite page for our TR2/3A Steering Rack Conversion.

1 300389 STEERING WHEEL, (standard) 1 non-adjustableThis wheel is currently not available, see Accessories (page 02) for our full range of sports steering wheels.2 301359* STEERING WHEEL, (factory option) 1 adjustable3 059107 GRUB SCREW, horn push 3*This is a reproduction wheel which is virtually indistinguishable from the original. It can only be used to replaceadjustable type wheels.Conversion to adjustable steering column involves complete steering column assembly replacement.

4 108611 RETAINER CUP 1 {5 1D6163 SHROUD, spring (chromed) 1 | adjustable wheel only6 108613 WASHER (spigoted) 1 |7 502161 CIRCLIP, retaining steering wheel 1 }8 060372 NUT, steering wheel 1 non adjustable wheel only9 043314 BUSH, felt (top of steering column) 1 rigid column

209423 BUSH, rubber/nylon, either side 2 split column typeWhen you need to replace your top steering column felt bush, due to ‘up & down’ movement of the innercolumn at the steering wheel, buy it at least a week before you need it. In that week prior to doing the job, soakthe felt bush in gear oil. An old tobacco tin is ideal for this task as you can put in the felt seal with the oil, closethe lid and forget where you put the seal until you drop the tin on the floor some weeks later. The tin of oil isalso useful for pre-soaking leather oil seals for differentials. The oil will become impregnated in the felt and keepit swollen into shape for a longer period than a dry felt bush when fitted.

10 060586 RING, anti-rattle (on inner column) 211 14A7031 PLUG, oil filler point & level 1To fill or top-up your steering box use an appropriate gear oil, we recommend EP90 (this can be ordered underpart no GGL190), and fill through the rubber plugged hole in the outer column until no more can go in. Thisensures that the upper ball bearing is fully immersed in oil. If you fill only through the screwed plug in thetop cover of the steering box, the upper ball bearing race will be running nearly dry – or as Austin/MG calledit, ‘Splash Lubricated’.

12 060373 RACE, outer 213 060371 BALL & CAGE ASSEMBLY 2NI BLS108 BALL a/r




15 501581 COLUMN & CAM, RHD 1 { rigid column type501590 COLUMN & CAM, LHD 1 }

16 508189 LOWER COLUMN & CAM, RHD 1 {508191 LOWER COLUMN & CAM, LHD 1 |

NI 121154R UPPER COLUMN, RHD 1 | split column type121154L UPPER COLUMN, LHD 1 |

17 205221X COLUMN, upper inner 1 |18 121090 ADAPTOR, coupling 1 }NI 121089 TUBE (Outer, column) (TR3A) 1This item is also included in our Upper Column Kits (121154R/L) for early Long Column TR's when fitting ourSteering Rack Conversion Kit (TTK3000R/L). See next page for full details.20 502399 COLUMN & CAM, RHD 1 { adjustable type

502400 COLUMN & CAM, LHD 1 }21 508189X WORM only, RHD 1

508191X WORM only, LHD 1The worm is only supplied to repair steering columns when column & cam assemblies are unavailable.It requires workshop skills to fit, we offer this service if required.24 060367 SHIM, column end float, 0.0025" a/r

060368 SHIM, column end float, 0.005" a/r060368 SHIM, column end float, 0.010" a/r

25 060370 GASKET, on end cover26 501587 COVER PLATE 127 501575 COMPRESSION SLEEVE 1 ‘olive’ or ‘gland’ on stator tube28 103611 NUT, stator tube gland 1

Steering TR2/TR3/3A134




29 GHF332 WASHER, locking 730 SH605051 SCREW, hexagon headed 731 501584 COVER PLATE 1 RHD models

501591 COVER PLATE 1 LHD models32 SH605051 SCREW, cover to steering box 333 GHF332 WASHER, locking 334 SP68B PLUG, in cover plate 135 ARH517 WASHER, fibre, for plug 137 500279 SCREW, adjusting rocker shaft thrust 138 060360 LOCK NUT, on adjusting screw 139 501571 GASKET, on cover plate 140 501583 ROCKER SHAFT ASSEMBLY 141 501568 PEG, in rocker shaft 142 501562 BUSH, in housing 1Experience has shown us that the steering box housing could have 1 or 2 bushes to support the rocker shaft.(Perhaps a repair scheme by the factory not known by us to salvage excessively worn steering box housings).43 3H3132 OIL SEAL, on rocker shaft 144 BH605141 BOLT, 2 steering unit to trunnion bracket45 GHF332 WASHER, locking 246 107418 LEVER, drop arm 1 RHD models

108153 LEVER, drop arm 1 LHD models47 501577 WASHER, locking 1 nut to drop arm lever48 NH610041 NUT. drop arm lever to rocker shaft 149 HB925 BOLT 2

(Steering bracket to trunnion bracket)50 GHF333 WASHER, locking 251 110466/8 TIE ROD END SET 2

Includes 1 inner and 1 outer for one side.110466 TIE ROD END, RH thread 2 inner110468 TIE ROD END, LH thread 2 outer

52 17H3501 GAITER, on tie rod end 4Due to various manufacturers of tie rod ends supplying the market over the years, we do not guarantee the fitof the 17H3501 gaiter for your car. However, they have proved suitable more frequently than others.

53 GHF273 NUT, nyloc, track rod ends 454 LN30041 GREASE NIPPLE 4 (if fitted, O.E. type only)55 GHF302 WASHER, plain 457 106650 TIE ROD 258 101668 NUT, inner tie rod end locking 2 RH thread59 101669 NUT, outer tie rod end locking 2 LH thread60 105063 BUSH (‘silent-bloc’ & pin) 261 GHF302 WASHER, plain 262 GHF273 NUT, nyloc 265 105728 IDLER LEVER 166 058615 SEAL, on idler lever shank 167 501958 BRACKET, idler lever housing 168 501552 GREASE NIPPLE 169 HB925 BOLT 2 idle bracket to chassis70 GHF333 WASHER, locking 271 701106 GROMMET 1 steering column to b/head72 CS4025 WIRE CLIP, grommet to column 1

75 508188X STEERING BOX (housing only) 1This item has been reproduced in response to the demand for RHD conversion of LHD cars. Only the housing issupplied, and it needs to be fitted to your old column.This is not an easy job, and if you have any doubts at all about your ability to do the job – DON’T DO IT.Take it to a competent engineering company. This really is an item you don’t want falling.Exchange rebuilt steering boxes are available, please enquire.

80 GGL190 GEAR OIL, steering box, 500ml a/r

TR2/3/3A Suspension & Steering DataFront Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 1/2ºBack Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31º(A 20º back lock gives an 18 3/4º front lock)Centre Tie Rod Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.44"Outer Tie Rod Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.68"Tyre Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50x15"Track at Ground Level (static laden) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45"Castor Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0ºKing Pin Inclination (static laden) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7ºWheel Camber (static laden) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2ºWheel Camber (full bump 3.00") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2ºWheel Camber (full rebound 2.25") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1º

Front Tyre Wear Patterns

Feathering is caused by incorrect tracking or wornfront-end components. One-sided wear can be caused byincorrect camber or grossly incorrecttracking. Cupping is the result of out-of-balance wheels, worn shocks, grabbing brakes orworn tie rods.

Steering Rack Conversion KitModern technology for your classic TR.Our complete Steering Rack conversion kit (for split/short column cars) will give youlighter, more direct steering, and can be easily installed by a competent DIY enthusiast.Comprehensive fitting instructions are included with every kit.If your early TR2 or TR3 is of the long column type, please contact Moss Europe forfull conversion details, because for ‘long column’ or early cars, an upper column kit(121154R for RHD & 121154L for LHD) will also be required, as well as the steering rackconversion kit.(Please see 'Important Installation Notes')

Steering Rack Conversion;(Note; Use only with 4 Blade or Electric cooling fans)

Conversion Kit (TR3A RHD models) TTK3000RConversion Kit (TR3A LHD models) TTK3000L

Boot/Gaiter kit (Rack) (replacement) (All models) GRG210Z

'Long Column' type models will also need;Upper Column Kit (for RHD models) 121154RUpper Column Kit (for LHD models) 121154LThe following parts are included in the Upper Column Kits;Upper Column* (1 reqd.) 205221XOuter Tube (1 reqd.) 121089Bush (Felt) (top of column) (1 reqd.) 043314Bush (rubber/nylon) (either side) (2 reqd.) 209423Bracket/Support kit* (RHD) 607429XBracket/Support kit* (LHD) 607433X*Bracket/support kits include all fixings & fittings.

'Important Installation Notes'Please pay very careful attention to your engine mountings, if you are in any doubt as totheir condition, replace them. Also, if the fan hub extension has less than 1cm clearancefrom the steering rack, you will need to put a packing (slotted washer CD26326 is perfect)between the front plate & the mounting. It may be necessary to trim the top leadingcorners of the mountings to give extra clearance for the lower steering coupling,particularly if a (late) all Syncromesh gearbox has been fitted.

Steering TR2/TR3/3A 135




Steering Rack, Column & Wheel TR4/4ASee Accessories for our full range of Sports Steering Wheels.

1 304988 STEERING WHEEL 12 105438 NUT, securing steering wheel 13 154731 COWL, steering column 14 608462 SLIP RING, insulator & cable 1

608139 INSULATOR, only 15 209423 BUSH, steering column 26 122719 WASHER, nylon thrust 17 122718 END CAP 18 611835 ESCUTCHEON, blank 1 TR4, non overdrive

611366 ESCUTCHEON, indicator switch 1 TR4611982 ESCUTCHEON, overdrive switch 1 TR4, non overdrive708479 ESCUTCHEON, indicator switch 1 TR4A708479 ESCUTCHEON, light switch 1 TR4A, non overdrive611974 ESCUTCHEON, light & overdrive 1 TR4A, with overdrive

9 611011 LABEL, indicator switch 1 LH side of steering column611012 LABEL, indicator switch 1 RH side of steering column611014 LABEL, lighting switch, RHD 1 { TR4A611013 LABEL, lighting switch, LHD 1 }

The illustration shows the two different indicator switch labels, unfortunately, Triumph in their wisdom built bothRHD & LHD cars with indicators switches on either side of the column. Thus, any RHD car could have a switchon the LH side of the column, or, as the man who built the car wishes, on the RH side of the column. So we cangive no useful rules except the most basic one, order what you want by looking at the illustration. In fact, theyare so cheap why not order one of each, then you know you’ve got at least one that you want.10 510995 SCREW, escutcheon to cowl 211 FC2803 NUT 212 611369 COVER, column harness 1

13 PT504 SCREW, clamping cover clamping 114 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 115 WL700101 WASHER, locking 116 HN2005 NUT, plain 117 610608 SEALING GROMMET 1 column to bulkhead18 608185 BRACKET CLAMP, column lower 119 608223 FELT (strip), lower bracket, long 120 608222 FELT (strip), lower bracket, short 121 GHF117 SCREW, hexagon headed 222 WM93 WASHER, plain 223 GHF331 WASHER, locking 224 GHF200 NUT, plain 225 611834 TIE ROD, lower clamp to fascia 1 RHD models

611531 TIE ROD, lower clamp to fascia 1 LHD models26 GHF117 SCREW, hexagon headed 127 GHF200 NUT, plain 128 GHF331 WASHER, locking 129 WP42 WASHER, plain 130 611530 CLAMP, steering rack column 1 rear/upper31 611529 CLAMP, steering column 1 rear/lower32 608188 FELT STRIP 133 609639 SPRING, column clamp 134 GHF103 SCREW, hexagon headed 235 GHF332 WASHER, locking 236 GHF201 NUT, plain 237 GHF200 NUT, plain, lower clamp to fascia 238 NT604041 ‘HALF’ NUT (locks GHF200) 239 611532 TIE ROD, rear clamp to dash 140 GHF117 SCREW, hexagon headed 1

Steering TR4/4A136

87 128001 END PLUG 188 509537 CIRCLIP 189 120946 PLUNGER 190 126765 SPRING, on plunger 191 120959 SHIM, under cap, 0.002" a/r

120949 SHIM, under cap, 0.004" a/r132055 SHIM, under cap, 0.010" a/r

92 132053 CAP, screwed 193 133103 PLUG, replacing grease nipple 1 { alternatives

056935 GREASE NIPPLE, replacing plug 1 }94 134301 EARTH LEAD, s/rack to chassis 195 129961 BALL JOINT, Inner 2 (200mm) TR4

142687 BALL JOINT, Inner 2 (190mm) TR4A96 128024 HOUSING, ball 297 128023 BALL PIN 2 TR4

139860 BALL PIN 2 TR4A98 158732 SOCKET, for ball 299 120957 TAB WASHER 3100 130031 SHIM, ball pin adjusting, 0.002" a/r

130032 SHIM, ball pin adjusting, 0.010" a/r101 129963 SLEEVE ADAPTOR 2102 120953 SPRING, ball pin to rubber 2103 146364 NUT, locking inner joint to rack 2105 GSV1104/5 GAITER SET, 1 (inc. 2 gaiters & clips)106 GSV1104 GAITER (passenger side) 1107 GSV1105 GAITER (drivers side) 1

108 GSJ156 TRACK ROD END (outer) 2 O.E. SpecificationGSJ156B TRACK ROD END (outer) 2 aftermarket type

109 EAW2270 GAITER, track rod end 2110 GHF304 WASHER, plain 2111 GHF224 NUT, nyloc 2112 LN30041 GREASE NIPPLE 2113 NT608041 NUT, locking track rod end 2

114 131630 MOUNTING BLOCK 2 {115 122553 RING CLAMP 2 |116 122554 ‘U’ BOLT 2 | TR4 RHD to CT20265117 122623 DOWEL 2 | TR4 LHD to CT20063118 GHF302 WASHER, plain 4 |119 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 2 }

120 156024 CLAMP & ‘U’ BOLT 2 {121 139386 MOUNTING, rubber (standard) 2 | TR4/4A

TT3455 MOUNTING, Polyurethane (uprated) 2 | RHD from CT20266122 133875 LOCATING PLATE 2 | LHD from CT20064123 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4 |124 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 4 }

‘Quick Racks’ (Brand New)Our Quick rack has a high geared rack & pinion giving about 2.6 turns lock to lock (compared with the standardof about 3.5) without reducing the turning circle. It was originally introduced for the benefit of competition TR4- TR6’s but coincided with a lack of availability of original racks. It may also be more cost effective for overseascustomers who don’t want the hassle of returning an old unit.It is also very useful for converting to the opposite hand drive or other circumstances where there is no ‘correct’old unit, as they are sold on an outright basis. As this unit was aimed at competition vehicles, solid mountings‘alloy’ mountings (included with kits 306829X/306830X) are specified. Fits to original TR track rod ends, whichare not included with the rack.NI 306829X Quick Rack (RHD) 1 { with fittingsNI 306830X Quick Rack (LHD) 1 }NI 306829XNF Quick Rack (RHD) 1 { without fittingsNI 306830XNF Quick Rack (LHD) 1 }

Late TR4/4A ‘Alloy’ Steering Rack Mounting Kit

The rack & pinion assemblies were originally mounted to the chassis on a TR4 with ‘U’bolts and aluminium blocks. At CT20063 (LHD) and CT20265 (RHD), the aluminiumblock mountings were replaced by rubber. The aluminium block mounted rack fitted toa vertical mounting plate on the chassis.The rubber mounted racks fitted to a horizontal mounting plate on the chassis.Due to the difference in mounting to the chassis, these racks are NOT interchangeable.The rubber mounted rack suffers from rack ‘float’ when the rubber has been in use for a couple of years. Forthis reason we have developed a solid mounting system, similar to the earlier aluminium mounted rack for laterchassis numbers. The solid mounting gives a slightly less comfortable feel to the steering, but lasts much longer.

TT3255 STEERING RACK MOUNTING KIT 1




41 GHF331 WASHER, locking 142 GHF200 NUT, plain 143 GHF117 SCREW, hexagon headed 144 GHF331 WASHER, locking 145 GHF300 WASHER, plain 150 150277 HORN PUSH 1 Triumph ‘Shield’ badge51 613766 CLIP, attached to horn push a/r52 204741 CLIP, 3 pronged, horn push 153 142534 BRUSH, horn contact 1 (2.6" long)

142534X BRUSH, horn contact 1 (3.4" long)The longer horn brush contact may be needed if a non-original steering wheel is fitted.

55 154640 STEERING COLUMN, upper/outer 156 140549 CLIP, turn signal 157 JN2110 LOCK NUT, steering column clamp 158 122669 CLAMP 159 125782 TAPPED PLATE 160 125781 SCREW, locating 161 BH604101 BOLT, clamp assembly 262 GHF331 WASHER, locking 263 149862 STEERING COLUMN, upper/inner 164 128838 STEERING COLUMN, lower 165 21H5384 FLEXIBLE COUPLING (early type) 2 { alternatives

150696 FLEXIBLE COUPLING (later type) 2 }66 156270 COUPLING CLAMP (splined) 4If fitting to the steering rack, the pinion of the rack may need to be relieved slightly in the groove where theclamp bolt passes through.

67 109438 BOLT, 1/4" dia. 4HB813 BOLT, 5/16" dia. 4

68 GHF241 NUT, self locking, 1/4" dia. 4GHF242 NUT, self locking, 5/16" dia. 4

69 GHF300 WASHER, plain, 1/4" dia. 4GHF302 WASHER, plain, 5/16" dia. 4

70 150697 BOLT, special, coupling to adaptor 871 130581 EARTH STRAP 2Does the horn work intermittently on your TR4/4A?Check the condition of the earth straps through the rubber coupling (item 71), and the earth cable from the rackto the chassis (item 94).

72 156270PW COUPLING & ADAPTOR 2This item is not a genuine Triumph fitment. We have found them cost effective for people with limited budgetswho need both 156270 adaptors and rubber coupling 150696/21H5384. They need the 5/16" diameter clampbolts (items 96, 68 & 69) and the earth cable (item 71) to complete the installation.

Rack & Pinion Steering Assemblies305648 RACK & PINION, new 1 { TR4 RHD305648R RACK & PINION, rebuilt 1 } up to CT20265305930 RACK & PINION, new 1 { TR4 RHD305930R RACK & PINION, rebuilt 1 } from CT20266305647 RACK & PINION, new 1 { TR4 LHD305647R RACK & PINION, rebuilt 1 } up to CT20063305929 RACK & PINION, new 1 { TR4 LHD305929R RACK & PINION, rebuilt 1 } from CT20064306829 RACK & PINION, new 1 { TR4A RHD306829R RACK & PINION, rebuilt 1 }306830 RACK & PINION, new 1 { TR4A LHD306830R RACK & PINION, rebuilt 1 }

The difference in the TR4 and the TR4A rack & pinion assemblies is their overall length, (TR4 1023mm, TR4A1003mm). The change in overall length is achieved by the length of the inner ball joint assemblies (item 95).75 305773 HOUSING, rack & pinion, RHD 1 TR4/4A from CT20266

305774 HOUSING, rack & pinion, LHD 1 TR4/4A from CT2006476 128002 BUSH, passenger end of rack tube 177 208375 RACK BAR 178 145108 DAMPER PLUG, nylon 1 { TR4/4A RHD from CT20266

(fitted through rack tube) } LHD from CT2006479 127997 BUSH, pinion lower 180 128000 THRUST WASHER, lower 181 134689 PINION, RHD 1

134688 PINION, LHD 182 128008 PIN, locating upper bush 183 127999 THRUST WASHER, upper 184 127998 BUSH, pinion, upper 185 120941 SHIM, pinion, 0.005" a/r

130902 SHIM, pinion, 0.010" a/r86 128021 O’ RING, in end plug 1

Steering TR4/4A 137




Front Suspension TR2/TR3/3A & TR4See also Performance & Tuning in Accessories for our full range of uprated suspension components.

The front suspension from the TR2 to the TR6 series of cars was of the same basic design throughout the wholeproduction period of the cars. It was in fact based on the Triumph Mayflower saloon of the early 1950’s. For thetechnically minded it’s an unequal wishbone suspension with a coil spring and a telescopic shock absorber.The actual design is in three main phases. The TR2 through to the very early 1962 TR4’s (chassis numberCT6343 wire wheels, and CT6390 steel wheels), had the same basic design with the early type of upper balljoint (these are not handed), as it is called in Triumph parlance. The vertical post joining the upper ball joint andlower trunnion has zero castor.The later TR4’s from the above chassis numbers had a three degree castor system, which was also introducedwith an improved top ball joint and necessitated the trunnions to be handed to achieve the angling of thevertical posts, and also offset the upper wishbones. The three degree angle means that the top of the verticalpost is nearer the rear of the car than the bottom end screwed into the trunnion.The TR4A, whist using the same basic design, used completely redesigned components involving a newmethod of bushing the trunnions to the lower wishbones, with a removable pin being used through thetrunnion which made ‘strip & reassemble’ a much easier process. The lower inner wishbone bushes were alsosimplified to be a simple rubber to metal bonded item. The inner upper wishbone bushes are made of rubberand remain the same from the first TR2 to the last TR6.The TR4A suspension continued with little modification through to the last TR6.

NI GAC5076 TOOL (Churchill) a/rWe have remanufactured the special Churchill Spring Compressor tool (GAC5076), and, it can also be used forfitting new camshaft bearings.NI GAC6068X SUSPENSION KIT 1

includes all items marked ‡1 200659 FULCRUM PIN, upper 22 102228 ‡ BUSH, rubber, upper wishbone 8

TT3062 BUSH, poly, upper wishbone 4NI TT3160 UPRATED BUSH KIT, upper/inner 1 { see ‘Uprating

(Uprated versions of item 2) } Your Suspension’3 WM69 WASHER 44 PC10 ‡ SPLIT PIN 45 NL607041 ‡ NUT, slotted 46 GHF105 SCREW, hex headed 4

7 BH606141 BOLT, hex headed 48 GHF203 NUT 49 GHF333 WASHER, locking 810 GHF302 WASHER, plain 411 100695 WISHBONE ARM, upper - 2 {

RH front & LH rear |12 100696 WISHBONE ARM, upper - 2 |

RH rear & LH front |13 200772 BALL JOINT, upper 2 | TR2/3/3A & TR4 to14 056934 GREASE NIPPLE 2 | CT6343 (wire wheels)15 100726 GAITER 2 | & CT6390 (steel wheels)16 252165 NUT, nyloc 2 |17 PC12 SPLIT PIN (when fitted) 2 |18 PWZ109 WASHER 2 |19 100697 DISTANCE PIECE 2 }20 133507 WISHBONE ARM, upper rear 2 {21 133504 WISHBONE ARM, upper front 2 |22 GSJ131 BALL JOINT, upper, original 2 |

GSJ131B BALL JOINT, upper, non-original 2 | TR4 from23 138869 CLIP, gaiter retaining 2 | CT6344 (wire wheels)24 UKC3466 GAITER 2 | & CT6391 (steel wheels)25 UHN445 GREASE NIPPLE 2 |26 112347 BOLT, ball joint to wishbone 4 |27 GHF223 NUT, nyloc 4 |28 WB110061 WASHER, plain 4 }30 WC112081 WASHER, ball joint to vertical link 231 GHF225 NUT, nyloc 232 201803 VERTICAL LINK 233 106576 LEVER, tie rod, RH 1 { TR2/3/3A

106575 LEVER, tie rod, LH 1 }127830 LEVER, tie rod, RH 1 { TR4 to CT6343 (wire wheels)127831 LEVER, tie rod, LH 1 } and CT6389 (steel wheels)129836 LEVER, tie rod, RH 1 { TR4 from CT6344 to CT16462

| (wire wheels) & CT6390129837 LEVER, tie rod, LH 1 } to CT16349 (steel wheels)134542 LEVER, tie rod, RH 1 { TR4 from CT16463 (wires)134541 LEVER, tie rod, LH 1 } & CT16350 (steel wheels)

34 107106 DISTANCE PIECE 439 GHF275 NUT, stub axle to vertical link 240 WC112081 WASHER (for GHF275) 2

Front Suspension TR2/TR3/3A & TR4138




41 115763 STUB AXLE 2There are quite a few changes at chassis number TS13045. To TS13045 all TR2’s and TR3’s were equipped withLockheed brakes, at TS13046 the cars were fitted with the Girling brake system. So if you are in doubt aboutthe change point, simply check your brakes. Drums all round and single master cylinder means your chassis isless than TS13045. Discs at the front and two master cylinders means you have a chassis number greater thanTS13046. If these rules don’t apply you’ve got a dogs dinner and you’ll have to check everything from scratch.42 113124 PLATE, caliper mounting, RH 1 { TR3 from TS13046, TR3A,

| TR4 to CT4689 (wire wheels)113123 PLATE, caliper mounting, LH 1 } or CT4389 (steel wheels)133499 PLATE, caliper mounting, RH 1 { TR4 from CT4690

| (wire wheels) or133500 PLATE, caliper mounting, LH 1 } CT4388 (steel wheels)

43 106641 TAB WASHER 444 BH606221 BOLT, t/rod lever to v/link, front 2 TR2/3/3A, TR445 HB925 BOLT, t/rod lever to v/link, rear 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

BH606281 BOLT, t/rod lever to v/link, rear 2 TR3/3A from TS13046, TR446 SH606051 BOLT, back plate to v/link, front 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

SH606065 BOLT, caliper mount to v/link, front 2 TR3/3A from TS13046, TR447 SH606051 BOLT, backing plate to v/link, rear 2 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

118324 BOLT, caliper mount to v/link, rear 2 TR3/3A from TS13046, TR448 GHF223 NUT, for bolts 4/6

GHK1244 BEARING KIT 2 (inc. 2 bearings, 1 seal)50 GHS110 GREASE SEAL 2 (felt with steel backing)51 GHB111 BEARING, inner 252 GHB110 BEARING, outer 253 102690 ‘D’ WASHER 254 PC20 SPLIT PIN 255 NL608041 NUT, slotted 256 102689 CAP, grease retaining 260 109975 HUB, steel wheel 2 {61 100869 STUD, steel wheel 8 |62 109586 WHEEL NUT, steel wheel 8 |64 108277 HUB, wire wheel, RH 1 | TR2, TR3 to TS13045

108278 HUB, wire wheel, LH 1 |65 109457 PEG, collar locating 2 |66 107950 PEG, brake drum to hub 6 |67 107942 COLLAR, tapered, wire wheel 2 }70 114284 HUB (Steel) (with studs) (for steel wheels) 2 {

114284A HUB (Alloy) (less studs) (for steel wheels) 2 |114284X HUB (Alloy) (less studs) (for steel wheels) 2 |

(with extra thick flange for adjustment) | TR3 from TS13046,71 114282 STUD, front (standard length) (steel wheels) 8 | TR3A, TR4

114282X STUD, front (extra long) (steel wheels) 8 |(may need shortening to suit application) |

72 109586 WHEEL NUT, steel wheel 8 |74 114283 HUB, wire wheel 2 |75 114281 STUD, wire wheel, front 8 }Triumph ‘invented’ a very neat idea for people wishing to convert to wire wheels.On Girling equipped vehicles (TS13046 on, and all TR4 to TR6), you could buy adaptors, 217602 for the RH side,and 217603 for the LH side (items 76) and simply bolt them onto a steel wheel hub, and you had a car equippedto take wire wheels. Don’t go away. Read on. This only worked if:A) You had cut the steel wheel studs down.B) You used special small adaptor nuts (item 77) – you’ll need 16 for one car).The technique was to fit adaptors with nuts (110366), and this would leave some of the wheel nut standing out.Simply hacksaw it off to be flush with the nuts. For people who know in advance that they are fitting wirewheels, or indeed, who don’t want ugly non-chamfered wheel studs, there is a front hub (item 74) for wire wheelcars which has the shorter studs fitted.If you wish to fit wire wheels and don’t want to shorten the studs, why not use our spacers, part no. TT6902,two pairs required. This will permit swapping back and forth for different uses.NI TT6901 SPACER, solid, 3mm, pair a/r

TT6902 SPACER, solid, 6mm, pair a/r76 217602 EXTENSION, hub, splined, RH 1 { TR3 from TS13046,

217603 EXTENSION, hub, splined, LH 1 | TR3A, TR477 110366 NUT, extension to hub 16 }80 138823 COLLAR (Spring insulator) (standard) 4 Rubber

138823P COLLAR (Spring insulator) (uprated) 4 Polyurethane138823PX COLLAR (Spring insulator) (uprated) 4 { Polyurethane,

} slightly thicker than standardWe can no longer supply the standard spring 201898. When it is fitted it must be fitted with a spacer 107682,otherwise your ground clearance will be seriously diminished. We can supply 210903 which was the factoryalternative with the same ride height and spring rate. It is important NOT to fit the spacer (107682) with thisspring, otherwise, when returning home late at night you will probably frighten the local Jumbo Jets, as youheadlights will be shining on them.You may ask why are we so stupid making 107682 when most cars won’t need them. Well …. our competitionsprings (TT4006, which is the old SAH606) are the same design as the Triumph ‘High Speed Springs’ as listedin their parts book (page 143 in their publication ‘501653’, part no 201899), except as designed by Triumph theywere coiled anti-clockwise so the stores people at the factory would notice the difference. These uprated springsneed the spacer block to be fitted. Why did we design them like that? You do ask a lot of questions …Well, because we use TT4006 as the TR4 to TR6 uprated front spring, and on that application it doesn’t need aspacer block. One spring, two applications, very clever. Well done Terry Hurrell (did I say that?, surely not).

81 107682 SPACER, aluminium 2 for 201898 & TT400682 201898 COIL SPRING, standard 2 (approx. 9 3/4" free length)

210903 COIL SPRING, standard 2 (approx. 11" free length)TT4006 COIL SPRING, uprated 2 fit in pairs

83 AR62-2080 SHOCK ABSORBER, standard 2TT3001 SHOCK ABS’, Spax, adjustable 2 { we suggest theseTT3102 SHOCK ABS’, Koni, adjustable 2 | uprated units areTT3103 SHOCK ABS’, Gaz, adjustable 2 } fitted in pairs only

84 GHF202 NUT, plain 285 NT606041 LOCKNUT 286 ACA9759 WASHER, cupped 487 21A860 Bush, upper 4

TT30161 Bush, upper, uprated 488 102987 Bush, lower 489 106841 PIN & BRACKET 290 106843 BRACKET 291 101229 TAB WASHER 292 SH607081 BOLT 294 058224 GREASE SEAL, original 2

142402 GREASE SEAL, alternative 2The 058224 seal was rather a weak design to stop dirt getting into the grease which was pumped into thetrunnion for lubrication. When we re-made the trunnions, 101557 & 133838/9, we re-designed the top surfacethat mates with the vertical link from the original flat to a chamfered design which is copied from the TR4A toTR6. This enables the later design of seal (142402) to be used. So, if you buy new trunnions be sure to buy142402, as you will not be able to fit your old type seal (058224).

95 101557* TRUNNION ASSEMBLY 2 { TR2/3/3A & TR4 to(0° degree castor) | CT6343 (wire wheels) &

} CT6390 (steel wheels)133839* TRUNNION ASSEMBLY, RH 1 { TR4 from CT6344

(3° degree castor) | (wire wheels) and CT6391133839* TRUNNION ASSEMBLY, LH 1 | (steel wheels)

(3° degree castor) }*Note: Trunnion pins are not cross-drilled for split pins. Use nyloc nuts (GHF274, 2 per trunnion).96 056934 GREASE NIPPLE 297 SH605061 BOLT 298 101407 STOP, steering lock 299 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2102 106577 ARM, lower wishbone 2 RH front-LH rear103 106578 ARM, lower wishbone 2 LH front-RH rear104 101615‡ BUSH, wishbone arm 4The wishbone arm bush must be reamed to fit after being pressed into arm.105 056934 GREASE NIPPLE 4106 101533 ‡ THRUST WASHER 8107 115702 ‡ SEAL, wishbone outer side (3/8") 8 TR2/3/3A, TR4 to CT7218108 134319 SEAL, wishbone trunnion side (5/16") 4 { TR4 from CT2719109 134293 SHIM (for seal 134319) 16 }110 115701 ‡ WASHER, locking 4 TR2/3/3A, TR4 to CT7218

134320 WASHER, locking 4 TR4 from CT2719111 NL607041 NUT, slotted, (original trunnions) 4

GHF274 ‡ NUT, nyloc, (repro trunnions) 4112 PC10 SPLIT PIN, (original trunnions) 4113 106845 ‘BUMP’ RUBBER 2114 102228 RUBBER BUSH, lower wishbone 8 TR2, TR3 to TS9120115 110697 ‡ WASHER, nylon 8 {116 115702 ‡ SEAL 8 | TR3 from TS9121,117 110696 ‡ BUSH, nylon 4 | TR3A, TR4118 110695 ‡ BUSH, steel 4 } TR4119 GHF224 ‡ NUT, lower fulcrum pin 4NI TT3161 UPRATED BUSH KIT, lower/inner 1 { see ‘Uprating Your Suspension'

(inc. items 115 to 118) } on page 140.120 107430 BRACKET, lower fulcrum 4121 SH605051 SCREW, bracket to frame 8122 GHF201 NUT 8123 GHF332 WASHER 8124 100175 ‘REBOUND’ RUBBER 2125 GHF120 SCREW, rubber to chassis 4126 GHF201 NUT 4127 GHF332 WASHER, locking 4128 143712 STUD, inner end of lower wishbones 4129 BH606161 BOLT, spring pan to wishbone 8130 GHF273 NUT, nyloc, spring pan to wishbone 12131 106844 BRACKET, rebound abutment 2132 GHF202 NUT 8133 GHF333 WASHER, locking 8134 200193 SPRING PAN 2

Front Suspension TR2/TR3/3A & TR4 139




Front Anti-Roll Bar (TR4)(Factory Option)

510584 ANTI-ROLL BAR KIT 1 (includes instructions)1 208571 BAR only, (9/16" diameter) 12 AHH6546* CLAMP, locating 4 { included in kit (510584),3 PMZ308 SCREW 4 | alternative assembly4 WL700101 WASHER, locking 4 | to item 175 GHF206 NUT 4 }6 122231 WASHER, locating 47 121792 RETAINER ASSEMBLY 28 121791 BLOCK, rubber 29 GHF222 NUT, retainer assembly 410 131964 BRACKET, RH 1

131963 BRACKET, LH 111 SH606071 BOLT, bracket to bumper bracket 412 GHF223 NUT, nyloc 413 131479 BRACKET, attachment 214 121797 LINK ASSEMBLY 215 FNZ507 NUT, link to bracket 216 WP46 WASHER, locking 217 122230* CLAMP, (not included in kit) 2 {18 HB714P BOLT 2 |19 GHF300 WASHER, plain 4 | alternative20 GHF331 WASHER, locking 2 |21 GHF200 NUT, plain 2 }*These two clamping systems are factory alternatives. Although the original type kits we supply contain clampitem 2, clamp item 17 was also used in some factory kits.

Front Tyre Wear Patterns

Feathering is caused by incorrect tracking or worn front-end components. One-sided wear can be caused byincorrect camber or grossly incorrect tracking. Cupping is the result of out-of-balance wheels, worn shocks,grabbing brakes or worn tie rods.

Slotted & Nyloc Nuts

Throughout the history of the TR2/3/3A and TR4A front suspension, split pins and slotted nuts were the order ofthe day. The self locking nuts were not yet in common use on motor vehicles.For enthusiasts seeking originality or for owners without split pin holes in their studs, bolts, ball joints etc,we offer the following conversion.

Thread Size Slotted Nut Nyloc Nut3/8" LN2209 GHF2737/16" NL607041 GHF2741/2" NL608041 GHF2759/16" LN2212 53K1667

These nuts are ‘half’ nuts, i.e. The threaded portion is only ‘half’ the depth of a full nut.

Uprating Your Front SuspensionSee also Performance & Tuning in Accessories for our full range of uprated suspension components.

When a vehicle manufacturer designs his suspension for a car he always has to compromise between the carsability to go round corners at high speed with its ability to give a comfortable ride.Sports cars, by their very nature, induce owners to sacrifice a little of the comfort for an improvement in thehandling. We have published a full list of tuning items in our 'Performance & Tuning' section, but here we list afew off the components which are both easy to fit and, have been found very popular with our customers whowant improved handling without having to gain an honours degree in mechanical engineering.

Uprated Front Coil Springs, Shock Absorbers & BushesThis little section is our recommendation for the average enthusiast. It is not intended to be for serious (or evennon-serious) competition minded drivers. (See Performance & Tuning on page 47)

TT4006 FRONT SPRING (uprated) 2107682 COLLAR 2 use when TT4006 fittedTT3001 ‘SPAX’ Shock absorber, adjustable 2 { we suggest theseTT3002 ‘KONI’ Shock absorber, adjustable 2 | uprated units areTT3103 ‘GAZ’ Shock absorber, adjustable 2 } fitted in pairs onlyTT3160 UPRATED BUSH KIT (Upper/Inner) 1TT3161 UPRATED BUSH KIT,(Lower/Inner) 1

Front Suspension Bushes Explained

The early TR2’s (up to TS9122) were fitted with 102228 rubber bushes on both the upper and lowerinner wishbone mountings. Triumph improved this to incorporate a nylon and steel bushset (using 110695, 110696, 110697 & 115702 seals), but only on thelower inner wishbones. They kept the 102228 rubberbushes on the upper wishbones.

A very simple improvementis to fit the original Triumphmodification for the lower,... to the upper.You should realise that thereis a small price to pay.

The rubber bush flexes in all directions without 'fear or favour', but the nylon/steel bushes give free andpredictable rotation in an arc about the axis of the bush.Clear? Maybe not. Perhaps our illustration will help.

1 110697 WASHER 82 115702 SEAL 83 110696 BUSH, nylon 44 110695 BUSH, steel 4

Even if it’s still not clear, we’ll give you the bottom line. Uprated bushes give a harsher & noisier ride, but theyusually last longer.

Anti-Roll Bar KitsA very good modification is to fit an anti-roll bar to ‘tighten up’ the front end. For TR4 owners we can offer510584 (the optional roll bar kit as offered by Triumph).

We have managed to mix some vast stocks of old original Triumph items with some quality reproductions of O.E.specification anti-roll bar pieces to offer an excellent kit. Really recommended!

There were several small companies in the 1950’s and 1960’s making up Triumph’s omission:Vic Derington, Lawrencetune & SAH being the best remembered. Some of the SAH (Sydney Arthur Hurrell)traditions have been carried into the present day by Terry (son of Syd), and are offered here:

TT3081 ANTI-ROLL BAR KIT, front 8 TR2/3/3ATT3181 ANTI-ROLL BAR KIT, front 8 TR4

As mentioned earlier, TR3A owners can use 510584 (with a little drilling), by fitting the bar to the outerwishbone bolts instead of the middle ones. This kit will not fit either TR2 or TR3 as they have a different bumper& bracket arrangement.TR4 owners should note that the bar in kit no. TT3181 is of a thicker section than 208571 and is thereforeconsiderably stiffer.

Front Anti-Roll Bar TR4 & Suspension Tips140


Front Suspension 141




Front Suspension TR4ASee also Performance & Tuning in Accessories for our full range of uprated suspension components.The front suspension from the TR2 to the TR6 series of cars was of the same basic design throughout the wholeproduction period of the cars. It was in fact based on the Triumph Mayflower saloon of the early 1950’s.For the technically minded it’s an unequal wishbone suspension with a coil spring & a telescopic shock absorber.The actual design is in three main phases.The TR2 through to the very early 1962 TR4’s (chassis number CT6343 wire wheels, & CT6390 steel wheels), hadthe same basic design with the early type of upper ball joint (these are not handed), as it is called in Triumphparlance. The vertical post joining the upper ball joint & lower trunnion has zero castor. The later TR4’s from theabove chassis numbers had a three degree castor system, which was also introduced with an improved top balljoint and necessitated the trunnions to be handed to achieve the angling of the vertical posts, and also offset theupper wishbones. The three degree angle means that the top of the vertical post is nearer the rear of the car thanthe bottom end screwed into the trunnion.The TR4A, whist using the same basic design, used completely redesigned components involving a new methodof bushing the trunnions to the lower wishbones, with a removable pin being used through the trunnion whichmade ‘strip & re-assemble’ a much easier process. The lower inner wishbone bushes were also simplified to bea simple rubber to metal bonded item. The inner upper wishbone bushes are made of rubber and remain the samefrom the first TR2 to the last TR6. The TR4A suspension continued with little modification through to the last TR6.

1 200659 FULCRUM PIN, upper 22 GHF105 SCREW 83 GHF333 WASHER, locking 84 133504 ARM, wishbone upper front 25 133507 ARM, wishbone upper rear 26 102228* BUSH, rubber, upper wishbones 8 Standard

TT3062* BUSH, Polyurethane, upper wishbones 4 UpratedNI QHQSK199S BUSH KIT(rubber bushes), upper/inner 1

TT3160 UPRATED BUSH KIT, upper/inner 1 see ‘Uprating Your Suspension’7 WM69 WASHER, fulcrum pin 48 NL607041 NUT, fulcrum pin 49 PC10 SPLIT PIN, fulcrum nut 410 GAC6067X MAJOR SUSP’ OVERHAUL KIT 1 Standard bushes

GAC6067P MAJOR SUSP’ OVERHAUL KIT 1 Polyurethane bushesBoth kits repair both sides and include all items marked*

11 GSJ131 BALL JOINT (original) 2GSJ131B BALL JOINT (non-original) 2

12 UKC3466 RUBBER BOOT, ball joint 213 138869 CLIP, ball joint boot 214 UHN445 GREASE NIPPLE 215 112347 BOLT, ball joint to wishbone 416 GHF223 NUT, nyloc, ball joint bolt 417 GHF302 WASHER 4

20 307216 VERTICAL LINK, LH 1307215 VERTICAL LINK, RH 1

The TR4A vertical posts have a threaded hole for a grease nipple. The workshop manual recommends using aEP90 weight gear oil. We have always preferred LM grease as lubricant for the front suspension.The TR4A system involves pumping the grease down the centre of the vertical post, and then up through thetrunnion thread from the bottom. When you strip the suspension down, always be sure to thoroughly clear thegrease passage in the vertical post.

23 NL608041 LOCK-NUT, link to ball joint 224 WC112081 WASHER 225 307212 TIE ROD LEVER, LH 1

307211 TIE ROD LEVER, RH 130 133500 MOUNTING PLATE, LH 1 { brake caliper

133499 MOUNTING PLATE, RH 1 }33 118324 BOLT 1 { mounting plate to34 SH606065 SCREW 2 } vertical link35 GHF223 NUT 236 106641 TAB WASHER 439 GHF126 BOLT 2 { mounting plate40 BH606281 BOLT 2 } & tie rod lever42 107106 DISTANCE PIECE, mounting plate 443 GHF223 NUT 450 115763 STUB AXLE 251 WC112081 WASHER, stub axle 252 GHF275 NUT, stub axle 2

GHK1021 BEARING KIT 2 includes items marked †55 GHS110 † OIL SEAL 258 GHB111 † BEARING, inner 260 114284 HUB (Steel) (with studs) 2 {

114284A HUB (Alloy) (less studs) 2 |114284X HUB (Alloy) (less studs) 2 |

(with extra thick flange for adjustment) | for steel wheels61 114282 STUD, front (standard length) 8 |

114282X STUD, front (extra long) 8 |(may need shortening to suit application) |

62 109586 NUT, wheel 16 }65 114283 HUB, (includes studs) 2 {66 114281 STUD, hub to extension 8 |67 110366 NUT, extension to hub 8 | for wire wheels70 217603 SPLINED EXTENSION, LH 1 |

217602 SPLINED EXTENSION, RH 1 }

Front Suspension TR4A142




72 PC20 † SPLIT PIN 273 GHB110 † BEARING, outer 274 102690 ‘D’ WASHER 275 NL608041 NUT 276 102689 GREASE CAP 2The original grease caps on the front hubs were designed to be removed by screwing a bolt in to the small holein the cap’s centre. (This is why there’s a threaded hole in the centre of the cap, and why earlier Triumph tool kitsincluded a small black bolt). These holes are often stripped out, making removal very difficult. Currently the capscoming through from the factory are not threaded. Bolts for removing the threaded caps are our part no. HU506.

80 142378 TRUNNION ASSEMBLY, LH bottom 1142377 TRUNNION ASSEMBLY, RH bottom 1

82 SH605111 SCREW 283 GHF332 WASHER 284 156111 STOP, steering lock 285 UHN400 GREASE NIPPLE 286 142402* SEAL, trunnion to vertical link 290 307209 WISHBONE, lower 2 LH front & RH rear91 307210 WISHBONE, lower 2 RH front & LH rear92 139835* PIVOT BOLT 293 139832* DISTANCE PIECE 494 139833* NYLON BEARING 895 142388* WASHER 896 142387* SEALING RING 897 139834* SHIELD, water 898 LN2212* NUT 2

NI TT3164 UPRATED BUSH KIT, lower/outer 1 { see ‘Uprating Your Suspension'(Uprated versions of items 92 to 97) } on page 144

99 PC12* SPLIT PIN 2100 148691 BRACKET, lower fulcrum 4There are two specifications of the lower fulcrum bracket. The earlier part had only one stud (part no. 139715),but we no longer supply this item.It was replaced by 148691, which has two studs, and is recommended as a superior and stronger fitment.

101 GHF273 NUT 4 { 4 if single stud bracket fitted8 } 8 if double stud bracket fitted

102 WM59 WASHER, plain 4 { 4 if single stud bracket fitted8 } 8 if double stud bracket fitted

103 139727 SHIM, bracket to frame a/r104 141481 BUSH, inner wishbone 4105 BH608221 BOLT, wishbone to bracket 4106 NL608041 NUT 4110 140951 SPRING PAN, lower 2111 BH606181 BOLT, spring pan to wishbone 6/8

BH606221 BOLT, spring pan to wishbone 2 when anti-roll bar fitted112 GHF223 NUT, nyloc 12113 WP20X WASHER, plain 12114 143712 STUD, spring pan to wishbone 4115 213165 COIL SPRING, standard 2

TT4006 COIL SPRING, uprated 2 fit in pairsNI GAC5076 TOOL (Churchill) a/rWe have remanufactured the special Churchill Spring Compressor tool (GAC5076), but, it can also be used forfitting new camshaft bearings.116 138823 COLLAR (Spring insulator) (standard) 4 Rubber


} slightly thicker than standard120 GSA272 SHOCK ABSORBER, standard 2

TT3101 SHOCK ABS’, Spax, adjustable 2 { we suggest theseTT3102 SHOCK ABS’, Koni, adjustable 2 | uprated units areTT3203 SHOCK ABS’, Gaz, adjustable 2 } fitted in pairs only

122 119450 MOUNTING, lower, rubber (standard) 2 { standard119450Z MOUNTING, lower, replacement 2 }TT3364 MOUNTING, lower (uprated) 2 Polyurethane

123 21A860 MOUNTING, upper (standard) 4 Rubber142444P MOUNTING, upper (uprated) 4 Polyurethane

124 140479 WASHER 2125 140479 WASHER 2126 GHF202 NUT 2127 NT606041 JAM’ NUT 2128 GHF302 WASHER 8129 GHF273 NUT, nyloc 8 lower shock abs’ to spring pan130 106843 BRACKET 4131 BH607201 BOLT, shock absorber to bracket 2132 GHF274 NUT 2

Front Coil Springs; Fitted SpringType/Usage Height Rate/lbs

213165 Standard 6.75" 312TT4006 Uprated, raised 7.00" 390(This spring gives an increase in ride height, use only in conjunction with rear spring TT4211)TT4001 Uprated, slightly lowered 6.70" 390TT4201 Uprated, lowered road 7.00" 420TT4102 Uprated, lowered sprint 6.00" 420TT4207 Uprated, lowered race 6.50" 450

Spring Collar/Insulators;100751 Rubber, front 4100751P Polyurethane, front 4100751PX Polyurethane, front 4 slightly thicker than std.MGS40904 SPACER, metal a/r 3mm thicknessMaximum 2 recommended per side, each adjusts ride height approx. 5 millimetres.

Strengthening Lower Wishbone Arm BracketsThe lower front inner wishbone brackets (page 79, item 15) whichare welded to the frame, are considered weak points of the frontsuspension as they are often found to be cracked, or even brokenaway from the chassis. This is usually caused by running in to potholes or hitting kerbs. These brackets are easily replaced by acompetent chassis repair workshop, and represent a considerable improvement to the earlier TR2/3/3A and TR4design. On these earlier cars, instead of breaking a bracket, the entire spring tower twists and cracks, muchmore difficult (and expensive) to repair than a bracket! It’s a good idea to periodically check your front innerwishbone brackets, and have them replaced if they are cracked or broken, as this condition presents a severesafety hazard. We have followed a design from Triumph themselves, and produced a strengthening kit(see illustration), which comprises three plates that are welded to the inner wishbone bracket and the chassis.

TT3259L STRENGTHENING KIT, LH 1 { 3 plates per kitTT3259R STRENGTHENING KIT, RH 1 }139580R PLATE WASHER, reinforcement 4 { aftermarket

} competition use

Anti-Roll Bar (TR6 Option)The TR6 anti-roll bar will fit a TR4A with minimal modification due to the two cars suspension being virtually identical.The TR6 radiator protection shield will need to be fitted to the TR4A to receive the ‘U’ bolts (item 170). This protectionshield is part no. 213021. This modification will make the TR4A a more pleasurable and more predictable car to drive.

150 215647 ANTI-ROLL BAR 1215647K FITTING KIT, anti-roll bar 1

151 152143A LINK ASSEMBLY 2152 517984 WASHER 4153 513983 WASHER 4154 517985 RUBBER MOUNT 4

517985P POLY MOUNT 4155 517986 DISTANCE PIECE 2156 GHF223 NUT 2160 152144 BRACKET, mounting 2161 152145 PACKING PIECE 2162 WP46 WASHER 4163 GHF223 NUT 2165 123998 BUSH, rubber 2

123998P BUSH, polyurethane 2 uprated166 123502 CLAMPING BRACKET 2170 123694 ‘U’ BOLT (plain) 2

139126 ‘U’ BOLT (with towing eye) 2172 GHF301 WASHER 4173 GHF222 NUT 4174 213021 SHIELD, radiator protection 1175 SH606071 SCREW, attaching shield to chassis 2176 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2177 GHF202 NUT 2

Front Suspension TR4A 143

Uprating Your TR4A SuspensionWhen a vehicle manufacturer designs his suspension for a car he always has to compromise between the carsability to go round corners at high speed with its ability to give a comfortable ride.Sports’ cars, by their very nature, induce owners to sacrifice a little of the comfort for an improvement in thehandling. We have published a full list of tuning items in our 'Performance & Tuning' section, but here we list afew off the components which are both easy to fit and, have been found very popular with our customers whowant improved handling without having to gain an honours degree in mechanical engineering.The first modification suggested is the installation of a uprated Front Anti-Roll bar.You can fit either our TR4A Uprated bar or the TR6 anti-roll bar described earlier. The TR6 installation involvesno irreversible modifications to the car.

TR4A Anti-Roll Bar KitThere were several small companies in the 1950’s and 1960’s making up Triumph’s omission:Vic Derington, Lawrencetune & SAH being the best remembered. Some of the SAH (Sydney Arthur Hurrell)traditions have been carried into the present day by Terry (son of Syd), and are offered here:

TT3281 ANTI-ROLL BAR KIT, front 4 TR4A

As a second step, a pair of TT4006 springs with uprated shock absorbers is a good investment. The TT4006 isthe same spring as used to uprate the TR2/3/3A & TR4, but in the TR4A, you do not fit the spacer 107862.The choice between Koni, Spax or Gaz is a personal choice. All are, of course adjustable, but whereas Spax &Gaz are adjustable in-situ, you need to take Koni’s off the car to adjust them.The front suspension bushes are also available in an uprated form to make the car ‘tighter’. The upper innerbush kit (TT3160) comprises the steel & nylon bush set-up on the lower inner fulcrum pin on the TR2 (fromTS9122) to TR4. It however uses ‘nylatron’ versions of the 110696 bush and the washer 110697.‘Nylatron’ is a hard wearing, self lubricating replacement for the ordinary nylon.Lastly, there is a lower outer kit (TT3264), which has ‘nylatron’ versions of the 139833 nylon bush, plusstandard bushes (item 92 to 97 inclusive).

TT4006 FRONT SPRING (uprated) 2 all modelsTT3101 ‘SPAX’ Shock absorber, adjustable 2 { we suggest theseTT3102 ‘KONI’ Shock absorber, adjustable 2 | uprated units areTT3203 ‘GAZ’ Shock absorber, adjustable 2 } fitted in pairs onlyTT3160 UPRATED BUSH KIT (Upper/Inner) 1TT3264 UPRATED BUSH KIT (Lower/Outer) 1

Front Suspension Bushes ExplainedSee also Performance & Tuning in Accessories for our full range of uprated suspension components.

The front upper suspension of the TR4A is exactly the same as used on the early TR2’s (up to TS9122), theywere fitted with 102228 rubber bushes on both the upper and lower inner wishbone mountings. Triumphimproved this to incorporate a nylon and steel bush set (using 110695, 110696, 110697 and 115702 seals), butonly on the lower inner wishbones. They kept the 102228 rubber bushes on the upper wishbones.A very simple improvement is to fit the Triumph modification for the lower, to the upper. You should realise thatthere is a small price topay. The rubber bushflexes in all directionswithout fear or favour, butthe nylon/steel bushesgive free and predictablerotation in an arc aboutthe axis of the bush.

Clear?Maybe not - Perhaps this illustration will help.

1 110697 WASHER 82 115702 SEAL 83 110696 BUSH, nylon 44 110695 BUSH, steel 4

Even if it’s still not clear, we’ll give you the bottom line.Uprated bushes give a harsher & noisier ride, but they usually last longer.

Slotted & Nyloc nutsThroughout the history of the TR2/3/3A and TR4A front suspension, split pins and slotted nuts were the order ofthe day. The self locking nuts were not yet in common use on motor vehicles.For enthusiasts seeking originality or for owners without split pin holes in their studs, bolts, ball joints etc, weoffer the following conversion.

Thread Size Slotted Nut Nyloc Nut3/8" LN2209 GHF2737/16" NL607041 GHF2741/2" NL608041 GHF2759/16" LN2212 53K1667

These nuts are ‘half’ nuts, i.e. The threaded portion is only ‘half’ the depth of a full nut.



Uprating TR4A Front Suspension144

23 GHF302 WASHER, plain 824 GHF223 NUT, nyloc 825 112503 BUSH, rubber, rear shackle pin 8

112503P BUSH, poly, rear shackle pin 8TT30765 BUSH, nylatron, uprated 8

26 107535 SHACKLE PIN ASSEMBLY 227 AHH5019 SHACKLE PLATE 228 GHF333 WASHER, locking 429 GHF202 NUT 430 115456* BUFFER, rear axle 2 { TR3 from TS13046, TR431 EAW4321 WIRE, buffer to axle }*Note: May be used for earlier cars (TR2/3 to TS13045) by sectioning to fit the smaller diameter axle tubes andwiring in place as originally fastened.32 107476 CHECK STRAP 2 {33 NT606041 NUT 4 | TR2/3/3A,34 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4 | TR4 to CT2338235 107477 BOLT, mounting check strap 2 }36 137338 CHECK STRAP 2 {37 GHF223 NUT, nyloc 4 | TR4 from CT2338338 137629 SCREW 4 |39 137339 BRACKET, anchor, check strap 2 }40 AAA149M OIL, shock absorber, (0.5 litre), Moss a/r standard

GGL9038X OIL, shock absorber, Penrite, (500ml) a/r No 1, Light, standardGGL9039X OIL, shock absorber, Penrite, (500ml) a/r No 2, Heavy, competition

41 202388 SHOCK ABSORBER, RH (new) 1 { Standard202389 SHOCK ABSORBER, LH (new) 1 }(Customers own units can be reconditioned if preferred, lead time is approx. 6 to 8 weeks)TT3014RN SHOCK ABSORBER, RH (new) 1 { Uprated 25%TT3014LN SHOCK ABSORBER, LH (new) 1 }See also ‘Performance & Tuning’ in Accessories.

42 SH606101 BOLT, shock absorber to frame 443 WP20X WASHER, plain 444 GHF223 NUT, nyloc 4Loose shock absorbers usually cause clunking noises in the rear of the car. This can cause damage to the shockabsorber mounting brackets as well as diminishing the effectiveness of the shock absorbers, also, check thecondition of the links.45 105925 LINK, shock absorber 246 GHF333 WASHER, locking, link to arm 247 GHF202 NUT, link to arm 248 WD600071 WASHER, link to spring plate 249 GHF274 NUT, nyloc, link to spring plate 2

Rear Suspension TR2/TR3/3A & TR4See also Performance & Tuning in Accessories for our full range of uprated suspension components.

The basic leaf spring rear suspension provided reasonable handling (unless you fitted Michelin X tyres;especially exciting was driving on 155x15 4J rims in damp conditions!).In the early days, Triumph fitted a harder spring on the drivers side as they assumed the driver was alwayspresent, but there wouldn’t always be passenger.With many cars being converted from Left Hand Drive to Right Hand Drive, this could cause problems.We have rationalised the range to one spring for all TR2/3/3A’s & TR4’s to CT23382. The spring we use is theO.E. specification on TR4 (drivers side). This is slightly harder than the TR2/3/3A springs but nothing that anintrepid ‘real car’ owner can’t cope with.We do offer a ‘competition’ specification spring which is about 30% harder. If you think your suspension is toohard and therefore you suspect you have uprated springs, you can identify them by two clues. The second leafis the same thickness as the main one, it also ‘hooks’ around the main leaf.

At chassis number CT23383,Triumph introduced an amazinglybizarre ‘deep dish’ rear springwith a 3" block spacer betweenthe spring and axle. It was supposed to reduce bump oversteer.We’ve never been able to tell the early ‘4’ from the late ‘4’ when riding in them. Our guess is, it didn’t work.

10 208636 LEAF SPRING 2 { TR2/3/3ATT4016 LEAF SPRING, competition 2 } TR4 to CT23382209964 LEAF SPRING, deep dish 2 TR4 from CT23383

11 107769 BUSH, in front spring eye 2 TR2/3/3A, TR4The distance between spring mounting points after chassis no. CT23383 is reduced by 1" compared with priorchassis numbers. For this reason it is not possible to fit TT4016 springs to later TR4’s.12 106231 PIN, front attachment 213 102690 ‘D’ WASHER 214 NL608041 NUT, slotted 215 PC10 SPLIT PIN 218 107688 ‘U’ BOLT, Lockheed axle 4 TR2, TR3 to TS13045

113194 ‘U’ BOLT, Girling axle 4 { TR3 from TS13046, TR3A,} TR4 to CT23382

19 136865 ‘U’ BOLT, deep dish spring 4 TR4 from CT2338320 105929 PLATE, rear spring, LH 1 { TR2, TR3 to TS13045

105928 PLATE, rear spring, RH 1 }113181 PLATE, rear spring, LH 1 { TR3 from TS13046, TR3A,113191 PLATE, rear spring, RH 1 } TR4 to CT23382

21 139489 PLATE, rear spring 2 {22 137634 SPACER, LH 1 | TR4 from CT23383

137635 SPACER, RH 1 }




Rear Suspension TR2/TR3/3A & TR4 145

Some cars were factory fitted with a metal packing washer under the coil spring in addition to the rubber spring collar. This was done to correct the ride height of the car.NI MGS40904 SPACER, metal a/r 3mm thicknessWe supply a small spacer plate of 3mm depth that allows you to adjust the spring/ride height to suit yourneeds. (Spacers are sold individually).Maximum of 2 recommended per side, each spacer adjusts the ride height by approx. 5mm.19 GSA287 SHOCK ABSORBER, standard, LH (new) 1 {

GSA286 SHOCK ABSORBER, standard, RH (new) 1 | standardGSA287R SHOCK ABSORBER, standard, LH (rebuilt) 1 |GSA286R SHOCK ABSORBER, standard, RH (rebuilt) 1 }TT3214RN SHOCK ABSORBER*, uprated, RH, (New) 1 { setting uprated 25%,TT3214LN SHOCK ABSORBER*, uprated, LH, (New) 1 | road and competition.TT3215RN SHOCK ABSORBER*, uprated, RH, (New) 1 { setting uprated 50%,TT3215LN SHOCK ABSORBER*, uprated, LH, (New) 1 | full competition only.

} (Not suitable for road use)*See also page 48 in 'Tuning & Performance' for Uprated valves & rear telescopic Conversion kits.

20 HU1009 BOLT, securing shock absorber 421 WB600070 WASHER, plain 422 141464A LINK, shock absorber 223 21A860 BUSH, (Standard), link to arm 4 Rubber

513680P BUSH, (Uprated), link to arm 4 Polyurethane24 140416 WASHER, link to arm, upper 425 140479 WASHER, link to arm, upper 226 GHF202 NUT, plain 227 NT605041 NUT, jam 228 GHF203 NUT, plain 229 GHF334 WASHER, locking 230 140290 ‘BUMP STOP’ RUBBER, on wheel arch 231 136758 ‘BUMP STOP’ RUBBER, on chassis 2

136758Z ‘BUMP STOP’ RUBBER, on chassis 2 replacement32 AAA149M OIL, shock absorber, Moss, (500ml) a/r standard


Rear Coil Springs;Fitted Spring

Type/Usage Height Rate/lbsGSV1001 Standard 9.00" 354TT4211* Uprated, raised 9.65" 390(This spring gives an increase in ride height, use only in conjunction with front spring TT4006)TT4212 Uprated (standard ride height) 8.85" 390TT4216 Uprated, lowered road 8.50" 420TT4215 Uprated, lowered sprint 8.45" 510TT4215A Uprated, lowered race 7.30" 550




Rear Suspension TR4A with IRS axleSee also Performance & Tuning in Accessories for our full range of uprated suspension components.

1 308267 TRAILING ARM, with bushes, LH 1308268 TRAILING ARM, with bushes, RH 1

The trailing arms listed here are the later type that were fitted to TR5/250 and TR6. When replacing original TR4Atype trailing arms with the later type, (item 30), bump rubber (fitted on wheel arch) should be replaced with partnumber 136758 (fitted into boss on trailing arm).2 138801 BLANKING PLUG, 7/8" 43 138532 BLANKING PLUG, 11/8" 44 137599 BUSH, trailing arm, standard 4 Rubber

TT3266 BUSH, trailing arm, uprated 4 PolyurethaneTT3265 BUSH, trailing arm, uprated 4 Nylatron

5 TD812 STUD, hub attachment 126 GHF301 WASHER, plain 127 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 128 141399 BRACKET, inner (1 notch) 29 141398 BRACKET, outer (2 notch) 210 BH606261 BOLT, support bracket to chassis 411 WC600071 WASHER, plain 412 GHF274 NUT, nyloc 413 HBZ730 BOLT, trailing arm to support bracket 414 GHF302 WASHER, plain 415 GHF274 NUT, nyloc 416 139363 SHIM, bracket to chassis a/rThe rear end of the IRS TR4A was notoriously weak. Our standard spring (GSV1001) is in fact a TR6 springspecification which is slightly uprated (TR4A standard is 280lbs) while GSV1001 is 354lbs, really theminimum strength to use on TR4A’s to avoid the sagging rear end look.We sell hundreds of TT4212 which is a nice compromise between ride and handling, it’s rated at 390lbs, whichshould not cause any passenger discomfort.We supply a whole range of uprated suspension componets in the Performance & Tuning section.17 GSV1001 COIL SPRING, standard (354lbs) 2 { see table opposite

TT4212 COIL SPRING, uprated (390lbs) 2 }18 138823 COLLAR (Spring insulator) (standard) 4 Rubber


} slightly thicker than standard

Rear Suspension IRS Axle TR4A146

TR4A with (USA) Solid Rear AxleSee also Performance & Tuning in Accessories for our full range of uprated suspension components.

The solid rear TR4A was quite a rare beast. It was built primarily for the export markets, in particular the USA,where it was felt that the comfort and predictability was at a higher premium than the improved road holdingof the ‘IRS’ cars.The inclusion of this section in this catalogue is primarily for completeness, but also due to the fact that many‘non-IRS’ TR4A’s are appearing in Europe. The chassis number of TR4A’s usually begins CTC, but the ‘non-IRS’cars were CT following the TR4, but with a number over 50000. In our opinion, the Triumph engineers werereally clever to get the conversion back from IRS with a minimum of components being re-designed.In our effort to provide the fullest possible service we have commissioned special runs of the shock absorberlinks (142155/6) and leaf springs (212113), so owners of these cars can keep them as original as possible,

1 212113 LEAF SPRING 22 107769 BUSH, front spring eye 23 142273 SHACKLE PLATE, with pins 24 112503 BUSH, shackle pins 85 142275 SHACKLE PLATE 26 GHF333 WASHER, locking 47 GHF202 NUT, shackle plate 48 136865 U-BOLT, axle housing to spring 49 142277 DISTANCE PIECE 210 139489 PLATE, U-bolt mounting 211 GHF302 WASHER, plain 812 GHF223 NYLOC NUT, U-bolt securing 813 142427 BRACKET, front eye, RH 1

142426 BRACKET, front eye, LH 114 GHF126 BOLT, bracket to frame 415 WM59 WASHER 416 GHF223 NYLOC NUT 417 BH610281 BOLT, front eye to bracket 218 GHF226 NUT, nyloc 220 GSA286 SHOCK ABSORBER, new, RH 1 {

GSA287 SHOCK ABSORBER, new, LH 1 | standardGSA286R SHOCK ABSORBER, rebuilt, RH 1 |GSA287R SHOCK ABSORBER, rebuilt, LH 1 }

21 SH607101 SCREW, shock absorber to chassis 422 WB600070 WASHER 423 142155 LINK, shock absorber, RH 1

142156 LINK, shock absorber, LH 124 GHF203 NUT, shock link to shock 225 WL600071 WASHER, locking, 2 link to shock absorber26 GHF275 NUT, nyloc, link to distance piece 227 GHF302 WASHER, plain 228 140290 BUMP RUBBER (on body) 229 142159 SPACER BLOCK, bump rubber 230 140290 REBOUND RUBBER (on chassis) 231 136758 BUFFER, pinion housing 132 GHF333 WASHER, locking 133 GHF202 NUT 134 AAA149M OIL, shock absorber, Moss, (500ml) a/r standard





Propshaft (All Models)

1 208075 PROPSHAFT 12 GUJ116 UNIVERSAL JOINT 23 144825 GREASE NIPPLE, universal joint 24 107960 BOLT 85 TN3209 NUT, nyloc 8

GHF243 NUT, ‘Cleveloc’ 8

Universal Joint Kit (Propshaft & Drive Shaft)

B GUJ102K UNIVERSAL JOINT KIT 1 non-greasableKit includes the following items:-

UNIVERSAL JOINT (propshaft) 2 non-greasableBOLT, propeller shaftNUT, nyloc 8UNIVERSAL JOINT (drive shaft) 4 non-greasableBOLT, drive shaft inner yoke to flange 8NUT, nyloc 8STUDLOC, ‘Loctite’, 10 ml. 1

Rear Suspension Solid Axle TR4A / Propshaft 147




Rear Axle (Solid) TR2/TR3/3A, TR4 (& TR4A USA)

During 1956 Triumph departed from using Lockheed brakeswith the introduction of Girling discs on the front of the TR3(from chassis no. TS13046). The opportunity was taken toremove a major weakness on the Triumph TR, namely, thebreaking half shaft. The rear axle was also re-designed and strengthened. Whilst many Lockheed cars are nowfitted with a Girling axle – a most reliable and tough unit, there are many known cases of Girling vehicles beingconverted to Lockheed, perhaps in emergencies. To discover which type you have, look on the flangeconnecting the axle tube to the brake backplate; the Lockheed axle tubes are connected to the drum backplatewith 4 bolts and a square flange, Girling has 6 bolts and a circular flange.

Lockheed Axle - TR2, TR3 to TS13045Other ratios may be available, please contact your local Moss branchNI 502153R AXLE ASSEMBLY, recon, exch. (3.7:1) 1 { TR2

} TR3 to TS13045

Lockheed Axle Components1 105515 AXLE CASING 12 056894 BREATHER 13 WF509 WASHER, fibre 1

4 057216 DRAIN PLUG 15 056934 GREASE NIPPLE 2

(CAP, part of 105585 axle casing) not supplied separately.7 100878 BOLT, cap to casing 48 GHF333 WASHER, locking 49 110515 BEARING, differential carrier 210 1008943 SHIM, (0.003"), carrier bearing a/r {

1008955 SHIM, (0.005"), carrier bearing a/r | adjusting10089610 SHIM, (0.010"), carrier bearing a/r }

11 301607 CARRIER, differential 1Assuming none of our customers are silly enough to fit used crown wheels (which is positively NOTrecommended, you will be faced with two choices when fitting a new crown wheel. If you retain carrier 301607from your Lockheed axle you will have to drill the 10 bolt holes out ‘using’ a 25/64" drill and countersink bothsides of the carrier after the drilling operation. You will then be able to use bolts (item 19) to secure the crownwheel to the carrier (make sure you use lock washers, item 20, with these bolts). Your second option is to replacecarrier 301607 with the later Girling carrier (item 69), which will present no problems.

Solid Rear Axle 148

Girling Axle Components60 503832 AXLE CASING 161 100878 BOLT, bearing cap 462 GHF333 WASHER, locking 463 056894 BREATHER 164 WF509 WASHER, fibre 165 114774 PLUG, oil drain 1NI GHK1144 BEARING KIT 2

Bearing kit contains all items marked*66 GHS185* OIL SEAL, axle housing 267 110515 BEARING, differential carrier 268 1008943 SHIM, bearing adjusting (0·003") a/r

1008955 SHIM, bearing adjusting (0·005") a/r10089610 SHIM, bearing adjusting (0·010") a/r

69 302155 CARRIER, differential 170 153384 SUN WHEEL GEAR, 2 side differential71 102801 THRUST WASHER 2 (replace in pairs)72 153385 PLANET GEAR, pinion 273 056793 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.0465-0.0495")

139951 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.051-0.053")139952 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.055-0.057")139953 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.059-0.061")139954 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.063-0.065")160375 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.065-0.067")139955 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.067-0.069")139956 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.071-0.·073")

74 100844 SHAFT, pinion gear 175 111215 PIN, shaft locating 176 109566 THRUST BUTTON 177 502127 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (3·7:1)

505014 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (4·1:1)78 110737 BOLT, ring gear to carrier, 3/8" 10 { see the note below79 118977A WASHER, locking 10 } item no. 1180 100897A BEARING, rear pinion, (head) 181 1009653 SHIM, (0.003") a/r {

1009665 SHIM, (0.005") a/r | pinion adjustment10096710 SHIM, (0.010") a/r }

82 100846 SPACER, between bearings 183 100422 BEARING, front pinion (tail) 184 140793 SHIM, (0.003") a/r {

140792 SHIM, (0.005") a/r | bearing adjustment140791 SHIM, (0.010") a/r }

85 100898 OIL SEAL, pinion 186 107947 PINION FLANGE, square flange 1 TR3/3A, TR4

138105 PINION FLANGE, round flange 1 TR4A87 112635 NUT, slotted 188 142333 WASHER 189 GHF501 SPLIT PIN 190 203660 COVER, rear (Standard) 1

203660A *COVER, rear (Lightweight Aluminium) 1*Features areas thickened to allow machining to take special control features such as Watts linkage & Panhard Rods.91 101359 GASKET, for cover 192 114774 PLUG, filler 193 SH605051 BOLT, cover to case 894 GHF332 WASHER, locking 895 203200 HALF SHAFT (taper on outer end) 2 TR3 from TS130416, TR3A

207613 HALF SHAFT 2 TR4A97 110621 KEY 298 112653 BOLT, casing to bearing housing 1299 036567 TAB WASHER 6100 GHB166* BEARING, axle 2101 036583 SHIM (0.006") a/r

038264 SHIM (0.008") a/r036582 SHIM (1/64") a/r036581 SHIM (1/32") a/r

102 058773 HOUSING, bearing 2103 GHS162* OIL SEAL, hub 2104 113175 HUB, steel wheel 8 {105 100869 STUD, steel wheel 8 | steel wheels106 109586 WHEEL NUT, steel wheel 8 }107 113175 HUB, wire wheel 2 {108 110365 STUD, wire wheel 8 |109 217602 EXTENSION, RH hub 1 | wire wheels

217603 EXTENSION, LH hub 1 |110 110366 NUT, extension to hub 8 }111 WC600121 WASHER, axle nut 2112 058784 NUT, axle 2113 GHF504 SPLIT PIN 2114 125361 GREASE NIPPLE 2




Lockheed Axle Components Cont' ...12 102800 SUN WHEEL GEAR, side differential 213 102801 WASHER, thrust, replace in pairs 214 134074 PLANET GEAR, pinion 215 056793 THRUST WASHER 2 (0.0465"-0.0495")

139951 THRUST WASHER 2 (0.051"-0.053")139952 THRUST WASHER 2 (0.055"-0.057")139953 THRUST WASHER 2 (0.059"-0.061")139954 THRUST WASHER 2 (0.063"-0.065")160375 THRUST WASHER 2 (0.065"-0.067")139955 THRUST WASHER 2 (0.067"-0.069")139956 THRUST WASHER 2 (0.071"-0.073")

16 100844 CROSS SHAFT 117 111215 PIN, cross shaft to carrier 118 502127 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (3·7:1)

505014 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (4·1:1)19 110737 BOLT, 3/8", crown wheel to carrier 1020 118977A WASHER, locking 10 use with 110737

(alternative to plain washers & lock tabs)22 100897A BEARING, rear pinion (head) 123 1009653 SHIM, (0.003") a/r {

1009665 SHIM, (0.005") a/r | rear pinion bearing10096710 SHIM, (0.010") a/r }

24 100846 SPACER, between bearings 125 100422 BEARING, front pinion (tail) 126 140793 SHIM, (0.003") a/r {

100563 SHIM, (0.005") a/r | front pinion bearing100564 SHIM, (0.010") a/r }

27 100898 OIL SEAL, pinion 128 107947 PINION FLANGE, square flange 1 { alternatives

138105 PINION FLANGE, round flange 1 }29 100892 NUT, slotted, original type 1

159394 NUT, nyloc, replacement 130 142333 WASHER, pinion flange 131 GHF501 SPLIT PIN 132 201918 REAR COVER 1 Lockheed axle

203660 REAR COVER 1 Girling axleThe original Lockheed rear cover (201918) is no longer available. We recommend replacement with the laterGirling axle type rear cover (203660), and use with filler plug & 114774).33 101359 GASKET, for cover 134 062058 FILLER PLUG 1 Lockheed axle

114774 FILLER PLUG 1 Girling axle35 056912 WASHER, fibre 1 (use only with 062058)36 SH605051 SCREW, attaching c over 837 GHF332 WASHER, locking 838 201933 AXLE SHAFT 239 SP75G BEARING, rear hub 2 TR2 TO TS555540 103811 OIL SEAL 2 TR2 FROM TS5556, TR3

109543 OIL SEAL 241 200194 HOUSING, for bearing 242 107960 BOLT 843 GHF302 WASHER, plain 844 GHF223 NUT, nyloc 845 109553 HUB, steel wheel 2 {46 100869 STUD, fitted to rear hub 8 | steel wheels47 109586 WHEEL NUT 8 }48 109550 HUB, LH, wire wheels 1 {

109551 HUB, RH, wire wheels 1 |49 107950 PEG, drum to hub, short 6 | wire wheels

109457 PEG, drum to hub, long 2 |50 107942 COLLAR, taper, notched 2 }51 108608 COLLAR, taper, internally splined 252 112635 NUT, slotted, hub to axle shaft 253 WC600121 WASHER, plain 254 GHF502 SPLIT PIN 2

Girling Axle - TR3 from TS13046, TR3A, TR4 (& TR4A USA)Axle Units (Girling)Other ratios may be available, please contact your local Moss branch

NI 503833R AXLE ASSEMBLY, recon, exch. (3.7:1) 1 { TR3 from TS13046} TR3A

NI 510922R AXLE ASSEMBLY, recon, exch. (3.7:1) 1 { TR4NI 510923R AXLE ASSEMBLY, recon, exch. (4.1:1) 1 }NI 514754R AXLE ASSEMBLY, recon, exch. (3.7:1) 1 { TR4ANI 514755R AXLE ASSEMBLY, recon, exch. (4.1:1) 1 } (Solid axle)

Solid Rear Axle 149




Rear Axle (‘Differential’) (IRS) - TR4A Models only

Differential UnitsAll the following Differential Assemblies are Reconditioned/Exchange units.Alternative Ratios may be available, please enquire.NI 514752R DIFFERENTIAL (3.7:1) 1NI 514752RX DIFFERENTIAL (3.7:1) 1 new c/wheel & pinionNI 514752RXL DIFFERENTIAL (3.7:1) 1 { new c/wheel & pinion

} and Limited Slip Diff’NI 514753R DIFFERENTIAL (4.1:1) 1NI 514753RX DIFFERENTIAL (4.1:1) 1 new c/wheel & pinionNI 514753RXL DIFFERENTIAL (4.1:1) 1 { new c/wheel & pinion

} and Limited Slip Diff’

Limited Slip DifferentialsThis design of torque sensing differential makes it a worthwhile addition to any competition or fast road car,allowing maximum drive to both rear wheels giving more grip under hard acceleration. These differentials(crown wheel carriers) are for fitting inside your own axle. Replaces items 1, 4, 8, 9, 10, 11 &12.Alternatively, purchase one of our exchange rear axles - fully reconditioned, complete with brand new limitedslip diff. and crown wheel & pinion.NI TT2220 LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL 1

TGK120 LIMITED SLIP DIFF CONVERSION 1includes fitting ‘LSD’ to customer’s own axle,new seals and any other parts fitted as required at extra cost.

Rear Axle Repair KitNI 312061K REAR AXLE BEARING & SEAL KIT 1

Rear Axle Mounting KitsNI 514752FK MOUNTING KIT (Differential) 1 Standard bushesNI 514752FKP MOUNTING KIT (Differential) 1 Polyurethane bushesNI 140009RK REINFORCEMENT KIT, Front 2

(includes reinforcements & mounting pin)NI 147400RK REINFORCEMENT KIT, Rear 2

(includes reinforcements & mounting pin)

Drive Shaft Rebuild KitA TGK122 DRIVE SHAFT REBUILD KIT 2

Kit includes the following items:-BOOT, PVC, protecting inner joint 1BOOT, rubber, protecting sliding joint 1WIRE, binding, large end of boot 1WIRE, binding, small end of boot 1UNIVERSAL JOINT 2 non-greasableBEARING KIT 1NUT, nyloc, driving flange to axle shaft 1NUT, slotted, driving flange 1SPLIT PIN, locking slotted nut 1

Universal Joint Kit (Propshaft & Drive ShaftB GUJ102K UNIVERSAL JOINT KIT 1 non-greasable

Kit includes the following items:-UNIVERSAL JOINT (propshaft) 2 non-greasableBOLT, propeller shaftNUT, nyloc 8UNIVERSAL JOINT (drive shaft) 4 non-greasableBOLT, drive shaft inner yoke to flange 8NUT, nyloc 8STUDLOC, ‘Loctite’, 10 ml. 1

Differential Components & Drive Shafts1 302155 DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER 12 110515 BEARING, differential carrier 23 1008943 SHIM, bearing adjusting a/r (0.003")

1008955 SHIM, bearing adjusting a/r (0.005")100896/10 SHIM, bearing adjusting a/r (0.010")

4 111215 LOCATING PIN, for pinion shaft 16 110737 BOLT, ring gear to diff’ carrier 107 118977A WASHER, locking 10

IRS Rear Axle150

36 140337 OIL SEAL, pinion shaft 1140337x OIL SEAL, improved rubber 1

37 138105 PINION FLANGE 138 142333 WASHER, flange 139 112635 NUT, slotted 140 GHF505 SPLIT PIN 142 138563 NUT, inner axle shaft 243 139043 WASHER, inner axle shaft 244 138726 FLANGE, driving 245 107960 BOLT, driving flange to yoke 846 134441 AXLE SHAFT, inner, RH 147 134440 AXLE SHAFT, inner, LH 148 136842 KEY, inner axle shaft 249 138523 OIL SEAL, inner axle shaft 250 134465 BEARING, inner axle shaft 251 128638 BEARING HOUSING, axle shaft 852 GHF120 BOLT, bearing housing 853 GHF332 WASHER, locking 254 211137 FLANGE, yoke 855 GHF223 NYLOC NUT 456 GUJ116 UNIVERSAL JOINT 457 144825 GREASE NIPPLE 458 TKC853 OUTER AXLE SHAFT (Standard) 2 originalNote: TKC853 outer axle shaft assembly only consists of items 59 & 60. Items marked* must be purchasedseparately.

TKC853ZX OUTER AXLE SHAFT (Standard) 2 replacementTKC853Z OUTER AXLE SHAFT (Standard) 2 replacement, less flangeTKC853UR* OUTER AXLE SHAFT (Uprated) 2 with flange & UJ

*These are Brand New uprated/performance drive shafts that can handle up to 250bhp! Need we say any more.59 140749 SLIP JOINT ASSEMBLY 260 142437 SLIDING SHAFT 261 213844* GAITER, rubber 262 140753* GAITER, rubber 263 EAW4321* CLIP 2NI GHK1015 BEARING KIT 2

Kit contains items marked †64 402347R HUB UNIT (outer) 2 rebuilt unit

The rebuilt outer hub unit includes items 65 to 84.65 UKC643 AXLE SHAFT (outer) 266 134591 KEY, outer axle shaft 267 134585 NUT, locking 268 139057 TAB WASHER 269 138861 NUT, adjusting 271 137497 STONE GUARD 272 ULC2188 SPACER, adjusting 273 GHS131 † OIL SEAL, inner 274 GHB101 † BEARING, inner 275 138272 † SPACER, inner 277 137496 HOUSING, rear hub 1278 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 1279 GHF301 WASHER, plain 281 GHB265 † BEARING, outer 282 GHS133 † OIL SEAL, outer 284 210979 DRIVE FLANGE, steel wheels 8

212403 DRIVE FLANGE, wire wheels 885 132317 STUD, steel wheels 2

142799 STUD, wire wheels 287 WM63 WASHER, outer axle shaft 288 138563 NUT, outer axle shaft 190 217602 ADAPTOR, wire wheel, RH 1

217603 ADAPTOR, wire wheel, LH 191 110366 NUT, extension to hub 893 211793 PLATE, front differential mount 194 132856 BOLT, plate to differential housing 495 WF600071 WASHER, locking 497 134235 MOUNTING, rubber 2 (upper front)

134235P MOUNTING, poly 2 (upper front)98 134236 MOUNTING, rubber 2 (lower front)

134236P MOUNTING, poly 2 (lower front)99 134234 WASHER 4100 GHF223 NUT, nyloc 4101 212047 BRACKET, rear differential mount 1102 143712 STUD, bracket to differential housing 4103 GHF223 NUT, rear differential mount 4105 134235 MOUNTING, rubber (rear, upper/lower) 4




8 153384 GEAR, differential (side) 2 16 teeth9 102801 THRUST WASHER, side gear 210 153385 PINION GEAR, differential 2 10 teeth11 056793 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.0465-0.0495")

142165 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.049-0.051")139951 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.051-0.053")142166 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.053-0.055")139952 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.055-0.057")160373 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.057-0.059")139953 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.059-0.061")160374 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.061-0.063")139954 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.063-0.065")160375 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.065-0.067")139955 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.067-0.069")160376 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.069-0.071")139956 THRUST WASHER a/r (0.071-/0.073")

Shims must be fitted in pairs. You cannot , for example, fit a 139951 with 139955 and get an average shim of0.059-0.060". The gears will be misaligned, so you have to use two of 139953 to achieve this.12 100844 PINION SHAFT 113 141360 REAR COVER 114 GHF103 BOLT, rear cover to case 815 GHF332 WASHER, locking 8The rear differential cover and rear mounting bracket (items 13 & 101) are no longer available. As an alternativewe can supply the TR6 item, which replaces both. To fit this to a TR4A IRS you will need items 16 to 20.16 149826 REAR COVER ASSEMBLY 1 {17 147783 MOUNTING, rubber 2 |18 BH605111 BOLT, mounting to cover 4 | TR6 replacement19 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4 |20 GHF223 NUT 4 }21 134480 GASKET, rear cover to case 122 PC20 SPLIT PIN, differential breather 123 118826 CORE PLUG, breather hole 1

24 502127 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (3.7:1) Standard516398 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (3.45) Optional505014 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (4.1:1) Optional

Crown wheel & pinion sets of varying ratios were offered by the Competition Department at Triumph as follows:505014 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (4.1:1)502523 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (4.3:1)503924 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (4.55:1)515709 CROWN WHEEL & PINION 1 (4.875:1)

The lowest practical ratio for a road car is 4.1:1 3.45 109 mpheven with overdrive fitted. 3.7 102 mph

4.1 92 mphAt 5000 rpm (Std diameter tyre) the respective 4.3 87 mphroad speeds are approx. 4.55 83 mph

4.875 77 mph

NI 156398SHIM WASHER, adjusting (0.040") a/rThe shims used to correctly position and pre-load the crown wheel and pinion and bearings did not change fromTR2 to TR6 (including Stag, Sprint & Innsbruck saloons). The IRS axles require a single spacer, in addition,between the c/w pinion (item 24) and the pinion head bearing (item 25). It is argued that this spacer could bereplaced with an equivalent number of shims between the pinion and head bearing as both achieve the samenet result. Rebuilding of many hundreds of differentials has only ever revealed spacers 0.040" thick. No partsbook listed this spacer, though a Triumph service release seems to indicate a range of thickness’ (0.030" to0.051") was available, part numbers 140643 to 140657. In the absence of full engineering drawings it can onlybe guessed that the internal machining of the differential casings between solid axle TR’s and IRS versions isdifferent. With the introduction of the 3.45 to 1 ratio in 1967 the pinion teeth would foul the casing in some circumstances due to the larger pinion diameter, but that doesn’t explain the spacer’s presence from 1965 inthe TR4A differential which used 3.7 and 4.1:1 ratios. If the spacer is left in place and the contents of an IRSdifferential are fitted to a solid axle, the pinion face will usually foul the hub (or crown wheel carrier) as it rotates.

25 100897A BEARING, rear pinion 126 1009653 SHIM, (0.003") a/r {

1009665 SHIM, (0.005") a/r | rear pinion bearing10096710 SHIM, (0.010") a/r }

27 100846 SPACER, (solid), bearing 128 DP514 DOWEL, rear cover locating 229 100878 BOLT, differential bearing cap 430 GHF333 WASHER, locking 432 305815 DIFFERENTIAL HOUSING 133 114774 PLUG, oil filler 134 100422 BEARING, front pinion 135 100562 SHIM, (0.003") a/r {

100563 SHIM, (0.005") a/r | front pinion bearing100564 SHIM, (0.010") a/r }

IRS Rear Axle 151

68 7H5498 END PLATE, commutator end 1 M41869 27H2291 SPRING, brush tension 470 242958A BUSH, commutator 171 7H5013 FIELD COILS 172 7H5339 BOLT, assembly retaining 273 059754 END CAP, commutator end plate 174 057579 COVER BAND 175 PT507 SCREW, cover band clamping 176 HN2005 NUT, cover band clamping 177 503529 PINION ASSEMBLY 178 070062 SPRING KIT 179 7H5007 MAIN SPRING 180 503527 NUT, bendix spring retaining a/r alternative81 PC10 SPLIT PIN, locking nut a/r82 LUTLB192 SPRING RING & CUP a/r alternative*Note: Use LUTLB192 with armature 05758083 244714A BUSH, drive end 184 070391 SUNDRY PARTS KIT 1 nuts, screws, washers, etc85 102104 SHIM, starter motor adjustment a/r

Starter Mounting Details86 BH606161 BOLT 2 { for gearboxes with a87 GHF202 WASHER, plain 2 | 11mm thick flange88 GHF333 WASHER, spring 2 }89 BH606191 BOLT 2 { for gearboxes with a90 GHF202 WASHER, plain 2 | 14mm thickness flange91 GHF333 WASHER, spring 2 }

Pre-Engaged (Geared) ‘High Torque’ Starter MotorsThese brand new (non-exchange) powerful starter motors are High Torque, meaning they will not suffer thesame fate as the original ‘Inertia’ type, especially on high compression engines and, they are a directreplacement. No more costly motor rebuilds or excessive battery drain.NI 201906X STARTER MOTOR, replacement 1 { TR2-TR3A (to TS50000)+NI 201906XSP** STARTER MOTOR, replacement 1 }

(+ Shrink on flywheel)NI GEU4412X STARTER MOTOR, replacement 1 TR3A (from TS50001)++NI GEU4412X STARTER MOTOR, replacement 1 TR4 & 4A ++

(++ Bolt on flywheel)**This high performance starter motor is aimed specifically at TR2/3’s fitted with the ‘shrink-on’ type ringgear/and or fitted with High Compression engines (9.5:1 - 12.5:1). To fit this starter motor (201906XSP), you willneed to fit a new Ring Gear (201350). No other modification is required.




Starter MotorTwo very different design starters were used on the 4-cylinder TR engine.Type ‘A’ the shrouded bendix or ‘bomb type’ (so named because of its shape) was used on TR2/3 and TR3A toTS50000. This motor runs with a 91 tooth ring gear shrunk onto the flywheel.Type ‘B’ the exposed bendix or ‘long type’ (so named because of long exposed bendix gear & shaft) was fittedon TR3A from TS50001, TR4 and TR4A This motor runs with a 90 tooth ring gear bolted to the flywheel.If you get the wrong motor engaging with the wrong ring gear, it works for a short while and then shreds theteeth on the bendix or the ring gear, or more commonly, both.If you have a bomb type starter motor running with a bolted-on ring gear, buy a GEU4412R motor exchangeagainst your old unit. If you have a long bendix motor with a shrunk-on ring gear, find an old unit flywheel withbolted-on ring gear, or somewhat more difficult, find a ‘bomb type’ starter motor.Remember that the ‘long bendix’ starter motor may not fit into your TR2/3/3A gearbox bell housing. If thisproblem is encountered, cut away the bell housing with a rotary file to clear the end of the bendix shaft.The ‘bomb type’ starter motor (201906R) is only available as ‘customers own unit rebuilt’. This is a service wehave offered for some years and is dependant on the ‘repairability’ of the old unit which you, the customer, sendus. In recent years, the condition of old motors sent to us for repair has taken a serious dive. Broken casings,‘have-a-go’ welded armature repairs, and so on, will invariably mean the need to find another unit for repair.Our advice to you is do not mess with your broken old unit as it could mean exceptional expense if you dofurther damage. Eventually old units that can be used as donors for damaged or missing parts will run dry –then the really high prices will start or your engine will not self start.

‘Bomb’ Type ‘A’ Starter (9 tooth)45 201906R STARTER MOTOR, own unit 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS5000046 501779 ARMATURE 147 GSB103 BRUSH SET (pair) 248 7H5498 END PLATE, commutator 1 (inc. 1 pair of brushes)49 27H2291 SPRING, brush tension 350 242958A BUSH, commutator end plate 151 7H5013 FIELD COIL ASSEMBLY 152 7H5339 BOLT, assembly retaining 253 059754 END CAP, commutator end plate 154 057579 COVER BAND 155 PT507 SCREW, cover band clamping 156 HN2005 NUT, cover band clamping 157 501217 COUPLING, sleeve & rubber drive 158 058491 SPRING 159 501030 BENDIX GEAR 160 059762 BUSH, drive end 161 070391 SUNDRY PARTS KIT 1 nuts, washers, etc.

‘Long’ Type ‘B’ Starter65 GEU4412R STARTER MOTOR 1 TR3A from TS50001, TR4/4A66 057580* ARMATURE 1 { M418G motor67 GSB103 BRUSH SET, original 2 }

GSB108 BRUSH SET, replacement 2 2M100 motor

Starter152

21 147333 FAN 122 NT607041 NUT 123 GHF334 WASHER, locking 1

Dynamo Mounting Details24 058912 BRACKET, mounting 125 SH505061 SCREW, bracket 326 GHF332 WASHER, locking 327 059015 PEDESTAL 128 GHF275 NUT, nyloc 129 GHF304 WASHER, plain 130 BH605101 BOLT, dynamo to bracket 131 GHF301 WASHER, plain a/r32 WP125 WASHER, plain a/r33 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 134 51K1774 BOLT, dynamo to pedestal 135 GHF332 WASHER, locking 136 058914 ADJUSTING LINK 137 GHF163 SCREW, link to w/pump housing 138 106706 LOCK TAB 139 SH505091 SCREW, link to dynamo 140 WP19 WASHER, plain 141 WP17 WASHER, plain 142 JN2158 NUT, locking link to dynamo 1

Dynamo PolarisationAny replacement dynamo must be polarised to suit the vehicle’s electrical system, and therefore the followingprocedures must be adopted.1) Fit the dynamo to the vehicle, but do not at this stage connect any leads to the terminals.2) Determine which terminal of the battery is ‘live’ (i.e. not earthed to the vehicle), and connect a length of wireto that terminal. If it is inconvenient to connect the wire directly to the battery, it may instead be connected tothe ‘battery side’ terminal of the starter solenoid.3) Taking the free end of the wire, hold it against the field terminal (the small one) of the dynamo for three tofive seconds, after which the dynamo is correctly polarised.4) Remove the temporary connector wire and then restore the original leads to the terminals of the dynamo.




DynamoSee page 154 for our Alternator Conversion kits

Original fitment dynamos are identified as follows:200657 Stamped with Lucas 22258D { TR2, TR3 to TS9842(post & nut terminals with cover band over brush gear) }203252 Stamped with Lucas 22258E/F { TR3 from TS9843(as above but with solid case) } TR3A to TS60000

205939 Stamped with Lucas 22700/22704 { TR3A from TS60001, TR4(as above but with Lucar terminal) }211941 Stamped with Lucas 22715 { TR4A(as above) }

That is the history, now for the reality….1 GXE3101 DYNAMO, exchange 1 rebuilt unit, Lucar terminalsTo fit this to a car originally fitted with ring terminals you will require one of each of the Lucar connectorslisted below (items 2 & 3)

GEU3101 DYNAMO, new 12 RTC220A Lucar connector, (1/4") 13 47H5419 Lucar connector, (3/8") 1Remember, on installing a replacement dynamo, it must be polarised. See our technical tip on this page.4 BRACKET, commutator end 1 22258 only

47H5395 BRACKET, commutator end 1 all others5 BUSH, in end bracket6 47H5394 ‘OILER PAD’, felt pad 17 RTC466A SPRING, for bushes 28 GGB105 BRUSH SET 1 22258 only

GGB102 BRUSH SET 1 all others10 FIELD COIL SET 1 22258 only11 509311A ARMATURE 112 WKN404 WOODRUFF KEY, for pulley 115 BRACKET, drive end 1 22258 only

27H7647 BRACKET, drive end 1 all others16 529221A BEARING 120 102266 PULLEY (standard) 1 uses original (wide) fan belt

12G1054 *PULLEY (Lightweight Alloy) 1 uses Narrow fan belt GCB10975*See page 94 for full details of Narrow Belt conversion.

Dynamo & Fittings 153

Alternator Conversion (TR2-4A)

There is no simple kit that can be offered to convert the cars still struggling on with a dynamo to a alternatorsystem. Over the years many TR2-4A’s have acquired narrow belt conversions, while there will be many whoare determined to retain the wide belt, even though its many negative points are well known.The conversion components are also listed individually for replacement spares servicing in the future, and toassist those who may wish to source some of their own components and obtain a bespoke system.

NI TTK3020 FITTING KIT (Alternator) (All models) 1Our Fitting Kit includes the following parts;

NI 147472 SPACER 1NI 142134 LINK, (Adjustment) 1NI BH605221 BOLT (through spacer) 1NI GHF301 WASHER, plain 4NI GHF272 NUT (Nyloc) 1NI GHF163 SCREW, link to water pump housing 1NI GHF332 WASHER, locking 2NI 51K1774 BOLT, alternator to pedestal 1NI SH605081 SCREW, belt adjustment 1NI GHF201 NUT (on screw) 1

Now Choose Your Alternator & LoomNI GEU2211M Alternator (16 acr, 36 amp) 1 Suitable for all TR2-4ANI GEU2206M Alternator (18 acr, 45amp) 1 High output e.g. rally useNI AAU3956A FAN (All models) 1

(Not recommended for race applications)

NI TTK3020LA LOOM a/r TR2-4 (to CT14913)NI TTK3020LB LOOM a/r TR4 (from CT14913 & TR4A)

Associated PartsThis section ensures the kit will match up to your TR and that the mating parts are in satisfactory condition,preventing premature failure (due to the alternator rattling loose, for instance, which would invalidate the warranty).NI 059015 PEDESTAL, (All models) 1NI GHF304 WASHER, plain to pedestal 1NI 058912 BRACKET, to block 1NI SH505061 SCREW, bracket to block 3NI GHF332 WASHER, locking (under screw) 3

Narrow Belt ConversionThere will be many who will wish to seize the opportunity to fit a ‘narrow belt’ conversion at this time, andensure the life of that precious crankshaft with the harmonic damper included in this kit.Every modern car is fitted with a damper, so this must be key to engine harmonic stress elimination withinolder engines.

This kit includes Harmonic Damper (crank), Spacer, Bolt, washer, (alternator) Pulley (water pump) Pulley(Alloy) & Fan Belt.NI TT1132 NARROW BELT CONVERSION 1 Damped PulleyThe damped pulley conversion (TT1132) requires the use of an electric fan and removal of the fan & fan hubextension - which is obviously the best way to go.For those who are determined to retain the original (rather agricultural) fan arrangement, we can supply thecorrect crankshaft pulley (107252A) which does allow this if used in conjunction with the water pump pulley(105537A) and the alternator pulley required for your application.NI 107252A CRANKSHAFT PULLEY (Alloy) 1NI 105537A WATER PUMP PULLEY (Alloy) 1

Lastly (unless you are retaining your old wide belt pulley), you now need to choose the pulley to enable aperfect match of alternator performance to your TR’s use. Only one of the 4 listed is essential, though you mightwish to select more, for instance if the car is used for occasional competition use.All these are for narrow belts. If you are retaining the wide belt, ignore this list. As the wide belt stretches, it maybe necessary to re-install the ‘old’ adjustment link to obtain sufficient adjustment.

NI AEU1238 PULLEY (2.5" diameter)(For normal road work. Use with fan belt GCB10965)

NI 12G1054 PULLEY (2.75" diameter)(For fast road work. Use with fan belt GCB10975)

NI CAEA535 PULLEY (4.5" alloy)(For competition use only. Use with fan belt GCB11000)

NI 102266A PULLEY (4.5" alloy)(Reverse flow. Competition use only without fan. Use with fan belt GCB11000)

Note; If TT1132 is to be fitted, this kit includes the correct pulley and fan belt, and this arrangement works wellfor just about any type of use.

Fitting instructions are included covering all vehicles currently fitted with an original starter motor & solenoid.Pre-engaged & Geared starters may require a different arrangement as the solenoid may have been removed.All TR’s fitted with an alternator Must be converted to negative earth.The coil leads will also need swapping over. This may affect some car radios.



Alternator Conversion154

Battery & FittingsSee also Accessories

1 GBY241D BATTERY ‘Classic’ rubber cased, dry 1 Positive earthMM459-400 BATTERY ‘Classic’ rubber cased, dry 1 Negative earthGBY241X BATTERY ‘Classic’ rubber cased, wet 1 Positive earthGBY242X BATTERY ‘Classic’ rubber cased, wet 1 Negative earth

Classic batteries measure 12" long, 8" high & 6 3/4" wide (use with 8 1/4" long ‘J’ bolts, part no. 610798).NI MXV1129X BATTERY, Non Leak 1

Non Leak batteries measure 8" long, 6 3/4" high & 5 1/2" wideThis battery is suitable for all 12 volt applications. Because this sealed battery will not leak acid - even whensplit, it really is a must for all road users, especially when the car is used at speed or for competition. Its uniquesafe design also means that it can be shipped by mail-order.NI CRST191 DECAL, ‘Lucas’ 1

A different size battery may have been fitted to your car compared to that originally specified.When the physical size of the battery is changed you may need to change the ‘J’ bolts. Here we list theapplications as original, the correct length required should be established and ordered accordingly.NI 601898K BATTERY HOLD-DOWN KIT 1 with 8 1/4" ‘J’ bolts

601898K2 BATTERY HOLD-DOWN KIT 1 with 7" ‘J’ bolts601898K3 BATTERY HOLD-DOWN KIT 1 with 5 3/4" ‘J’ bolts

2 601552 ‘J’ BOLT, battery hold 2 4" long613051 ‘J’ BOLT, battery hold 2 5.75" long618434 ‘J’ BOLT, battery hold 2 7" long610798 ‘J’ BOLT, battery hold 2 8.25" long

6 601898 BAR, battery hold 1 13" hole centres157910 BAR, battery 1 12" hole centres157740 BAR, battery (heavy duty) 1 12.75" hole centres

9 132068 WING NUT, (bolt) 210 WM57 WASHER, plain 211 GHF331 WASHER, locking 212 AM7300 BOX LINER, battery, hard plastic 1 TR2/3/3A

AM7301 BOX LINER, battery 1 TR4/4ANI 602945 PAD (Battery shelf) (all models) 4 use 2 stacks of 2NI GAC2029X MAT (Battery) 1 accessory

Made from special acid absorbent material which neutralises acids as they leak from your battery. It canbe easily cut with scissors to match the shape of any battery.14 131113 CABLE, battery to earth 1 { TR2/3/3A, TR4

} positive earth142590 CABLE, battery to earth 1 { TR4A

} negative earth16 131115 CABLE, battery to solenoid 1 { TR2/3/3A, TR4

} positive earth142591 CABLE, battery to solenoid 1 { TR4A

} negative earth17 8G548 RUBBER CAP, solenoid & starter 318 2K8645 SCREW, cap type terminals a/r20 GHF2750 CLAMP, negative battery cable a/r21 GHF2755 CLAMP, positive battery cable a/r22 518903 BOLT, for clamp type terminals a/r23 GHF208 NUT, for clamp type terminals a/r24 131114 CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 solenoid to starter25 131116 CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 engine to chassis earth26 130581 EARTH CABLE 2 {

(steering column couplings) | TR4/4AA134301 EARTH CABLE 1 |

(steering rack to chassis) }

Quick Bolt SetThe fast and easy way to connect your battery cables. Quick Bolts use a clever ‘camming’ system to clamp downon battery posts. Simply replace the bolts in your cable ends with Quick Bolts and you can connect or removethe cables without tools.NI 900-015 QUICK BOLT SET, pair 1pr

Beware the Engine Earthing StrapTo enable any flow of electricity to occur, a complete loop must be maintained from one connection of thebattery to the other. To enable a greater flow of electricity, a more substantial link is required betweenconnections. Starting the engine (especially in cold conditions), requires a massive surge of battery power – upto 200 amperes of current, which flows from the battery terminal to the starter motor – and then to the otherterminal any way it can.

To make this flow easier, an electrical ‘motorway’ is provided in the form of the engine earth strap, allowingcurrent to flow from the engine to the body shell and back to the battery with ease. A frayed, damaged or badlycorroded earth connecting strap causes the electrical equivalent of a traffic jam, then the current just looks forsome other way of returning to battery.The choke cable seems especially popular, its wire wound casing turning rapidly to a heater element, providingextra assistance in cold weather! If normal heating is insufficient, now is a good time to check the engine earth strap.




Battery & Fittings 155




Horns, Relays & Miscellaneous Switches TR2/TR3/3ASee Instruments & Switches.

1 1B9007 HORN, low note’, RH side 1 marked ‘L’1B9008 HORN, high note, LH side 1 marked ‘H’These horns do not include the domed covers as fitted originally. The original domed cover can be glued

on to these horns, but remember to install the wires first.2 GGE104 HORN, low note 1 marked ‘L’

GGE103 HORN, high note 1 marked ‘H’4 GGE109 BRACKETS, horn, (pair) 2 { alternatives5 GGE113 BRACKET, horn 2 }

These horns are plastic replacements for the original metal Lucas horns and require mounting brackets(items 4 or 5)6 GHF101 SCREW, horn 4 {7 GHF331 WASHER, locking 4 | both type horns8 WM93 WASHER, plain 4 }10 201872 HORN PUSH (Control head) a/r fixed steering wheel

201872ADJ CONTROL HEAD (Control head) a/r adjustable steering wheelThe horn push control head assemblies do not include stator tube.

11 502355 HARNESS, in column 112 BCA4501 SOLENOID, round type 1NI AJD8205Z NUT (cable) 113 27H5576 RUBBER CAP, push button 114 BMK1727 SOLENOID, square type 115 AB610063 SCREW, solenoid 216 FC2805 CLIP NUT, solenoid 217 8G548 CAP, rubber terminal 3 solenoid & starter18 GFU2101 FLASHER UNIT, screwed 119 GFU2103 FLASHER UNIT, Lucar 120 HU706P SCREW, flasher unit 121 WM57 WASHER, plain 123 13H2303 SWITCH, brake lamp 1 {

screw type connections | TR2/3 with24 C16062A SWITCH, brake lamp 1 | Lockheed brakes

Lucar type connections }Switches 13H2303 & C16062A are BSP threaded.

25 21B291 SWITCH, brake lamp, 1 { TR3/3A, TR4Lucar type connections } with Girling brakes

Switch 21B291 is 3/8"x24 UNF threaded. No screwed terminal type is currently available.

26 142169A RELAY, overdrive, (Lucar) 1 {27 PT505 SET SCREW, relay attachment 2 |28 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 2 | if overdrive fitted29 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2 |30 HN2005 NUT, plain 2 }31 BAU1074A SWITCH, overdrive isolator, 1/2 {

Lucar type connections | if overdrive fitted32 502146 WASHER, switch adjusting/sealing a/r }33 1G2613 FUSE BOX, screw type 1 { TR2/3, TR3A

} to TS6000034 606253A FUSE BOX, Lucar type 1 { TR3A35 505158A LID, for fuse box 1 } from TS6000136 GFS35X FUSE, 35 amp 2/4 17 amp continuous

GFS50X FUSE, 50 amp 2 25 amp continuousTR2/3/3A were fitted with one 35amp and one 50amp fuse. The fuse box has the facility to carry two spare

fuses, which is why the double quantities are shown, two fitted plus two spare.37 AB610063 SCREW, fuse box 238 FC2805 CLIP NUT, fuse box 240 3H1835 CONTROL BOX, dynamo 1 { TR2/3, TR3A

screw type connections } to TS6000041 GEU6603 CONTROL BOX, dynamo 1 { TR3A

Lucar type connections } from TS6000142 YJ2552 SCREW, control box 243 11G2007 DIP SWITCH, headlamp 1 {

screw type connections | TR2/3, TR3A44 TR6504 SCREW, dip switch 2 | to TS6000045 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2 |46 WC702101 WASHER, plain 2 }47 502087A DIP SWITCH, headlamp 1 {48 RTC432A DIP SWITCH, headlamp (alternative) 1 |49 RTC432CAP RUBBER CAP, for RTC432 1 | TR3A from TS6000150 AD610073 SCREW, dip switch attachment 2 |51 GHF702 CLIP NUT 2 }

Horn, Relays & Switches TR2/TR3/3A156




Horns, Relays & Miscellaneous Switches TR4 & TR4ASee Instruments & Switches.

1 GGE104 HORN, low note 1 marked ‘L’GGE103 HORN, high note 1 marked ‘H’

These horns are plastic replacements for the original metal Lucas horns and require mounting brackets(items 4 or 5)

GGE164K HORN KIT, replacement 1 high/lowInc. 2 horns, brackets & fixings.

2 GGE109 BRACKETS, horn 1pr { alternatives3 GGE113 BRACKET, horn 2 }4 GHF101 SCREW, horn attaching 45 GHF331 WASHER, locking 46 WM93 WASHER, plain 4These horns are plastic replacements for the original metal Lucas horns and require mounting brackets(items 4 or 5)8 150277 HORN PUSH 19 142534 BRUSH CONTACT, horn push 1 (2.6" long)

142534X BRUSH CONTACT, horn push 1 (3.4" long)The longer horn brush contact may be needed if a non-original steering wheel is fitted10 204741 CLIP, horn push retaining 111 613766 CLIP, horn push retaining 1 alternative12 608462 SLIP RING & INSULATOR 113 608139 INSULATOR ONLY 114 BMK1727 SOLENOID, square type 115 AB610063 SCREW, solenoid 216 FC2805 CLIP NUT, solenoid 217 8G548 RUBBER CAP 3 solenoid & starter18 GFU2103 FLASHER UNIT, Lucar 119 600226A ADAPTOR, flasher unit 120 AB606082 SCREW, flasher unit 121 21B291 SWITCH, brake lamp 1 hydraulic, 1961 to 1963

22 134529 SWITCH, brake lamp 1 mechanical, 1964 to ‘6723 WF600081 WASHER, locking 124 NT608041 NUT 125 1377471 RELAY, horn 1 { TR4A26 GHF425 SCREW, relay attachment 2 }27 142169A RELAY, overdrive, Lucar type 1 {29 PT505 SET SCREW 2 |30 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 2 | if overdrive fitted31 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2 |32 HN2005 NUT, plain 2 }33 GTR104 TEMPERATURE SENDER 134 128484 VOLTAGE STABILISER 135 GHF423 SCREW, stabiliser 136 GHF712 SPIRE CLIP 138 BAU1074A SWITCH, overdrive inhibitor 2 { if overdrive fitted

BAU1074A SWITCH, reverse lamp inhibitor 1 }39 502146 WASHER, switch adjusting/sealing a/r40 606253A FUSE BOX, Lucar connectors 141 505158A LID, for fuse box 142 GFS35X FUSE, 35 amp, a/r 17 amp continuous43 AB610063 SCREW, fuse box 244 GEU6603 CONTROL BOX 1 cars with Dynamo45 GEU6609 CONTROL BOX 1 cars with Alternator46 PX510 SCREW, control box 248 502087A DIP SWITCH, headlamp 1 early TR449 VX8509 SCREW, dip switch 2 early TR4 RHD

TR6504 SCREW, dip switch 2 { early TR4 LHD50 GHF702 SPIRE CLIP 2 }51 RTC432A DIP SWITCH, headlamp 1 {52 RTC432CAP RUBBER CAP, ‘non slip’ 1 | Late TR4, TR4A53 AD610073 SCREW, dip switch 2 |54 GHF702 SPIRE CLIP 2 }

Horn, Relays & Switches TR4/4A 157




Distributor Service PartsNI 201623ALI PEDESTAL, distributor 1 Aluminium1 GRA101 ROTOR ARM 12 501466 POINTS, contact breakers 1 TR2 only (40403)

GCS101 POINTS, contact breakers 1 TR3/3A, TR4/4AGCS111 POINTS, contact breakers 1 TR3/3A, TR4/4A

(competition 32oz spring)3 502283 LT LEAD AND BUSH 1 DM2P4 types

(screwed post terminal)57H5346 LT LEAD & BUSH, Lucar terminal 1 DM2P4 types600329A LT LEAD & BUSH, Lucar terminal 1 25D4 types37H2981 LT LEAD & BUSH, Lucar terminal 1 alternative

4 GCS111 CONDENSER & LEAD 15 GDC114 DISTRIBUTOR CAP 16 262703A CARBON BRUSH & SPRING 17 17H5469 BASE PLATE 1 { TR3/3A, TR4/4A

} (not 40403)8 GCS1001S SCREW, for points 19 GSC1001S SCREW, for condenser 111 TT1903 SPRING PACK, advance/retard 1 (5 pieces)19 502346 VACUUM UNIT 1 DM2P4, 40403

503697 VACUUM UNIT 1 DM2P4, 4048020 510890 VACUUM UNIT 1 { 25D4, 40735

} 40795517251 VACUUM UNIT 1 { 25D4, 40698,

} 40783, 40842, 4085021 201875 VACUUM PIPE, two female fittings 1 { H4 carburettors22 AUC4490 ADAPTOR, vacuum line to carburettor 1 }23 509167 VACUUM PIPE, (1 female, 1 male) 1 { H6 carburettors24 305997 VACUUM PIPE, (1 male, 1 slip-on) 1 }

Identifying Your DistributorTriumph used a number of different calibration distributors to meet the alternative engine specificationsthroughout the production range. The diagram below shows how to identify the Lucas distributor type andspecification you have fitted. What is found to be fitted should be compared with the table showing whatshould be fitted and to what engine specification. All those shown can be exchanged against your repairablesimilar model distributor.

Moss No Lucas No Model No Fits ForLU40403R 40403 DM2P4 TR2 83mm engineLU40480R 40480 DM2P4 TR3/3A 83mm engineLU40698R 40698 DM2P4 TR3A 83mm engineLU40735R 40735 DM2P4 TR3A/TR4 86mm engineLU40783R 40783 25D4 TR2/3/3A, TR4 83mm (replacement)LU40795R 40795 25D4 TR4/TR4A 86mm engineLU40842R 40842 25D4 TR4A Low comp’ engineLU40850R 40850 25D4 TR4/TR4A 83mm engine

If you have not got, or cannot supply us with a repairable DM2P4 distributor, we suggest that you choose either:-LU40783R 25D4 type distributor for 83mm enginesLU40795R 25D4 type distributor for 86mm enginesBoth with push-on vacuum fitting.

All distributors are matched for original profile camshafts & carburettors. If you have something non-standard,don’t moan when it doesn’t work!! (See also Performance & Tuning. section for uprated distributors)

Lucas Model Number Stamped Here

Lucas Part Number Stamped Here

Ignition System158

49 105036 ACORN NUT, coil, (if fitted) 1 { use for screw-in50 214279A SPLIT WASHER, coil, (if fitted) 1 | coil leads51 LUC4B306 RUBBER COVER, acorn nut 1 }52 GCL1110 END KIT, for HT lead into coil 1 { use for push-in53 LUC4B354 COVER, HT lead coil end 1 | coil leads54 LUC4B310 TERMINAL, HT lead coil end 1 }

…. And for those who do not wish to make their own -

55 TT1172 HT LEAD SET & DISTRIBUTOR CAP 1Blue silicone leads with push-in coil cap ends. Not original but functional.

56 GDC103 REPLACEMENT CAP 1 for TT1172 lead set57 CRST255 LABEL SET, (lead numbering) 158 240431A RUBBER TIE, for leads 160 509347 LT WIRE, ring terminals 1 { coil to distributor61 125957 LT WIRE, Lucar terminals 1 } alternatives65 GCL110B COIL, screw-in HT lead 1 ring or Lucar LT leads

GCL110 COIL, push-in HT lead 1 Lucar LT leadsTT2981 COIL, sports type 1 Lucar LT leads

66 CRST156 ‘LUCAS’ DECAL, for coil 170 L87YCC SPARK PLUG, Champion copper cored 4 { alternatives

BP6HS SPARK PLUG, NGK 4 }Although there are many alternatives, the above spark plugs represent the best available at the moment.Owners running a modified engine should refer to the Accessories section (Performance & Tuning)

75 SH504051 SCREW, coil to cylinder block 276 WM57 WASHER, plain 277 GHF331 WASHER, locking 2

Ignition Tech Tips

Engine ‘Misfire’ ?If your engine begins to misfire, cuts off intermittently and finally won’t run at all, the cause could be a brokenlow tension lead (the thin wire from the ignition coil to the side of the distributor). The wire conductors in thesetend to break under the insulation, just above the clip, so they appear to be in good condition when in fact theywon’t work at all.

Setting Ignition TimingSetting the ignition timing after a tune-up is simply done. With the engine running at fast idle speed, adjust thedistributor for maximum RPM, and then retard the timing to give a drop of 100 RPM in engine speed.

Engine develops a will of its own!If you are driving down the road and the engine suddenly dies on you and in desperation, you call your bestfriend who knows about TR’s and ask him to come out and rescue you. He arrives and says “Now, what's wrongwith this car?" He turns the key and presses the button and it fires up. You:-

A) develop a red face,B) are frustrated to hell, andC) wish you could sell the car because you know it died on you.

You happily drive down the road to find within the next 15 miles or so the same thing happens again. There isa good chance that this sequence of events is caused by the condenser failing to work when it warms up.For the sake of a couple of pounds we recommend you keep a spare one in the car.

Spare Contact Breaker AssemblyHaving your points or condenser fail is a problem at the best of times. But when you are on a tour, and it’sraining and dark, the task of installing new ones is even more difficult.One way to make the job easier is to obtain a spare contact breaker plate assembly from an old distributor, andfit it with new points & condenser.The points can be set by installing this plate on your distributor (good practice for changing the plates!), thenput the original plate back on, and carry the spare plate in your cars tool kit or glove compartment.Should the need ever arise, you have the correct parts ready to hand, and they will be much easier to installthan the individual components.




25 307724 VACUUM PIPE, (2 slip-on fittings) 1 { Zenith Stromberg} & HS6 carburettors

26 37H4229M VACUUM PIPE, nylon, 1 (per metre) alternative27 12B2095 CONNECTOR, rubber, straight a/r Zenith Stromberg carb’s28 128262 CONNECTOR, rubber, right angled 1 HS6 carburettor’s29 512328 CONNECTOR, nylon, right angled 1 Zenith Stromberg carb’s30 6K649 COMPRESSION OLIVE a/r31 6K650 FEMALE FITTING, distributor end a/r32 2A459 MALE FITTING, carburettor end a/rAt the time of writing we have an intermittent supply of rigid vacuum pipes. To this end, and, during the famine,use the MG (!!) items, either 1H919 (H4 & H6 carb’s) or 12H733 (HS6 & Zenith Stromberg carb’s).Neither of these items are correct as they have a vapour trap in the pipe, but are better than nothing.33 1H919 VACUUM PIPE 1 { H4 & H6 carburettor’s

(with one female one male fitting) }34 12H733 VACUUM PIPE, 1 { HS6 & Zenith Stromberg

(with one female one slip-on fitting) } carburettor’s35 606895 BUSH, supporting shaft 136 513679A DRIVING DOG 137 057992 PIN, driving dog retaining 138 245015 SUNDRIES KIT (nuts, washers, seals) 139 513682A SEAL, distributor shank to engine 1 (if fitted)40 3H2138 CLAMP PLATE 1

Plugs, Coil & Ignition LeadsSee also Accessories45 AAA5981M HT LEAD, copper (PVC bound) a/r black with stripe

TT2982M* HT CABLE, copper (PVC bound) a/r yellow/black*Lucas (period) competition HT cable

Ignition leads are sold by the metre length. You will need 2 metres to renew your 4 cylinder TR engine HT leads.46 NYB5 SUPPRESSOR CAP, 60° angled a/r47 NLB5 SUPPRESSOR CAP, 90° angled a/r48 NSB5 SUPPRESSOR CAP, straight a/r

Ignition System 159




Wiper Motor

Single Speed Wiper Motor, CRT TypeTR2, TR3 to TS125671 501684R WIPER MOTOR 1 recon/exchange2 MM145-390 MOTOR ONLY 13 508170 CARBON BRUSHES, (1 pair) 14 501684FK MOUNTING KIT 1

Kit includes 2 studs, 2 nuts, 2 washers, 2 special rubber ferrules & 1 rubber pad

Single Speed Wiper Motor, DR2 TypeTR3 from TS12568, TR3A,TR4 to CT7783 (RHD) & to CT30 (LHD)6 LULRW113R WIPER MOTOR 1 recon/exchange7 17H5255 ARMATURE 18 508170 CARBON BRUSHES, (1 pair) 19 520939 GEAR & SHAFT 110 503601 CONNECTING LINK 111 17H5431 MOUNTING KIT, 3

Kit includes 1 stud, 1 nut, 2 washers, 1 grommet

Single Speed Wiper Motor, DR3A TypeTR4 from CT7784 (RHD) & from CT31 (LHD)14 GXE7714 WIPER MOTOR 1 recon/exchange15 511003 ARMATURE 116 508170 CARBON BRUSHES, (1 pair) 117 511078 GEAR & SHAFT 118 511096 CONNECTING LINK 119 17H5431 MOUNTING KIT,) 3


Two Speed Wiper Motor, DR3 TypeStandard Equipment for TR4A(Optional Equipment for TR3 from TS12568, TR3A & TR4)22 514821R WIPER MOTOR 1 recon/exchange23 511003 ARMATURE 124 508170 CARBON BRUSHES, (1 pair) 125 511078 GEAR & SHAFT 126 511096 CONNECTING LINK 127 17H5431 MOUNTING KIT, 3


Wiper Racks & Wheel-boxesTR2, TR3 to TS1256730 501730 RACK, wheel box driving 1 { TR2 to TS996 (31 15/16")

requires cutting to correct length | TR2, TR3 from TS997} to TS12567 (34 15/16")

31 502254 RACK CASING 1 motor to wheel box32 502255 RACK CASING 1 wheel box to wheel box33 RFN305 GROMMET 1 rack through bulkhead34 502005 WHEEL BOX 235 502005NT NUT, 6 sided 236 502005CB CHROME BEZEL 2TR3 from TS12568, TR3A40 37H5208 RACK, wheel box driving 1 cut to correct length (38 29/32")41 114483 RACK TUBING 1 motor to 1st wheel box42 203473 RACK TUBING 1 wheel box to wheel box43 575047A RACK TUBING 1 short to wheel box44 37H5282 FERRULE 1 rack outer tube to motor45 C5574A GROMMET 1 rack through bulkhead46 37H6316 WHEEL BOX 247 ANK3459 NUT (6 sided) 248 37H6316FK BEZEL KIT 249 ADB826 CHROME BEZEL 250 AHH5414 RUBBER SPACER 251 ADC560X RUBBER GASKET 2

(Continued)

Windscreen Wiper/Washer160




(Wiper Motor) TR4/4A54 37H5208 RACK, wheel box driving 1 cut to correct length, (28 11/32")55 625614 TUBING, rack 1 motor to 1st wheelbox56 131151 TUBING, rack 1 wheel box to wheelbox57 575047A TUBING, rack 1 short to wheel box58 37H5282 FERRULE 1 rack outer tube to motor59 600395 GROMMET 1 rack through bulkhead60 37H6316 WHEEL BOX 261 ANK3459 NUT, 6 sided 262 JET & BUSH KIT, car set 163 511070 JET & BUSH, RH 164 511071 JET & BUSH, LH 1

Wiper Arms & BladesTR2/3/3A70 107963 WIPER ARM, RHD 2 { TR2, TR3 to TS12567

107965 WIPER ARM, LHD 2 } collet fitment72 114485 WIPER ARM, RHD 2 { TR3 from TS12568, TR3A

114488 WIPER ARM, LHD 2 } spline fitment74 114486 WIPER BLADE, chrome 2

TR4/4A75 131105 WIPER ARM, RH (RHD) 1 { straight arm

131108 WIPER ARM, LH (LHD) 1 }77 131106 WIPER ARM, LH (RHD) 1 { cranked arm

131107 WIPER ARM, RH(LHD) 1 }79 GWB219B WIPER BLADE, chrome 2

Windscreen Washer SystemTR2/3/3A models did not have a screen washer system as standard, but it was listed in the back of the partsbook as an accessory.The original (optional) factory kit is no longer available, but we can supply some components that are closecopies of the original. The same goes for the replacement of parts as originally fitted to TR4’s & TR4A’s.

TR2/3/3A, TR4/4AReplacement for Original (Optional) Type80 GWW918K WASHER BOTTLE 1 includes bottle, cap, pipe & valve

GWW506 NON-RETURN VALVE 182 CRST124 LABEL, ‘Tudor’ 1

83 13H232 BRACKET 184 AB606051 SCREW, bracket to inner wing 285 FC2803 SPIRE NUT (in front inner wing) 287 GWW110 PUMP, original 188 609526 HOUSING 189 609919 BEZEL 190 609946 KNOB (for pump GWW110) 191 GWW102 PUMP & PLUNGER 1 replacement92 MM802-805 JET, chrome, single (original) 2 {93 GWW802 JET, chrome, single (Lucas) 2 | TR2/3/3A94 GWW801 JET, chrome, twin (Lucas) 2 }

JET & BUSH KIT, (car set) 1 {96 511070 JET & BUSH, RH 1 | TR4/4A97 511071 JET & BUSH, LH 1 }98 GWW404 ‘T’ PIECE 199 GWW201M TUBING, 3mm bore a/r ‘T’ piece to jets100 GWW202M TUBING, 4mm bore a/r bottle to pump/to ‘T’ piece101 061917 GROMMET, around tubing a/r

TR2/3/3A, TR4/4A (Optional Equipment)This screen washer is a reproduction of the electric screen washer that was also offered as optional equipment.It is a beautifully reproduced period accessory. It does not include any wiring, tubing jets or switch. This typewas commonly used as an accessory on TR2/3/3A’s, some TR4/4A’s may have been fitted retrospectively.

105 GAC9211X ELECTRIC SCREEN WASHER 1 glass bottle type106 553757 GLASS JAR 1107 503786 FILLER PLUG 1108 553758 BRACKET 1109 CRST169 DECAL, Lucas screen jet 1

TR2/3/3A, TR4/4A (Aftermarket Replacement)If your TR2/3/3A has no screen washer at all, the complete kit (GAC9212X) will fit and keep it legal in the eyesof the UK MOT tester.Most owners however prefer to replace the supplied plastic jets with the original chrome jets listed above.

110 GAC9212X SCREEN WASHER KIT 1inc. container, bracket, tubing, manual pump, & jet.

So, the conclusions:TR2/3/3A with no screen washer system;

buy GAC9212X or select the components as required from the optional equipment listings.TR4/4A with no screen washer system; select the components as required.

Windscreen Wiper/Washer 161




TR2/3/3A, TR4/4A HeadlampsThe various designs and types of headlamps originally fitted are too numerous to mention. In addition theyare now generally not available. The favourite headlamp type amongst owners the world over is the‘Tripod’ design. We have reproduced this item in both RHD and LHD formats to accept British Pre-Focus(BPF) bulbs of either RHD or LHD to match the lens pattern. Customers wishing to install ‘Tripod’ typelamps, but have nothing fitted should buy:- Bucket & Bowl 27H8263X, Seal 512222, Chrome Rim 500929,Cable 27H2333 and either LU554308 with GLB414 (RHD lamp & bulb), or LU555296 with GLB415 (LHDlamp & bulb), depending on which side of the road you intend to drive on!We also offer a selection of Halogen conversion headlamps for TR’s, see Accessories for details.

Headlamp Units1 506370X HEADLAMP, ‘tripod’, RHD 2

(for this headlamp assembly use 119072 or 124020 rim)506372X HEADLAMP, ‘tripod’, LHD 2(for this headlamp assembly use 119072 or 124020 rim)BHM7196 HEADLAMP, sealed beam, RHD 2(for this headlamp assembly use 500929 rim)512223X HEADLAMP, sealed beam, RHD 2(for this headlamp assembly use 119072 or 124020 rim)514579 HEADLAMP, sealed beam, LHD 2(for this headlamp assembly use 119072 or 124020 rim)27H8495 HEADLAMP, BPF lamp, RHD 2(for this headlamp assembly use 500929 rim)AEU1061A HEADLAMP, P45T asymmetric, LHD 2(for this headlamp assembly use 500929 rim)512224X HEADLAMP, P45T asymmetric, LHD 2(for this headlamp assembly use 119072 or 124020 rim)

Replacement Parts2 GLU501 LIGHT UNIT, BPF 2 RHD, LH dipping3 LU554308 LIGHT UNIT, BPF ‘tripod’ 2 RHD, LH dipping

LU555296 LIGHT UNIT, BPF ‘tripod’ 2 LHD, RH dipping4 GLU101 LIGHT UNIT, sealed beam 2 RHD, LH dipping

BMK2508 LIGHT UNIT, sealed beam 2 LHD, RH dipping5 27H4146A LIGHT UNIT, P45T asymmetric 2 LHD, RH dipping7 GLB414 BULB, BPF, clear 2 RHD, LH dipping8 GLB415 BULB, BPF, clear 2 LHD, RH dipping

GLB409X BULB, BPF, cadmium yellow 2 LHD, RH dipping9 GLB410 BULB, P45T, clear 2

GLB411 BULB, P45T, cadmium yellow 2 France

10 GLB2983 BULB, P45T, halogen, clear 215 27H2333 ADAPTOR & CABLES 2 for BPF lamp unit16 501473 ADAPTOR, Lucar terminals 2 for BPF lamp17 BAU2110 ADAPTOR, Lucar 2 plug connector & cables18 600226A ADAPTOR only 2 (for Lucar terminals)

Type ‘A’ Bucket (3 Adjusters)20 3H2962 DUST EXCLUDER, rubber 221 AB606021 SCREW, rim retaining 622 17H5205 MOUNTING RIM, h/lamp 2 (2 pieces)23 17H5394K ADJUSTER KIT 2

(includes 3 screws, 3 springs, 3 sleeves)24 7H6838 BUCKET, headlamp 2 { 3 adjuster type25 3H1031 SEAL, bucket to body 2 }

Type ‘B’ Bucket (2 Adjusters)30 27H8263X BUCKET, BOWL & RIM UNIT 231 515218A RING, outer mounting, chrome 232 SML4 RING, inner mounting 233 BHM7058 ADJUSTER KIT 2

(includes 2 screws, 2 ferrules, 2 springs & 2 clips)34 SML3 BUCKET, headlamp 2 2 adjuster type35 3H2962 DUST EXCLUDER, rubber 236 AB606021 SCREW, rim retaining 637 512222 SEAL, bucket to body 2

13H565 SEAL, bucket to body 2 { alternative009403 SEAL, bucket to body 2 } fit in pairs

Headlamp RimsSee also Accessories40 500929 RIM, headlamp, screw-on type 2 { TR2/341 RTC465 SCREW, rim retaining 2 }42 119072 RIM, headlamp, clip-on type 2 TR3A, TR4/4A43 124020 RIM, headlamp, wide/clip-on type 2 TR3A, from TS32585 USA44 37H7421A CLIP, rim retaining 2 TR2/3

(use with rim 50092945 BAU1460TR CLIP, rim retaining, original 2 TR3A/4/4A

(use with rims 119072 & 124020)46 BAU1460 CLIP, rim retaining, clip, repro 2 TR3A/4/4A

(use with rims 119072 & 124020)

Headlamps & Fittings162




Fittings - Headlamp to Body50 PMZ312 SCREW 6 { TR2/3/3A original fitment51 WL700101 WASHER, locking 6 | must be used in sets,52 FS2701 NUT & RETAINER 6 } fits 9/32" square hole53 GHF424 SCREW 6 {54 WP4 WASHER, plain 6 | TR2/3/3A alternative55 GHF1000 SPIRE NUT 6 }55 GHF424 SCREW 8 {56 WP4 WASHER, plain 8 | TR4/4A57 FC2804 SPIRE NUT 8 } fits 7/16" square hole

Headlamp Control Relay KitThe Triumph TR4/4A electrical system does not include relays in the headlamp dip or main beam circuits.The omission of relays from these circuits means that the high electrical currents required to power the lampsruns through the switch gear when the lamps are used. This is contributory to the burning & subsequent failureof light and dip switch contact points. This situation is aggravated if the original equipment headlamps areuprated to a higher wattage or supplemented with additional lights, as this increases the current load on theexisting circuit. Another benefit to the installation of operating relays is that of brighter headlamps withoutuprating their wattage. All TR’s from TR2 to TR6 easily lend themselves to the installation of relays to controlheadlamp operating power without having to do any butchery to the wiring loom that is non reversible.It also pays back by not involuntarily melting the dip, flash or main lighting switch. The additional wiring andrelays can be easily tucked out of sight so as not to inflame the wrath of the purists.NI GAC40252 HEADLAMP RELAY KIT 1 {

includes fittings & 2 (Lucas) relays | See also Accessories (page 19)NI GAC40262 HEADLAMP RELAY KIT 1 | for kits with 4 relays

includes fittings & 2 (Aftermarket) relays }

Front Side & Flasher Lamp TR2, TR3 to TS173401 3H3055 FRONT SIDE & FLASHER LAMP 22 7H5182 RIM, chrome, lens retaining 23 AJA5076 LENS, clear, (flat type) 24 GLB380 BULB 25 17H5426 BULB HOLDER 26 37H5481 BODY (rubber) 27 GHF421 SCREW, lamp attaching 68 AK606021 SPIRE NUT, lamp attaching 69 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 3

Front Side & Flasher Lamp TR3 from TS17341, TR3A10 1B9100 FRONT SIDE & FLASHER 211 7H5182 RIM, chrome, lens retaining 212 37H6928 LENS, clear (bee-hive type) 213 GLB380 BULB, 21/5 watt 214 27H5545 BULB HOLDER 215 508162 BODY (rubber) 216 GHF421 SCREW, lamp 617 AK606021 SPIRE NUT, lamp 618 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 3

Tail Lamp TR2 to TS130620 107592B TAIL LAMP, reproduction 2

21 502347 RIM, tail lamp lens 222 502348 SCREW, tail lamp rim 423 501934X LENS, glass 2

501934 LENS, plastic 224 502332 GASKET, tail lamp lens 225 GLB380 BULB 227 GHF424 SCREW 428 GHF712 SPIRE NUT 429 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 3The lamp that we supply is a reproduction of the original lamp fitted on the MG ‘T’ series and early MorrisMinors. It differs in the construction of the backplate only; a very minor modification to the rear apron will berequired in fitting. Externally, once fitted, the lamp is visually indistinguishable from the original

Reflector TR2 to TS130630 501485 REFLECTOR 231 AJD8012Z NUT, plain (2BA) 2632 WL700101 WASHER, locking 433 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 4

Tail LampTR2 from TS1307, TR3/3A

35 13H23* TAIL LAMP 236 AJA5069 LENS, original Lucas 237 57H5569 SCREW, lens to base 438 AJA5071 GASKET, lens to base 239 AJA5072 BASE 240 GLB380 BULB 241 AJA5073 GASKET, lamp mounting 242 GHF424 SCREW 443 GHF712 SPIRE NUT 444 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 3*Note: This lamp was a ‘tail & flasher’ lamp up to TS15601, after which it was used as a stop & tail lamp.

Rear Flasher LampTR3 from TS15601, TR3A

50 2A9013 REAR FLASHER LAMP, amber 22A9040 REAR FLASHER LAMP, red 2

51 7H5182 RIM, flasher lamp lens 252 37H5520 LENS, amber 2

37H5531 LENS, red 253 GLB382 BULB 254 37H5528 BULB HOLDER 255 508162 BODY, rubber 256 GHF421 SCREW 657 AK606021 SPIRE NUT 658 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 2

Front, Side & Rear Lamps TR2/TR3/3A 163

Stop & Number Plate LampTR2, TR3 to TS18912

60 109497 STOP & NUMBER PLATE 161 501798 LENS 162 501799 SCREW 263 21G9057 WASHER, screw 265 502351 GASKET, lens seating 166 GLB380 BULB 167 37H5459 CONTACT & SPRING 168 AJD8012Z NUT 269 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2

Number Plate LampTR3 from TS18913, TR3A

75 127916 NUMBER PLATE LAMP 176 502264 COVER, chrome 177 17H5385 SCREW 178 601721A LENS 179 GLB989* BULB 1/280 57H5368 GASKET 181 AJD8012Z NUT 282 WL700101 WASHER, locking 283 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 2*Note: The early single bulb number plate lamp has been replaced by a lamp which appears identical, exceptthat it uses two bulbs.




Side Lamp TR4

1 514805 SIDE LAMP 22 510897 LENS & RIM, clear 23 510898 WASHER, plastic (sliding ring) 24 510899 GASKET, lens seating 25 GLB233 BULB 26 244700A CONTACT & SPRING 27 510900 GASKET, assembly seating 28 AT606042 SCREW, lamp retaining 49 AK606021 SPIRE NUT 4

Side/Repeater Lamps TR4A

10 212486 SIDE/REPEATER LAMP, RH 1212488 SIDE/REPEATER LAMP, LH 1

11 514805 SIDE LAMP 212 510897 LENS & RIM, clear 213 510898 WASHER, plastic (sliding ring) 214 510899 GASKET, lens seating 215 GLB233 BULB 216 244700A CONTACT & SPRING 217 510900 GASKET, seating 218 AT606042 SCREW, base to housing 419 616648 LENS, side-marker (amber) 220 514807 SCREW, lens retaining 221 GLB6501 BULB 222 616628 GASKET, with bulb holder 223 808677 BASE, lamp unit, RH 1

808678 BASE, lamp unit, LH 124 514808 GASKET, lamp to wing, RH 1

514809 GASKET, lamp to wing, LH 125 GHF200 NUT, assembly to wing 426 GHF331 WASHER, locking 427 GHF300 WASHER, plain 428 061917 GROMMET, wires/inner wing 2

Rear Lamps TR2/TR3/3A / Repeater lamps TR4A164




Front Flasher Lamps TR4/4A UK Models

30 2A9013 FLASHER LAMP, amber 231 7H5182 RIM 232 37H5520 LENS, amber 233 GLB382 BULB 234 37H5528 BULB HOLDER 235 508162 BODY, rubber 236 AK606021 SPIRE NUT 637 GHF421 SCREW 638 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 2

Front Flasher LampsTR4/4A USA Models to Body no. 30348CT

40 532806 FLASHER LAMP, clear 241 7H5182 RIM 242 37H6928 LENS, clear 243 GLB382 BULB 244 37H5528 BULB HOLDER 245 508162 BODY, rubber 246 AK606021 SPIRE NUT 647 GHF421 SCREW 648 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 2

Flasher LampsTR4/4A USA Models from Body no. 30349CT

50 BHA4476 FLASHER LAMP 251 518868 SCREW, lens retaining 452 17H6763 LENS, clear 253 17H6765 GASKET, lens seating 254 GLB382 BULB 255 21G9057 WASHER, fibre 256 37H5452 CONTACT & SPRING 257 27H2724 GASKET, lamp seating 258 17H5216 BOOT, flasher wires 259 AB606051 SCREW 660 AK606021 SPIRE NUT 661 27H6713 BULLET CONNECTOR 2

Stop/Tail LampTR4/4A

64 208208 TAIL LAMP, red/amber lens 2 UK models208207 TAIL LAMP, all red lens 2 USA models

65 516040 LENS, red with amber flasher 2 UK models516061 LENS, all red 2 USA models

66 510903 CHROME STRIP 267 510904 SCREW, top & centre 468 510905 SCREW, bottom 269 21G9057 WASHER, screw retaining 670 GLB382 BULB, flasher lamp 271 GLB380 BULB, stop/tail lamp 272 510906 GASKET, lens seating 273 37H5452 CONTACT & SPRING 2 flasher lamp74 37H5459 CONTACT & SPRING 2 stop/tail lamp75 17H5216 GROMMET, flasher lamp wires 476 133364 GASKET, lamp to body 477 GHF206 NUT, lamp retaining 878 WL700101 WASHER, locking 879 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 8

Number Plate LampsTR4/4A

80 128881 NUMBER PLATE LAMP 281 510875A LENS 282 GLB207 BULB 283 37H5452 CONTACT & SPRING 284 510912 BODY, rubber 285 131465A RIM 286 612189 PLINTH, chrome 2 TR4 to CT640287 AR606052 SCREW, rim retaining 488 AK606021 SPIRE NUT 489 600395 GROMMET, No plate lamp wires 290 611406 CLIP, lead to bumper bracket 2At an unknown change point during the production of the TR4A, German market cars switched from the thistype of number plate lamp (mounted on the rear over-riders) to the earlier type lamp used on the TR3’s &TR3A’s (mounted on the boot lid).The part number for this earlier lamp is 127916, it is illustrated on the opposite page.

Front, Side & Rear Lamps TR4/4A 165




Wiring Harness (Looms)

1 501493CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR2, TR3 to TS12568501493PVC MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 | wiper motor on right of

} bulkhead

2 504803CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR3 from TS12569504803PVC MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 } to TS13045

3 505137CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR3 from TS13046505137PVC MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 } to TS18912

4 303004CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR3 from TS18913303004PVC MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 } TR3A to TS60000

207162CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR3A from TS600001207162PVC MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 }

5 305321CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR4 RHD305321 MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 } to CT14913

6 305610CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR4 RHD305610 MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 } from CT14914

305281CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR4 LHD305281 MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 } to CT9983

305611CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR4 LHD from CT9984305611 MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 } to CT26999

306645CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR4 LHD306645 MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 } from CT27000

7 307235CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR4A RHD307235 MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 }

307234CL MAIN LOOM, Cloth bound 1 { TR4A LHD307234 MAIN LOOM, PVC bound 1 }

8 108647 CABLE, red (cut to fit) a/r side lamp to main loom108648 CABLE, green (cut to fit) a/r flasher to main loom

108649 CABLE, black (cut to fit) a/r lamp unit body earth108650 CABLE, horn to loom a/r

9 504806 PVC SLEEVING, cut to length a/r10 139033 EXTENSION HARNESS 1 { TR4 LHD from CT27000

(brake switch) }

11 131338 HARNESS, o/drive 1 switch to relay12 131339 HARNESS, o/drive 1 gearbox top cover13 502355 HARNESS, in column 1 TR2/3/3A

Wiring Harness166




Loom Descriptions & Change Points

The following looms were originally Cloth bound

TR2, TR3 up to TS12568 Hydraulic switch on LH side,wiper motor on RH side, centre stop lamp.

TR3 from TS12569 to TS13045 Hydraulic switch on LH side,wiper motor (self parking) on LH side, centre stop lamp.

TR3 from TS13046 to TS18912 Hydraulic switch on RH side, wiper motor (self parking) on LH side, centre stop lamp.

TR3 from TS18913, TR3A to TS60000 Hydraulic switch on RH side, separate rear flasher,stop lamps in tail lamps.

By the clever design of placing the hole for the loom in the centre of the bulkhead,TR2/3/3A looms were not handed for RH or LH drive.

The following looms were originally PVC bound

TR3A from TS60001 As TS18913 to TS60000 but with Lucar connectors,not screwed connectors.

TR4 RHD to CT14913 Coil and temperature sender cables fed from the LH side of underTR4 LHD to CT9983 bonnet loom, hydraulic brake switch on RH side.

TR4 RHD from CT14914 Coil and temperature sender and LH horn fed from the RH side ofTR4 LHD from CT9984 to CT26999 under bonnet loom after feeding front lights, hydraulic

brake switch on RH side.

TR4 LHD from CT27000 Brake switch cables on RH side with extension wires to LH pedal box.Loom probably bound in blue PVC

TR4A RHD or LHD One for either hand of drive.

Connectors & Fittings

34 515412 BULB HOLDER, claw type, screw-in bulb a/r MES type, self earthing37H5181 BULB HOLDER, claw type, screw-in bulb a/r MES type. separate earth

(glove box & key lamp)35 507799 BULB HOLDER, sleeve type a/r { MES type

(screw-in bulb) }36 UKC4187 BULB HOLDER, sleeve type a/r { BA7 type

(bayonet bulb) (footwell lamp) }37 GLB987 BULB, 2.2W, screw-in type a/r { fits MES type bulb holder

(glove box lamp) }38 GLB281 BULB, 2.0W, bayonet type, a/r { fits BA7 type bulb holder

(footwell lamp) }

39 UKC4446 IN-LINE FUSE HOLDER a/r(includes wires, terminals and spring)

40 27H3588 FUSE HOLDER ONLY a/r41 GFS3005 FUSE, 5 Amp., pack of five fuses a/r

GFS3010 FUSE, 10 Amp., pack of five fuses a/rGFS3015 FUSE, 15 Amp., pack of five fuses a/r in line headlamp main beamGFS3020 FUSE, 20 Amp., pack of five fuses a/rGFS3025 FUSE, 25 Amp., pack of five fuses a/r in line cigar lighter.GFS3035 FUSE, 35 Amp., pack of five fuses a/rGFS3050 FUSE, 50 Amp., pack of five fuses a/r

42 061917 GROMMET 2(harness to front side repeater lamps)

061917 GROMMET 1(harness to number plate lamp, outer valance)

061917 GROMMET, screen washer tubing 143 600395 GROMMET 2

(harness to rear side repeater lamps)600395 GROMMET 2

(harness to front side repeater lamps)600395 GROMMET 2

(harness to number plate lamp, inner valance)600395 GROMMET 1

(harness to number plate lamp, inner valance)612715 GROMMET, gearbox harness 1 through tunnel

44 600400W GROMMET, main harness 1 through dash

45 003632 BULLET CONNECTOR, male a/r soldered typeGHF2200 BULLET CONNECTOR, male a/r soldered type alternative.

46 605953 BULLET CONNECTOR, male a/r push-on type

47 104618 CONNECTOR, female, single line a/r 2 way48 RTC603A CONNECTOR, female, double line a/r 4 way common contacts.49 570513A CONNECTOR, female, triple line a/r 6 way50 2H4992 CONNECTOR, female, triple line a/r 6 way Insulated contacts.51 13H2050 CONNECTOR, Lucar, 3/16“ wide a/r 6 Amp.52 RTC220A CONNECTOR, Lucar, 1/4“ wide a/r 17.5 Amp.53 47H5419 CONNECTOR, Lucar, 3/8“ wide a/r 35 Amp.

54 BMK449 INSULATOR, for 3/16“ Lucar connector a/r55 511269 INSULATOR, for 1/4“ Lucar connector a/r56 515399 INSULATOR, for 3/8“ Lucar connector a/r

57 17H5287 EYELET, 3/16“ hole a/r58 2H4528 EYELET, 1/4“ hole a/r59 13H625 EYELET, 5/16“ hole a/r60 PCR709 ‘P’ CLIP, fuse holder attaching a/r61 551490 CLIP, holding fuse holder to edge a/r62 102137 CLIP, earthing lead a/r

(head, side and flasher lamps)63 AHH7108 CLIP, aluminium band type a/r

64 145891 CABLE TIE, ‘fir tree’ type a/r65 GHF1265 CABLE TIE, 9 cm. long a/r {

GHF1266 CABLE TIE, 13 cm. long a/r | ratchet typeGHF1267 CABLE TIE, 22 cm. long a/r |GHF1268 CABLE TIE, 31 cm. long a/r }

66 603559 LOOM TAG, welded to bodywork a/r67 503213 INSULATING SLEEVE, on loom tag a/r68 147382 EARTH TAG, Lucar, a/r welded to body panels69 123759 EARTH TAG, Lucar 1

(screwed to wiper motor mount)

Cable Fittings & Bulb Holders 167




Instruments, Cables & Dash SwitchesTR2/TR3/3A

1 108192R SPEEDOMETER, exchange 1 { 3.7:1 axle, MPH(S628 or SN6307/04 or SN6319/00,1180 turns) }

113637R SPEEDOMETER, exchange 1 { 4.1:1 axle, MPH(SN6307 or SN6319,1300 turns) }

108193R SPEEDOMETER, exchange 1 { 3.7:1 axle, KPH(S628K or SN6307/05 or SN6319/02, 740 turns) }

113632R SPEEDOMETER, exchange 1 { 4.1:1 axle, KPH(SN6307/09 or SN6319/03, 820 turns) }

NI 108192BEZ BEZEL, large 1NI 502268G SEAL, bezel a/rSpeedometers are calibrated for 5.60x15 tyres which, luckily, are pretty close to what most TR’s now wear,165x15. If your TR is shod with something drastically different, or has non-standard wheel rim width, you shouldconsider re-calibration but allow a generous time for this process.

2 106970R REV COUNTER, 1(RC163 or RN1402/09 or RN1411/00)

3 502268 GLASS, domed, large 2NI 108192BEZ BEZEL, large 1NI 502268G SEAL 24 070066 BULB HOLDER, lamp 2 speedo’ & rev counter5 GLB987 BULB 26 MM361-020 KNURLED NUT, large, brass 4 (fits 5mm. stud)

MM361-035 KNURLED NUT, large, aluminium 4 (fits 4mm. stud)NI WE604 WASHER, shakeproof a/r

7 504611 CABLE, speedometer, 84" 1 RHD, all modelsGSD169 CABLE, speedometer, 69" 1 LHD, non-overdrive504609 CABLE, speedometer, 96" 1 LHD, with overdrive

8 CP105081 CLIP, speedo cable to dash a/r9 GHF425 SCREW, for clip a/r10 600395 GROMMET, speedo/rev cables 211 059191 CLIP, speedo cable to chassis 1

13 GSD113 CABLE, rev counter 1 51" RHD504619 CABLE, rev counter 1 36" LHD

14 106965R TEMPERATURE GAUGE, F° 1 (RT70 or TL2561/01)110895R TEMPERATURE GAUGE, C° 1 (51-312-561-03 or TL2561/03)

17 600395 GROMMET 118 PCR307 CLIP, tube to fascia stays 219 138892 CLIP, tube to fuel pipe 220 MM361-025 KNURLED NUT, small 8 (fits 4mm. stud)

21 106964R FUEL GAUGE 1 (PG163 or FG2530/20)22 106966R OIL PRESSURE GAUGE 1 { lbs. Per Sq. inch

(X8051612 or PL2561/00) }

NI 110896R OIL PRESSURE GAUGE 1 { kilograms per(X8051613 or PL2561/01) } square centimetre

23 202973 RIGID PIPE, on bulkhead to gauge 124 2K4936 WASHER, leather 1 oil pressure pipe to gauge25 059380 CLIP, oil pressure pipe to bulkhead 226 106967R AMMETER, screw type 1 (36174B)

125111R AMMETER, with spade terminal 1 { (36264A/D) alternative}

27 502269 GLASS, domed, small 4NI 106964BEZ BEZEL, small 4NI 17H1642 SEAL, bezel 428 070066 BULB HOLDER 2 auxiliary instrument panel29 GLB987 BULB 2

30 3H3098 SWITCH, side & headlamp 131 106685 *† KNOB, side & headlamp switch 1

32 2H4841 SWITCH, panel lights, pull type 133 107680 * KNOB 1

34 BHA4278 RHEOSTAT SWITCH, panel lights 135 125677 *† KNOB 1

38 501777 STARTER SWITCH 139 109311 *† KNOB 141 2H4841 SWITCH, windscreen wiper 1 single speed42 106689 *† KNOB 1We do not anticipate being able to offer the two speed wiper switch in the near future.

Instruments/Cables Switches TR2/TR3/3A168




45 107936 BODY, ignition switch 146 107937 BEZEL 147 24G1345 BARREL, with key 1

50 501347 WARNING LAMP, ignition, red 151 502342 SOCKET, for bulb 152 GLB987 BULB 1

54 501348 FLASHER WARNING LAMP 1 amber, TR2/3/3A128378 FLASHER WARNING LAMP 1 green, late TR3A

55 502342 SOCKET, for bulb 156 GLB987 BULB 1

58 400627 CHOKE CABLE, inner & outer 159 107764 *† KNOB 161 061917 GROMMET (for choke cable) 163 CP105081 CLIP, choke cable to bulkhead 1

64 57H5260 SWITCH, rheostat, heater 165 509735 KNOB, retained by stud 1

500513 KNOB, retained by screw 1 alternative

66 BHA4280 SWITCH, overdrive, push-pull 1 { TR2 to TS626667 108437 KNOB, overdrive switch 1 }

70 112474 SWITCH, overdrive, egg-shaped 1 { TR2 from TS6266,109122 SWITCH MECHANISM 1 } TR3/3A

The early push-pull overdrive switch (item 66) can be used as an alternative to 112474 on TR3’s & TR3A’s.

Dash Knob Sets

NI GKS6001X DASH KNOB SET, (inc. items *) 1 {31 106685 * KNOB, side & head lamp switch 1 |33 107680 * KNOB, panel light switch 1 | TR2/3, early TR3A39 109311 * KNOB, starter switch 1 |42 106689 * KNOB, wiper switch 1 |59 107764 * KNOB, choke cable 1 }

NI GKS6002X DASH KNOB SET, (inc. items †) 1 {31 106685 † KNOB, side & head lamp switch 1 |35 125677 † KNOB, panel light switch 1 | late TR3A39 109311 † KNOB, starter switch 1 |42 106689 † KNOB, wiper switch 1 |59 107764 † KNOB, choke cable 1 }

Beware the Engine Earthing Strap

To enable any flow of electricity to occur, a complete loop must be maintained from one connection of thebattery to the other. To enable a greater flow of electricity, a more substantial link is required betweenconnections. Starting the engine (especially in cold conditions), requires a massive surge of battery power – upto 200 amperes of current, which flows from the battery terminal to the starter motor – and then to the otherterminal any way it can.

To make this flow easier, an electrical ‘motorway’ is provided in the form of the engine earth strap, allowingcurrent to flow from the engine to the body shell and back to the battery with ease. A frayed, damaged or badlycorroded earth connecting strap causes the electrical equivalent of a traffic jam, then the current just looks forsome other way of returning to battery.The choke cable seems especially popular, its wire wound casing turning rapidly to a heater element, providingextra assistance in cold weather!If normal heating is insufficient, now is a good time to check the engine earth strap.

Instrument Identification (All Models)

Instruments from the TR2 to the TR4range appear basically similar. There arehowever, several important differenceswhich make their interchange hazardous,but compared to the problem of theirscarcity, this is minor. It is not recom-mended to interchange the two basictypes of 5" instruments. Not only is theclamping arrangement different, thefascia wiring would also require drasticalteration. Due to this, the best consid-eration would be to get a matching set of the six instruments that wereoriginally fitted to your car.

We have listed the Smiths reference numbers that are stamped on the face of the instruments to help youdetermine which ones are fitted to your car. We adopt a ‘one-for-one’ and ‘like-for-like’ exchange. We haveillustrated here a side view of the 5" gauges and a frontal view of the different temperature gauges to help inidentifying the different castings and facings for the 4 cylinder TR Range.

Instruments/Cables & Switches TR2/TR3/3A 169




Instruments, Cables & Dash Switches TR4 & TR4A

Although the list of part numbers relating to speedometers looks daunting, in reality there are only two types:The early TR4 one (facially similar to the TR2/3/3A type, including the use of domed glass), and the flat glasstype used for the rest of the TR4’s and all TR4A’s. We have listed the Smiths reference numbers that are stampedon the face of the instruments, to help you determine what is fitted to your car.Speedo’s were calibrated differently for all the tyre sizes supplied as O.E. on both models, and then as manyagain for the two O.E. axle ratios. Over the years, these instruments may have been swapped about, andflat/domed glass mismatched. Modern, low profile tyres can be another complication.This instrument is available on an exchange basis and can be re-calibrated to suit the tyres and axle ratio fitted.

When 6.95x15 (550/590x15) tyres & 3.7:1 Axle fitted1 208062R SPEEDOMETER, MPH 1 {

(SN6313/09, 1184 turns) | TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)208063R SPEEDOMETER, KPH 1 | & CT11307 (LHD)

(SN6313/10, 740 turns) }209182R SPEEDOMETER, MPH 1 {

(SN6325/00A, 1184 turns) | TR4 from CT15054 (RHD)209183R SPEEDOMETER, KPH 1 | & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A

(SN6325/01A, 740 turns) }

When 6.95x15 (550/590x15) tyres & 4.1:1 Axle fitted208066R SPEEDOMETER, MPH 1 {


(SN6313/12, 820 turns) }209184R SPEEDOMETER, MPH 1 { TR4 from CT15054 (RHD)209185R SPEEDOMETER, KPH 1 } & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A

When 165x15 tyres & 3.7:1 Axle fitted208655R SPEEDOMETER, MPH 1 {(SN6313/19, 1152 turns) | TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)208656R SPEEDOMETER, KPH 1 | & CT11307 (LHD)(SN6313/20, 720 turns) }209188R SPEEDOMETER, MPH 1 {(SN6325/02A, 1152 turns) | TR4 from CT15054 (RHD)209189R SPEEDOMETER, KPH 1 | & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A(SN6325/03A, 720 turns) }

When 165x15 tyres & 4.1:1 Axle fitted208657R SPEEDOMETER, MPH 1 {


(SN6313/18, 800 turns) }209186R SPEEDOMETER, MPH 1 { TR4 from CT15054 (RHD)209187R SPEEDOMETER, KPH 1 } & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A

All Types/Models2 503465 TRIP, flexible 13 208090R REV COUNTER 1 { TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)

(RN1409/02, domed glass) } & CT11307 (LHD)209194R REV COUNTER 1 { TR4 from CT15053 (RHD)

(RN1417/00, flat glass) } & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A4 502268 GLASS, domed, large 2

502268F GLASS, flat, large 25 508139 BULB HOLDER, illumination 2 speedometer & rev counter6 GLB987 BULB, illumination 27 MM361-035 KNURLED NUT, large 410 504607 CABLE, speedometer, 78" 1 RHD standard gearbox

GSD169 CABLE, speedometer, 69" 1 LHD standard gearboxGSD169 CABLE, speedometer, 69" 1 all models with overdrive

11 602037 GROMMET 2

Instruments/Cables & Switches TR4/4A170




12 CP105081 CLIP 1 speedo’ cable to bulkhead RHDCP105081 CLIP 1 speedo’ cable, to valance LHD

13 GHF425 SCREW, securing clip 114 GSD111 CABLE, rev counter, 48" 1 RHD

504619 CABLE, rev counter, 36" 1 LHD15 AEU1581A CLIP, cable to battery carrier hook 116 128378 WARNING LAMP, indicator 1 green17 501347 WARNING LAMP, ignition 1 red18 GLB987 BULB 219 502342 BULB HOLDER, warning lamps 2

20 131060R TEMPERATURE GAUGE, F° 1 { TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)(BT2300/00, domed glass) } & to CT11307 (LHD)

131061R TEMPERATURE GAUGE, C° 1 { TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)(BT2300/01, domed glass) } & to CT11307 (LHD)

133124R TEMPERATURE GAUGE, F° 1 { TR4 /4A from CT15054 (RHD)(BT2203/00, flat glass) } & CT11308 (LHD) to CTC62636

133119R TEMPERATURE GAUGE, C° 1 { TR4/4A from CT15054 (RHD)(BT2203/01, flat glass) } & CT11308 (LHD) to CTC62636

145594R TEMPERATURE GAUGE, CNH 1 { TR4A from CT62637(BT2203/03, flat glass) }

21 GTR104 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER 1

23 106966R OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, lbs. 1 { TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)(PL2561/00, domed glass) } CT11307 (LHD)

133120R OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, lbs. 1 { TR4 from CT15054 (RHD)(PL2302/22, flat glass) } & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A

110896R OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, kilo’s 1 { TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)(PL2561/01, domed glass) } & CT11307 (LHD)

113121R OIL PRESSURE GAUGE, kilo’s 1 { TR4 from CT15054 (RHD)(PL2302/23, flat glass) } & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A

24 2K4936 WASHER, leather, sealing 1 pipe to gauge25 102238 FLEXIBLE HOSE, stainless steel braided 1 early TR4The above hose links the oil pressure gauge pipe on the engine to the one on the bulkhead.28 202973 RIGID PIPE, on bulkhead to gauge 1 early TR429 138308 NYLON PIPE 1 TR4/4AThis replaces the flexible and rigid pipes listed above, in that it goes direct from the oil pipe (see page 6, item20) leading from the oil filter head to the bulkhead, to the oil pressure gauge. Listed as an ‘alternative’ to 202793in the Triumph parts book, but standard on all TR4’s.

30 600395 GROMMET 131 059380 CLIP, oil pressure pipe to bulkhead 234 130539R FUEL GAUGE 1 { TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)

(BF2301/00, domed glass) } & CT11307 (LHD)133118R FUEL GAUGE 1 { TR4 from CT15054 (RHD)

(BF2206/00, flat glass) } & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A35 125111R AMMETER, Lucas 1 { TR4 to CT15053 (RHD)

(36264A/D, domed glass) } & CT11307 (LHD)133117R AMMETER, Lucas 1 { TR4 from CT15054 (RHD)

(26313B, flat glass) } & CT11308 (LHD), TR4A36 508139 BULB HOLDER, illumination 4 auxiliary gauges37 GLB987 BULB, illumination 438 136643 BRACKET, ammeter 1 metal fascia

136642 BRACKET, ammeter 1 veneered fascia39 502269 GLASS, domed, small 4

502269F GLASS, flat, small 440 MM361-025 KNURLED NUT, small 1

41 401894 CHOKE CABLE 1 { TR4 fitted with H6 carb’s} TR4A fitted with HS6 carb’s

401900/1 CHOKE CABLE 1 { TR4/4A fitted with Zenith} Stromberg 175CD carb’s

42 704873 † KNOB, choke cable 143 061917 GROMMET, in bulkhead 144 128484 VOLTAGE STABILISER 1The voltage stabiliser supplies power to the fuel and water temperature gauges. Apparent high watertemperature, or unbelievably low fuel consumption is often attributable to stabiliser failure.It’s usually tucked in a particularly inaccessible place on the bulkhead sides, partially hidden by carpeting.

45 GHF423 SCREW, voltage stabiliser 146 GHF712 SPIRE CLIP 147 127651 IGNITION SWITCH 148 510369 NUT 149 128087 WASHER 150 609793 BEZEL 151 24G1345 LOCK BARREL, with key 1

53 BHA4280 WIPER SWITCH, single speed 1 {54 704875 † KNOB, wiper switch 1 | TR455 609933 BEZEL 1 }56 BCA4294 WIPER SWITCH, two speed 1 {57 704875 KNOB, wiper switch 1 | TR4 (optional), TR4A (all)58 609795 BEZEL 1 }59 GWW110 PUMP, screen washer 160 609526 SPACER 161 609919 BEZEL 162 609946 † KNOB 163 BCA4294 SWITCH, side and headlamps 1 {64 704885 † KNOB, side and headlamps 1 | TR465 609795 BEZEL 1 }66 132135 IGNITION SWITCH & LOCK 1 Germany only67 142579 LIGHTING SWITCH 1 TR4A RHD

159358 LIGHTING SWITCH 1 TR4A LHD68 158966 INDICATOR SWITCH 169 132424 SWITCH, overdrive, chrome 1 TR4/4A

147281 SWITCH, o/drive, black stalk, RHD 1 { alternative switches147280 SWITCH, o/drive, black stalk, LHD 1 }

70 TP402 SCREW, switch 171 WE604 WASHER, shake-proof 172 BHA4280 SWITCH, heater fan 173 609933 BEZEL, fan switch 174 704883 † KNOB, for heater fan 175 BHA4278 RHEOSTAT, panel illumination 176 510368 NUT 177 609795 BEZEL 1

Dash Knob SetNI GKS6003X DASH KNOB SET 1 (inc. items marked †)78 704879 † KNOB, rheostat 142 704873 † KNOB, choke cable 154 704875 † KNOB, wiper switch 162 609946 † KNOB, screen washer 164 704885 † KNOB, side and headlamps 174 704883 † KNOB, heater fan 178 704879 † KNOB, rheostat 180 704881 † KNOB, heater, air distribution 181 704884 † KNOB, heater valve 1

Beware the Engine Earthing StrapTo enable any flow of electricity to occur, a complete loop must be maintained from one connection of thebattery to the other.To enable a greater flow of electricity, a more substantial link is required between connections. Starting theengine (especially in cold conditions), requires a massive surge of battery power (up to 200 amperes of current,which flows from the battery terminal to the starter motor) and then to the other terminal any way it can.To make this flow easier, an electrical ‘motorway’ is provided in the form of the engine earth strap, allowingcurrent to flow from the engine to the body shell and back to the battery with ease. A frayed, damaged or badlycorroded earth connecting strap causes the electrical equivalent of a traffic jam, then the current just looks forsome other way of returning to battery.The choke cable seems especially popular, its wire wound casing turning rapidly to a heater element, providingextra assistance in cold weather! If normal heating is insufficient, now is a good time to check the engine earth strap.

Instrument Identification(All Models)

Instruments from the TR2 to the TR4range appear basically similar.There are however, several importantdifferences which make their inter-change hazardous, but compared tothe problem of their scarcity, this isminor. It is not recommended to inter-change the two basic types of 5"instruments. Not only is the clampingarrangement different, the fascia

wiring would also require drastic alteration. Due to this, the best consideration would be to get a matching setof the six instruments that were originally fitted to your car.We have listed the Smiths reference numbers that are stamped on the face of the instruments to help youdetermine which ones are fitted to your car. We adopt a ‘one-for-one’ and ‘like-for-like’ exchange.We have illustrated here a side view of the 5" gauges and a frontal view of the different temperature gauges tohelp in identifying the different castings and facings for the 4 cylinder TR Range.

Instruments/Cables & Switches TR4/4A 171




TR2/3/3A Models1 101343 ADAPTOR, water pump housing 12 TL11 OLIVE brass 13 101302 NUT 14 201947 PIPE, from w/pump housing 15 SH504051 SCREW, pipe to engine 16 GHF331 WASHER, locking 17 105176 HOSE, bulkhead to engine 28 CS4011 CLIP, engine compartment hoses 49 601950 ADAPTOR, bulkhead 210 601951 PAD, rubber 211 GHF405 SCREW, adaptor to bulkhead 412 FU2585 SPIRE NUT 413 CS4013 CLIP, ‘under dash’ hoses 414 602057 HOSE, heater inlet & outlet 2 standard

602057X HOSE, heater inlet & outlet 2 Silicone15 602056 HOSE, demister, LH 116 602055 HOSE, demister, RH 120 107994 PIPE, heater valve extension 121 100399 VALVE, heater control 124 57H5260 SWITCH, rheostat (heater fan) 1Two different switches were originally fitted: the earlier used a knob retained by a screw, the later type used apush-on knob retained by a spring-loaded stud. Switches supplied are the later type.25 500513 KNOB, screw retained 126 500513S SCREW, for knob 127 509735 KNOB, push-on 130 700899 HEATER ASSEMBLY 1

700899M MATRIX, in heater (3" deep) 1700899M/4 MATRIX, in heater (4" deep) 1

30a 17H1595 CLIPS (3") 217H1595B CLIPS (4") 2

31 700855 BRACKET, heater support 132 GHF200 NUT, plain 133 GHF331 WASHER, locking 134 FJ24074 SPIRE CLIP 235 UL2706 ACME SCREW 2 heater to support fixing36 GHF200 NUT, plain 337 GHF331 WASHER, locking 338 CRCP302 NAME PLATE, ‘Smiths’ 139 RU608123 RIVET, name plate 2Dash Knob SetsNI GKS6001X DASH KNOB SET 1 {

106685 KNOB, side & h/lamp switch 1 |107680 KNOB, panel light switch 1 | TR2/3, early TR3A109311 KNOB, starter switch 1 |106689 KNOB, wiper switch 1 |107764 KNOB, choke cable 1 }

NI GKS6002X DASH KNOB SET 1 {106685 KNOB, side & h/lamp switch 1 |125677 KNOB, panel light switch 1 | late TR3A109311 KNOB, starter switch 1 |106689 KNOB, wiper switch 1 |107764 KNOB, choke cable 1 }

TR4/4A Models45 101343 ADAPTOR, water pump housing 146 208606 PIPE, pump housing to bulkhead 147 TL11 OLIVE, brass 148 101302 NUT 149 CS4011 CLIP, water hoses 850 GZA1336 HOSE, pipe to bulkhead 151 611043 ADAPTOR, through bulkhead 152 611040 PAD, rubber 153 GHF403 SCREW, adaptor to bulkhead 254 GHF712 SPIRE NUT 255 623285 HOSE, heater outlet 158 623284 HOSE, heater inlet 159 627310 HOSE, bulkhead to valve 1 standard

627310X HOSE, bulkhead to valve 1 silicone60 565755 VALVE, heater control 161 133061 ADAPTOR, valve to cyl head 162 24G1482 TRUNNION, cable clamp 263 53K1016 SCREW, in trunnion 264 611825 HOSE, demister, RH 165 611826 HOSE, demister, LH 166 CS4025 CLIP, demister hoses 467 610181 OUTLET, demister 268 806740 DUCT, demister, LH 169 806741 DUCT, demister, RH 170 611284 CABLE ASSEMBLY, heater control 171 566407 BEZEL 172 704884* KNOB, heater control 173 600395 GROMMET, cable 174 BHA4280 SWITCH, heater fan 1 plain knob & bezel75 609933 BEZEL, (original type) 176 704883* KNOB, fan switch 179 612262 CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 air duct control80 566407 BEZEL 181 704881* KNOB, air duct control 1

*These knobs are included in dash knob set, part no. GKS6003X82 812301 HEATER ASSEMBLY 1

812301M MATRIX, in heater 1812301MTR MOTOR, in heater 1812301FAN FAN, on motor 1

NI 812301X HEATER KIT, uprated 1Kit has a uprated motor & high(er) volume fan.

NI 812301XM FAN MOTOR 1NI 812301XF FAN 183 GHF101 SCREW, heater to bulkhead 384 WP167 WASHER, plain 385 566375 WASHER, locating 386 566374 SPACER 387 GHF200 NUT, plain 188 WM57 WASHER, plain 189 612241 WASHER, rubber 190 CRCP302 NAME PLATE, ‘Smiths’ 191 CRCP303 INFORMATION PLATE 1 ‘Drain Warning’92 RU608123 RIVET (name plate) 4

Heating & Ventilation172




Dash Knob SetNI GKS6003X DASH KNOB SET 1

704879 KNOB, rheostat 1704873 KNOB, choke cable 1704875 KNOB, wiper switch 1609946 KNOB, screen washer 1704885 KNOB, side and headlamps 1704883 KNOB, heater fan 1704879 KNOB, rheostat 1704881 KNOB, heater, air distribution 1704884 KNOB, heater valve 1

Dash (Fascia) TR2/TR3/3A

This section has been included in detail to assist TRbuilders whose vehicles arrived in buckets.Under fascia fittings are often unrecognisable as totheir true destination, especially when converting aLHD donor car to RHD. Correct fitment will go someway to removing that ‘quivering jelly’ feeling at thewheel and hold the instruments still long enough toyou read them.

1 701160 BRACKET 1 steering column anchor2 GHF200 NUT, bracket to fascia panel 33 GHF331 WASHER, locking 34 GHF300 WASHER, plain 35 701158 BRACKET & STIFFENER 1 RHD

701157 BRACKET & STIFFENER 1 LHD6 SH605071 SCREW 5 bracket & stiffener to anchor7 WP17 WASHER, plain, on screw 28 GHF201 NUT, locking screw 19 GHF332 WASHER, locking 110 602860 SUPPORT, steering column 111 GHF201 NUT, support 4 to stiffener & anchor bkt12 WP17 WASHER, plain 413 GHF332 WASHER, locking 214 602790 ROD, tie 1 steering column to fascia stay15 GHF201 NUT 216 GHF301 WASHER, plain 217 HU706P SCREW, tie rod to fascia stay 118 GHF201 NUT 119 GHF331 WASHER, locking 120 701106 GROMMET 1 steering column sealing21 CS4025 CLIP, grommet attachment 123 701019 ASHTRAY 1 one of many styles!

Please choose fixings required from General Hardware & Fittings on page 216.24 601961 PLATE, retaining sealing pad 1 RHD

601962 PLATE, retaining sealing pad 1 LHD25 603346 PAD, sealing steering 1 column aperture26 YJ2565 SCREW, retaining plate 227 FC2805 NUT, spire 230 900381 FASCIA PANEL 1 RHD

900382 FASCIA PANEL 1 LHD31 CD28789 BUFFER, cubby box lid 132 601967 BRACKET, for buffer 133 601968 BRACKET, buffer and check rod 1 RHD

601969 BRACKET, buffer and check rod 1 LHD34 GHF400 SCREW, bracket to fascia panel 335 PFS103 NUT, spire 336 601972 STRIKER PLATE, cubby box lock 137 GHF400 SCREW 238 PFS103 SPIRE NUT 239 601985 CUBBY BOX LID 1 RHD

601986 CUBBY BOX LID 1 LHD40 601971 HINGE, cubby box 141 RU608123 RIVET, round head 442 601973 CHECK ROD, cubby box lid 143 602139 CUBBY BOX LOCK 144 501555 SCREW 4

(cubby box lid hinge to fascia panel)

45 WP3 WASHER 446 HN2003 NUT 447 WL203 WASHER, locking 450 800537BBY CUBBY BOX, Black 1 { RHD

800537RED CUBBY BOX, Red 1 }800538BBY CUBBY BOX, Black 1 LHD

51 GHF423 SCREW, cubby box to fascia 2GHF424 SCREW, cubby box to fascia 1

53 WP127 WASHER, plain 154 GHF712 SPIRE NUT, for above screws 355 602048 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1 rear cubby box support56 HN2005 NUT, bracket attachment 157 WL700101 WASHER 158 GHF424 SCREW 159 GHF712 SPIRE NUT 162 601984 BRACKET, fascia 1 centre fixing

601964 BRACKET, fascia 2 outer fixing63 SP87K5 SCREW, 4 outer bracket to scuttle rim64 HU706P SCREW, 5 fascia panel to scuttle rim65 GHF200 NUT, fascia 766 GHF331 WASHER, locking, under nut 770 601939 STAY, fascia panel to battery box 271 GHF425 SCREW, stay 472 GHF426 SCREW, stay 473 FU2585 SPIRE NUT, for GHF425/6 screws 875 608613 INSTRUMENT PANEL 176 601979 SUPPORT, panel light, RH 1

601978 SUPPORT, panel light, LH 178 V242 WING NUT 4 instrument panel to fascia85 112019 VENT PULL 186 603416 ESCUTCHEON 187 SP87K5 SCREW, escutcheon 288 111258 KNOB 189 061917 GROMMET, for cable 190 603088 GRAB HANDLE, chrome 1TR2’s originally had a grab handle finished in Black.We supply the later all chrome type, which is a direct replacement.91 SP87K7CP SCREW, countersunk, chrome 2 TR2/3, TR3A to TS6000092 AD610063 SCREW, self tapping, chrome 2 { TR3A from TS6000193 GHF713 SPIRE NUT 2 }

Dash (Fascia) TR2/TR3/3A 173




Seat Frame & General Seat FittingsTR2/TR3/3ASee page 06, for TR2/TR3 Trim.

1 SFK6111 SEAT PADDING KIT 12 700969 SEAT SPRING 2 TR2/3

555439 SEAT SPRING 2 TR3A

3 900427 SEAT FRAME, fixed back 2 { TR2, both seats1 } TR3, driver side

901208 SEAT FRAME, fixed back 1 TR3A, driver side4 900913 SEAT FRAME, tilt back 1 TR3, passenger side

901209 SEAT FRAME, tilt back 1 TR3A, passenger side

5 14B1981 ACORN NUT, chromed 2 passenger seat6 GHF315 WASHER, packing 2 TR3/3A7 WA108052 WASHER, chrome 28 ANK5046A CLIP, seat cover a/r

9 MM801-400 SEAT RAIL SET, RH seat 1 { (4 piece)MM801-405 SEAT RAIL SET, LH seat 1 }

10 GHF200 NUT, plain, seat pan to slides 1611 GHF331 WASHER, locking 1612 552433 SCREW, seat slide to floor 1213 GHF300 WASHER, plain 1214 GHF200 NUT, plain, seat slide to floor 12 (use in place of captive nuts)

Our replacement floors (see pages 186), do not come with captive nuts and cages.Fitment of the captive nuts and cages make seat installation much easier.NI CN1 NUT, square a/rNI CN2 CAGE for square nut a/rNI CN3 CAGE for square nut a/r elongated type

Cockpit CappingsTR2/TR3/3A

The cockpit of the TR was surrounded by trimmed aluminium pressings, which covered up a variety of unsight-ly welded joins, such as; like the top bulkhead and rear quarter panels. Although we have embarked on an exten-sive hunt to find someone to tool these and to produce them in the original aluminium, we have been unsuc-cessful – although TR3A’s did have steel door and quarter panel covers. A few items have become available,largely fabricated in steel rather than aluminium, and we offer these as part of our range. To compliment thesecorrect specification products, we have added a range made in fibreglass. Normally one would be extremelyreluctant to replace an original metal fitment with fibreglass, but in this case, when correctly covered, no oneneed ever know. (When one considers the modern technologies available, it is almost certain that this item, if itwere fitted today, would be either fibreglass or injection moulded plastic.) The vinyl used to cover these itemscomes in all our trim kits in strip form, and we believe that these fibreglass ‘look-a-likes’ will be sufficient forall but the absolute purists. In our descriptions (below), we use the part numbers of the original aluminium (orsteel) components with an FG at the end to indicate they are of fibreglass construction.

1 900490FG FASCIA CAPPING, 1 fibreglass

703212 DOOR CAPPING, LH 1 steel800588FG DOOR CAPPING, LH 1 fibreglass

3 703213 DOOR CAPPING, RH 1 steel800589FG DOOR CAPPING, RH 1 fibreglass

4 559365 SPONGE CORE, door edge roll 25 606848 BUTTON, door edge roll end 4 TR3A

6 700936FG ELBOW CAPPING, LH 1 fibreglass, TR2/3703214FG ELBOW CAPPING, LH 1 fibreglass, TR3A

8 700937FG ELBOW CAPPING, RH 1 fibreglass, TR2/3703215FG ELBOW CAPPING, RH 1 fibreglass, TR3A

10 602131FG TONNEAU CAPPING, side, LH 1 {11 602132FG TONNEAU CAPPING, side, RH 1 | fibreglass12 900389FG TONNEAU CAPPING, 1 }

13 AB604062 SCREW, capping 1014 SP132BCP CUP WASHER 10

INTERIOR TRIM & FITTINGSWe not only stock High Quality interior trim for Classic TR’s,

we also manufacture it in our own upholstery shop.

So whether you are planning a complete restoration orjust wish to renew your seat covers, we really do have

everything you need.

For full detailed listings please refer to'Interior Trim' (pages 3 to 13) in the Accessory section.

Seat Frames & Cockpit Cappings TR2/TR3/3A174

Trim Fixings & FittingsAll Models

552964 ‘TENAX’ FASTENER a/r551684 NUT, for Tenax fastener a/r553827 ‘TENAX’ PEG, threaded a/r 3/32" longTFP1006 ‘TENAX’ PEG, threaded a/r 7/16" longTFP1010 ‘TENAX’ PEG, threaded a/r 5/8" longWL700101 WASHER, locking, peg to nut a/rGHF206 NUT, for ‘Tenax" peg a/r552391 ‘TENAX’ PEG a/r wood screw552392 ‘TENAX’ PEG a/r self tapping, metal2K4936 LEATHER WASHER a/r ‘Tenax" peg97H717X PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’, threaded a/r original97H717 PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’, threaded a/r aftermarketWL700101 WASHER, locking a/r peg to nutGHF206 NUT, for ‘lift-the-dot’ peg a/r552667 PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r wood screw552670 PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r self tapping, metal2K4936 LEATHER WASHER, a/r ‘Tenax" pegLFP116 PEG & PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r short611670 PEG & PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r long552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r552651 CLINCH PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’, a/r for socket610624 ‘DURABLE DOT’ & ‘Veltex’ stud a/rGHF400 SCREW, for stud a/rRU608123 BLIND RIVET, for stud a/rGHF600 POP RIVET, for stud a/r7H9864 ‘DURABLE DOT’ BUTTON a/r7H9866 ‘DURABLE DOT’ SOCKET a/r7H9868 ‘DURABLE DOT’ BASE a/r14G8736 ‘VELTEX’ SPIKED RING a/rCD23803 ‘VELTEX’ CLIP RING a/r554021 VELTEX’ STUD, long a/r carpet to floorGHF1230 CLIP, door panel attachment a/rAD604062 SCREW, chrome, self tapping a/r countersunk, no.4 x 3/4"AD606063 SCREW, chrome, self tapping a/r countersunk, no.6 x 3/4"AD608063 SCREW, chrome, self tapping a/r countersunk, no.8 x 3/4"SP132BCP CUP WASHER, chrome, no.4 a/rCD24152 CUP WASHER, chrome, no.6 a/rCD24153 CUP WASHER, chrome, no.8 a/rGHF1560 CLIP, outer window weather strip a/rGHF1582 CLIP, inner window weather strip a/rUBS110 ADHESIVE, tin (500ml) a/rUBS203 ADHESIVE, aerosol (200ml) a/r




Carpet SetsTR2/TR3/3A

1 & 2 CARPET SET, Wool 1 { For full details/listings please1 & 2 CARPET SET, Standard 1 | refer to ‘Interior’ section.

} (Pages 3 to 13)

TR3A Rubber Floor mats(See also ‘Interior’ section in Accessories)

We offer the correct rubber mats for the TR3A floors, including the durable ‘dot’ fasteners to secure the rubbermats to the floor and front bulkhead area; these mats can also be fitted to TR2/3.3 701237 RUBBER FLOOR MAT, LH 14 701238 RUBBER FLOOR MAT, RH 1


5 602221 TOE PAD, carpet protection 46 610624 STUD a/r7 RU608123 RIVET, for use with stud a/r8 14G8736 SPIKE RING a/r9 CD23803 FASTENER a/rNI UBS110 ADHESIVE, tin (500ml) a/rNI UBS203 ADHESIVE, aerosol (200ml) a/r

Boot Carpet & Trim

The original boot floor covering for TR2/3 models was a piece of carpet material cut to the exact shape of thefloor. TR3A’s were fitted with a Black Hardura boot mat, also cut to fill out the boot area.

11 552259 BOOT CARPET, Black 1 TR2/312 556900 BOOT MAT, hardura 1 TR3A13 AD604062 SCREW 414 SP132BCP CUP WASHER 415 950058 COVER PANEL, fuel tank 116 AD604062 SCREW, cover 1017 SP132BCP CUP WASHER 10

TR2/TR3 & TR3A to TS60000

TR3A from TS60001

Carpets & Trim Fixings TR2/TR3/3A 175




Dash (Fascia)TR4 & TR4A

1 904115 PAD, dash top 12 903997 FASCIA PANEL - METAL 1 TR4A RHD

903996 FASCIA PANEL - METAL 1 TR4A LHDCan be used for the TR4 with very minor alterations to the area where the support bracket (item 110) is attached.If a wooden veneered fascia is to be fitted, again, the area above the support bracket may need slight're-carpentering’. The wooden fascia was a factory option for the TR4.

3 705217 DUCT, fresh air control, RH 1705216 DUCT, fresh air control, LH 1

4 610415 VALVE, air control, RH 1610414 VALVE, air control, LH 1

5 610416 SPINDLE, air control valve 26 WP167 WASHER, plain 27 FX3203 SPIRE FIXING, retaining spindle 48 610418 KNOB, control 29 610513 PIVOT PIN, for control knob 210 GHF704 SPIRE CLIP 211 610777 SEAL, fresh air control 2

TR4 Models

TR4A Models

Dash (Fascia) TR4/4A176




12 AB606031 SCREW, 2 air control bracket to fasciaAB606031 SCREW, 4 duct to fascia bracket

13 GHF700 SPIRE CLIP 414 705002 GRILLE, vent, RH 1

705001 GRILLE, vent, LH 115 AB606031 SCREW, grille to fascia 4 { TR416 GHF711 SPIRE CLIP 4 }17 613018 CLIP, grille to fascia 8 TR4A18 610639 SEAL, duct to plenum chamber 219 815747 CUBBY BOX 120 AB606031 SCREW, cubby box to fascia 621 GHF711 SPIRE CLIP 624 705087 LID, cubby box 1 TR4 to CT21267

569482 LID, cubby box 1 TR4 from CT21268Cubby box lids and hinges for the TR4 are not needed when the optional wooden fascia is fitted.These are supplied as part of the assembly.

25 609748 LOCK, cubby box 1 TR426 611584 LOCK, cubby box 1 TR4A27 609463 FINGER PULL, cubby box lock 1 TR4/4A

28 610259 HINGE, cubby box, LH 1 {610260 HINGE, cubby box, RH 1 |

29 AD606033 SCREW, hinge to cubby box 4 |30 GHF711 SPIRE NUT, hinge to cubby box 4 | TR431 HN2005 NUT, hinges to fascia panel 2 |32 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2 |33 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 2 }

34 613863 BUFFER, cubby box lid 1

36 611565 HINGE, cubby box lid 2 {37 511668 SCREW, wood, hinge to lid 10 |38 511669 SCREW, wood, hinge to fascia 4 |39 612988 BRACKET, cubby box lid buffer 2 |40 TW402 SCREW, wood, bracket to fascia 4 | TR4A41 609745 LINK, check, cubby box lid 1 |42 510995 SCREW, wood, link to lid 2 |43 511670 SCREW, wood, link to fascia 2 |44 616275 BRACKET, striker, cubby box lock 1 |45 AB606031 SCREW, striker bracket to fascia 2 }

46 601656 LEVER, vent 1 TR447 616333 LEVER, vent 1 TR4A48 601678 KNOB, on lever 149 AB608031 SCREW, knob to handle 150 RR606 RIVET, lever to fascia 151 FH3155 RETAINER 152 AJD7722 WASHER, Thackery 154 SE604041 SCREW, fascia to scuttle rail 555 GHF331 WASHER, locking 556 CN1 NUT, square 5 { TR4A57 CN2 CAGE 5 }58 HU706P SCREW, fascia to ‘A’ post 259 GHF331 WASHER, locking 2

61 610302 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1 TR4 to CT4398612233 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1 TR4 from CT4399

62 GHF423 SCREW, instrument panel to fascia 2 { TR463 FU25648 SPIRE NUT 2 }

64 627503 ASH TRAY 1 TR4/4AAshtrays on TR4’s were an optional extra.

65 612430 RETAINER, for ashtray 166 WL700101 WASHER, locking 167 HN2005 NUT 1

70 903504BG VENEERED DASH 1 TR4 RHD903508BG VENEERED DASH 1 TR4 LHD904154BG VENEERED DASH 1 TR4A RHD904153BG VENEERED DASH 1 TR4A LHD

The wooden dashboards used in Triumph sports cars of the sixties and seventies tend to suffer from exposureto the elements which can lead to cracking varnish and lifting veneer. Damaged dash boards can be easilyreplaced with one of our high quality, real wood veneer panels. See ‘Interior’ section in Accessories.

72 AD608103 SCREW, veneered fascia 5

73 CD24153 CUP WASHER 5 TR4A

76 804912 CRASH PAD, RH 1 TR4 RHD805758 CRASH PAD, RH 1 TR4 LHD

77 805757 CRASH PAD, LH 1 TR4 RHD804911 CRASH PAD, LH 1 TR4 LHD

78 808730 CRASH PAD, RH 1 TR4A RHD808733 CRASH PAD, RH 1 TR4A LHD

79 808732 CRASH PAD, LH 1 TR4A RHD808729 CRASH PAD, LH 1 TR4A LHD

80 HN2005 NUT, crash pads to fascia panel 681 WL700101 WASHER, locking 682 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 684 610592 SUPPORT CHANNEL 1 fascia to dash, cubby box85 SH604041 SCREW, channel support to dash 186 GHF300 WASHER, plain 187 GHF331 WASHER, locking 188 PMZ308 SCREW, channel support to fascia 289 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 290 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2

92 612237 BRACKET, lower fascia board 1 TR4612246 BRACKET, lower fascia board 1 { TR4 to CT8379

} USA only612488 BRACKET, lower fascia board 1 { TR4 from CT8380

} USA only93 SH606061 SCREW, bracket to fascia 2 {94 GHF301 WASHER, plain 2 | TR495 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 2 }

96 705206 SWITCH PLINTH, trimmed 1 TR4 to CT25934706882 SWITCH PLINTH, trimmed 1 TR4 from CT25935

97 569927 PLATE, switch mounting 1 TR4 to CT25934610817 PLATE, switch mounting 1 TR4 from CT25935

98 569926 REINFORCEMENT, switch mtg. 1 TR4 to CT25934610818 REINFORCEMENT, switch mtg. 1 TR4 from CT25935

99 SH604041 SCREW, reinforcement to fascia 1 { TR4/4A100 GHF331 WASHER, locking 1 } TR4/4A101 GHF200 NUT 1 {102 GHF402 SCREW 2 | TR4103 GHF712 SPIRE NUT 2 }105 809003 SWITCH PLINTH, trimmed 1 { TR4/4A106 GHF423 SCREW 1 }110 566108 BRACKET, support, fascia to floor 1 TR4 to CT1527

806506 BRACKET, support, fascia to floor 1 TR4 from CT1528112 624818 SET SCREW, chrome 2 {113 WA108052 WASHER, chrome plated 2 | TR4114 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 2 }115 GHF101 SCREW, bracket to chassis 4 { TR4/4A116 GHF300 WASHER, plain, under screw 4 }Items 117 to 120, were fitted on TR4/4A’s to blank the heater control hole on the switch plinth when a heaterwas not fitted.

117 600398 PLUG 2118 GHF201 NUT 1119 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1120 SH605051 SCREW 1125 616193 BRACKET 1 {126 SH605061 SCREW, bracket to fascia 2 |127 GHF301 WASHER, plain 2 |128 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 2 |130 808682 BRACKET, support, fascia to floor 1 |131 624818 SCREW 2 | TR4132 WA108052 WASHER, chrome plated 2 |133 GHF301 WASHER, plain 2 |134 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 2 |135 617069 COVER PLATE, radio mounting 1 |136 RMP2312 SCREW, black finish 2 |137 WP31 WASHER, plain 2 |138 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2 |139 HN2005 NUT, plain 2 }

Dash (Fascia) TR4/4A 177



Replacement (Front) Seat Belts TR4 & TR4ASecuron belts are available in three stalk lengths. The preferred position for the seat(s) make selection of whichlength an individual choice, so it is suggested that with the occupant seated, measure from the tunnel fixingpoint to where you would like the buckle to be and select the seat belt nearest to that measurement.LH and RH can be the same, or different, as you prefer.See also Accessories51 SBS300/30 SEAT BELT, ‘static’, 2 {

(30 cm. stalk, includes all fittings) |SBS300/45 SEAT BELT, ‘static’, 2 |

(45 cm. stalk, includes all fittings) | Attaches to original52 SBS500/30 SEAT BELT, ‘inertia reel’, 2 | 3 mounting points.

(30 cm. stalk, includes all fittings) |SBS500/45 SEAT BELT, ‘inertia reel’, 2 |

(45 cm. stalk, includes all fittings) }53 SBS514/30 SEAT BELT, ‘inertia reel’, 2

(angle-adjustable, 30 cm. stalk, with fittings)SBS514/45 SEAT BELT, ‘inertia reel’, 2

(angle-adjustable, 45 cm. stalk, with fittings)Attaches to original 3 mounting points but features angle-adjustable reel eliminating pivot/guide on top of wheelarch. It offers a solution to problems encountered where mounting points may be unsuitable because ofnon-standard seats or where there is a roll bar fitted.


Seat Frame & Fittings - TR4 Seat Types 1 & 2See also Accessories for Original Seat Cover kits.

1 SFK6211 SEAT PADDING KIT 12 806222 SEAT SPRING 23 564763NF SEAT FRAME, fixed back 2 Driver Side4 564769NF SEAT FRAME, tilt back 1 Passenger side5 14B1981 ACORN NUT, chromed 2 Passenger seat6 GHF315 WASHER, packing 27 WA108052 WASHER, chrome 28 ANK5046A CLIP, rear squab board 12 finisher to frame9 MM801-410 SEAT RAIL SET, RH seat 1 { (4 piece)

MM801-420 SEAT RAIL SET, LH seat 1 }10 24K6809 KNOB, seat adjustment 211 GHF101 SCREW, seat slides to floor 812 GHF300 WASHER, plain 813 GHF271 NUT, nyloc, seat slides to seat 814 GHF300 WASHER, plain 815 AHH6939 SPACER 8 between seat slides & carpet

Seat Frame & Fittings - TR4 Seat Type 3, TR4ASee also Accessories for Original Seat Cover kits, and Moss Classic Seats for TR4A.

20 GAC6120X SEAT WEBBING KIT 222 566592 DIAPHRAGM 223 612261 HOOK, SIDE 1224 613776 HOOK, front & rear 825 GHF1500 CLIP, cover to frame 7626 613770 CLIP 6 { rear squab board27 BD21133 CLIP 12 | to frame28 613869 CLIP 10 | rear squab board29 ANK5046A CLIP 12 } finisher to frame30 BHA4339 CLIP, tubular, cushion border 4

31 612273 SPRING, cushion tension 232 613303 SPRING, seat retaining 233 613746 BUFFER 434 YL6512 SCREW, spring & buffer 4 to seat frame35 WP163 WASHER, plain 636 613745 WASHER, countersunk 437 MM801-430 SEAT RAIL SET, (3 piece) 238 SH605061 SCREW, 4 hinges seat slides to seat39 WP125 WASHER, plain 840 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 441 GHF101 SCREW, seat slides to floor 842 GHF300 WASHER, plain 8

Seat Foam Sets (Front)See also Accessories for Classic Seats.

For the person carrying out a full refurbishment of theirseat, we are able to offer a complete car set of seatfoams. Re-using old foams really is a challenge.We do recommend that you use a new set of foamswhen you fit new seat covers.a SFK6231 SEAT FOAM SET (TR4 Type 3 Seat) 1b SFK6311 SEAT FOAM SET (TR4A) 1

Rear Seat Hardware - TR4/4A1 562604 SPRING LATCH, seat 2 TR42 618429 SPRING LATCH, seat 2 TR4A3 TH4603 SCREW, latch to seat 44 618953 STUD, seat to seat pan 25 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 26 WL700101 WASHER, locking 27 HN2005 NUT 2

Seat Frames & Fittings TR4/4A178



Trim Fixings & FittingsAll Models

552964 ‘TENAX’ FASTENER a/r551684 NUT, for Tenax fastener a/r553827 ‘TENAX’ PEG, threaded a/r 3/32" longTFP1006 ‘TENAX’ PEG, threaded a/r 7/16" longTFP1010 ‘TENAX’ PEG, threaded a/r 5/8" longWL700101 WASHER, locking, peg to nut a/rGHF206 NUT, for ‘Tenax" peg a/r552391 ‘TENAX’ PEG a/r wood screw552392 ‘TENAX’ PEG a/r self tapping, metal2K4936 LEATHER WASHER a/r ‘Tenax" peg97H717X PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’, threaded a/r original97H717 PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’, threaded a/r aftermarketWL700101 WASHER, locking a/r peg to nutGHF206 NUT, for ‘lift-the-dot’ peg a/r552667 PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r wood screw552670 PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r self tapping, metal2K4936 LEATHER WASHER, a/r ‘Tenax" pegLFP116 PEG & PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r short611670 PEG & PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r long552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ a/r552651 CLINCH PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’, a/r for socket610624 ‘DURABLE DOT’ & ‘Veltex’ stud a/rGHF400 SCREW, for stud a/rRU608123 BLIND RIVET, for stud a/rGHF600 POP RIVET, for stud a/r7H9864 ‘DURABLE DOT’ BUTTON a/r7H9866 ‘DURABLE DOT’ SOCKET a/r7H9868 ‘DURABLE DOT’ BASE a/r14G8736 ‘VELTEX’ SPIKED RING a/rCD23803 ‘VELTEX’ CLIP RING a/r554021 VELTEX’ STUD, long a/r carpet to floorGHF1230 CLIP, door panel attachment a/rAD604062 SCREW, chrome, self tapping a/r countersunk, no.4 x 3/4"AD606063 SCREW, chrome, self tapping a/r countersunk, no.6 x 3/4"AD608063 SCREW, chrome, self tapping a/r countersunk, no.8 x 3/4"SP132BCP CUP WASHER, chrome, no.4 a/rCD24152 CUP WASHER, chrome, no.6 a/rCD24153 CUP WASHER, chrome, no.8 a/rGHF1560 CLIP, outer window weather strip a/rGHF1582 CLIP, inner window weather strip a/rUBS110 ADHESIVE, tin (500ml) a/rUBS203 ADHESIVE, aerosol (200ml) a/r


Carpet Sets

1 & 2 CARPET SET, Wool 1 { For full details/listings please1 & 2 CARPET SET, Standard 1 | refer to ‘Interior’ section.3 CSA6450 UNDER-FELT SET (TR4/4A) 1 } (Pages 3 to 13)

Footwell Over-CarpetsManufactured exclusively for Moss, these high quality replacement footwell carpets have sewn-in heel mats.Supplied in pairs. (See also ‘Interior’ section in Accessories)NI CSA6441 FOOTWELL CARPETS, Nylon 1pr { Black

CSB6441 FOOTWELL CARPETS, Wool 1pr }

Footwell Over Carpets & MatsSee also AccessoriesThese high products will keep your carpet wear to a minimum.NI AM6819-2 FLOOR MATS, Rubber 1pr ‘TR Shield’

AM6819-LW FLOOR MATS, Carpet 1pr ‘Laurel’


4 602221 TOE PAD, carpet protection a/r5 610624 ‘DURABLE DOT’ stud a/r6 RU608123 RIVET, (use with 610624) a/r7 554021 ‘VELTEX’ STUD a/r when under-felt fitted8 GHF401 SCREW, (use with 554021) a/r9 14G8736 SPIKE RING a/r10 CD23803 FASTENER a/r11 552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ 4 { carpet to seat pan12 552651 CLINCH PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ 4 | TR413 611670 PEG & PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ 4 |14 YA364 SCREW, self-tapping 8 }NI UBS110 ADHESIVE, tin (500ml) a/rNI UBS203 ADHESIVE, aerosol (200ml) a/r

Boot Trim

15 806135 BOARD, fuel tank casing 116 GHF425 SCREW 817 WP124 WASHER 818 GHF712 SPIRE NUT 819 806837 COVER, spare wheel 120 7H9866 SOCKET, on strap 221 7H9868 BUTTON, on strap 222 GHF600 RIVET 223 610624 STUD 2

INTERIOR TRIM & FITTINGSWe not only stock High Quality interior trim for Classic TR’s,

we also manufacture it in our own upholstery shop.

So whether you are planning a complete restoration or just wish to renew your seat covers, we really do have everything you need.

For full detailed listings please refer to'Interior Trim' (pages 3 to 13) in the Accessory section.

TR4A Models

TR4 Models

Carpets & Trim Fixings TR4/4A 179


TR2/3B Chassis Plan View

Chassis Frame Unit Plan View180

27 CHAS8 CHASSIS REPAIR SECTION, rear 1(Repair section includes Cross tubes CHAS2 & CHAS6)

28 506721 GUIDE, starting handle 129 HU706P SCREW, securing guide 130 GHF331 WASHER, locking 131 WM57 WASHER, plain 132 107934 STAY-ROD, guide 233 NT605041 NUT, stay to cross-tube 4 on chassis34 BH605151 BOLT, stay to guide bracket 135 GHF332 WASHER, locking 136 GHF201 NUT, plain 137 600032 NUT, (retainer nut) 238 NQ2708 NUT, square 2

Body Mounting Pad SetDue to the adjustments necessary in mounting the body square to the chassis, a greater number of pads areincluded in each kit than are shown in the parts book. More pads may be ordered separately to further ‘shim’the mounting points.39 GFK6001X PAD SET, body mounting 140 601994 PAD, rubber/canvas, thin 1441 608836 PAD, rubber/canvas, thick 442 611732 PAD, rubber/canvas, square 1643 CD26326 PAD, aluminium, notched 644 601995M STRIP, protection, (sold per metre) 4 cut to suit45 GHF103 SCREW 446 SH606101 SCREW 447 SH605101 SCREW 848 BH605301 BOLT 249 CD14056 WASHER, cup 250 WP185 WASHER, plain 1451 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1452 GHF333 WASHER, locking 453 GHF201 NUT, plain 454 SF605101 SCREW, countersunk 2




Chassis & FittingsTR2/TR3/3A

1 109487 SHIELD, radiator protection 1 original type2 BH606301 BOLT, shield to chassis 2 TR2/3

BH606261 BOLT, shield to chassis 2 TR3A3 WM59 WASHER, plain 24 GHF333 WASHER, locking 25 GHF202 NUT, plain 26 301644 SUMP SHIELD, rally type 17 HU706P SCREW, securing shield 88 GHF331 WASHER, locking 89 106191 CROSS-TUBE 110 HU906 BOLT, cross-tube attachment 611 GHF333 WASHER, locking 612 GHF202 NUT 613 128055 CROSSMEMBER 1 gearbox mountingThe cross member may require the gearbox mounting holes to be altered depending upon the type ofgearbox used.14 SH606051 SCREW 4

(cross-member to chassis cruciform)15 GHF333 WASHER, locking 416 106196 FULCRUM PIN, lower ‘A’ arms 117 110788 BRACKET, shock absorber, RH 1 (later reinforced type)18 110789 BRACKET, shock absorber LH 1 (later reinforced type)19 602443 PLATE, inner front wing mounting 220 109281 BRACKET, rebound 221 BH605281 BOLT, rebound bracket to chassis 422 GHF332 WASHER, locking 423 GHF201 NUT, plain 424 CHAS1 OUTRIGGER, outrigger 425 CHAS2 CROSS TUBE, rear 126 CHAS6 CROSS TUBE, rear spring hangers 1

Chassis & Fittings TR2/TR3/3A 181




An Introduction to TR2/TR3 Body Panels

When Peter Cox and I first went into business together, supplying the first hundred or so members of the TRRegister with parts for their cars, the position on TR3 body panels had already become fairly dire. This was in1971, and of course at that time the TR Register basically only comprised TR2/3/3A owners, and I remember atthe early meetings of the TR Register the cry for the supply of quarter panels (850043/4) was immense. Alreadythe cars had begun to go rusty and these ‘three dimensionally’ curved items were extremely difficult to handfabricate. In fact, the only panels that were available from Triumph were rear wings and outer sills

It became a personal quest of mine to attempt to provide the fullest possible range of body panels for theTR2/3/3A, and to enable enthusiasts to rebuild their cars to a high standard. There was a problem in those dayswith the fact that the cars were owned by people who would frequently complain that £17.10.6d for a rear wingwas a ludicrous price when they could buy a fibreglass rear wing for £6.2.6d There was also a large numberof hand fabrication shops that were making panels which, quite frankly, were at best not very good and at worstterrible. The real danger with hand made panels is that, in general, the consistency is highly suspect and thenumber of people who have the skills to do these jobs is now very few and reducing.

The answer to these problems is fairly clear. What is required is tooling to produce consistent & accurate panelswhere the tooling has been developed and checked against original components. The problem that I faced in1973/74 was to find a manufacturer who could produce tooling at a price that I could afford. I estimate that aset of proper production, hardened steel tools to produce a TR3A rear valance would cost, in 1992, around£200,000. If we were selling thousands of these items a year this would be an investment which would be worthconsidering, but the demand for all TR2/3/3A panel work is in the order of tens per month, or a hundred peryear. Clearly it is not viable to spend £200,000.00 to produce a hundred of anything a year.

So the search was on for a method of providing cheap tooling. I made contact with a former Triumph employeein Coventry who remains a supplier to us to this day, and he recommended contacting John Down. John wasManaging Director of a company who produced prototype and production panels for, among others, Rolls Royceand Aston Martin. Although it may seem ironic, Rolls Royce and Aston Martin suffer from the same problems asCox & Buckles (now Moss Europe) did , in that some of their models, in the case of Rolls Royce, the Cornicheand Carmargue are produced in extremely small numbers, maybe only 20 a month, and despite the price of thecars you may be surprised to know that they cannot afford to lay down millions of pounds in tooling to produce

the body shells. For this reason they use low cost ‘soft tooling’ and, I think the quality of these two cars showsthat there is nothing wrong with the basic process. This is the first process we used in 1975 to produce TR3floor panels, and we have refurbished the tooling for the floor panels at a cost which was 60% higher than thetotal purchase price in 1975.

We added to our range of TR3 panel work between 1975 & 1980, and were in a position in 1980 to supply almosteverything on the car. I made a journey to Los Angeles to meet with Gene Golling and Joe Stix, who had in theirpossession tooling that they built to manufacture TR3 front wings and TR3 front aprons. These two gentlemenare currently rivals in different companies, but in those days were working together and, I will never forget JoeStix driving into a fuel station in Los Angeles (in a 500 series Mercedes) and, realising he had left his credit cardat home, managed to amaze everyone by going to the into the self-serve section, and putting $1.00 worth offuel into the car. He continued to do this twice more before I returned to my hotel. The tooling that Gene Gollinghad built was extremely unusual, but unfortunately it did not do us much good as it ended up with Vickers, whodespite definite confirmation by independent witnesses, lost the tooling and denied ever having it. The up-shotof this is that, with demand for these panels declining, we have had to resort to hand-madesubstitutes for the pressed items and indeed, our range of pressed panels is complemented by a number ofhand-made items where the demand is between, for example, 5 and 10 pieces per year.

Due to the low volume sales of almost all these items and the methods used to produce them, they appear arelatively high produced product range. I can assure you that the enthusiasm and commitment from all ourR & D team here at Moss Europe means that the owners of TR2/3A models have always had a product whichrepresents good value for money. We could improve the panels but they will be much more expensive, or wecould also decrease the quality and make them cheaper. We hope we have found the right balance.

I think it is worth pointing out that the production line techniques in the 1950’s are not those of the 1990’s and,even new factory panels do not necessarily fit as well as you might expect. I have original factory TR3 rear wingsand rear quarter panels which, when screwed together have a 1" gap at the high point between the outer edgeof the wing and the quarter panel that it should match. You should be prepared for a large amount of work, prob-ably more than you expect, when fitting all these panels. It also worth observing that, although there are somenotable exceptions, most of these cars have had a hard tough life, and have rarely escaped being nudged andknocked in what is over 40 years of use. I mention this because the fitting of all parts for cars over 30+ yearsof age can be a long drawn out process. It is not unusual to take a day or two to make a wing fit perfectly.

(Continued)

Front Body Panels TR2/TR3/3A182




When you are doing this in your garage it can drive you to distraction, but, when you are paying a professionalto carry out the work it can drive you to bankruptcy. It is always worth drawing any garages attention to thehand-made nature of the original cars before you accept a quotation for the rebuild of a car. I recommend thatyou always deal with a specialist who has carried out the job before, and has already encountered the problems.

Despite this ‘health warning’, I believe that the position of supply of body panels for the TR2/3/3A series is firstrate, and considering the age of the cars you should have relatively no problem in rebuilding your car to thehighest standards. The point I am really making is, think yourself lucky that you are not the owner of a Ford orVauxhall from the same era as your TR. What do they do when they want body panels ?!!!

We are justifiably proud of the range of panels that we can offer and hope that you will understand our commitmentto providing you with the ways and means whereby your car can be restored to its former glory.

Pete Buckles

Front Body PanelsTR2/TR3/3ASee also; 'EXTERIOR TRIM & BADGES - Front/Side Body Fittings, Grille & Bumper’ on page 202.

1 901271* WING, RH front 1901270* WING, LH front 1

2 901271RP REPAIR PANEL, lower 12", RH 1901270RP REPAIR PANEL, lower 12", LH 1

*Note: Please try these panels on your car before painting or installing permanently, as we cannot under anycircumstances accept these as returns after they have been painted, ‘tweaked’ or modified in any way.

3 901270FK FITTING KIT, front wing 2(kit includes all fittings for 1 wing)

4 HU706P SCREW, wing to inner wing 225 WM57 WASHER, plain 226 HU706P SCREW, wing to front apron 127 WM57 WASHER, plain 128 HU706P SCREW, wing to ‘A’ post 129 WM57 WASHER, plain 1212 HU706P SCREW, wing to inner sill 613 GHF300 WASHER 614 HU706P* SCREW, wing to scuttle panel 215 WM57* WASHER, plain, on screw 216 GHF331* WASHER, locking 2*Note: these are nearly impossible to fit. On certain models there was a radio speaker hole which was at least handsize. On the left hand wing there was no reasonable access. Peter Wigglesworth’s tip is to fit this screw to the wingfirst before final fix, lots of luck with this. One of the wing to inner mountings is the CD24540 bonnet stop, which isnot included in the fitting kit, and requires adjustment of the lock nuts when fitting. It screws into the captive nut andthe inner front wing, and is then locked with GHF200 (and WM57) when adjustment is completed.

18 900691 INNER FRONT WING, RH 1 { TR2/3900690 INNER FRONT WING, LH 1 }901213 INNER FRONT WING, RH 1 { TR3A901212 INNER FRONT WING, LH 1 }

Our inner front wings are assembled from several hand rolled pieces. They do not include any captive nuts orwiring tags, and do not have any holes drilled. They really should only be purchased when your original panelcannot be repaired. They are not for the faint hearted, and I would expect a minimum of two days work to drillall the holes, fit the captive nuts, check alignment, and fit the wing. They are not cheap; so consider carefullythe cost of repairing your own panel before buying them.As usual, the rule applies that when you ‘adjust or improve’ this panel by cutting or piercing, etc.,... you then irrevocably own it.

20 900410 PLATE, bulkhead sealer 221 602079 TOP SEAL 222 552522 RIVET, top seal to plate 823 650172 SIDE SEAL 224 602080 TOP STRIP, sealer plate 226 HU706P SCREW, plate securing 1027 WM57 WASHER, plain 1028 GHF331 WASHER, locking 10

Failure to fit a pair of bulkhead sealer plates and associated fittings will result in mud and general road muckfilling up the back of the wing and rusting your ‘A’ post, inner sill, bulkhead and wing.So coat all these surfaces liberally with rust protector and paint, and ‘seal for life’.

We recommend the use of clip (606389) to the sealer plate to help secure the side seal (item 23) to thebulkhead sealer plate (item 20). This was not used on TR2/3A, but was later used on TR4/4A, TR5/250 and TR6.

The side seal (item 23) may be a touch too long (1" to 2"), simply ‘cut to fit’. The correct factory method of locat-ing the sealer plate (item 20) to the bulkhead was to put the screw (item 26) through the slot into a flange onthe bulkhead containing a captive nut. The chances of this flange surviving 40 years are approximately nil(except in California). The captive nuts chances of survival are even less.For this reason, we have made the inner flange of the seal plate slightly wider so that you can cheat and securethe plate to the main bulkhead with a self tapping screw.

30 901006 FRONT APRON ASSEMBLY 1 TR2/331 508841 FRONT APRON ASSEMBLY 1 {32 FJ24074 CLIP, platform to inner wing 4 | TR3A33 UL2706 ACME SCREW 4 |34 WP120 WASHER, plain 4 }

As with the front inner wings the aprons are assembled from a multiplicity of bits & pieces.They have no holes pierced and will need considerable effort to obtain a perfect fit. The apron part no. 901006as supplied is designed for both TR2 & TR3 models even though the originals were different.TR3 owners will need to pierce holes for the reveal mouldings, if they are lucky enough to have them.

On the TR3A apron - the raised inner lip that is part of the lower face of the air duct, has a couple of small holeson each side to mount a spire clip (item 32) which was used to receive the same screw (item 33), which wasscrewed from the wheel side of the inner front wing to stop the lower platform from ‘flapping’.I know you are bored but I’ll repeat it, if you adjust it – You own it irrevocably.

35 900396 TIE MEMBER 136 SH604111 SCREW 8 tie member to front apron37 GHF102 BOLT 4 tie member to inner front wing38 GHF200 NUT, plain 1239 GHF321 WASHER, shake proof 1240 CN1 NUT, square a/r41 CN2 CAGE for square nut a/r44 901273 BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY 145 Please Phone BONNET 146 Please Phone SCUTTLE PANEL 1

BonnetsTS1 to TS550 Aluminium construction.

TS551 to TS4228 Steel construction. Fittings to accept cable operated bonnet releasemechanism. 4 rear slits.

TS4229 to TS60000 Holes to accept Dzus fasteners. 2 rear slits.

TS60001 on Raised rear position to mount hinges. 2 rear slits.

Scuttle PanelsTS1 to TS994 No vent lid, 10 1/2" between wiper spindle outlets

TS995 to TS6156 No vent lid, 14 1/2" between wiper spindle outlets

TS6157 to TS12569 Vent lid fitted, 14 1/2" between wiper spindle outlets.

TS12570 to TS32833 Vent lid fitted, 14 1/2" between wiper spindle outlets,but spindle holes enlarged.

TS32834 to TS60000 Aero screen mounting holes removed.

TS60001 on Raised hinge mounting points.

50 BOD1 BATTERY BOX, steel, replacement 151 AM7300 BATTERY LINER, hard plastic 152 552365 TUBE, rubber 1The 552365 is a rubber tube draining fluid out of the battery box, through the passenger compartment through themetal gearbox tunnel cover, to drop nasty battery acid fluid over the top of your nicely reconditioned gearbox.53 602947 TUBE, drain 1

(vent tray to steering column hole in bulkhead)55 553129 PLATE, back 1 master cylinder pocket56 708049 PLATE, blanking 1 m/cyl pocket aperture57 HU706P SCREW 14

(pocket & blanking plate to bulkhead)58 WM57 WASHER, plain 1459 GHF331 WASHER, locking 1460 800912 VENT LID, including mechanism 161 HU503 SCREW, vent lid to bulkhead 462 WL700101 WASHER, locking 463 600597 SEAL, vent lid 164 600549 SPRING, for vent lid 170 603559 TAG, securing wiring loom a/r

Front Body Panels TR2/TR3/3A 183




Windscreen, Fittings & Rear View MirrorTR2/TR3/3ASee also Accessories (Page 20) for Side ‘Wind Wings’, ‘Aero-Screens & Sun Visors.

1 800592 GLASS, windscreen, laminated 1CD31407 GLAZING STRIP, glass to frame 1

3 TR3WSCB BRACKET SET, windscreen corner 2 (per side)4 554339 SEALING RUBBER, hood 15 551866 † PEG, top fastener, ‘baby Tenax’ 10 TR2 to TS55136 553827 PEG, top fastener, std. ‘Tenax’ 10 TR2 from TS5514, TR3/3A8 551683 † FASTENER, ‘baby Tenax’ 10 TR2 to TS551310 TFS106 FASTENER, std. ‘Tenax’ 10 {11 552964 FASTENER 10 | TR2 from TS5514, TR3/3A12 551684 NUT 10 }† Note: The ‘baby Tenax’ pegs and fasteners have been unavailable for many years.Use the slightly larger fittings as a set.Please also note that we cannot supply fasteners for cars with aluminium screen frames.14 602229 BRACKET, centre windscreen 115 602246 BUFFER, in bracket 116 704126 SEALING RUBBER, lower 118 552181 STANCHION, LH windscreen 1 { TR2/3, TR3A to TS60000

552182 STANCHION, RH windscreen 1 } (Dzus fixing)804511 STANCHION, LH windscreen 1 { TR3A from TS60001804512 STANCHION, RH windscreen 1 } (screw fixing)

22 560630 TENON PLATE 2(between windscreen & stanchion)

24 562605 CORNER FINISHER 225 AB604023 SCREW 428 552662 SCREW, short, stanchion to frame 429 CD31441 SCREW, long, stanchion to frame 2

30 554720 DZUS fastener (stanchion to plate) 4 {31 554721 WASHER, Dzus fastener retaining 4 ]32 7H9828 SPRING, Dzus fastening 4 ] TR2/3, TR3A to TS6000034 552818 PLATE, LH, stanchion guide 1 ] (Dzus fixing)

552819 PLATE, RH, stanchion guide 1 ]36 TK4708P SCREW, guide plate to body 4 }38 609108 BOLT, stanchion to plate & body 4 TR3A from TS6000140 601999 * MIRROR 1 (early)41 609317 * MIRROR 1 (late)42 SP87K5 SCREW, mirror mounting 2*Early mirrors have ‘bare’ edges, while later mirrors are slightly larger and have a rubber covering around theedges. The exact change point is not known, but is believed to be during TR3A production.

Aero screenThe original Aero screen is no longer available, we suggest using our excellent reproduction accessory thatcomes with feet.

700896 AERO SCREEN KIT 2 (per side)700896FK FEET, Aero screen mounting 1 (car set)AD608063 SCREW, self tapping 4 feet to scuttle602078 SCREW, Aero screen 4 { for mountingWA108052 WASHER, (under screw) 4 } original Aero screen

Doors & Fittings TR2/TR3/3A

There were four different kinds of doors fitted. The main identifiers are;

Long Door { TR2 to TS4001As drawn (right) to wing bottoms }

Short Door { TR2 from TS4002, TR3To top of outer sill, no external handles* }

External handles { TR3A to TS60000Wooden top rail }

All metal door { TR3A from TS60001Metal top rail }

*Door handles were part of the rare factory optional GT kit for this range of cars.

Door Fittings

1 900492RP DOOR SKIN, RH, outer 1 { TR2 to TS4001900491RP DOOR SKIN, LH, outer 1 }553036RP DOOR SKIN, RH, outer 1 { TR2 from TS4002, TR3553035RP DOOR SKIN, LH, outer 1 }901211RP DOOR SKIN, RH, outer 1 { TR3A from TS60001901210RP DOOR SKIN, LH, outer 1 }

2 602066 HINGE, upper, RH door 1 { TR2/3, TR3A to TS60000602065 HINGE, upper, LH door 1 }650028 HINGE, upper, RH door 1 { TR3A from TS60001650027 HINGE, upper, LH door 1 }

3 602068 HINGE, lower, RH door 1 { TR2/3, TR3A to TS60000602067 HINGE, lower, LH door 1 }650026 HINGE, lower, RH door 1 { TR3A from TS60001650025 HINGE, lower, LH door 1 }

4 602065X HINGE PIN 45 TK4705P SCREW, door hinge 306 650129 DOOR CHECK 27 PMZ312 SCREW, door check to door 48 HN2005 NUT, plain 49 WL700101 WASHER, shakeproof 410 HU706P SCREW, door check to ‘A’ post 211 GHF200 NUT, plain 212 GHF331 WASHER, locking 214 602180 BLOCK, side screen support, front 2 TR2/3, TR3A to TS60000

650088 BLOCK, side screen support, front 2 TR3A from TS6000116 802890 RAIL, RH door top 1 { TR2/3, TR3A to TS60000

802889 RAIL, LH door top 1 }18 602181 BLOCK, side screen support, rear 2 TR2/3, TR3A to TS60000

650089 BLOCK, side screen support, rear 2 TR3A from TS6000119 703212 DOOR CAPPING, steel, LH 1

703213 DOOR CAPPING, steel, RH 1TR2’s and TR3’s were originally fitted with aluminium door cappings. The cappings listed here are the later TR3Atype, but will fit the earlier doors. For fibreglass replacements see page 174.20 559365 RUBBER CORE, door edge trim 221 606848 BUTTON, door edge trim end 4 TR3A22 551865 STUD, on door, ‘baby Tenax’ 8 TR2 to TS525523 552667 STUD, on door, ‘Lift-the-Dot’ 8 TR2 from TS5256, TR3/3A24 TR3ADLS LOCK SET, (5 piece set) 1 TR3A

(includes door handles, boot lock, cubby box lock, ignition switch tumbler & 2 keys)25 604991 DOOR HANDLE & LOCK 2 {

(Handle & lock assembly comes with keys) |26 HN2005 NUT, securing handle 4 | TR3A27 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 4 |28 WL700101 WASHER, locking 4 |29 554355 GASKET, door handle 2 }30 602090 † DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY, RH 1 { TR2/3

602089 † DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY, LH 1 }606960 † DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY, RH 1 { TR3 to TS600000606959 † DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY, LH 1 }650104 † DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY, RH 1 { TR3 from TS60001650103 † DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY, LH 1 }

31 500166 SCREW, door latch to door 8† Note; Door latch changes reflect the different fittings on the ends of the upright levers to accommodate thedifferent pull-cables. Part numbers 650104/3 are supplied for all applications, and are correct when used withyour original cable end fittings.32 602075 STRIKER PLATE, door latch 233 602248 PACKING, striker plate a/r34 500166 SCREW, striker plate 8

Windscreen & Fittings TR2/TR3/3A 184




Door Fittings cont...35 605301 SEAL, door bottom 236 552901 CLIP, retaining seal 2837 DOOR POCKET 2 { see ‘Interior’ section 38 DOOR PANEL 2 } on pages 6 & 839 AD604062 SCREW, interior panel 6040 SP132BCP CUP WASHER 6042 552227 DOOR PULL, Black 2 {43 602064 FINISHER, door pull end 2 |44 SP89C4CP SCREW, finisher 2 | TR2/345 602072 ESCUTCHEON, latch lever slot 2 |46 AB604023 SCREW, escutcheon 4 }48 557211 CABLE, inner, door pull 2 { TR3A49 557212 CABLE, outer, door pull 2 }

SidescreensTR2/TR3/3ASee also Accessories forSide ‘Wind Wings’ & Sun Visors

Wedge type - TR2/3, TR3A to TS28825

1 900386BLK SIDESCREEN, RH, Black 1 { TR2 type -900385BLK SIDESCREEN, LH, Black 1 | fixed windows,900386WHT SIDESCREEN, RH, White 1 | with flap900385WHT SIDESCREEN, LH, White 1 } and zip opening

The Sidescreens supplied under part numbers 900385 LH and 900386 RH are of the early TR2 design and haveone-piece fixed window. They have a ‘flapping’ curtain with a zip in it to allow access to the door opening mech-anism - which was inside the car. The TR3, TR3A to TS2885 were of the same design, but had sliding windows.

900683 SIDESCREEN, RH, Black 1 { TR3/3A to TS28825900682 SIDESCREEN, LH, Back 1 ] sliding windows553934 SIDESCREEN, RH, White 1 ] with flap553933 SIDESCREEN, LH, White 1 } and zip opening

2 602040 SOCKET, sidescreen 2 RH front/LH rear3 602041 SOCKET, sidescreen 2 LH front/RH rear4 SP89E4 SCREW, sidescreen socket 16

5 MM803-255 WEDGE, sidescreen mount 4These were not drilled or tapped, so that they may be fitted to any sidescreen.

6 TP703 SCREW, wedge attachment 47 552650 SOCKET FASTENER 8 {8 552651 CLINCH PLATE 8 | ‘Lift-the-Dot’ type9 552667 STUD 8 }

Dzus type - TR3A from TS28826See Information notes for Wedge type screens.

10 901287 SIDESCREEN, RH, Black 1901286 SIDESCREEN, LH, Black 1901291 SIDESCREEN, RH, White 1901290 SIDESCREEN, LH, White 1

11 508177 SLIDING WINDOW, RH 1508176 SLIDING WINDOW, LH 1

12 559748 COBEX FIXED WINDOW 213 607106 BRACKET, Sidescreen 2 RH front/LH rear14 607105 BRACKET, Sidescreen 2 LH front/RH rear15 SP88H7 SCREW, Sidescreen plate 1616 610624 STUD, door to Sidescreen strap 217 AD606063 WOOD-SCREW, stud 218 7H9864 BUTTON, strap to stud 219 7H9866 SOCKET, strap to stud 220 556023 DZUS FASTENER, with spring 421 556022 WASHER, Dzus fastener 422 650161 ‘T’ KEY (for Dzus fasteners) 1

Doors & Sidescreens TR2/TR3/3A 185


Rear Body/Floor Panels TR2/TR3/3A186

Rear Body & Floor PanelsTR2/TR3/3ASee also; 'EXTERIOR TRIM & BADGES - Rear/Side Body Fittings & Over-riders’ on page 204.

1 800574 A’ POST ASSEMBLY, RH 1800573 A’ POST ASSEMBLY, LH 1

3 850119 B’ POST ASSEMBLY, RH 1850118 B’ POST ASSEMBLY, LH 1

5 900391 SILL, inner assembly, RH 1900390 SILL, inner assembly, LH 1

7 CHAS1 OUTRIGGER, chassis 2 for body mounting8 950054 FLOOR, RH 19 950053 FLOOR, LH 110 850038 SILL, outer, RH 1 { TR2 from TS4002, TR3/3A

850037 SILL, outer, LH 1 }12 900613 WING, RH rear 1

900612 WING, LH rear 1The TR2 had different rear wings (900485/6), but ours will do the job. The rear wing had elongated cage & nuts(CN3 for the cage & CN1 for the nut) to accept the mushroom screw through the boot liner panel.

14 900612FK FITTING KIT, rear wing 2(fitting kit includes all fittings for 1 wing)

15 552433 SCREW (mushroom headed) 10(rear wing to boot liner panel)

16 WM57 WASHER, on mushroom screw 1017 HU706P SET SCREW, rear wing to chassis 618 WM57 WASHER, on screw 619 602167 CLAMP, rear wing fixing 221 HU706P SET SCREW, rear wing to chassis 422 GHF300 WASHER, plain 423 GHF331 WASHER, locking 424 GHF200 NUT, plain 425 HU706P SET SCREW, rear wing to qtr panel 1826 WM57 WASHER, on screw 1827 601937 STAY, rear wing to chassis 230 850044 QUARTER PANEL, RH 1

850043 QUARTER PANEL, LH 1When we were tooling these quarter panels we could not find a pair of O.E. samples, and those we tooled areboth early & late. We continue to produce them to those specifications to this day. We use the late part numbersto describe them. The difference is the way the quarter panel joins the rear deck, see illustration.

Quarter Panel/Rear Deck Joint;

32 900416 QUARTER PANEL, inner, RH 1900415 QUARTER PANEL, inner, LH 1

34 900421 CLOSING PANEL, LH 1900422 CLOSING PANEL, RH 1

35 900402 PANEL, inner rear bottom 136 900419 BRACKET, body to chassis, LH 1

900420 BRACKET, body to chassis, RH 137 GHF103 SET SCREW 2 rear body bracket to chassis38 WP17 WASHER, plain 239 GHF332 WASHER, locking 240 GHF201 NUT, plain 241 COVER, gearbox, steel 1The TR2/3/3A gearbox tunnel covers were made in steel and have usually survived very well; especially as theywere usually continuously sprayed with oil. To secure them to the body requires the following;42 HU706P SET SCREW 1643 WM57 WASHER, plain 16The works rally cars had these screws replaced by Dzus fasteners for speedy removal.

TR2/3, TR3A to TS6000044 552909 WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, RH 1

552908 WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, LH 1The rear wheel arch had 9 elongated ‘cage with nuts’ fitted to receive the bolts through the rear wing andquarter panel. The square nut is CN1 (item 65) and the elongated cage is CN3 (item 67). This concept allowedadjustment to achieve an acceptable fit.

45 900614 LINING PANEL, boot, RH 1900615 LINING PANEL, boot, LH 1

46 800640 STIFFENER, RH 1800639 STIFFENER, LH 1

47 900449 PANEL, rear floor 1




48 900475 PANEL, tonneau saddle 149 900479 BOOT LID 1 TR2/3

802637 BOOT LID 1 TR3A50 900412 FLOOR, boot 151 900477 REAR APRON 1 TR2, TR3 to TS18912

901299 REAR APRON 1 TR3 from TS18913, TR3A52 900483 LID, spare wheel compartment 153 900401 PAN, spare wheel compartment 1

TR3A from TS60001There was a major re-tooling of body panels at TS60001; the obvious signs are plinths pressed in the bonnet,scuttle, boot lid and rear tonneau saddle to seat the hinges. Inside the body, the boot floor assembly waschanged; the main panel being extended to the full width of the boot area (previously the outer 4" of the floorarea on either side were part of the boot lining panel assemblies – item 45). The re-tooled boot lining panels(item 60 in the lower illustration opposite) are now available.

All of the components which changed at TS60001 are listed here and illustrated in the lower half on theopposite page. The remainder of the rear body components follow the ‘all model’ listing.55 850052 WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, RH 1

850051 WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, LH 156 850117 PANEL, rear floor 157 850124 PANEL, tonneau saddle 158 803780 BOOT LID 159 803767 FLOOR, boot 160 901648 BOOT LINING PANEL, RH 1

901647 BOOT LINING PANEL, LH 161 950046 PAN, spare wheel compartment 162 901299 REAR APRON 1

Captive NutsThroughout the TR, there are captive nuts which comprise a cage & square nut. We can supply theseindividually under the unimpressive CN range of part numbers.

65 CN1 NUT, square a/r66 CN2 CAGE, for nut a/r67 CN3 CAGE, elongated type, for nut a/r

Boot Floor ConstructionIt’s not easy to see how the panels shown opposite could be assembled on the car – even less if yourexample has corroded to the extent whereby, typically, the closing panels (item 34) have virtually disappearedaltogether! Here is a visual guide to the construction on the pre TS60000 cars: post TS60001 cars are of coursevery similar (see heading 'TR3A from TS60001' for differences on this page).

Rear Body/Floor Panels TR2/TR3/3A 187

28 CHAS1 CHASSIS OUTRIGGER 429 CHAS2 CROSS TUBE, rear 130 CHAS6 CROSS TUBE, rear spring hangers 130A CHAS8 CHASSIS REPAIR SECTION, rear 1

Repair section includes Cross tubes CHAS2 & CHAS6.31 132933 BRACKET, exhaust mounting 1 under axle32 600032 NUT, (retainer nut) 233 NQ2708 NUT, square 2

Body Mounting Pad SetDue to the adjustments necessary in mounting the body square to the chassis, a greater number of pads areincluded in each kit than are shown in the parts book. More pads may be ordered separately to further ‘shim’the mounting points.35 GFK6002X PAD SET, body mounting 136 601994 PAD, rubber/canvas, thin 1337 608836 PAD, rubber/canvas, thick 238 611732 PAD, rubber/canvas, square 1239 CD26326 PAD, aluminium, notched 640 601995M STRIP, protection, (sold per metre) 4 cut to suit41 GHF103 SCREW 242 SH605101 SCREW 1843 SH606201 SCREW 244 BH605321 BOLT 245 SH605111 SCREW 246 BH605181 BOLT 147 WP185 WASHER, plain 2648 GHF302 WASHER, plain 249 GHF301 WASHER, plain 150 WM59 WASHER, plain 251 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2352 GHF333 WASHER, locking 253 GHF201 NUT, plain 154 GHF202 NUT, plain 255 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 2




Chassis Frame & Fittings TR4

We are aware that there were variations in the method of building TR4 chassis, which can cause slight changesin the hardware requirements. Some TR4 chassis’ had outrigger ‘extensions’ bolted on for instance.Unfortunately, there is no useful way of predicting where these variations will ‘pop-up’.

1 208639 SHIELD, radiator protection 1 original type2 SH606061 SCREW, shield to chassis 23 GHF333 WASHER, locking 24 GHF302 WASHER, plain 26 301644 SUMP SHIELD, rally type 17 HU706P SCREW, shield to chassis 88 GHF331 WASHER, locking 89 208604 CROSS-TUBE 110 HU906 BOLT, cross-tube to chassis 611 GHF333 WASHER, locking 612 GHF202 NUT 414 208114 BRACKET, engine mounting, RH 1 { include fulcrum pin

208113 BRACKET, engine mounting, LH 1 }16 106196 FULCRUM PIN, 2 lower inner wishbone17 128055 CROSS-MEMBER 1 gearbox mounting18 SH606051 SCREW 4

(cross-member to chassis cruciform)19 GHF333 WASHER, locking 420 110788 BRACKET, shock absorber, RH 121 110789 BRACKET, shock absorber, LH 122 109281 BRACKET, rebound 223 BH605281 BOLT, rebound bracket to chassis 424 GHF332 WASHER, locking 425 GHF201 NUT, plain 426 133638 BRACKET, bump stop, LH 1

133637 BRACKET, bump stop, RH 127 619395 PACKING PLATE a/r { ‘A’ & ‘B’ post mounting

} to sill bracket

Chassis Frame & Fittings TR4188

24 CHAS7 FRONT DIAGONAL TUBE 225 140089 BRACKET, side member 226 139447 BRACKET, mounting scuttle, LH 127 139448 BRACKET, mounting scuttle, RH 128 214107 BRACKET, front diff’ mounting 129 619395 PACKING PLATE a/r A’ post mounting to sill bracket30 619396 PACKING PLATE a/r B’ post mounting to sill bracket31 214031 CROSS-MEMBER, rear diff’ 1 IRS models32 140194 BRACKET, rebound, LH 1

140195 BRACKET, rebound, RH 133 147947 BRACKET (rear shock abs’ mounting) 235 147671 STUD, front diff’ mounting 236 147400 STUD, rear diff’ mounting 2Body Mounting Pad SetDue to the adjustments necessary in mounting the body square to the chassis, a greater number of pads areincluded in each kit than are shown in the parts book. More pads may be ordered separately to further ‘shim’the mounting points.40 574244 PAD SET, body mounting 141 601994 PAD, rubber/canvas, thin 1342 608836 PAD, rubber/canvas, thick 243 611732 PAD, rubber/canvas, front mounting 444 616613 PAD, rubber/canvas, rear mounting 445 CD26326 PAD, aluminium, notched 646 6019953 STRIP, protection 247 6019954 STRIP, protection 448 SH606201 SCREW 249 SH605111 SCREW 1850 SH605101 SCREW 251 143712 STUD 252 650017 HOOK BOLT, spare wheel pan 153 619585 PLATE, reinforcing 254 611875 PLATE, reinforcing 155 WP185 WASHER, plain 1856 WD110061 WASHER, plain 257 WC110061 WASHER, plain 258 GHF302 WASHER, plain 259 GHF301 WASHER, plain 160 WP19 WASHER, plain 261 GHF333 WASHER, locking 462 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2063 GHF202 NUT, plain 464 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 165 GHF201 NUT, plain 1




Chassis Frame & Fittings TR4A

1 402284 CHASSIS 1 TR4A IRS2 213021 SHIELD, radiator protection 1 original type3 SH606071 SCREW, shield to chassis 44 GHF333 WASHER, locking 45 GHF202 NUT 46 308208 SUMP SHIELD, (rally type) 17 SH606061 SCREW, securing shield 48 GHF302 WASHER, plain 49 GHF333 WASHER, locking 410 GHF202 NUT, plain 411 211419 CROSS-TUBE 112 SH606071 SCREW, cross-tube to chassis 213 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2The lower front inner wishbone brackets which are welded to the chassis are considered weak points of thefront suspension, as they are often found top be cracked or even broken away. These brackets are easilyreplaced by a competent chassis repair workshop, and represent a considerable improvement to the earlierTR2/3/3A and TR4 design. On these earlier cars, instead of breaking a bracket, the entire spring tower twists &cracks – much more difficult and expensive to repair than a bracket! It’s a good idea to periodically check yourfront inner wishbone brackets and have them replaced if they are cracked or broken, as this condition repre-sents a severe safety hazard.15 139580 BRACKET 4

(lower inner wishbone mounting)We have followed a design from Triumph themselves and produced a strengthening kit (item 15), whichcomprises three plates which are welded to the bracket 139580 (item 15) and the chassis.16 TT3259R STRENGTHENING KIT, RH 1 { 3 plates per kit

TT3259L STRENGTHENING KIT, LH 1 }17 211361 CROSS-MEMBER 1 gearbox mounting18 SH606051 SCREW, cross-member 419 GHF333 WASHER, locking 420 GHF202 NUT, plain 421 CHAS3 OUTRIGGER, trailing arm 122 CHAS4 BREASTPLATE 123 CHAS6 CROSS-TUBE 1 (brackets not included)23A CHAS10 CHASSIS REPAIR SECTION, rear 1

(Repair section includes Cross tube CHAS6)

Chassis Frame & Fittings TR4A 189


Front Outer Body Panels TR4/4A190




19 FA3058 SPIRE NUT 1420 UL2705 BOLT, Acme type, wing to sill 621 WM57 WASHER, plain 622 FA3058 SPIRE NUT 623 HU706P SCREW (wing to ‘A’ post) 624 WQ307 WASHER, locking 625 WM57 WASHER, plain 6

Doors & Door Skins*

26 634829 DOOR, LH 1 { steel27 812775 DOOR SKIN, LH 1 }

812775AL DOOR SKIN, LH (Lightweight) 1 aluminium638830 DOOR, RH 1 { steel812776 DOOR SKIN, RH 1 }812776AL DOOR SKIN, RH (Lightweight) 1 aluminium

*To be accurate, these doors (and skins) are TR5/250 & TR6. The skins can be easily fitted to TR4/4A door shells,but require minor alterations to the door handle and lock apertures. To fit these doors to TR4/4A all the componentsof the later cars doors must be fitted, as must the TR5/250 & TR6 rear door-posts, and their locking & latchingmechanisms.If the idea is to fit new parts throughout, during the rebuild, this probably represents the only accessible route andworthwhile consideration - even for the purist.Skins will require the handle & lock apertures to be re-positioned.

Wing Beading & Body Mouldings

TR45WBS WING BEADING SET, 6 pieces 128 850479 WING BEADING, front wing, LH 1

850480 WING BEADING, front wing, RH 1750126 WING BEADING, upper rear wings 2750187 WING BEADING, lower rear wing, LH 1750188 WING BEADING, lower rear wing, RH 1

29 553926 LOCATING TAB 52

30 YZ3304 SCREW, self tapping, beading 231 708477 MOULDING, front wing, LH 1

708478 MOULDING, front wing, RH 132 621943 RIVET CLIP, wing moulding 1433 708487 MOULDING, door, RH & LH 234 GHF1461 RIVET CLIP, door moulding 12

Scuttle Top

38 850352 SCUTTLE TOP PANEL 139 705242 VENT LID 140 563040 PIN, hinge 241 611117 ROD, vent lid operating 142 FR1202 NUT, fix round 143 061917 GROMMET, vent lid operating rod 144 604844 CABLE CLAMP, rod to vent lever 145 564832 SCREW, for clamp 146 611145 SPRING, vent lid 147 HU503 SCREW, vent lid to scuttle 348 WL205 WASHER, locking 349 611118 SEAL, vent lid 1

Front Outer Body Panels/Fittings & Door PanelsTR4/4ASee also; 'EXTERIOR TRIM & BADGES - Front/Side Body Fittings, Grille & Bumper’ on page 206.

Owners of TR4/4A models are really very lucky in terms of availability of body panels.

Unlike the TR2/3/3A’s which were designed to have flowing curves with difficult to construct three-dimensionallydirected panels, the TR4 was a relatively simple car to tool in the sense that with the exception of the boot lid andfour wheel arches, very few panels had extremely deep draws. This has been a ‘godsend’ when we come to re-toolthe panel work for the car.

You may, or may not be aware that the centre section of the TR4 body shell was continued through for use on theTR5 & TR6, thus items such as floors, inner and outer sills, front door posts, door skins etc., are still availablebecause British Motor Heritage was around in time to rescue the TR6 tooling, which usually was the same toolingas had been used to produce the TR4 item. They were not around to rescue the TR4 tooling which I remember beingscrapped in 1977. I could do nothing to prevent this very depressing state of affairs.

When Pete Cox and I went into partnership in the amateur business of Spare Secretaries to the TR Register, it waslate 1970 and the TR5 had barely finished production. The TR6 was the car of the moment, but availability of sheetmetal for the TR4/4A and TR5 was very good. When I say very good you will note that I do not use 100%, becauseeven by then things like boot floor sides & boot floors were not available. In their wisdom, Triumph believed that therewould be very little call for these items and hence, no provision was made to hand over the production tooling to thespares department. Incidentally, they did the same with the similar panels on the TR6.However, almost all outer panels were available & supply was just 14 days away via the Triumph delivery service.

Our endeavours had been to supply as much of the TR2/3/3A sheet metal as possible, and it was a relatively easytask to add TR4 to the range of panels we re-manufactured because, rather conveniently, they were discontinued ina gradual fashion as they ran out. Thus, we could be tooling the left inner front wing of the TR4 whilst stillsupplying genuine right hand TR4 front wings, due to the fact that we could get those from the factory. When theyran out, we re-tooled them, so the continuity of supply of these panels has been quite reasonable. The general shapeof the panels has also made them easier to re-tool, with the exception of the front & rear wings. These panels haveproved to be extremely difficult to make accurately, and in the last few years we have spent a substantial numberof thousands of pounds building and improving jigs and fixtures for final finishing on these components. The highcontent of hand work on these panels means that they will never be cheap, but I think it is fair to say that there arevery few vehicles manufactured in 1963 for which you can buy virtually every single item to assemble a body shell‘off the shelf’ at your local Moss branch.

We are particularly proud of the body panel range we offer the TR4/4A, and feel that there is almost no rebuild jobthat should be prevented from being carried out on a TR4 or TR4A body due to a lack of availability of parts.Peter Buckles

Bonnet & Valances

1 950121 BONNET 1 TR4 to CT64291 903178 BONNET 1 TR4 CT6430 to CT376891 904130 BONNET 1 TR4 from CT37690 & TR4A

For bonnet fitting details please see page 206.

2 850618 UPPER VALANCE, front 1 TR4808801 UPPER VALANCE, front 1 TR4A

3 616886 BRACKET (grille & lamp attachment) 2

4 603559 WIRING LOOM TAG a/r5 850406 LOWER VALANCE, front 1 without oil cooler aperture

812030 LOWER VALANCE, front 1 with oil cooler aperture

Front Wings

6 950109 FRONT WING, LH 1 { Steel7 950110 FRONT WING, RH 1 }

950109AL FRONT WING, LH (Lightweight) 1 { aluminium950110AL FRONT WING, RH (Lightweight) 1 } (See also page 35)850455 GUSSET, wing to A post, LH 1

8 850456 GUSSET, wing to A post, RH 1

9 950109FK FITTING KIT, front wing 210 650307 SCREW, special, wing forward edge 211 WQ307 WASHER, locking 612 FN2059 SPIRE NUT 213 HU706P SCREW, set, wing to lower valance 414 WM57 WASHER, plain 415 HU706P SCREW, (wing to upper valance) 416 WQ307 WASHER, locking 417 WM57 WASHER, plain 418 650307 SCREW, special (wing to inner wing) 14

Front Outer Body Panels TR4/4A 191


Front Inner Body Panels TR4/4A192




Front & Inner Body Panels and Fittings

Wheel Arch Assembly

51 850453 WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, RH 1850452 WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, LH 1

52 811485 REINFORCEMENT, arch, upper, RH 1811480 REINFORCEMENT, arch, upper, LH 1

53 811494 REINFORCEMENT, arch, lower, RH 1811493 REINFORCEMENT, arch, lower, LH 1

54 811704 BRACKET, mounting to chassis, RH 1811703 BRACKET, mounting to chassis, LH 1

55 603559 WIRING LOOM TAG 9 8 on LH, 1 on RH.56 750229 BRACKET, bonnet stay rod 1 { not included with part

} of RH wheel arch.623588 BRACKET, body lifting, LH 1

57 623589 BRACKET, body lifting, RH 158 750205 STAY ROD, valance to wheel arch, LH 1

750206 STAY ROD, valance to wheel arch, RH 159 HU706P SCREW, upper valance & wheel arch 460 WQ307 WASHER, locking 461 HN2007 NUT, plain 2

Front Inner Wings

64 811944 INNER WING, LH 165 811945 INNER WING, RH 166 600669 RETAINER, nut cage 467 NQ2707 NUT, square, captive 468 603559 TAG, securing wiring loom a/r

69 061917 GROMMET, side lamp lead 270 850457 FILLER, LH, front wing 1

850458 FILLER, RH, front wing 1

71 750150K BAFFLE PLATE KIT, LH 1750151K BAFFLE PLATE KIT, RH 1

72 750150 BAFFLE PLATE, LH 1750151 BAFFLE PLATE, RH 1

73 650172 SEAL, baffle plate 274 606389 CLIP, seal to baffle plate 675 HU706P SCREW, baffle plate 12

HU706SS SCREW, baffle plate, (Stainless steel) 12 alternative76 GHF331 WASHER, locking 1277 WM57 WASHER, plain 12

Corrosion occurring in the lower edges of front wings can be minimised by ensuring that sealer plates and sealsare in good condition, and do not allow the passage of water and/or dirt. The lower edge of the wing is crimpedto provide for ‘vertical’ drainage (dream on!), and require very frequent un-blocking with soft wire to achieveeven the remotest success. A build-up of dirt here will rapidly have a destructive effect on the front portions ofthe outer sills, (as sales people perhaps we shouldn’t mention this!)

Plenum & Bulkhead Assemblies

78 811989 PLENUM ASSEMBLY 179 650162 DRAIN TUBE, plenum 280 650308 HOSE, rubber 2 plenum water drainage

Water drainage from the plenum is very important if wet carpets and feet are to be avoided. Regular clear-ing of the drain hoses with a flexible rod will dislodge any congealing rain soaked leaves or small furry faunawhich might otherwise block the system. A longer water drain hose can be fitted to take the water out of thewing/sill/bulkhead box section.The hole should provide a snug fit for the hose, (see illustrations 81 to 83 opposite).

81 602057 HOSE, longer with elbow end 282 CS4013 CLIP, hose 283 AHA8401 GROMMET, hose 284 650159 PLATE, wheel box access 2 { Refit using suitable,85 YZ3403 SCREW, plate to plenum 8 } pliable water sealant

86 812252 BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY, RHD 1812253 BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY, LHD 1

87 812120 REPAIR PANEL, vertical (behind battery) 1 RHD812121 REPAIR PANEL, vertical (behind battery) 1 LHD

88 812122 REPAIR PANEL, vertical section 1 to plenum89 907418 REPAIR PANEL 1 { RHD

(horizontal section below battery) }907419 REPAIR PANEL 1 { LHD

(horizontal section below battery) }

90 815836 FOOTWELL FRONT PANEL, LH 1 { RHD91 811979 FOOTWELL FRONT PANEL, RH 1 }

815837 FOOTWELL FRONT PANEL, LH 1 { LHD811981 FOOTWELL FRONT PANEL, RH 1 }

92 705219 BRACKET, steering column strap 1 RHD705218 BRACKET, steering column strap 1 LHD

93 611152 BRACKET, wiper motor mount 294 611048 BRACKET, battery stay LH 195 610796 BRACKET, battery stay RH 1

96 750058 POCKET, bulkhead 197 612283 GUSSET, bulkhead pocket 198 706313 GUSSET, dash, LH 199 NQ2708 NUT, square, pedals to bulkhead a/r100 600032 RETAINER, square nut a/r

101 603559 TAG, wiring loom a/r

Wiring Loom TagsThese little tinkers have caused many heated discussions over the years. The long thin tag used on the innerfront wings and wheel arches was part number 603559. Fact: It was ’T’ shaped.Fact: The item was redesigned 13th January 1978 and was then no longer shaped.

102 811985 BULKHEAD END PANEL, LH 1811985Z BULKHEAD END PANEL, LH 1 reproduction

103 615901 BRACKET, bonnet release cable 1104 811986 BULKHEAD END PANEL, RH 1

811986Z BULKHEAD END PANEL, RH 1 reproduction105 650290 TAG, wiring loom a/r

Front & Inner Body Panels TR4/4A 193




Moss Classic Car Colours

Moss Europe has a division (called ‘Classic Car Colours’) that specialises in theproduction of spray & touch-up paints.If there is sufficient demand to ‘re-instate’ a colour, we will do our utmost toinclude it in our range

It is fair to say that Triumph experimented a great deal in the early TR days beforesettling on 6 basic colours for the TR4/4A paint work range. Not only that, but inaddition to the colours listed here, practically anything could also be arranged tospecial order.The control of paint & trim colours in those pre-computer days was no doubt verytime consuming. It is believed that Triumph actually tried to play down their hardwon (and deserved) sporting image by re-naming ‘British Racing Green’ with theanonymous sounding ‘Conifer’, still, as the competition department had paintedtheir rally TR4’s ‘Wedgwood Blue’ by then, maybe there were plans for a newcolour; ‘British Racing Wedgwood’ !

The colours here are carefully blended to be an exact match to the original paintas used by the factory, but it is worth observing that your car may well have faded from its original colour overthe years. For this reason before you start, we recommend that you do a test spray of any aerosol on a piece ofold metal or a carefully selected area of the car where a mis-match will not be noticed.

We can supply paint in either aerosol or brush-on format.The aerosols come in 300ml cans and the brush-on paints are available in 125ml cans with a brush in the cap(except for engine and chassis paints, which are supplied in 500ml tins).

Colour TR Code Year Aerosol Touch-up

Matador Red 12 Special order CCRD12 CCRD12TUNew White 19 3/1963 on CCWT19 CCWT19TUTriumph Racing Green 25 1/1963 on CCGN25 CCGN25TU(Conifer)Wedgwood Blue 26 3/1963 on CCBU26 CCBU26TUSignal Red 32 7/1953 on CCRD32 CCRD32TURoyal Blue 56 3/1963 CCBU56 CCBU56TUBritish Racing Green 75 7/1953 to 1/1963 CCGN75 CCGN75TU

Beige 74 10/1955 to 11/1957Spa White 6/1960 to 3/1963Powder Blue 9/1957 to 3/1963Velasquez Cream 61Geranium to 7/1954Ice Blue to 7/1953Olive Yellow to 7/1953Pearl White to 9/1958Salvador Blue 10/1955 to 9/1956Apple Green 10/55 to 9/1958Winchester Blue 9/1956 to 11/1957Pearl Grey 9/1957 to 9/1958Primrose Yellow 9/1957 to 9/1958Pale Yellow 9/1958 { to end ofSebring White 9/1958 | TR3ASilverstone Grey 9/1958 } production

General PaintsWheel Silver CCWP1 CCWP1TU‘Crackle Black’ MRD1048ASuper Black Gloss CCSB1 CCSB1TUSatin Black CCSB2 CCSB2TUMatt Black CCMB1Primer (High Build) CCP1 CCP1TUEngine Paint (Black) CCEP4 CCEP4BRChassis Paint (Black) (Supplied in 500ml tins) CCCB1BR

Engine PaintsMaroon CCEP1 CCEP1BRMetallic Green CCEP2 CCEP2BRGreen CCEP3 CCEP3BREngine Black CCEP4 CCEP4BRGold CCEP6 CCEP6BRYellow CCEP11 CCEP11BRBright Red CCEP10

Grommets (by size)061917 GROMMET, rubber a/r fits 1/2" hole600395 GROMMET, rubber, very small hole a/r fits 1" hole600396 GROMMET, rubber, small hole a/r fits 1" hole600397 GROMMET, rubber, medium hole a/r fits 1" hole602037 GROMMET, rubber, large hole a/r fits 1" hole612715 GROMMET, rubber a/r { fits 1" hole

(as 602037 but to fit thicker panel section) }131155 GROMMET, rubber a/r fits 1 1/4" hole600400W GROMMET, rubber a/r fits 1 1/2" hole622683 GROMMET, rubber a/r { fits 2 3/8" hole

} TR250 only650247 GROMMET, rubber a/r { fits 2 3/8" hole

} TR5 only610608 GROMMET, rubber a/r fits 2 3/8" hole

Plugs (by size)CD22869 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 1/4" hole603790 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 5/16" holeCD27769 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 3/8" holeRFR208 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 1/2" holeCD25672 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 5/8" hole612235 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 7/8"hole600399 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 1" hole623176 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 1 3/8" hole600400 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 1 1/2" hole605602 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 2 1/2" hole603384 PLUG, rubber a/r fits 3 1/4" hole

Body Paints & Codes (All Models)194

56 AD608083 SCREW, sun visor mounting 357 GHF711 SPIRE FIXING 3Many of the items comprising the mounting of the TR4/4A sun visors are not currently available.While not original, we can offer a complete range of the TR5/250 & TR6 parts as alternatives if all the mountingbrackets & hardware are replaced as a set. (see items 60 to 74 listed here)60 812719 SUN VISOR, driver, White 1

823421 SUN VISOR, driver, Black 1812749 *SUN VISOR, passenger, White 1 RHD812759 *SUN VISOR, passenger, White 1 LHD823461 *SUN VISOR, passenger, Black 1 RHD823471 *SUN VISOR, passenger, Black 1 LHD

*with mirror61 812760 MOUNTING BAR, inner 262 812761 MOUNTING BAR, LH, outer 163 812762 MOUNTING BAR, RH, outer 164 SH604041 SCREW 2

(outer mounting bar to windscreen)65 WP144 WASHER, plain 266 GHF300 WASHER, plain 267 812684 BRACKET, mounting, LH 168 812685 BRACKET, mounting, RH 169 509556 SCREW 270 512156 SCREW 471 570145 FIX NUT* 2*Note; Cars fitted with original TR4/4A windscreen frames will find that screw (item 64), prevents the mountingbars & unions fitting flush with the screen frame. Later frames (TR5 on) have holes opposite the 2 screws.We suggest you countersink the mounting bar bars (812761/812762) and 'loctite' the countersunk screws(SF604041, shortened as required) into the mounting brackets.72 FC2804 FIX NUT 473 622431 RETAINER, sun visor 274 AB606051 SCREW, to windscreen frame 475 609331 LATCH, on header rail 2 {76 609332 SOCKET, for latch 2 |77 WL700101 WASHER, locking 4 |78 RMP310 SCREW 4 |79 HN2005 NUT 4 | TR4A80 616187 SEAL, header rail 1 |81 708250 CHANNEL, for header rail 1 |82 RU608123 RIVET, attaching channel a/r }The original one-piece header rail channel (item 81) is not currently available. As a replacement we offer thethree pieces used on TR5/250, TR6.83 713036 CHANNEL, centre 184 713038 CHANNEL, RH side 1

713037 CHANNEL, LH side 1




Windscreen, Sun Visors & Rear View Mirror TR4/4ASee also Accessories (Page 20) for plexiglass Sun Visors.

1 714771 FRAME, windscreen 12 611895 BRACKET, soft top to frame 23 610624 FASTENER, for soft top 2 { TR44 AD606071 SCREW 2 }

(TR4A’s fitted with Surrey soft tops will also need items 3 & 4)5 650130 SEAL, frame to body 16 624818 BOLT, frame to body 37 WA108052 WASHER, chrome 38 611669 COVER PLATE 39 750158 BRACKET, frame mounting, RH 110 750157 BRACKET, frame mounting, LH 111 GHF101 SCREW, bracket to ‘A’ post 212 GHF331 WASHER, locking 213 WM93 WASHER, plain 215 GHF272 NUT, nyloc 216 WP139 WASHER, plain 218 650313 PACKING, bracket to ‘A’ post 219 GHF117 SCREW, bracket to ‘A’ post 420 GHF331 WASHER, locking 421 WM93 WASHER, plain 423 613954 FINISHER, glazing rubber 1This one piece finisher may be substituted for the (early) TR4 two piece type. It can even be cut and anadditional joining clip (item 24) used to make it look like the early type.24 611437 CLIP, finisher 1/225 913442 RUBBER, glazing 127 906707 WINDSCREEN GLASS (laminated) 1 clear

906707TT WINDSCREEN GLASS (laminated) 1 top tinted29 806189 CAPPING STRIP 1 { TR4 and TR4A

} with Surrey Top808231 CAPPING STRIP 1 TR4A soft top

30 RU608123 RIVET, capping strip to frame 1131 612976 PLUG, capping strip 244 614090 MIRROR ASSEMBLY, metal 1 TR4/4A45 632095 MIRROR ASSEMBLY, plastic 1 {46 632091 MIRROR HEAD 1 | alternative47 RTC1006 MOUNTING 1 }48 AD608063 SCREW, mirror 2 both types of mirrors49 GHF711 SPIRE CLIP 250 611103 CENTRE MOUNTING, sun visor 1 TR451 616317 CENTRE MOUNTING, sun visor 1 TR4A52 611104 OUTER MOUNTING, sun visor 2 TR4

616318 OUTER MOUNTING, sun visor 2 TR4A53 705754 SUN VISOR, white 2 TR454 708288 SUN VISOR, L/H 1 { TR4A55 708289 SUN VISOR, R/H 1 }

Windscreen, Visors & Mirrors TR4/4A 195




*Doors, Door Skins & FittingsTR4/4A

1 634829 DOOR, LH 1 { steel2 812775 DOOR SKIN, LH 1 }

812775AL DOOR SKIN, LH (Lightweight) 1 aluminium638830 DOOR, RH 1 { steel812776 DOOR SKIN, RH 1 }812776AL DOOR SKIN, RH (Lightweight) 1 aluminium

*To be accurate, these doors and skins are TR5/250 & TR6. The skins can be easily fitted to TR4/4A door shells,but require minor alterations to the door handle and lock apertures.To fit these doors to TR4/4A all the components of the later cars doors must be fitted, as must the TR5/250 &TR6 rear door-posts, and their locking & latching mechanisms. If the idea is to fit new parts throughout, duringthe rebuild, this probably represents the only accessible route and worthwhile consideration even for the puristSkins will require the handle & lock apertures to be re-positioned.

3 750074 REINFORCEMENT, hinge, LH 1 { TR4 to CT22343750075 REINFORCEMENT, hinge, RH 1 }707059 REINFORCEMENT, hinge, LH 1 { TR4 from CT22344,707060 REINFORCEMENT, hinge, RH 1 } TR4A

4 650112 HINGE ASSEMBLY 45 610042 PACKING, hinge a/r6 SH605051 SCREW, hinge to door 127 GHF332 WASHER, locking 12

8 SH605061 SCREW, hinge to body 129 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1210 PWZ205 WASHER, plain 1214 613913 DOOR CHECK STRAP, LH 1 {

613914 DOOR CHECK STRAP, RH 1 |15 650201 CHECK STRAP GAITER 2 |16 650216 PIN, check strap 2 |17 FT2902 CIRCLIP 2 |18 SH604041 SCREW, check strap to ‘A’ post 6 | TR4 to CT2234319 GHF321 WASHER, shakeproof 6 |20 WP120 WASHER, plain 4 |21 PT504 SCREW, sealing gaiter to ‘A’ post 4 |22 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 4 |23 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 8 }

25 613622 CHECK STRAP 2 {26 613623 CHECK STRAP GAITER 2 |27 CLZ410 CLEVIS PIN 2 | TR4 from CT22344,28 GHF500 SPLIT PIN 2 | TR4A29 AB606031 SCREW 4 |30 WP3 WASHER 4 }

32 808228 WAIST RAIL FINISHER, inner, LH 1 { TR4A808229 WAIST RAIL FINISHER, inner, RH 1 }

Doors & Fittings TR4/4A196




34 750169 ROTARY LOCK, LH 1750170 ROTARY LOCK, RH 1

35 PT504 SCREW 6 {36 GHF425 SCREW, self tapping 2 |37 WF702101 WASHER, shakeproof 8 | lock to inner door panel38 650251 LINK ASSEMBLY 2 |39 604156 SPRING CLIP 2 }

40 750171 REMOTE CONTROL, LH 1750172 REMOTE CONTROL, RH 1614146 REMOTE CONTROL, LH 1 alternative to 750171614145 REMOTE CONTROL, RH 1 alternative to 750172

41 PT504 SCREW 6 remote control to door inner42 WF702101 WASHER, shakeproof 643 608703 CLIP, remote control link to lock 244 550924 WASHER, waved 245 GHF300 WASHER, plain 446 608188 FELT PAD, anti-rattle for remote 2

48 701353 STRIKER, LH 1701354 STRIKER, RH 1

50 554194 SHIM, striker a/r51 ZKC36 SCREW 652 WK7607 WASHER, locking, cupped 654 703741 RESTRAINT DEVICE, door 255 ZKC38 SCREW 856 WK7607 WASHER, shakeproof 8

58 701560X DOOR HANDLE, exterior 2 (inc. lock)59 TR4DLS LOCK SET 1 (inc. 2 keys & 5 tumblers)

(for the ignition, doors, boot & cubby box)60 603393 GASKET, large 261 617402 GASKET, small 262 PT504 SCREW 263 WF702101 WASHER, shakeproof 264 WC702101 WASHER, plain 265 PT504 SCREW 266 WF702101 WASHER, shakeproof 2

68 608454B DOOR HANDLE, interior (remote) 269 650261 ESCUTCHEON 270 603382 SPRING 271 ALH1527 PIN, handle attachment 2

72 750135 DOOR GLASS 274 750090 CHANNEL, LH 1

750091 CHANNEL, RH 176 617166 STRIP, glazing 277 611812 CURTAIN 278 850430FT CHANNEL, for glass 4We supply only the channel. Each of the four guides are different so care must be taken preserving & replacingthe original brackets in their correct relative positions.Valium is highly recommended before commencing this task !

79 SH604041 SCREW, front channel only 280 HU706P SCREW 4 {81 WM57 WASHER, plain 8 |82 GHF321 WASHER, shakeproof 8 | front & rear83 510018 SET SCREW 4 | channel fittings84 510015 WASHER, plain 4 |85 510016 WASHER, shakeproof 4 |86 WP120 WASHER, spacer 4 }

88 750165 TIE ROD, glass channel, LH 1 { bottom750166 TIE ROD, glass channel, RH 1 }

90 850400 WINDER, window lift, LH 1850401 WINDER, window lift, RH 1

92 650236 PIVOT, window winder 293 WB112081 WASHER, plain 694 AJD7731 WASHER, Thackery 295 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2 TR4 to CT35273

WP170 WASHER, plain 2 { TR4 from CT35274,(window winder to door panel) } TR4A

96 NT605041 ‘HALF’ NUT 297 HU706P SCREW 8

98 GHF331 WASHER, locking 899 GHF300 WASHER, plain 8100 607867 STUD RETAINER 4101 607902 WASHER, leather 8

104 613017 HANDLE, winder handle 2105 650261 ESCUTCHEON 2106 603382 SPRING 2107 609649 WASHER, sealing 2108 ALH1527 PIN, attaching handle 2

110 610174 STOP BRACKET, widow winder 2111 HU706P SCREW 2112 WP144 WASHER, plain 2113 WP167 WASHER, plain 4114 GHF331 WASHER, locking 2115 GHF200 NUT, plain 2118 650242 STOP BRACKET, glass 2119 PMZ308 SCREW 4120 WL700101 WASHER, locking 4121 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 4124 611818 CURTAIN, water, front 2125 BHA4359 CLIP, fixing curtain front 6126 611819 CURTAIN, water, rear 2127 BHA4359 CLIP, fixing curtain, rear 4

130 850324 WEATHER STRIP, outer, LH 1850325 WEATHER STRIP, outer, RH 1

132 GHF1560 CLIP, securing strip, outer 14134 850322 WEATHER STRIP, inner, LH 1

850323 WEATHER STRIP, inner, RH 1136 GHF1582 CLIP, securing strip, inner 14

138 DOOR TRIM PANEL 1 { Available only in Trim Kits,} See page 12 in Accessories.

140 GHF403 SCREW, self tapping 4 pocket attachment141 608586 CUP WASHER 4142 621992 CAP, pocket screw, Red 4

621997 CAP, pocket screw, Blue 4621991 CAP, pocket screw, Black 4

143 563589 SNAPSAC 20144 GHF1230 CLIP, door trim attachment 30145 650306 PULL HANDLE 2146 510799 SCREW 4147 FS27584 SPIRE NUT 4

150 650310 SEAL, rubber, (inner) 2 Soft top models650311 SEAL, rubber, (inner) 2 Surrey top models

151 611598 *SEAL, (Furflex), Black 2611597 *SEAL, (Furflex), Red 2611599 *SEAL, (Furflex), Blue 2611587 *SEAL, (Furflex), Red 1 { use when611588 *SEAL, (Furflex), Black 1 | Surrey top fitted611589 *SEAL, (Furflex), Blue 1 }

*Note: Due to current manufacturing restrictions beyond our control, we are currently unable to offer original(Furflex) seals (item 151) for TR4/4A. Please check our latest Price Guide for availability.See also Notes on page 201 (sill seal retainer part No 750163)As an alternative to the original type of seal (item 151), we offer the TR6 (631321) type that has the rubber sealattached. When using this on TR4/4A you eliminate the need for the door sealing rubber (item 150).

631321 SEAL, (felt/rubber), Black 2 (2.5 metre length)We can also supply the door seal by the metre length.724031M SEAL, (felt/rubber), Black a/r (per metre)

Doors & Fittings TR4/4A 197


Rear Outer Body Panels TR4/4A198




Rear Outer Body Panels & FittingsSee also; 'EXTERIOR TRIM & BADGES - Rear/Side Body Fittings & Bumper’ on page 208.

Rear Deck1 808776 REAR DECK 12 808776RP CENTRE SECTION, rear deck 13 813958 FRAME, deck section support 14 650290 TAG, wiring loom 4

815521 FORWARD SECTION, LH, rear deck 15 815522 FORWARD SECTION, RH, rear deck 1

Forward Deck SectionsThe TR4 forward deck piece was different to the TR4A in that the upperreverse channel was of fixed width. The TR4A is ‘waisted’ across itslength to facilitate the folding of the soft top frame assembly into thebodywork. The TR4 hood was stored in the boot when not in use and sothe frame of the TR4 occupied less space. See illustration.

For appearance sake (if rusting hasn’t already consumed the parts) theyshould be changed in pairs. They are also prone to cracking as theyabsorb much of the door slam impact.

6 813708 REPAIR SKIN, LH, forward section 1813709 REPAIR SKIN, RH, forward section 1

7 708093 GUSSET, ‘B’ post (top), LH 1708094 GUSSET, ‘B’ post (top), RH 1

8 750179 GUSSET PLATE, LH 1750180 GUSSET PLATE, RH 1

9 619592 TAPPED PLATE, hood pivot 210 616058 RETAINER, tapped plate 211 617975 NUT, ‘rivnut’ (soft top to deck) 5

GHF200 NUT, ‘projection welded’ (soft top to deck) 5 alternative

Boot Lid & Rear Valance

12 813650 BOOT LID, steel 1813650A BOOT LID, alloy 1

13 813650RP REPAIR PANEL, boot lid 1

14 903233 REINFORCEMENT, boot lid 115 HB708 SCREW, reinforcement to boot lid 216 WP7 WASHER, plain 217 WL207 WASHER, locking 218 HN2007 NUT, plain 2

19 850007 REAR SECTION, LH rear deck 120 850008 REAR SECTION, RH rear deck 1 21 612487 BRACKET, boot lid stay 122 850379 REAR VALANCE 1The lower tonneau side and rain channel set are the four pieces of metal that should stand up from the rearvalance on either side of the boot lid. These parts are welded to the rear valance panel assembly.

Rear Wings

24 850475 REAR WING, LH 1850475AL REAR WING, LH (Lightweight) 1 aluminium

25 850476 REAR WING, RH 1850476AL REAR WING, RH (Lightweight) 1 aluminium

850328 BAFFLE, rear wing to ‘B’ post, LH 126 850329 BAFFLE, rear wing to ‘B’ post, RH 1

27 850475FK FITTING KIT, rear wing 2 (per wing)28 HU706P SCREW, wing to ‘B’ post 629 WQ307 WASHER, locking 630 WM57 WASHER, plain 631 619587 WASHER, Everseal 632 UL2705 SCREW, Acme, wing to sill panel 233 WM57 WASHER, plain 234 619587 WASHER, Everseal 235 FA3058 NUT, spire 2

36 UL2705 SCREW, Acme 16(wing to deck and tonneau side)

37 WM57 WASHER, plain 1638 619587 WASHER, Everseal 1639 FA3058 NUT, spire 1640 UL2705 SCREW, Acme 2

(wing to rear valance and inner wing)41 WM57 WASHER, plain 242 619587 WASHER, Everseal 243 FA3058 NUT, spire 244 UL2705 SCREW, Acme (wing to rear valance) 445 WM57 WASHER, plain 446 619587 WASHER, Everseal 447 FA3058 NUT, spire 448 608522 CLIP, wing to lamp housing 4

Wing Beading

TR45WBS WING BEADING SET, 6 pieces 1850479 WING BEADING, front wing, LH 1850480 WING BEADING, front wing, RH 1

49 750126 WING BEADING, upper rear wings 250 750187 WING BEADING, lower rear wing, LH 1

750188 WING BEADING, lower rear wing, RH 151 553926 LOCATING TAB 52

Rear Outer Body Panels TR4/4A 199


Rear Inner Body/Floor Panels TR4/4A200




Inner Rear Wings & Wheel Arches

52 850120 INNER REAR WING, LH 153 850121 INNER REAR WING, RH 154 603559 TAG, wiring loom a/r55 850428 TAIL LAMP HOUSING, LH 1

850429 TAIL LAMP HOUSING, RH 155a 608522 CLIP, wing to lamp housing 456 600395 GROMMET, in housing for lamp wiring 2

815957 WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, LH 157 815958 WHEEL ARCH ASSEMBLY, RH 158 850393 REAR WHEEL ARCH, LH 1

850394 REAR WHEEL ARCH, RH 159 615984 REINFORCEMENT, seat belt, upper 2 for static seat belts.60 616446 REINFORCEMENT, seat belt, lower 2 for inertia reel seat belts.61 713042 BRACKET, LH suspension bump stop 1

713043 BRACKET, RH suspension bump stop 162 650294 BRACKET, millboards support 463 615968 SEAT BELT ANCHOR, LH 1

615969 SEAT BELT ANCHOR, RH 1

Heelboard, Seat Pan and Boot Floor

64 850397 HEELBOARD 165 566601 SEAT PAN ASSEMBLY, rear shelf 166 910065 PANEL and BULGE, seat pan 167 850117X DIFFERENTIAL COVER 168 950008 BRACKET, seat pan to chassis 269 618376 BRACKET, tunnel cover support 170 650271 SUPPORT, bracket, squab, bottom, LH 171 650272 SUPPORT, bracket squab, bottom, RH 172 612288 NUT PLATE, fuel tank 273 750175 BRACKET, support, squab side, vertical 274 808379 GUSSET, arch to rear floor, LH 1

808380 GUSSET, arch to rear floor, RH 175 650165 BRACKET, fuel tank support, LH 176 650166 BRACKET, fuel tank support, RH 177 CD22869 PLUG, rubber, blanking 178 850387 BOOT FLOOR, spare wheel pan 179 600399 PLUG, paint drainage, 1" diameter 180 625944 PLATE, metal, blanking paint drain hole 181 569945 RIVET, imex 282 850470 BOOT FLOOR, side, LH 183 850471 BOOT FLOOR, side, RH 184 750022 MOUNTING BRACKET, boot floor 285 CD22869 PLUG, rubber, blanking 3

‘A’ Post, ‘B’ Post & Sills

86 813100 ‘A’ POST, outer panel, LH 1XKC510 ‘A’ POST, outer panel, LH 1 alternative813101 ‘A’ POST, outer panel, RH 1

87 603344 SPRING GUIDE, check strap 288 556141 RIVET, spring guide attachment 489 850343 ‘A’ POST, inner panel, LH 1

850344 ‘A’ POST, inner panel, RH 1

90 850281 SILL PANEL, outer, LH 1850281Z SILL PANEL, outer, LH, replacement 1850282 SILL PANEL, outer, RH 1850282Z SILL PANEL, outer, RH, replacement 1

91 750086 FILLER, front sill end, LH 1750087 FILLER, front sill end, RH 1

92 750047 FILLER, rear sill end, LH 1750048 FILLER, rear sill end, RH 1

93 907912 INNER SILL PANEL, LH 1 with loom tags.850122 INNER SILL PANEL, LH 1 without loom tags850122Z INNER SILL PANEL, LH 1 replacement564807 INNER SILL PANEL, RH 1 with loom tags.850123 INNER SILL PANEL, RH 1 without loom tags564807Z INNER SILL PANEL, RH 1 replacement

NI 750163 RETAINER, sill seal a/rThese should only be fitted (or replaced) IF the original TR4/4A door aperture rubber seals are to be used, withseparate draught excluder (furflex). Most non-purists opt for the TR5/250 and TR6 combined seal & draughtexcluder, see notes on page 197 (items 150/151). This should be planned in advance.Surrey top fitted vehicles will require a single piece seal, approximately 7 metres, to do the car.Also if the sill seal retainer is to be fitted, it will be necessary to use it on the ‘A’ and ‘B’ posts, and cut to suit.

94 650290 TAG, wiring loom a/r95 808686 ‘B’ POST, LH 1

808687 ‘B’ POST, RH 196 817412F ‘B’ POST, front face only, LH 1 {

817413F ‘B’ POST, front face only, RH 1 | repair sections97 817412B ‘B’ POST, rear face only, LH 1 |

817413B ‘B’ POST, rear face only, RH 1 }621711 RETAINER, tapped plate, RH 1

100 621715 REINFORCEMENT, ‘B’ post, LH 1621716 REINFORCEMENT, ‘B’ post, RH 1

101 750027 SILL MOUNTING, front 2102 616004 SILL MOUNTING, left rear 1

616005 SILL MOUNTING, right rear 1103 619395 PLATE, packing, ‘A’ post mounting a/r square shaped plate.104 619396 PLATE, packing, ‘B’ post mounting a/r triangular shaped plate.

Floor Panels

105 904005 MAIN FLOOR PANEL, LH 1904006 MAIN FLOOR PANEL, RH 1

These floor panels will require drilling to suit the TR4 type rear floor to sill mounting bracket, which has 4 holesset further back. The panels are correctly drilled for the TR4A. Rubber grommet GHF824 (3 req. per side) maybe used to blank off these holes for the TR4.

106 603384 RUBBER PLUG, jack hole 2107 CD25672 GROMMET, 5/8", main floor panel 2108 600399 GROMMET, 1", main floor panel 2

Gearbox Cover and Fittings109 713569 GEARBOX COVER, original fibre board 1 Non overdrive models.

712929 GEARBOX COVER, original fibre board 1 Overdrive models.713569FG GEARBOX COVER, fibreglass 1 { aftermarket products713569SAP GEARBOX COVER, plastic 1 }713569GS SEAL SET, gearbox cover 1

110 805673 SEAL, cover to floor, LH 1111 805674 SEAL, cover to floor, RH 1112 805684 SEAL, centre 1 cover to bulkhead panel113 705758 SEAL 1 cover to propshaft tunnel

114 713569FK GEARBOX COVER FITTING KIT 1115 HU706P SCREW, cover to floor 10116 612286 WASHER, plate, tunnel to floor 7117 WM57 WASHER, plain 3118 HU706P SCREW, cover to bulkhead 7119 WM57 WASHER, plain 7120 FQ3405/4 CAPTIVE NUT & RETAINER 7121 809271 COVER PLATE, speedo cable access 1122 YX5405 SCREW, cover plate attachment 3123 WP4 WASHER, plain 3124 FU2569/4 SPIRE CLIP 3125 705851 COVER PLATE, solenoid access 1126 YB1404 SCREW, cover plate attachment 3127 WP4 WASHER, plain 3128 FU2574/4 SPIRE CLIP 3129 612715 GROMMET, loom through tunnel cover 1130 605602 PLUG, propshaft lubrication access 1131 709329 GROMMET, gear lever gaiter 1

Propshaft Tunnel132 808230 TUNNEL (propshaft) 1133 121765 BRACKET, for anchoring handbrake 1134 809046 TUNNEL COVER, fibre 1

809046FG TUNNEL COVER, fibreglass 1

Rear Inner Body/Floor Panels TR4/4A 201




Front/Side Body Fittings, Grille & BumperTR2/TR3/3A

1 554813 GRILLE, sheet metal, polished 1 {2 YH6505 SCREW, grille to apron 8 | TR23 FU2585 SPIRE NUT 8 }

4 603177 REVEAL MOULDING 1 very late TR2(lower 1/2 of intake)

5 801255 GRILLE 1 {6 AB608053 SCREW, grille to apron 4 |7 604338 REVEAL MOULDING, upper 1 |8 554204 REVEAL MOULDING, lower 1 | TR39 604340 COVER, moulding joint 2 |10 603267 STUD PLATE, moulding to apron 9 |11 HN2005 NUT, for stud 9 |12 WL700101 WASHER, locking 9 }

15 802174 GRILLE 1 {16 AD608053 SCREW, grille to apron 8 | TR3A17 GHF701 SPIRE NUT 4 |18 FU2585 FIX-NUT 4 }

19 650161 ‘T’ KEY, for Dzus fasteners 1 {20 552971 DZUS FASTENER, bonnet 2 | TR2 from TS4229,21 552972 WASHER, securing fastener 2 | TR3/3A22 552973 HALF GROMMET 2 }

25 603079 BRACKET, Dzus anchor 2 {26 HU706P SCREW, bracket to inner front wing 4 |27 GHF331 WASHER, locking 4 | TR2 from TS4229,28 553001 PACKING, fastener bracket a/r | TR3/3A29 602096 STAY ROD, with safety hook 1 |30 ADA896 SAFETY HOOK 1 |31 2H9215 RUBBER, stay rod retaining 1 }

Exterior Trim & Badges (Front/Side) TR2/TR3/3A202

34 603083 BONNET LIFT ASSEMBLY 1TR2 prior to TS4229, cars had cable operated bonnet releases. We have no parts available for this early system.

35 CD24540 BONNET BUFFER 236 GHF200 LOCK NUT, on buffer 237 WM57 WASHER, plain 238 602092 HINGE, bonnet, LH, un-plated 1 { TR2 to TS422939 602093 HINGE, bonnet, RH, un-plated 1 }38 650021 HINGE, bonnet, LH, chromed 1 { TR2 from TS7229,39 650022 HINGE, bonnet, RH, chromed 1 } TR3/3ATR2 to TS7228 had un-plated bonnet hinges which were painted body colour. Chromed and un-plated hingesare identical in all other respects.

40 GHF201 NUT, bonnet hinges 4 bulkhead end41 GHF200 NUT, bonnet hinges 4 bonnet end42 602222 GASKET 2 hinge to bonnet43 602223A GASKET 2 hinge to bulkhead46 800912 VENT LID, with mechanism 1 {47 600549 SPRING, for vent lid 1 |48 600597 SEALING RUBBER, vent lid 1 | TR2 from TS6157,49 603416 ESCUTCHEON, vent pull 1 | TR3/3A50 111258 KNOB, vent control 1 |51 112019 ROD ASSEMBLY, vent control 1 |52 061917 GROMMET, on rod 1 }54 CNPTR2 COMMISSION PLATE 1 TR255 CNPTR3 COMMISSION PLATE 1 TR3

CNPTR3A COMMISSION PLATE 1 TR3A56 SP91A2 RIVET, commission plate 258 603257 SEALING RUBBER, on bulkhead 2 { TR2 from TS5251,59 552901 CLIP, for sealing rubber 14 } TR3/3A60 552877BLK DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, black a/r {

552877RED DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, red a/r | sold per metre552877BLU DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, blue a/r | (3 reqd. per car)552877TAN DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, tan a/r }

65 700947 WING PIPING (per metre) a/rTR23WBS WING BEADING SET, 6 pieces 1

beading set includes locating tabs66 553924 WING BEAD, front 2

553925 WING BEAD, rear, long 2554172 WING BEAD, rear, short 2

67 553926 MOUNTING TAGS a/rThe TR2 had a plastic wing piping similar to the MGA and other sports cars of that era. This suffered from thetwin problems of melting in hot climates, and cracking up in cold climates. Triumph decided to solve theproblem by using a rolled section stainless steel (not chrome).Wing piping/bead was devised to hide the poor fit of the wings to the main body!68 601890 MEDALLION, Red/Black 1 ‘TRIUMPH’ (TR2)

604272 MEDALLION, Red/Black 1 ‘TRIUMPH’ (TR3)606422 MEDALLION, Red/Black 1 TR3A to TS41873 (plain bottom)608377 MEDALLION, Blue/White 1 TR3A from TS41874

69 PFS106 CLIP, medallion mounting 2

Letter sets were fitted to all TR3A’s. The early ribbed type seem to have been fitted up to around TS72000. Afterthat point the smooth letter set (as fitted to Heralds, Spitfires etc.) was fitted.It is easy to tell which of the two front ‘TRIUMPH’ letter sets isneeded for a particular car by the pattern of the mounting holes.Each letter has two mounting studs on the back.The ‘hole-pairs’ for the ribbed face letters are either vertical or horizontal, while the ‘hole-pairs’for the smooth faced letters are either vertical or angled.

70 703036SET LETTER SET, ribbed face 1 {703036 LETTER ‘T’ 1 |703037 LETTER ‘R’ 1 |703038 LETTER ‘I’ 1 | TR3A early703039 LETTER ‘U’ 1 |703040 LETTER ‘M’ 1 |703041 LETTER ‘P’ 1 |703042 LETTER ‘H’ 1 }

71 PFS104 SPIRE CLIP (for letters) 1472 703862SET LETTER SET, smooth face 1 {

703862 LETTER ‘T’ 1 |703863 LETTER ‘R’ 1 |703864 LETTER ‘I’ 1 | TR3A late703865 LETTER ‘U’ 1 |703866 LETTER ‘M’ 1 |703867 LETTER ‘P’ 1 |703868 LETTER ‘H’ 1 }




73 PFS104 SPIRE CLIP, for letters 1474 506721 GUIDE, starting handle 175 HU706P SCREW, securing guide 176 GHF331 WASHER, locking 177 WM57 WASHER, plain 178 107934 STAY ROD, guide 279 NT605041 NUT 4 stay to cross-tube on chassis80 BH605151 BOLT, stay to guide bracket 181 GHF332 WASHER, locking 182 GHF201 NUT, plain 1

TR2/3 Bumper & Mountings

85 800561 BUMPER BAR 186 700911 OVER-RIDER, front 287 554700K BOLT & NUT 2 over-rider to bumper/bracket88 GHF202 NUT 289 GHF333 WASHER, locking 290 WM59 WASHER, plain 291 552218 PACKING, over-rider 492 ACC5811 PACKING, bumper to iron 4

93 800559 BUMPER IRON, LH outer 1800560 BUMPER IRON, RH outer 1

94 700907 BUMPER IRON, LH inner 1700908 BUMPER IRON, RH inner 1

95 554700K BOLT & NUT, bumper to iron 296 GHF333 WASHER, locking 297 GHF202 NUT 298 WM59 WASHER, plain 299 BH606301 BOLT, bumper iron to chassis 4100 WM59 WASHER, plain 4101 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4102 GHF202 NUT, plain 4

TR3A Bumper & Mountings

105 802259 BUMPER BAR 1NI 805118FK FITTING KIT, bumper 1

106 703047 OVER RIDER 2107 606450 STAY, over rider, RH 1

606449 STAY, over rider, LH 1108 GHF105 SCREW, stay to over-rider 2109 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2110 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2111 GHF201 NUT, stay to inner front wing 2112 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2113 WP139 WASHER, plain 2

114 606500 BUMPER IRON 2115 107960 BOLT (bumper iron to bumper bracket) 2116 WM59 WASHER, plain 2117 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2118 554700K BOLT & NUT 2 bumper iron to bumper119 GHF202 NUT, plain 2120 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2121 WM59 WASHER, plain 2122 607085 PACKING PIECE, bumper to iron 4123 GHF106 BOLT, (bumper iron to over-rider & bumper) 2124 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2125 WM59 WASHER, plain 2

126 606515 BRACKET, bumper, LH 1 { to chassis606516 BRACKET, bumper,RH 1 }

127 HB937 BOLT (bumper bracket to chassis) 1 steering box side128 BH606261 BOLT (bumper bracket to chassis) 3129 GHF202 NUT plain 4130 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4131 WM59 WASHER, plain 4132 552218 PACKING, over rider 4

Exterior Trim & Badges (Front/Side) TR2/TR3/3A 203




Rear/Side Body Fittings & Over-ridersTR2/TR3/3A

1 704551 CAP, fuel filler 1 original2 704551W CHROME WASHER, spacing 13 613506 CAP, fuel filler 1 alternative4 650247 GROMMET, rubber 1 (use with 613506)5 571086 CAP, fuel filler, locking 1

6 552877BLK DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Black a/r {552877RED DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Red a/r | sold per metre552877BLU DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Blue a/r } (3 reqd. per car)552877TAN DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, Tan a/r |

7 602075 STRIKER PLATE, door latch 28 602248 PACKING, striker plate 49 500166 SCREW, striker plate mounting 8

10 900429 THRESHOLD PLATE, sill edge RH 1 { aluminium900428 THRESHOLD PLATE, sill edge LH 1 }900429SS THRESHOLD PLATE, sill edge RH 1 { stainless steel900428SS THRESHOLD PLATE, sill edge LH 1 }

Protect your door sill/floor edge from foot scuffs and other damage with these original equipment style plates.Available in aluminium (as original) or stainless steel.

11 RU608123 RIVET, threshold plate to sill 412 HU706P SCREW, gearbox cover mounting 1613 WM57 WASHER, plain 1615 603065 GROMMET, gear lever 1

16 605602 PLUG, universal joint access 117 605602 PLUG, gearbox dipstick access 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS5000018 600399 PLUG, gearbox cover, LH 1 non-overdrive

600395 GROMMET, gearbox cover, LH 1 overdrive models20 600399 PLUG, floorboard 221 603384 PLUG, jack hole, rubber 2

800539SET STONE GUARD SET (polished) 124 800539 STONE GUARD, LH (large) 1

800540 STONE GUARD, RH (large) 125 601992 STONE GUARD, LH (small) 1

601993 STONE GUARD, RH (small) 126 RU608123 RIVET, stone & foot guards a/r27 201870 HUB CAP 4

28 101042 MEDALLION (enamelled as original) 4 TR2, TR3 to TS13045113256 MEDALLION (painted as original) 4 TR3 from TS13046, TR3A

30 HN2005 NUT, medallion attachment 431 WL700101 WASHER, locking 434 602931 BOOT HINGE, RH, (un-plated) 1 { TR2

602930 BOOT HINGE, LH, (un-plated) 1 }650023 BOOT HINGE, RH, (chromed) 1 { TR3/3A650024 BOOT HINGE, LH, (chromed) 1 }

All TR2’s had un-plated boot hinges which were painted to body colour. Chromed hinges will fit TR2’s, and areidentical in shape & size to un-plated hinges.

35 GHF200 NUT, hinge to boot lid 436 GHF201 NUT, hinge to tonneau panel 437 602222 GASKET, boot hinge 2 to boot lid38 602223A GASKET, boot hinge 2 to tonneau saddle

Exterior Trim & Badges (Rear/Side) TR2/TR3/3A204




40 CD22284 ESCUTCHEON, on boot lid 2 {(‘teardrop’ type) |

41 SP86CO/CP SCREW, escutcheon 4 | TR2/342 607070X LOCK ASSEMBLY, boot lid, 1 |

(with 2 keys) }

43 607070 HANDLE & LOCK ASSEMBLY 1 {(with 2 keys) |

44 607070G GASKET, boot lock 1 | TR3A45 602217 BUDGET LOCK, boot lid centre 1 |46 SP87K5 SCREW, mounting handle 2 }

47 602217 BUDGET LOCK, RH, boot lid 1 {602216LH BUDGET LOCK, LH, boot lid 1 | TR2/3

48 TK4503 SCREW, budget lock securing 4 |49 650166 ‘T’ KEY, for budget locks 1 }

50 2H9215 RETAINER, boot lid stay rod 151 GHF504 SPLIT PIN, retainer 152 700898 STAY ROD, boot lid 153 605810 SEAL, boot lid, channel type 1 TR2/3, TR3A to TS60000

608434 SEAL, boot lid, lip type 1 TR3A from TS60001Note: See page 187 for illustration of different boot lid seals.

55 552365 TUBE, boot edge drain 256 950058 COVER PANEL, fuel tank 157 AD604062 SCREW, attaching fuel tank cover 1059 SP132BCP WASHER, cup 10

60 700947 WING PIPING, (sold per metre) a/r {(to be painted car colour, as original) |

*Rear wing top, (68 1/2") | TR2*Rear wing, below tail lamp, (10 1/8") |*Front wing to apron, (27 1/2") |*Front wing behind bonnet, (9 5/16") }

TR23WBS WING BEADING SET, 6 pieces 1 {(includes locating tabs) |

62 553925 WING BEAD, rear, long 2 |63 554172 WING BEAD, rear, short 2 | TR3/3A

553924 WING BEAD, front 2 |64 553926 LOCATING TABS a/r }The TR2 had a plastic wing piping similar to the MGA and other sports cars of that era. This suffered from thetwin problems of melting in hot climates, and cracking up in cold climates. Triumph decided to solve theproblem by using a rolled section stainless steel (not chrome).Wing piping/bead was devised to hide the poor fit of the wings to the main body!

66 605556 ‘TRIUMPH’ NAMEPLATE 1 { TR3A67 PFS104 SPIRE CLIP, for nameplate 3 }

68 MM802-845 STRAP SET, spare wheel & tools 170 552559 SEAL, spare wheel cover 172 602216LH BUDGET LOCK, L/H 1 { spare wheel cover

602217 BUDGET LOCK, R/H 1 }73 TK4503 SCREW, budget locks 4

75 CD22241 ESCUTCHEON, round style 276 SP86CO/CP SCREW, escutcheon 4

78 700913 OVER-RIDER, rear 2NI 603906 BRIDGE, over-rider 279 554700K BOLT & NUT 2 over-rider to support spring80 GHF202 NUT 281 GHF333 WASHER, locking 282 WM59 WASHER, plain 284 700912 SPRING, over-rider support 285 BH606441 BOLT, support spring 286 GHF302 WASHER 2 support spring to tube87 602001 DISTANCE TUBE, original type 2We cannot supply the original distance tube. It was a non-standard size and the bolt always seized after 2 weeksdue to the tight tolerance between the bolt and the tube. Instead our 602001S (item 90) emulates the originalwith a female thread at the top requiring a combination of GHF1052, GHF333 & GHF302, and a male thread atthe bottom requiring a GHF202 & GHF333 to secure it (Items 90 to 95).

88 GHF333 WASHER, locking 289 GHF202 NUT 2

90 602001S DISTANCE TUBE, stainless steel 2 {91 GHF202 NUT 2 |92 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2 | replacement93 GHF105 SCREW 2 |94 GHF302 WASHER, flat 2 |95 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2 }97 SH606071 SCREW, support to chassis 298 GHF302 WASHER, flat 299 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2100 GHF202 NUT 2

Grommets & Blanking Plugs

1 061917 GROMMET, bonnet release cable 1 TR2 to TS4228CD27769 PLUG, blanking (3/8") 1 TR2 from TS4229

3 GHF800 GROMMET, wiper drive (5/8") 1 TR2, TR3 to TS12568RFN210 PLUG, blanking (5/8") 1 TR3 from TS12569, TR3A

5 GHF822 PLUG, blanking (3/8") a/r6 CD27769 PLUG, blanking (3/8") a/r7 600399 PLUG, blanking (1") 18 PLUG, blanking (13/16") 19 600400 PLUG, blanking (11/2") 110 600395 GROMMET, oil pressure line 111 600395 GROMMET, speedo cable 112 C5574A GROMMET, wiper drive (11/4") 1 TR3 from TS12569, TR3A13 061917 GROMMET, choke cable 114 603346 BLANKING RUBBER 1 when fitted15 601951 SEALING RUBBER, hose connector 2 cars with heaters

601952 SEALING PAD, blanking plate 2 cars without heaters17 600395 GROMMET, capillary tube 118 600395 GROMMET, tachometer cable 119 701106 GROMMET, steering column 120 600400W GROMMET, wiring harness 1

Sizes given are the sizes of the holes in the bulkhead into which these plugs and grommets fit. Locations shownvary from model to model and not all plugs and grommets listed are used on all cars. For your convenience,plugs and ‘standard’ round grommets are listed by size.

GHF822 PLUG, for 3/8" hole a/rCD27769 PLUG, for 3/8" hole a/r14A7031 PLUG, for 1/2" hole a/rRFN210 PLUG, for 5/8" hole a/r600399 PLUG, for 1" hole a/r600400 PLUG, for 11/2" hole a/r

The following grommets are diaphragm type with central holes. A grommet is used to prevent the wire or cablethat it carries from rubbing on the steel panel that it is routed through. Blanking plugs are used on to fill holeswhich may carry cables or wire in different model configurations.

061917 GROMMET, for 1/2" hole a/rGHF800 GROMMET, for 5/8" hole a/r { alternatives14A7033 GROMMET, for 5/8" hole a/r }600395 GROMMET, for 1" hole a/rC5574A GROMMET, for 11/4" hole a/r600400W GROMMET, for 11/2" hole a/r

Exterior Trim & Badges (Rear/Side) TR2/TR3/3A 205




Front/Side Body Fittings, Grille & BumperTR4/TR4ASee also Accessories.

NI GAC6066X THRESHOLD PLATE, sill edge (Pr) 1 aluminiumTT7346 THRESHOLD PLATE, sill edge (Pr) 1 stainless steel

These threshold plates are designed to protect your door sill from foot scuffs and other damage, available ineither brushed aluminium or stainless steel with ‘Triumph’ script.

1 619580 BONNET CATCH 1This assembly is the later (TR6) type with a safety hook which will be redundant with an original catchplate. The later ‘set’ of a 619580 & 710592 is a much better combination, and it’s available, which alsohelps your choice.

7 GHF117 SCREW, fastener to bonnet 28 GHF331 WASHER, locking 29 GHF300 WASHER, plain 211 611635 SAFETY CATCH 1 {12 HU504 SCREW 1 | TR413 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2 |14 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 2 }16 710592 CATCH PLATE 117 GHF117 SCREW, catch plate to bulkhead 418 GHF331 WASHER, locking 419 GHF300 WASHER, plain 420 603469 CABLE, outer, bonnet release 121 603468 CABLE, inner, bonnet release 122 061917 GROMMET, bonnet release cable 1

23 611768 CLIP, bonnet release cable 124 HU504 SCREW, clamping cable 125 611626 LEVER, catch assembly 127 750231 BONNET PROP 128 750229 BRACKET 129 601663 BUFFER, rubber 130 GHF221 NUT, nyloc, stay rod to bonnet 131 AJD7722 WASHER, ‘Thackery’ 132 WM57 WASHER, plain 135 610675 SEALING RUBBER, bonnet, rear 136 650325 BUFFER, bonnet, flat 2 TR4 up to CT37689TR4’s to CT37689 used a flat top bonnet buffer. 612962 (item 37) is pointed and may easily be modified to lookauthentic. However, check first to ensure that the rear corners of the bonnet are correctly shaped to accept this.The frequent interchange of panels over the years may have produced a vehicle not as original as you believed.

37 612962 BUFFER, bonnet, pointed 2 {38 GHF201 NUT, buffer attachment 2 | TR4 from CT37690, TR4A39 NT605041 NUT, locking 2 |40 WP139 WASHER, plain 2 }41 611842 BONNET BUFFER, side 442 AD606063 SCREW, securing bonnet buffer 843 CD24152 CUP WASHER 845 750148 BONNET HINGE, LH 1

750149 BONNET HINGE, RH 146 GHF103 SCREW 1047 GHF332 WASHER, locking 1048 GHF301 WASHER, plain 1050 705950 MEDALLION 1 { TR4 only51 ADB509 FIXING, for medallion 2 }

Exterior Trim & Badges (Front/Side) TR4/4A206

Grommets & Blanking Plugs

180 603384 BLANKING PLUG (3") 2 jack hole in floor181 605602 BLANKING PLUG, gearbox, 1 universal joint access182 600399 BLANKING PLUG (1") (drainage) 3 floor, boot, rear seat pan183 14A7031 BLANKING PLUG (drainage) 2 main floor, boot184 061917 GROMMET (1/2") 4 { side lamp, choke cable , washer

} hose & bonnet release cable185 600395 GROMMET (1") 4

(wiper drive cable, speedo’ cable, rev counter cable & heater control cable)187 602037 GROMMET (1") a/r wiring through gearbox cover188 600400W GROMMET (11/2") 1 main wiring harness189 610608 GROMMET 1 steering column




55 708837 MEDALLION ASSEMBLY 1 { TR4A only58 PFS103 FIXING, for medallion 2 }

60 703862SET TRIUMPH LETTER SET 1 (includes clips)703862 LETTER ‘T’ 1703863 LETTER ‘R’ 1703864 LETTER ‘I’ 1703865 LETTER ‘U’ 1703866 LETTER ‘M’ 1703867 LETTER ‘P’ 1703868 LETTER ‘H’ 1

61 PFS104 CLIPS, for letters 14

TR4 Grille65 902687 GRILLE 166 GHF426 SCREW, grille to upper valance 667 WP4 WASHER, plain 668 GHF701 SPIRE NUT 269 FU2554 SPIRE NUT 4

TR4A Grille70 904120 GRILLE 171 GHF271 NUT, nyloc, grille to valance panel 272 WP124 WASHER, plain 273 PT505 SCREW 274 WL700101 WASHER, locking 275 WP124 WASHER, plain 276 FZ34044 NUT, retained 2

TR4 Starting Handle80 706163 GUIDE, starting handle 1 chromed81 612082 PLUG, for above 182 PMP308 SCREW 283 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 284 WL700101 WASHER, locking 285 HN2005 NUT, plain 286 131818 STARTING HANDLE 1Items 80 to 86, comprise the factory optional starting handle kit. Whilst an excellent idea for those with longterm storage in mind (or flat batteries), it is wise to ensure that the radiator has the correct aperture.See radiator details on page 92.

TR4 Bumper90 805118 BUMPER BAR 1

805118FK FITTING KIT, bumper 1

91 705920 OVER-RIDER, front 292 552218 PACKING, over-riders 493 554700K BOLT, chrome 4 supplied with nut & lock washer94 GHF202 NUT, plain 495 GHF333 WASHER, locking 496 GHF302 WASHER, plain 497 607085 PACKING PIECE 6 bumper bar to mounts

98 706035 SPRING, support 299 SH606101 SCREW 2100 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2101 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2102 610949 BRACKET, bumper support, RH 1103 610948 BRACKET, bumper support, LH 1105 611455 STUD PLATE, bumper bracket 2106 WM59 WASHER, plain 4107 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4108 GHF202 NUT, plain 4109 BH606141 BOLT (spring bracket to bumper) 2110 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2111 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2112 611970 TUBE, support, LH 1 { over-rider to wheel arch

611971 TUBE, support, RH 1 }113 GHF103 SCREW (support to wheel arch) 2114 GHF301 WASHER, plain 4115 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2116 GHF201 NUT, plain 2117 SH605051 SCREW (support to over-rider) 2118 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2119 GHF301 WASHER, plain 2

TR4A Bumper125 808381 BUMPER BAR 1NI 808381FK FITTING KIT, bumper 1126 708282 OVER-RIDER, LH 1127 708283 OVER-RIDER, RH 1128 552218 PACKING, over-riders 4130 554700K BOLT, chrome 4 supplied with nut & lock washer131 GHF202 NUT, plain 4132 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4133 GHF302 WASHER, plain 4134 607085 PACKING PIECE 6 bumper bar to mounts135 708279 SPRING, support 2136 SH606101 SCREW 2137 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2138 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2140 808675 BRACKET, bumper support, RH 1141 808674 BRACKET, bumper support, LH 1142 GHF126 BOLT, bracket to chassis, front 2143 BH606221 BOLT, bracket to chassis, rear 2144 WM59 WASHER, plain 8145 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4146 GHF202 NUT, plain 4150 BH606151 BOLT 2 { Spring bracket and151 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2 | over-rider to bumper152 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2 }

NI TR45WBS WING BEADING SET, 6 pieces 1 (includes locating tabs)155 850479 WING BEADING, front wings 2

750126 WING BEADING, upper rear wings 2750187 WING BEADING, lower rear wing 1 LH750188 WING BEADING, lower rear wing 1 RH

156 553926 LOCATING TAB 52Wing bead is made from stainless steel (not chromed steel)

160 708477 MOULDING, wing, LH 1 {708478 MOULDING, wing, RH 1 |

161 708487 MOULDING, door 2 | TR4A only162 GHF1461 RIVET CLIP, mouldings 26 |163 GHF1532 BARREL CLIP, door moulding, rear 2 }165 GAM105 MIRROR, racing style a/r166 WM1904 MIRROR, convex lens, RH 1 {

WM1905 MIRROR, convex lens, LH 1 | Lucas styleWM1906 MIRROR, flat lens, RH 1 |WM1907 MIRROR, flat lens, LH 1 }

170 CNPTR4 COMMISSION PLATE 1 TR4171 CNPTR4A COMMISSION PLATE 1 TR4A172 RU608123 RIVET, plate attachment 2

Exterior Trim & Badges (Front/Side) TR4/4A 207

Rear/Side Body Fittings & BumperTR4/TR4A(See also Accessories)

1 813650 BOOT LID, steel 1 { without813650A BOOT LID, alloy 1 } reinforcement813650REP REPAIR PANEL, lower/rear 1

2 903233 TUBULAR REINFORCEMENT 13 GHF101 SCREW, reinforcement to boot lid 24 GHF331 WASHER, locking 25 WC701121 WASHER, plain 26 GHF200 NUT, plain 28 604917/8 BOOT HINGE, pair 19 603213 GASKET, hinge to deck 2


ill. Part Number Description Qty. DetailsNo Req. ill. Part Number Description Qty. Details

No Req.

10 603212 GASKET, hinge to boot lid 211 GHF222 NUT, nyloc 212 GHF315 WASHER, plain 214 GHF200 NUT, plain 415 GHF331 WASHER, locking 416 WM93 SPACER 217 WP167 WASHER 219 750154 STAY ROD 1 {20 650224 PIN, stay rod pivot 1 |21 WP167 WASHER, plain 1 | TR4 to CT564222 FT2906 RETAINER CLIP 1 |23 2H9215 RETAINER, stay rod (rubber) 1 |24 GHF504 SPLIT PIN 1 }

Exterior Trim & Badges (Rear/Side) TR4/4A208

90 650017 HOOK, spare wheel clamp 191 611760 STRAP, for tool roll 192 611763 PLATE, for tool roll strap 193 PT504 SCREW 2

94 902685 REAR BUMPER BAR 1NI 902685FK FITTING KIT, bumper 1

95 705906 OVER-RIDER, RH 1619125 OVER-RIDER, RH, no lamp holes 1 German market only

96 705905 OVER-RIDER, LH 1619124 OVER-RIDER, LH, no lamp holes 1 German market only

97 552218 PACKING, over-riders 4

98 705589 BRACKET, inner 2 TR4708171 BRACKET, inner 2 TR4A

99 611112 BRACKET, outer 2 TR4616109 BRACKET, outer 2 TR4A

101 BH606261 BOLT 2102 GHF302 WASHER, plain 4103 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2104 GHF202 NUT, plain 2106 SH606101 SCREW 2107 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2108 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2

110 BH606141 BOLT 2 { Spring bracket and111 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2 | over-rider to bumper112 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2 }113 607085 PACKING, bracket spacer 4

115 554700K BOLT, chrome 2 supplied with nut & lock washer116 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2117 GHF202 NUT, plain 2118 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2

120 611642 BRACKET, over-rider support, LH 1 { TR4611643 BRACKET, over-rider support, RH 1 }616120 BRACKET, over-rider support, LH 1 { TR4A616121 BRACKET, over-rider support, RH 1 }

121 GHF120 BOLT 2 {122 GHF332 WASHER, locking 2 | for over-rider support bracket123 GHF301 WASHER, plain 2 }

125 SH606061 SCREW 2126 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2127 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2128 GHF202 NUT 2

130 705633 OUTRIGGER, bumper support, LH 1 { TR4705634 OUTRIGGER, bumper support, RH 1 }708103 OUTRIGGER, bumper support, LH 1 { TR4A708104 OUTRIGGER, bumper support, RH 1 }

131 SH606051 SCREW, outrigger to chassis 4132 GHF333 WASHER, locking 4133 GHF302 WASHER, plain 4Early TR4’s had a complex stud/nut/washer locating arrangement for fixing the bumper sides.Thus items 135 to 138 may be replaced with items 141 to 146. It is also recommended for all TR’s that areinforced rubber packing washer (part number 601994) be used to protect the paint work on the rear wings.

135 611134 STUD 2 {136 GHF202 NUT 6 |137 GHF331 WASHER, locking 6 | TR4 to CT3018138 GHF302 WASHER, plain 6 |139 FS2756 RETAINING NUT 2 }

141 BH606181 BOLT, bumper to outrigger 2 {142 GHF333 WASHER, locking 2 |143 GHF302 WASHER, plain 4 | TR4 from CT3019,144 612875 SPACER 2 | TR4A145 GHF302 WASHER, plain 2 |146 FS2756 RETAINING NUT 2 }




25 612473 STAY ROD, telescopic 1 {26 612474 BOLT, upper, stay rod 1 |

612475 BOLT, lower, stay rod 1 | TR4 from CT5643,27 GHF300 WASHER, plain 2 | TR4A29 AJD7731 WASHER, double coil 2 |30 GHF221 NUT, nyloc 1 }

35 703862SET ‘TRIUMPH’ LETTER SET 1 (includes clips)703862 LETTER ‘T’ 1703863 LETTER ‘R’ 1703864 LETTER ‘I’ 1703865 LETTER ‘U’ 1703866 LETTER ‘M’ 1703867 LETTER ‘P’ 1703868 LETTER ‘H’ 1

36 PFS104 CLIPS, for letters 28

37 612276 ‘TR4’ BADGE 138 617820 ‘A’ BADGE 1 TR4A39 617821 ‘IRS’ BADGE 1 TR4A IRS onlyNI 603906 ‘Overdrive’ BADGE 140 PFS104 FIXING, for badges 1Remember, not all TR4A’s were IRS, some USA vehicles retained the solid axle.

41 607978 BOOT HANDLE 1557046 LOCK BARREL & KEY 1 boot handle

42 600949 GASKET, under handle 143 GHF300 WASHER, plain 144 GHF271 NUT, nyloc, thin 146 714485 BUDGET LOCK 147 PMZ308 SCREW, lock to boot lid 248 WL700101 WASHER, locking 249 WL700101 WASHER, locking 250 HN2005 NUT 252 613277 SEAL, boot lid 153 805120 MOULDING, hood fastener, RH 1 {54 705421 MOULDING, hood fastener, centre 1 | TR4 soft top model55 805119 MOULDING, hood fastener, LH 1 }These mouldings are bright anodised aluminium, which cannot be re-chromed.

57 611670 HOOD PEG, male, (long) 2 {58 LFP116 HOOD PEG, male, (short) 14 | TR4 soft top model59 AD606071 SCREW, hood pegs to moulding 32 }60 622748 FINISHER, ‘B’ post, RH 1 | TR4A soft top model

622747 FINISHER, ‘B’ post, LH 1 |61 AT606042 SCREW, securing finisher 2

TR45WBS WING BEADING SET, (6 pieces) 1(includes locating tabs)

850479 BEADING, front wings 262 750126 BEADING, upper rear wings 263 750187 BEADING, lower rear wing, LH 1

750188 BEADING, lower rear wing, RH 164 553926 LOCATING TAB 5265 806135 CASING BOARD, fuel tank 166 GHF425 SCREW 867 WP124 WASHER 868 GHF712 SPIRE NUT 869 806837 COVER, spare wheel 170 7H9866 SOCKET, on strap 271 7H9868 BUTTON, on strap 272 GHF600 RIVET 273 610624 STUD 2The boot floor, if original, may have several apertures (originally for paint drainage mainly). These may be filledusing the following grommets and plugs.

600395 GROMMET (1") 2 for number plate lamp leads600399 PLUG (1") (drainage) 2 boot floor14A7031 PLUG (5/8"), (drainage) 1 main floor600395 GROMMET (1") 1 fuel tank vent hole600399 PLUG (1") 1 fuel tank vent access

79 611135 CATCH PLATE, boot latch 180 PMZ308 SCREW, securing catch plate 281 WL700101 WASHER, locking 282 PWZ203 WASHER, plain 288 650019 WING NUT, securing spare wheel 189 650016 DISC, securing spare wheel 1

Exterior Trim & Badges (Rear/Side) TR4/4A 209




37 552670 PEG ‘lift-the-dot’, on body 2 { TR2 from TS5256,38 2K4936 WASHER, leather 14 } TR3/3A

Hood Stick Cover & Fittings40 559444 HOOD STICK COVER, Black 1

559446 HOOD STICK COVER, White 141 TFS106* FASTENER ‘Tenax’, cover to body 14 {42 552964 FASTENER 14 |43 551684 FASTENER NUT 14 |44 TFP1006* PEG ‘Tenax’, on capping 2 | TR2 to TS525545 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2 |46 GHF206 NUT, plain 2 |47 2K4936 WASHER, leather 2 }48 552650 SOCKET ‘lift-the-dot’, cover to body 14 {49 552651 PLATE clinch, socket to cover 14 |50 97H717X PEG ‘lift-the-dot’, on body 2 | TR2 from TS5256,51 WL700101 WASHER, locking 2 | TR3/3A52 GHF206 NUT, plain 2 |53 2K4936 WASHER, leather 2 }

Tonneau Cover & FittingsAll Moss Europe replacement tonneau covers are to the post TS41743 specification and require the sail eyelets(items 75 & 77) on the quarter panel flap.55 559479 TONNEAU COVER, Black 1 { RHD models

559479DD HOOD COVER, Black, double duck 1 | to TS28825559479MH HOOD COVER, Black, mohair 1 |559479H HOOD COVER, Black, harts 1 |559483 TONNEAU COVER, White 1 }559478 TONNEAU COVER, Black 1 { LHD models559482 TONNEAU COVER, White 1 }

56 TFS106* FASTENER ‘Tenax’ (cover to body) 30 {57 552964 FASTENER 30 |58 551684 FASTENER NUT 30 | TR2 to TS525559 552391* PEG ‘Tenax’, door & scuttle 16 |61 2K4936 WASHER, leather 16 }63 552650 SOCKET ‘lift-the-dot’ (on cover) 30 { TR2 from TS5256,64 552651 PLATE clinch (socket to cover) 30 } TR3/3A65 552667 PEG ‘lift-the-dot’ (door & scuttle) 16 { TR2 from TS5256,

} TR3, TR3A to TS6000066 552670 PEG ‘lift-the-dot’ (on scuttle) 8 {67 97H717X PEG ‘lift-the-dot’ (on door skin) 8 | TR3 from TS6000168 WL700101 WASHER, locking 8 |69 GHF206 NUT, plain 8 }70 2K4936 WASHER, leather 16 TR2 from TS5256, TR3/3A75 618177 SAIL EYELET 2 { TR3 from TS4174376 618178 SAIL EYELET RING 2 }

Tools80 GAC5063X ‘TENAX’ TOOL 181 GAC5062X SAIL EYELET TOOL, 2-piece 1

Frame & Fittings1 800542 FRAME ASSEMBLY, hood 1NOTE; Hood frame pivots on the Lower End Hole – NOT the centre hole.2 602024 PIVOT & BODY BRACKET, LH 13 602025 PIVOT & BODY BRACKET, RH 14 WB110061 WASHER, plain 25 602029 SCREW, main link to body pivot bracket 26 531970 WEBBING, black 27 602030 PLATE 4

(Plate secures webbing to main & rear sticks)8 YA163 SCREW, plate to sticks 129 TK4708P SCREW 410 PMZ308 SCREW, plate to tonneau panel 211 602030 PLATE, webbing to tonneau panel 212 602031 PLATE, webbing to front stick, LH 1

602032 PLATE, webbing to front stick, RH 1

Hood & FittingsIf Dzus type sidescreens are fitted to an earlier car it is necessary to fit the later type of hood.15 703169 HOOD COVER, Black 1 { TR2/3, TR3A

703169DD HOOD COVER, Black, double duck 1 | to TS28825703169MH HOOD COVER, Black, mohair 1 |703169H HOOD COVER, Black, harts 1 |703168 HOOD COVER, White 1 }704108 HOOD COVER, Black 1 { TR3 from TS28826704108MH HOOD COVER, Black, mohair 1 |704108NMH HOOD COVER, Blue, mohair 1 |704108H HOOD COVER, Black, harts 1 |704110 HOOD COVER, White 1 }

*Note: The ‘baby’ Tenax pegs & fasteners were used to attach the hood, tonneau and hood stick cover on TR2’sup to TS5255. These have been unavailable for many years. We supply the regular sized Tenax fasteners & pegswhich must be fitted in sets to replace individual ‘baby/Tenax items.

20 TFS106* FASTENER ‘Tenax’ 10 hood to screen frame21 552964 FASTENER 1022 551684 FASTENER NUT 1023 553827* PEG ‘Tenax’ 1024 TFS106* FASTENER ‘Tenax’, hood to body 14 {25 552964 FASTENER 14 |26 551684 FASTENER NUT 14 |27 TFP1006* PEG ‘Tenax’, threaded, on body 12 | TR2 to TS525528 WL700101 WASHER, locking 12 |29 GHF206 NUT, plain 12 |30 552392* PEG ‘Tenax’, on body 2 |31 2K4936 WASHER, leather 14 }32 552650 SOCKET ‘lift-the-dot’, hood to body 14 {33 552651 PLATE, clinch, socket to hood 14 |34 97H717X PEG ‘lift-the-dot’, on body 12 | TR2 from TS5256,35 WL700101 WASHER, locking 12 | TR3/3A36 GHF206 NUT, plain 12 }

Hood, Frame & Tonneau TR2/TR3/3A210

18 7H9864 BUTTON, hood to screen frame 219 7H9866 SOCKET, hood to screen frame 220 610624 STUD, on screen frame capping 221 RU608123 RIVET, stud to capping 222 7H9864 BUTTON, hood to hood frame 623 7H9866 SOCKET, hood to hood frame 624 7H9868 BASE, stud to hood fabric 425 610624 STUD, hood to hood frame 626 RU608123 RIVET, stud to hood frame 227 552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ 16 hood to body28 552651 CLINCH PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ 1629 611670 HOOD PEG , male, (long) 2 on tonneau capping30 LFP116 HOOD PEG , male, (short) 14 on tonneau capping31 AD606063 SCREW, hood pegs 32 to tonneau capping

Tonneau Cover & FittingsThese tonneau covers are also available in a variety of materials and colours, please phone.32 822051 TONNEAU COVER, Black 1 { RHD models

713889 TONNEAU COVER, White 1 }822061 TONNEAU COVER, Black 1 { LHD models713891 TONNEAU COVER, White 1 }

Tonneau covers can be made in a variety of colours and materials (such as Double Duck & Mohair).Please contact your local Moss branch for details & options. Allow extra time for their manufacture.33 552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ 16 cover to body34 552651 CLINCH PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ 1635 611707 BRACKET, centre 1 cover to fascia36 610624 STUD, in bracket 237 7H9868 BASE, stud to bracket 238 611709 BRACKET, outer 2 cover to fascia39 610624 STUD, in bracket 240 7H9868 BASE, stud to bracket 241 7H9864 BUTTON, cover to fascia 442 7H9866 SOCKET, cover to fascia 443 7H9864 BUTTON, cover to door 644 7H9866 SOCKET, cover to door 645 610624 STUD, cover to door 646 GHF600 RIVET, stud to door 647 552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ 1 { tie strap to48 552651 CLINCH PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ 1 } passenger seat49 552670 PEG (on passenger seat) 150 GAC5060X DURABLE DOT TOOL, 2-piece 1




The TR4 hood had a rather interesting method of holding its leading edge to the windscreen. Later cars such asTR4A had ‘over centre’ clamps and, the TR6 (& Spitfire) had interesting handle arrangements with a ‘cam lockpeg’ system, which gave a very satisfactory seal between the hood and the front edge of the windscreen. TR4’showever, relied on steel stripping which was enclosed in the leading edge of the hood and was clipped underan extended top windscreen capping. This meant that it was only the up-force on the underside of the hood (incockpit) that kept it from flying away. The windscreen capping on TR4’s had a pronounced forward extension totake this and,. the same method was used to secure the front edge of the Surrey top to the windscreen. Whereasthe rear edge was by a bar which was sewn into the Surrey top and secured by two thumb screws, through therear aluminium Surrey top unit. These items are supplied as a 3 piece set (there were three piece originally)under the part number 806696/MET (item 12). This is the part number for the steel strips on the Surrey top, butthey are the same in both the Surrey top and the soft top, so you can use them to replace the worn out rustyones in your soft top.For cars fitted with the Surrey hard top (which incidentally was available in both aluminium and steel), thewindscreen capping could be changed for a much shorter type, as there was no need to provide anarrangement for holding the soft top on the leading edge of the windscreen.

Frame & FittingsNOTE; Hood frame pivots on the Lower Centre Hole – NOT the end hole.1 850405 HOOD FRAME ASSEMBLY 12 602024 BRACKET, body & pivot, LH 1

602025 BRACKET, body & pivot, RH 13 602029 SCREW, main link to pivot 24 WB110061 WASHER, plain 45 TK4708P SCREW, body & pivot to body 46 531970 WEBBING, Black 27 552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ 2 on webbing8 552651 CLINCH PLATE, for socket 29 602030 PLATE, webbing to hood sticks 610 YA163 SCREW, plate & webbing 12 to hood sticks

Hood & FittingsHoods can be made in a variety of colours and materials (such as Double Duck & Mohair). These hoods are alsoavailable with zip out rear windows, please phone.Please contact your local Moss branch for details & options. Allow extra time for their manufacture.11 705963 HOOD COVER, Black 1

705964 HOOD COVER, White 112 806696/MET HOOD STIFFENER, front 1 (set of 3)13 705963/MET HOOD STIFFENER, side 214 613767 HOOK, side valance 215 563032 TUBULAR RIVET 16 retaining hook & stiffener16 565756 RIVET CAP 1617 611895 BRACKET, hook to screen frame 2

Hood, Frame & Tonneau TR4 211

41 RU608123 RIVET, stud to body 642 613767 HOOK, side valance 2 to screen frame43 563032 TUBULAR RIVET, hook & stiffener 444 565756 RIVET CAP 445 611895 HOOK BRACKET 2 on screen frame

Hood Stowage Cover & Fittings46 708722 STOWAGE COVER 4 Black with White piping

726211W STOWAGE COVER 1 White708720 STOWAGE COVER 1 Red with White piping

47 7H9864 BUTTON, Durable dot 10 { (stowage cover 48 7H9866 SOCKET, Durable dot 10 } to body & trim panel)49 552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ 7 { stowage cover50 552651 CLINCH PLATE, ‘lift-the-dot’ 7 } to body53 610624 STUD, Durable dot (on trim panel) 454 RU608123 RIVET, stud to trim panel 4

Tonneau Cover & Fittings56 822051 TONNEAU COVER, Black, RHD 1

713889 TONNEAU COVER, White, RHD 1822061 TONNEAU COVER, Black, LHD 1713891 TONNEAU COVER, White, LHD 1822051MH TONNEAU COVER, Black, RHD 1 {822051NMH TONNEAU COVER, Blue, RHD 1 | Mohair822061NMH TONNEAU COVER, Blue, LHD 1 }TDT001 TONNEAU COVER, Black, RHD 1 { Double DuckTDT004 TONNEAU COVER, Black, LHD 1 }

57 552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ 7 { cover to body58 552651 CLINCH PLATE 7 }60 7H9864 BUTTON 12 { (cover to door and61 7H9866 SOCKET 12 } forward deck pieces)64 610624 STUD, cover to door 665 GHF600 RIVET, stud to door 666 611707 BRACKET 1 centre, cover to fascia67 610624 STUD, in bracket 268 7H9868 BASE, stud to bracket 269 611709 BRACKET 2 outer, cover to fascia70 610624 STUD, in bracket 271 7H9868 BASE, stud to bracket 272 7H9864 BUTTON, cover to fascia 473 7H9866 SOCKET, cover to fascia 474 552650 SOCKET, ‘lift-the-dot’ 1 { cover to body &75 552651 CLINCH PLATE 1 } strap to passenger seat76 552670 PEG, on passenger seat 180 GAC5060X DURABLE DOT TOOL, 2-piece 1




Frame & Fittings

1 904015 FRAME ASSEMBLY, hood 12 516158 SCREW 63 531970 WEBBING 24 571097 RETAINER, wire 25 812832 RETAINER BAR, hood rear 16 617975 RIV-NUT 57 GHF331 WASHER, locking 58 HU706P SCREW 511 615561 BUFFER 212 GHF101 SCREW 213 JN2107 HALF NUT 214 GHF300 WASHER, plain 215 GHF200 NUT, plain 220 602030 RETAINER, hood webbing 821 RU608123 RIVET, retainer to frame 1622 616187 SEAL, header rail 123 RU608123 RIVET 924 713036 CHANNEL, to hold seal, centre 125 713037 CHANNEL, to hold seal, LH 126 713038 CHANNEL, to hold seal, RH 127 609331 CATCH, hood 2 on hood frame28 609332 CATCH, hood 2 on windscreen frame29 SP87K5 SCREW 830 WM55 WASHER, plain 431 HN2005 NUT, plain 432 WL700101 WASHER, locking 8

Hood & Fittings35 572598 HOOD COVER, Black 1

TT71601 HOOD COVER, Black 1 alternative572599 HOOD COVER, White 1TT71601W HOOD COVER, White 1 alternative

Hoods can be made in a variety of colours and materials (such as Double Duck & Mohair). These hoods are alsoavailable with zip out rear windows, please phone.Please contact your local Moss branch for details & options. Allow extra time for their manufacture.36 565349 PEG, ‘lift-the-dot’, 7 in hood & rear rail37 571242 FASTENER, peg 7 to hood & rear rail38 7H9864 BUTTON, Durable dot, 6 { in hood cover39 7H9866 SOCKET, Durable dot 6 }40 610624 STUD, Durable dot, in body 6

Hood, Frame & Tonneau TR4A212

15 609450 SEAL, (Furflex), Black 2 {609451 SEAL, (Furflex), Red 2 |609452 SEAL, (Furflex), Blue 2 | ‘Snap-on’ type609453 SEAL, (Furflex), Silverstone grey 2 |609454 SEAL, (Furflex), Targo purple 2 |

The original items were supplied in a number of different material finishes.As original stocks dwindle we will supply modern equivalents in furflex, woven or plastic finish.The modern replacement items are listed here – 2 metres required per hardtop.

724031M SEAL, (felt/rubber), Black 2DER5001M SEAL, (felt/rubber), Red 2DEG3220M SEAL, (woven/rubber), Green 2DEL3220M SEAL, (woven/rubber) Blue 2KGF817M SEAL, (plastic/rubber) Grey 2

NI 556034FK FITTING KIT (Hard-Top) 1(kit includes items 19 to 31)

19 603189 BRACKET 3 hardtop to windscreen20 501434 SCREW 6 w/screen bracket to screen21 602295 SCREW, 3 hard-top to w/screen bkt22 602326 BRIDGE PIECE, hard-top rear 523 602299 PLATE, bridge piece 5 (tapping plate)24 602938 PLATE, tonneau capping 2 (protector plate)25 602939 PLATE, tonneau capping, rear 3 (protector plate)26 WL700101 WASHER, locking 1627 510524 WASHER, chrome, on screw 328 TR6504 SCREW 10 bridge piece to topping plate29 AB604023 SCREW 10 protection plates to capping30 602327 SCREW 5 hard-top to bridge piece31 WM57 WASHER, plain 532 650195 ANGLE FIXING, rear 2

650194 ANGLE FIXING, centre 1650193 ANGLE FIXING, side 2

35 SE604031 SCREW 5 angles to hard-top stiffener36 GHF321 WASHER, shakeproof 5




Hard-Top (Factory)TR2/TR3/3A

The hardtop kit was offered as an optional extra quite early on in the life of the TR2. There was a considerableimprovement in the car build accuracy from TS6824, when new body jigs were introduced on the assembly line,which made fitting the kit less difficult. The factory fitting instructions more than hinted to leave all the fittingsquite loose to allow plenty of ‘adjustment scope’ - until all was sitting on the car satisfactorily, then start fullytightening the bolts. Somewhat near the end of the process the onset of a ‘squeegee‘ sound usually meant thatthe rear window wasn’t too happy with the new shape it was being asked to come; partly the price paid for handbuilt cars, but probably more often the result of bodywork re-arrangement. As the windows were made ofPerspex, this was really catastrophic, but may explain some strange scratch marks on windows of otherwisegood second-hand units. Hard-tops were constructed in both polyester and steel, to identical patterns.

1 553742 HARD-TOP 1 includes backlight & seals only2 603328 SEAL, rubber, front sealing 13 AD604062 SCREW, sealing rubbers 124 SP132BCP CUP WASHER, on screw 125 602269 SEALING STRIP, hardtop to saddle 17 802612 DRIP CHANNEL, cantrail, RH 1

802611 DRIP CHANNEL, cantrail, LH 18 GHF421 SCREW, drip channel 249 607071 STRIP, sealing cantrail 2There were two types of cantrail seal fitted during the production history of the hardtop. Both were suppliedunder the same part no. (607071) by the same supplier.There was the early all rubber type (see ill. ‘A’) which was superseded to the later 2-piece rubber & furflex type(see ill. ‘B’, & item 15). We supply the later 2-piece type.10 AD604062 SCREW, sealing strip 14 { type ‘A’ cantrail11 SP132BCP CUP WASHER (under screw) 14 } sealing strip only12 553132 BACKLIGHT 113 559766 SEALING STRIP (backlight) 114 559767 FILLER, sealing (backlight) 1

Hard-Top TR2/TR3/3A 213


Hard-Top (Surrey Top) TR4/4A214




44 500057 WASHER, locking, chromed 2517264 WASHER, locking, blackadised 2 alternative

45 511044 WASHER, plain, chromed 2517263 WASHER, plain, blackadised 2 alternative

46 611637 BOLT, chromed, roof to backlight 247 500037 WASHER, locking 248 511044 WASHER, plain, chromed 249 612417 WASHER, rubber 2

WF508 WASHER, fibre 2 alternative

50 PX704 SCREW 4 fitted in bodyThis screw is fitted to the hood frame fixing tapped plates to prevent rattles when the hard top is fitted.

Surrey Top Conversion

566330 SURREY TOP CONVERSION KIT, black 1566458 SURREY TOP CONVERSION KIT, white 1

51 806696 SOFT TOP CANOPY, black 1806697 SOFT TOP CANOPY, white 1

52 613767 HOOK, canopy attachment 4

53 806696/MET CANOPY STIFFENER, front, (set of 3) 154 565756 CAP RIVET, securing hook & stiffener 455 563032 RIVET BACK 456 806603 FRAMEWORK, soft top canopy 157 JN2109 NUT, tension adjustment 258 WP9 WASHER, plain 259 612092 BUSH, end, rubber 260 610624 STUD, durable dot 661 566352 RIVET, pop 6

62 706240 RETAINER ASSEMBLY, rear 163 612205 THUMBSCREW, rear retainer 264 511044 WASHER, plain, chromed 265 565747 BUTTON 1066 565748 SOCKET 1067 611895 BRACKET, hook 268 565746 STUD, durable dot 269 509224 SCREW, self tapping 2

Windscreen Capping

70 806189 CAPPING, windscreen 1 { required when Surrey71 554407 RIVET, Imex 9 } top is fitted

Surrey TopTR4/TR4A(Sometimes also referred to as Targa Top).

Backlight Assembly

1 566993 FRAME, backlight, alloy 1566993X FRAME, backlight, fibreglass 1 alternative

2 612461 RETAINER, seal 23 554407 RIVET, retainer 84 650310/13 SEALING RUBBER 25 612453 BRACKET, canopy 26 568643 RIVET, bracket 4

510473 RIVET, bracket 4 alternative7 565726 STUD, canopy fixing 28 561210 RIVET, Imex 29 611668 COVER PLATE, in frame 210 510481 SCREW, cover plate 4

11 902343 BACKLIGHT, glass 1902343X BACKLIGHT, perspex 1 alternative

12 902349 RUBBER, glazing 113 613958 FINISHER, chromed beading 114 611437 COVER, joint finisher 1

15 610633 SEAL, Surrey frame to rear deck 116 HN2007 NUT, plain 717 WL607 WASHER, shakeproof 718 WP167 WASHER, plain 719 611947 WASHER, rubber 7

WF507 WASHER, fibre 7 alternative20 610080 STUD, backlight frame to body 221 611948 WASHER, rubber 2

WF507 WASHER, fibre 2 alternative22 WP167 WASHER, plain 223 WL607 WASHER, shakeproof 224 HN2007 NUT 2

25 611936 FINISHER, LH 126 611937 FINISHER, RH 1

Roof Assembly

27 903978 ROOF ASSEMBLY 1903979 ROOF ASSEMBLY, alloy 1903978FG ROOF ASSEMBLY, fibreglass 1

28 600032 RETAINER 429 NQ2708 NUT, square 4

30 611583 ROD, listing, rear 131 611582 ROD, listing, centre 132 611581 ROD, listing, front 133 608307 CLIP, locating listing rod 6

34 713149 HEADLINING, white 135 713149X HEADLINING, fibreglass 1 { alternative,

(‘pop-in’ type) } replaces items. 30 to 34

36 618021 DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, black 1618022 DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, red 1618023 DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, light tan 1618026 DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, midnight blue 1618027 DRAUGHT EXCLUDER, shadow blue 1

37 806144 RUBBER, sealing to windscreen top 138 650312 RUBBER, sealing to cantrail 239 611656 RUBBER, sealing roof to backlight 1

40 806175 CAPPING, rear 141 612211 CLIP, capping 9

611662 CLIP, capping 9 alternative42 611639 BOLT, domed, chrome 2

622887 BOLT, domed, blackadised 2 alternative43 613508 DISTANCE TUBE 2

Hard-Top (Surrey Top) TR4/4A 215


General Hardware & FixingsFollowing is a listing of the common fasteners used on MG cars. Thesefasteners are for general use and are not intended to replace those list-ed for specific applications elsewhere in this catalogue. To aid identifi-cation by terminology, a screw is threaded for its full length. A bolt isonly part threaded with a plain unthreaded shank area between thehead and the thread. The part number two letter prefix of SH means thatthe item is a Screw with a Hexagon head. The prefix BH means a Boltwith a Hexagon head. The first number defines the thread type, UNF =6, UNC = 5. The second and third numbers give the thread diameter inincrements of 1/16", e.g. 04 = 1/4", 05 = 5/16", 10 = 5/8". The fourth andfifth digits show the length in increments of 1/8", e.g. 04 = 1/2", 16 =2", 23 = 2 7/8". The last digit defines finish, 1 = zinc plated.This coding system is only applicable to bolts/screws; nuts/washers arecoded by a similar system that follows some of the above principles.

Bolts and Set Screws

3/16" UNFHexagon Headed 3/8" A.F. Spanner SizeBolt Length Set Screw

3/8" HU5031/2" HU5045/8" HU5053/4" HU5067/8" HU5071" HU508


3/8" SH6040311/2" SH6040415/8" SH6040513/4" SH6040617/8" SH604071

BH604081 1" SH604081BH604091 1 1/8" SH604091BH604101 1 1/4" SH604101BH604111 1 3/8" SH604111BH604121 1 1/2" SH604121BH604141 1 3/4" SH604141BH604161 2" SH604161BH604181 2 1/4"BH604201 2 1/2"BH604241 3"


3/8" SH6050311/2" SH6050415/8" SH6050513/4" SH6050617/8" SH6050711" SH605081

BH605091 1 1/8" SH605091BH605101 1 1/4" SH605101BH605111 1 3/8" SH605111BH605121 1 1/2" SH605121BH605141 1 3/4" SH605141BH605151 1 7/8" SH605151BH605161 2" SH605161BH605181 2 1/4" SH605181BH605201 2 1/2" SH605201BH605221 2 3/4" SH605221BH605241 3" SH605241


3/8" SH6060311/2" SH6060415/8" SH606051

3/8" UNF continued3/4" SH6060617/8" SH606071

BH606081 1" SH606081BH606091 1 1/8" SH606091BH606101 1 1/4" SH606101BH606111 1 3/8" SH606111BH606121 1 1/2" SH606121BH606141 1 3/4" SH606141BH606161 2" SH606161BH606181 2 1/4" SH606181BH606201 2 1/2" SH606201BH606221 2 3/4"BH606241 3"BH606281 3 1/2"BH606321 4"


5/8" SH6070513/4" SH6070617/8" SH6070711" SH6070811 1/8" SH6070911 1/4" SH6071011 3/8" SH607111

BH607121 1 1/2" SH607121BH607141 1 3/4" SH607141BH607161 2" SH607161BH607181 2 1/4" SH607181BH607201 2 1/2"BH607241 3"


1/2" SH6080415/8" SH6080511" SH6080811 1/2" SH608121

BH608141 1 3/4" SH608141BH608161 2"BH608181 2 1/4"BH608201 2 1/2" SH608201BH608241 3"

1/4" UNCHexagon Headed 7/16" A.F. Spanner SizeBolt Length Set Screw

3/8" SH5040311/2" SH5040415/8" SH5040513/4" SH5040617/8" SH5040711" SH504081

BH504091 1 1/8" SH5040911 1/4" SH504101

BH504111 1 3/8" SH504111BH504121 1 1/2" SH504121BH504141 1 3/4" SH504141BH504161 2"BH504181 2 1/4" SH504181BH504201 2 1/2"


3/8" SH5050311/2" SH5050415/8" SH5050513/4" SH5050617/8" SH5050711" SH5050811 1/8" SH505091

BH505101 1 1/4" SH505101BH505111 1 3/8" SH505111

5/16" UNC continuedBH505121 1 1/2" SH505121BH505141 1 3/4" SH505141BH505161 2"BH505181 2 1/4"BH505201 2 1/2" SH505201BH505241 3"


1/2" SH5060413/4" SH5060617/8" SH506071

BH506081 1" SH5060811 1/8" SH5060911 1/4" SH506101

BH506111 1 3/8" SH506111BH506121 1 1/2" SH506121BH506141 1 3/4"BH506161 2" SH506161BH506181 2 1/4"BH506201 2 1/2"BH506241 3" SH506241

Screws

Self Tapping ScrewsPan Size Length CountersunkHeaded Headed

AB604021 No. 4 1/4" AC604021

AB606021 No. 6 1/4"AB606031 No. 6 3/8"AB606041 No. 6 1/2" AC606041AB606061 No. 6 3/4" AC606061AB606081 No. 6 1" AC606081AB608041 No. 8 1/2" AC608041AB608061 No. 8 3/4" AC608061AB608081 No. 8 1"AB610041 No. 10 1/2" AC610041AB610061 No. 10 3/4" AC610061AB610081 No. 10 1" AC610081

AB612041 No. 12 1/2" AC612041AB612061 No. 12 3/4"AB612081 No. 12 1" AC612081

AB614061 No. 14 3/4" AC614061AB614081 No. 14 1" AC614081

B = Pan HeadC = Countersunk Head1st digit = thread type (coarse or fine)2nd/3rd digit = diameter4th/5th = length in 1/8" increments6th = finish (1 = zinc plated)

Screws (Cross Slot)Pan Size Length CountersunkHeaded Headed

PMZ204 No. 6 UNC 1/4" CMZ204PMZ208 No. 6 UNC 1/2" CMZ208

PMZ304 No. 10 UNF 1/4" CMZ304PMZ305 No. 10 UNF 5/16" CMZ305PMZ306 No. 10 UNF 3/8" CMZ306PMZ307 No. 10 UNF 7/16" CMZ307PMZ308 No. 10 UNF 1/2" CMZ308PMZ310 No. 10 UNF 5/8" CMZ310PMZ312 No. 10 UNF 3/4" CMZ312PMZ314 No. 10 UNF 7/8"PMZ316 No. 10 UNF 1" CMZ316

General Hardware & Fittings216


Screws (Cross Slot) continuedSE604041 1/4" UNF 1/2" SF604041SE604051 1/4" UNF 5/8" SF604051SE604061 1/4" UNF 3/4" SF604061SE604071 1/4" UNF 7/8" SF604071SE604081 1/4" UNF 1" SF604081SE604121 1/4" UNF 1 1/2" SF604121

1/4" UNF 1 3/4" CMZ428SE605061 5/16" UNF 3/4" SF605061SE605081 5/16" UNF 1" SF605081

Nuts

Nuts: PlainFull Nut Thread Spanner Half Nut

Size Size

HN2003 No. 6 UNF 5/16"HN2005 3/16" UNF 3/8"GHF206 3/16" UNF 5/16"HN2007 1/4" UNF 7/16" NJ2107HN2008 5/16" UNF 1/2" JN2108HN2009 3/8" UNF 9/16" JN2109HN2010 7/16" UNF 5/8" JN2110HN2011 1/2" UNF 3/4" JN2111HN2012 9/16" UNF 7/8" JN2112HN2013 5/8" UNF 15/16" JN2113HN2057 1/4" UNC 7/16" JN2157HN2058 5/16" UNC 1/2" JN2158HN2059 3/8" UNC 9/16" JN2159

Nuts: Nyloc Self LockingFull Nut Thread Spanner Half Nut

Size Size

YN2905 3/16" UNF 5/16"YN2907 1/4" UNF 7/16" GHF271YN2908 5/16" UNF 1/2" TN3208YN2909 3/8" UNF 9/16" TN3209YN2910 7/16" UNF 5/8" TN3210YN2911 1/2" UNF 3/4" TN3211YN2912 9/16" UNF 7/8" TN3212YN2913 5/8" UNF 15/16" TN3213

Nuts: Self Locking, ‘Aero’ or all metal, ‘Phillidas’Full Nut Thread Spanner Half Nut

Size Size

AN3507 1/4" UNF 7/16"AN3508 5/16" UNF 1/2"AN3509 3/8" UNF 9/16"AN3510 7/16" UNF 5/8"AN3511 1/2" UNF 3/4"

Nuts: SlottedFull Nut Thread Spanner Half Nut

Size Size

ND606041 3/8" UNF 9/16" LN2209ND607041 7/16" UNF 5/8" NL607041ND608041 1/2" UNF 3/4" LN2211ND609041 9/16" UNF 7/8" LN2212ND610041 5/8" UNF 15/16" NL610041

Nuts: Plain Brass - ManifoldFull Nut Thread Spanner

Size Size

GHF261 5/16" UNF 1/2"GHF262 3/8" UNF 9/16"GHF270 5/16" UNC 1/2"GHF269 3/8" UNC 9/16"

Spring/Spire NutFlat Screw ‘U’Type Size Type

GHF700 No. 6 GHF711GHF701 No. 8 GHF712GHF702 No. 10 GHF713GHF703 No. 12 GHF714GHF704 No. 14

Captive NutsCaptive nuts consist of a square nut & cage which we supplyindividually as required. Always match nut & cage A.F. sizes.

Part Description ThreadNumber Size

NQ2707 Nut, 7/16" AF 1/4"NQ2708 Nut, 5/8" AF 5/16"CN4 Nut, fits CN3 cage 1/4"CN5 Nut, 1/2" AF 5/16"

Part Description SpannerNumber (AF) Size

CN2 Cage, square 7/16"CN3 Cage, oblong 7/16"600032 Cage, square 1/2"

Washers

Shake-proof WashersInternal Hole ExternalStar Size Star

WF704061 No. 6 WE704061WF702101 3/16" WE702101WF600041 1/4" WE600041WF600051 5/16" WE600051WF600061 3/8" WE600061WF600071 7/16" WE600071WF600081 1/2" WE600081WF600091 9/16" WE600091WF600101 5/8" WE600101

Locking WashersSpring TypeSingle Hole DoubleCoil Size Coil

WL700061 No. 6WL700081 No. 8WL700101 3/16" AJD7721GHF331 1/4" AJD7722GHF332 5/16" AJD7731GHF333 3/8" AJD7742GHF334 7/16"GHF335 1/2"GHF336 5/8"

Plain WashersStandard Hole RepairType Size Type

No. 6 WP3No. 8 WP4

GHF306 3/16" WP5GHF300 1/4" WP120GHF301 5/16" WP105GHF302 3/8" WP130GHF303 7/16" WM69GHF304 1/2"

9/16" WP125/8" PWZ110

Sealing WashersFibre Hole CopperWasher Size Washer

WF505 3/16"GHF342 1/4" GHF361GHF343 5/16" GHF362GHF344 3/8" GHF363GHF345 7/16" GHF364GHF346 1/2" GHF365GHF347 9/16"GHF348 5/8"

Studs

Studs- UNFA stud is a length of round bar threaded at both ends. The length ofthread at each end of the stud may vary for specific applications.The following list is of studs have fine (UNF) threads at both ends.

Part Diameter OverallNumber length

TE604081 1/4" 1"TE604091 1/4" 1 1/8"TE604101 1/4" 1 1/4"TE605101 5/16" 1 1/4"TE605111 5/16" 1 3/8"TE605121 5/16" 1 1/2"TE605131 5/16" 1 5/8"TE605141 5/16" 1 3/4"TE605151 5/16" 1 7/8"TE605181 5/16" 2 1/4"TE605201 5/16" 2 1/2"TE605221 5/16" 2 3/4"TE605251 5/16" 3 1/8"TE605291 5/16" 3 5/8"TE606101 3/8" 1 1/4"TE606111 3/8" 1 3/8"TE606121 3/8" 1 1/2"TE606141 3/8" 1 3/4"TE606151 3/8" 1 7/8"

Studs- UNF/UNCFine (UNF) threads at one end and course (UNC) at the other.Part Diameter OverallNumber lengthTE504081 1/4" 1"TE504131 1/4" 1 5/8"TE505091 5/16" 1 1/8"TE505111 5/16" 1 3/8"TE505121 5/16" 1 1/2"TE505131 5/16" 1 5/8"TE505141 5/16" 1 3/4"TE505151 5/16" 1 7/8"TE505161 5/16" 2"TE505181 5/16" 2 1/4"TE505201 5/16" 2 1/2"TE505221 5/16" 2 3/4"TE505241 5/16" 3"TE505261 5/16" 3 1/4"TE505271 5/16" 3 3/8"TE505281 5/16" 3 1/2"TE505341 5/16" 4 1/4"TE506101 3/8" 1 5/16"TE506131 3/8" 1 5/8"TE506141 3/8" 1 3/4"TE506161 3/8" 2"TE506201 3/8" 2 1/2"TE506361 3/8" 3 1/2"

The following studs have course (UNC) threads at both ends.Part Diameter OverallNumber length101442 3/8" 1 5/8"058688 3/8" 1 11/16"115696 3/8" 1 13/16"058917 3/8" 1 15/16"102474 3/8" 2 1/16"107055 3/8" 2 3/8"

DowelsPart Dia. Overall Part Dia. OverallNumber length Number length

DP204 1/8" 1/4" DP414 1/4" 7/8"DP205 1/8" 5/16" DP508 5/16" 1/2"DP306 3/16" 3/8" DP514 5/16" 7/8"DP407 1/4" 7/16" DP608 3/8" 1/2"DP408 1/4" 1/2" DP610 3/8" 5/8"DP410 1/4" 5/8" DP610 3/8" 1 3/16"DP411 1/4" 11/16"

General Hardware & Fittings 217


Clevis Pins(Measured from under head to end)

Part Length Dia. Part Length Dia.Number Number

108326 1/2" 1/8" CLZ412 3/4" 1/4"PJ8504 3/8" 3/16" CLZ413 13/16" 1/4"CLZ307 7/16" 3/16" CLZ414 7/8" 1/4"CLZ308 1/2" 3/16" CLZ415 15/16" 1/4"CLZ309 9/16" 3/16" CLZ416 1" 1/4"CLZ310 5/8" 3/16" CLZ417 1 1/16" 1/4"CLZ311 11/16" 3/16" CLZ427 1 11/16" 1/4"CLZ312 3/4" 3/16" 1/2" 5/16"CLZ313 13/16" 3/16" 9/16" 5/16"CLZ314 7/8" 3/16" CLZ510 5/8" 5/16"CLZ315 15/16" 3/16" CLZ511 11/16" 5/16"CLZ316 1" 3/16" CLZ512 3/4" 5/16"CLZ317 1 1/16" 3/16" CLZ513 13/16" 5/16"

3/8" 1/4" CLZ514 7/8" 5/16"7/16" 1/4" CLZ515 15/16" 5/16"

CLZ408 1/2" 1/4" CLZ516 1" 5/16"CLZ409 9/16" 1/4" CLZ517 1 1/16" 5/16"CLZ410 5/8" 1/4" CLZ518 1 1/18" 5/16"CLZ411 11/16" 1/4"

Split PinsPart Length Dia. Part Length Dia.Number Number

GHF500 1 1/2" 1/16" GHF504 2 1/4" 1/8"GHF501 1 1/2" 5/64" GHF505 2 1/4" 9/64"GHF502 1 1/2" 3/32" GHF506 2 1/4" 5/32"GHF503 2 1/4" 7/64" GHF513 3" 5/16"

Pipes, Hardware and Fittings

Brake & Fuel PipeSupplied in 25 foot rolls.

Part Material DiameterNumber

MPKF125 Cupro-nickel 3/16"MPKF225 Cupro-nickel 1/4"MPKF325 Cupro-nickel 5/16"EF125 Steel 3/16"EF225 Steel 1/4"EF325 Steel 5/16"

Male Pipe NutsBrass Steel Thread PipePart Number Part Number Size Bore

AEHU1 TM606031 3/8" UNF 3/16"AEHU2 TM110051 10mm x 1mm 3/16"AEHU3 LK21994 3/8" BSF 3/16"

BCA4370 7/16" UNF 3/16"AEHU7 BHA4706 7/16" UNF 1/4"

AUSU40A 1/2" UNF 5/16"

Female Pipe NutsBrass Part Steel Part Thread PipeNumber Number Size Bore

AEHU1A TN606031 3/8" UNF 3/16"AEHU2A SU2A 10mm x 1mm 3/16"AEHU4A SU4A 7/16" UNF 1/4"

HU41A 1/2" UNF 5/16"

Bleed ScrewsPart Number Thread Size

556508A 3/8" UNF608400A 10mm metric27H7166 3/8" BSF

Pipe ClipsPart Number Capacity

GHF1191 SINGLE, 3/16"GHF1192 SINGLE, 1/4"624155 DOUBLE, 3/16"

Grease NipplesPart Thread AngleNumber Size

UHN400 1/8" BSP straight, shortUHN445 1/8" BSP 45º angleLN30041 1/8" BSP 90º angle144825 1/8" BSP straight, long056935 1/4" BSP straight125361 1/4" BSP 45º angle056934 1/4" BSP 90º angle

Hose Clamps

Fuel Pipe Clips (Metric)(‘Enots’ type)

Part Number to suit diameter Part Number to suit diameter

GGT1108X 8mm GGT1113X 13mmGGT1109X 9mm GGT1114X 14mmGGT1110X 10mm GGT1115X 15mmGGT1111X 11mm GGT1116X 16mmGGT1112X 12mm GGT1117X 17mm

Hose Clips (‘Jubilee’ type)Mild Steel (Imperial)

Part Number to suit diameter Part Number to suit diameter

GHC304 3/8" - 1/2" GHC1015 1 3/8" - 2"GHC405 7/16" - 5/8" GHC1217 1 1/2" - 2 1/4"GHC406 1/2" - 3/4" GHC1622 2" - 2 3/4"GHC507 5/8" - 7/8" GHC2228 2 3/4" - 3 1/2"GHC608 3/4" - 1" GHC2632 3 1/4" - 4"GHC709 5/8" - 1 1/8" GHC3036 3 3/4" - 4 1/2"GHC811 1" - 1 3/8" GHC3340 4 1/8" - 5"GHC913 1 1/8" - 1 5/8"

Stainless Steel (Metric)Part Number to suit diameter Part Number to suit diameter

GHC10408 8 - 12 mm GHC10416 32 - 50 mmGHC10410 12 - 18 mm GHC10417 46 - 60 mmGHC10411 8 - 16 mm GHC10418 50 - 70 mmGHC10412 12 - 20 mm GHC10419 60 - 80 mmGHC10413 16 - 25 mm GHC10420 70 - 90 mmGHC10414 20 - 32 mm GHC10421 80 - 100 mmGHC10415 25 - 40 mm

Hose Clips (‘Supergrip’ type)(with single slotted hexagon head)

Part Number to suit diameters Part Number to suit diameters

CS4009 7/16" - 9/16" CS4023 1 1/4" - 1 7/16"CS4011 1/2" - 11/16" CS4024 1 5/16" - 1 1/2"CS4012 9/16" - 3/4" CS4025 1 3/8" - 1 9/16"CS4013 5/8" - 13/16" CS4026 1 7/16" - 1 5/8"CS4014 11/16" - 7/8" CS4028 1 9/16" -1 3/4"CS4016 3/4" - 1" CS4029 1 5/8" - 1 13/16"CS4017 13/16" - 1 1/16" CS4030 1 11/16" - 1 7/8"CS4018 7/8" - 1 1/8" CS4032 1 7/8" - 2"CS4020 1" - 1 1/4" CS4034 1 15/16" - 2 1/8"CS4022 1 1/8" - 1 3/8" CS4036 2 1/16" - 2 1/4"

Hose Clips (‘Supergrip’ type) continued(with single slotted hexagon head)

Part Number to suit diameters Part Number to suit diameters

CS4037 2 1/8" - 2 5/16" CS4041 2 3/8" - 2 9/16"CS4038 2 3/16" - 2 7/16" CS4042 2 7/16" - 2 5/8"CS4039 2 1/4" - 2 7/16" CS4048 2 13/16" - 3"CS4040 2 5/16" - 2 1/2" CS4052 3 1/16" - 3 1/4"

Original "Supergrip" clips were supplied with a with single slottedround-head screw. The modern replacement comes with a hexagonheaded screw. For the authentic look we have resourced the originaltype screw, (sold separately).

CS4099 (round-head screw)

‘P’ Clips

ImperialPart Cable Hole Part Cable HoleNumber Dia. size Number Dia. size

PCR207 1/8" 7/32" PCR807 1/2" 7/32"PCR307 3/16" 7/32" PCR809 1/2" 9/32"PCR309 3/16" 9/32" PCR811 1/2" 11/32"PCR311 3/16" 11/32" PCR813 1/2" 13/32"PCR407 1/4" 7/32" PCR1007 5/8" 7/32"PCR409 1/4" 9/32" PCR1009 5/8" 9/32"PCR411 1/4" 11/32" PCR1011 5/8" 11/32"PCR507 5/16" 7/32" PCR1207 3/4" 7/32"PCR509 5/16" 9/32" PCR1209 3/4" 9/32"PCR511 5/16" 11/32" PCR1211 3/4" 11/32"PCR607 3/8" 7/32" PCR1407 7/8" 7/32"PCR609 3/8" 9/32" PCR1409 7/8" 9/32"PCR611 3/8" 11/32" PCR1411 7/8" 11/32"PCR707 7/16" 7/32" PCR1607 1" 7/32"PCR709 7/16" 9/32"PCR711 7/16" 11/32"

MetricPart Cable HoleNumber Diameter size

CP105081 8mm 5mmCP108101 10mm 8mmCP108121 12mm 8mmCP106161 16mm 6mmCP108165 16mm 8mm

Steel BallsPart Number Diameter

BLS106 3/16"BLS108 1/4"BLS110 5/16"BLS112 3/8"BLS28 7/16"

Pop Rivets

Open End Type Closed End TypePart Number Diameter Part Number Diameter

RA607096 2.9 x 5mm RU608123 1/8" x 3/8"RA608126 1/8" x 3/16" RU608313 1/8" x 1/2"RA608176 1/8" x 1/4" RU612123 3/16" x 5/16"RA608236 1/8" x 5/16"RA608253 1/8" x 3/8"

Cable TiesPart Number Length

GHF1265 3 1/2"GHF1266 5 1/4"RTC222A 6"GHF1267 8 3/4"GHF1268 11"

General Hardware & Fittings218

MZCK403 Pages 01-51 - oldtimer-shop.de€¦ · SMITHS INSTRUMENTS . DOOR THRESHOLD PLATES . CLASSIC...

Documents

Transcript of MZCK403 Pages 01-51 - oldtimer-shop.de€¦ · SMITHS INSTRUMENTS . DOOR THRESHOLD PLATES . CLASSIC...